HK SYSTEMS INC
S-1/A, 1998-02-27
SERVICES, NEC
Previous: VASCO DATA SECURITY INTERNATIONAL INC, 424B3, 1998-02-27
Next: DECS TRUST II, NT-NSAR, 1998-02-27




      
    As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 27, 1998
       
                                                   Registration No. 333-43057

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549
      
                               AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO
       
                                    FORM S-1
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                      Under
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

                                HK SYSTEMS, INC.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

            Wisconsin                    8911                39-1766857
         (State or other          (Primary Standard       (I.R.S. Employer
         jurisdiction of              Industrial        Identification No.)
         incorporation or        Classification Code
          organization)                Number)

                               2855 S. James Drive
                          New Berlin, Wisconsin  53151
                                 (414) 860-7000
               (Address, including zip code, and telephone number,
        including area code, of registrant's principal executive offices)


                                 John W. Splude
                 Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
                                HK Systems, Inc.
                               2855 S. James Drive
                          New Berlin, Wisconsin  53005
                   (414) 860-7000   Facsimile:  (414) 860-7010
            (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,
                   including area code, of agent for service)

                                   Copies to:

     John R. Kuhnmuench, Jr.       Patrick G. Quick      James J. Junewicz
         HK Systems, Inc.          Foley & Lardner      Mayer, Brown & Platt
       2855 S. James Drive        777 East Wisconsin     190 South LaSalle
      New Berlin, Wisconsin             Avenue                 Street
              53151              Milwaukee, Wisconsin    Chicago, Illinois 
          (414) 860-7000                53202                  60606
    Facsimile:  (414) 860-7010      (414) 271-2400         (312) 782-0600
                                  Facsimile:  (414)      Facsimile:  (312)
                                       297-4900               701-7711

      
                           ___________________________

        Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:  As
   soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration
   Statement.        
                          ____________________________

        If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be
   offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the
   Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. [_]

        If this Form if filed to register additional securities for an
   offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check
   the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement
   number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same
   offering.  [_]

        If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule
   462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the
   Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective
   registration statement for the same offering. [_]

        If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule
   434, please check the following box.  [_]
      
        The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date
   or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the
   Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that
   this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in
   accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the
   Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the
   Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
       

   <PAGE>


                                EXPLANATORY NOTE

        This Registration Statement contains two forms of prospectuses:  (i)
   one to be used in connection with a United States and Canadian offering
   (the "U.S. Prospectus") and (ii) one to be used in connection with a
   concurrent international offering outside the United States and Canada
   (the "International Prospectus").  The U.S. Prospectus and the
   International Prospectus will be identical in all material respects except
   for the front cover page and the back cover page.  The form of U.S.
   Prospectus is included herein and is followed by those pages to be used in
   the International Prospectus that differ from those in the U.S.
   Prospectus.  Each of the pages for the International Prospectus included
   herein is labeled "Alternate Page for International Prospectus."

   <PAGE>

   INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT.  A
   REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH
   THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.  THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD
   NOR MAY OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION
   STATEMENT BECOMES EFFECTIVE.  THIS PROSPECTUS SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN
   OFFER TO SELL OR THE SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE
   ANY SALE OF THESE SECURITIES IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER,
   SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR TO REGISTRATION OR
   QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE.
      
                 Subject to Completion, dated February 27, 1998
   PROSPECTUS
                            5,400,000 Shares        
                             [HK Systems, Inc. Logo]

                                  Common Stock
                           __________________________
      
      Of the 5,400,000 shares of Common Stock offered hereby, 3,460,000 are
   being sold by the Company and 1,940,000 are being sold by Selling
   Shareholders.  See "Principal and Selling Shareholders."  The Company will
   not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of Common Stock by the
   Selling Shareholders.  Of the shares of Common Stock offered, 4,320,000
   shares are being offered initially in the United States and Canada by the
   U.S. Underwriters (the "U.S. Offering"), and 1,080,000 shares are being
   offered initially outside the United States and Canada by the
   International Managers (the "International Offering" and, together with
   the U.S. Offering, the "Offering").  The initial public offering price and
   underwriting discounts and commissions will be identical for both
   offerings.  See "Underwriting."        
      
      Prior to the Offering, there has been no public market for the Common
   Stock.  It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price
   will be between $13.00 and $15.00 per share.  See "Underwriting" for a
   list of the factors to be considered in determining the initial public
   offering price.  Application has been made to list the Common Stock on the
   New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "HKS."        

                           __________________________
      
   See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 7 for a discussion of certain factors
   that should be considered by prospective purchasers of the Common Stock
   offered hereby.      

                          ____________________________

    THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES 
           AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION,
           NOR HAS THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE
       SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS
     PROSPECTUS.  ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

      
                                                           Proceeds to
                              Underwriting   Proceeds to     Selling 
                  Price to    Discounts and   Company(2)   Shareholders
                   Public    Commissions(1)

    Per Share        $              $             $             $
    Total(3)          $             $             $             $

   (1)  The Company and the Selling Shareholders have agreed to indemnify the
        U.S. Underwriters and International Managers (together, the
        "Underwriters") against certain liabilities, including liabilities
        under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.  See "Underwriting."
   (2)  Before deducting expenses of the Offering payable by the Company,
        estimated at $750,000.
   (3)  The Selling Shareholders and the Company have granted the U.S.
        Underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to  648,000 additional
        shares of Common Stock on the same terms and conditions as set forth
        above, solely to cover over-allotments, if any.  The Selling
        Shareholders and the Company have granted the International Managers
        a similar option to purchase up to 162,000 additional shares of
        Common Stock to cover over-allotments, if any.  If such options are
        exercised in full, the total Price to Public, Underwriting Discounts
        and Commissions, Proceeds to Company and Proceeds to Selling
        Shareholders will be $        , $          , $           and $        
         , respectively.  The Company will not receive any of the proceeds
        from the sale of Common Stock by the Selling Shareholders.  See
        "Underwriting" and "Principal and Selling Shareholders."
       
                           __________________________

        The Common Stock offered by this Prospectus is offered by the U.S.
   Underwriters subject to prior sale, to withdrawal, cancellation or
   modification of the offer without notice, to delivery to and acceptance by
   the U.S. Underwriters and to certain further conditions.  It is expected
   that delivery of certificates representing the shares of Common Stock will
   be made at the offices of Lehman Brothers Inc., New York, New York, on or
   about           , 1998.
                          ____________________________
   Lehman Brothers
                              Robert W. Baird & Co.
                                   INCORPORATED                  Furman Selz
                , 1998

   <PAGE>


         AUTOMATED MATERIAL HANDLING & SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT SOLUTIONS

                   WORKING TOGETHER IN THREE TARGETED MARKETS

   [picture illustrating Integrated Systems services and products with the
   following text:]

   INTEGRATED SYSTEMS
      
   Integrated Systems provides material handling solutions to a wide array of
   businesses and industries.  These solutions include the design,
   development, implementation and integration of customized software,
   manufactured and purchased material handling equipment, and purchased
   components such as microprocessor and PLC controls and optical scanning
   and laser positioning devices.        

   [picture illustrating Customer Services services and products with the
   following text:]

   CUSTOMER SERVICES
      
   Customer Services provides comprehensive aftermarket support for HK
   Systems' large installed base of automated material handling systems as
   well as the installed systems of competitors.  Services includes
   modernization of system software, controls and equipment; replacement
   parts support; maintenance outsourcing; and 24-hour customer support. 
       

   [picture illustrating Logistics and Software Systems services and products
   with the following text:]

   LOGISTICS AND SOFTWARE SYSTEMS
      
   Logistics and Software Systems provides advanced warehouse management
   systems ("WMS") and Equipment Management Systems ("EMS") software for both
   Windows/NT and UNIX operating systems that allow customers to manage the
   planning, scheduling, tracking and related logistics of the manufacturing
   and warehousing process; pallet and container loading software systems
   that assist customers in determining efficient ways to configure pallet
   and truck loads to maximize space utilization; and customized software for
   specific supply chain applications.        





      CERTAIN PERSONS PARTICIPATING IN THE OFFERING MAY ENGAGE IN
   TRANSACTIONS THAT STABILIZE, MAINTAIN OR OTHERWISE AFFECT THE PRICE OF THE
   COMMON STOCK.  SUCH TRANSACTIONS MAY INCLUDE THE PURCHASE OF COMMON STOCK
   FOLLOWING THE PRICING OF THE OFFERING TO COVER A SYNDICATE SHORT POSITION
   IN THE COMMON STOCK OR FOR THE PURPOSE OF MAINTAINING THE PRICE OF THE
   COMMON STOCK, OR THE IMPOSITION OF PENALTY BIDS.  FOR A DESCRIPTION OF
   THESE ACTIVITIES, SEE "UNDERWRITING."

      HK SYSTEMS, STOCKMASTER and VON GAL are registered trademarks of the
   Company.  This Prospectus also refers to additional trademarks of the
   Company and trademarks of corporations other than the Company.  See
   "Business--Intellectual Property and Other Proprietary Rights."        
   [logo]
      
                    INTEGRATING SUPPLY CHAIN SOLUTIONS       
                 FROM INITIAL CONCEPT THROUGH LIFE CYCLE SUPPORT

   [cutaway drawing of a combined manufacturing/warehouse/distribution
   facility, with different areas of the drawing representing or illustrating
   the Company's various services and products and the following narrative
   descriptions keyed to correspond to the appropriate portions of the
   drawing:]
      
   From initial concept and design to system implementation and ongoing
   customer support, HK Systems integrates automated material handling
   systems, provides related aftermarket support and develops and implements
   advanced supply chain management software to provide solutions that enable
   its customers to improve product quality, reduce inventory and delivery
   time and lower the overall costs of manufacturing and distribution.      
      
   1.   STOCKMASTER/WMS Warehouse Management Software Systems provide full
        warehouse management functionality that enables improved inventory
        control, increased efficiency and reduced delivery time.

   2.   STOCKMASTER/LMS Loading Software Systems configure pallet and truck
        loads to maximize space utilization and reduce shipping costs.

   3.   HK Systems' high performance Automated Storage and Retrieval Machines
        (Unitload, Miniload, Microload and Powermast/R/) store and retrieve
        loads ranging from 12 to 100,000 pounds with accuracy, control and
        speed.      

   4.   With its state-of-the-art wireless inertial guidance systems, Eagle
        Technology/TM/ Automated Guided Vehicles transport loads up to 8,000
        pounds at speeds of up to 200 feet per minute.

   5.   Automated Electrified Monorail Systems efficiently transport
        materials ranging in size from compact discs to automobile bodies.

   6.   Case and Pallet Conveyors are economical and reliable.

   7.   Customized, high-speed Conveyor Sortation Systems sort even the most
        hard-to-handle products quickly, efficiently and reliably.

   8.   Versatile von Gal/R/ Palletizers automatically stack a wide variety
        of packages on pallets according to customer specifications.

   9.   Self-contained Totestacker/TM/ Systems place small parts at the
        point-of-use, maximizing operator productivity and accuracy.
      
   10.  STOCKMASTER/EMS is a standard software product that provides
        effective management and control of all material handling equipment.
       



                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
      
        The following summary is qualified in its entirety by the more
   detailed information and the financial statements and related notes
   thereto appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus.  Unless otherwise
   indicated, all information contained in this Prospectus:  (i) assumes no
   exercise of the over-allotment options granted to the Underwriters and
   (ii) is based on an assumed initial offering price of $14.00 per share. 
   All references herein to (a) "Common Stock" refer to the common stock,
   $.01 par value, of the Company and (b) "fiscal year," "year" and "fiscal"
   refer to the 52-week or 53-week period ending on the Saturday closest to
   October 31, unless the context otherwise requires.  The terms "automated
   material handling systems," "integration services," "supply chain,"
   "supply chain management," "supply chain solutions" and "warehouse
   management systems" are used herein as defined under "Business--Glossary."
       
                                   The Company

        HK Systems, Inc. ("HK Systems" or the "Company") is a leading
   provider of supply chain solutions.  The Company develops, implements and
   supports integrated solutions to the complex material handling and supply
   chain needs of a wide array of industries.  The Company's solutions enable
   its customers to implement advanced supply chain strategies to improve
   product quality, reduce inventory and delivery time and lower overall
   costs of manufacturing and distribution.
      
        The Company delivers its supply chain solutions through three
   principal activities.  First, the Company designs, installs and integrates
   automated material handling systems that include customized software,
   manufactured equipment, and purchased components such as microprocessor
   and PLC controls and optical scanning and laser positioning devices.  The
   Company is a leading supplier of integration services for automated
   material handling systems in North America.   Second, the Company provides
   aftermarket services for owners of systems and equipment the Company has
   installed and for other customers.  The Company's installed base of
   equipment and software systems, which numbers over 3,000, presents
   significant opportunities to expand its aftermarket business.  Third, the
   Company develops and implements advanced supply chain management ("SCM")
   software systems, including warehouse management systems ("WMS") for
   Windows/NT and UNIX operating environments and customized software for
   specific supply chain applications.  The Company believes it is one of the
   leading WMS software providers in North America.       
      
        The Company's commitment to customer satisfaction, from the initial
   design of a system through implementation to ongoing support and
   maintenance, has enabled the Company to create strong customer
   relationships with leading U.S. corporations.  The Company's customers
   include manufacturers, distributors, processors and retailers whose needs
   are as diverse as the warehousing of semiconductors and the temporary
   storage and retrieval of automobile bodies for an assembly line.  These
   customers include a diverse base of Fortune 500 companies and industry
   leaders, including American Airlines, Anheuser-Busch, Ball Foster Glass,
   Boeing, Caterpillar, Chrysler, The Coca-Cola Company, Coca-Cola
   Enterprises, Estee Lauder, Ford, Frito-Lay, Gillette, Hewlett-Packard,
   IBM, Kimberly-Clark, Lucent Technologies, Motorola, The New York Times,
   J.C. Penney, Philip Morris, Procter & Gamble, Sara Lee, Sony and United
   Airlines.       
      
        The Company's services and products address the needs of large and
   growing markets for industrial technology.  The Company believes sales of
   automated material handling systems, integration services and related
   aftermarket support in North America by all suppliers should exceed $2.0
   billion in 1998 and will grow by 7% to 10% annually through the year 2000. 
   The Company also estimates that the North American market for supply chain
   management ("SCM") software will be approximately $1.9 billion in 1998 and
   is currently growing at approximately 45% annually.  The Company believes
   the growth of these markets will be driven by two principal trends. 
   First, to respond to increasing customer demands for faster, more
   efficient and customized product delivery, more businesses are
   implementing practices that will increase the demand for integrated supply
   chain solutions.  Such practices include demand-pull manufacturing systems
   (which rely on real-time sales information to coordinate and control
   manufacturing and distribution across the entire supply chain) as well as
   third-party distribution, mixed-load shipments and more frequent, smaller
   quantity deliveries.  Second, as competition in many industries makes it
   increasingly difficult to achieve revenue growth, businesses are focusing
   more on reducing supply chain costs as a means of increasing profits. 
   Companies are increasingly finding that, through the implementation of
   automated material handling and SCM software systems and outsourcing of
   system maintenance, they can achieve improvements in through-put, reduce
   inventory and manpower levels, and rationalize supplier relationships.
       
      
     Services and products of HK Systems include (i) systems integration
   services that include both systems engineering (to conceptualize, design,
   computer simulate and implement automated material handling systems) and
   advanced software and controls (which automate equipment operation and
   provide real-time feedback with respect to equipment performance and
   materials processing); (ii) a broad range of automated material handling
   equipment such as automated storage and retrieval systems ("AS/RS"),
   automated guided vehicle systems ("AGVS"), automated electrified monorail
   systems ("AEMS"), palletizers, conveyors and sortation equipment; (iii)
   aftermarket services, including modernization and upgrades for automated
   material handling systems, replacement parts and maintenance outsourcing;
   and (iv) advanced SCM software systems, including WMS and customized
   software for specific supply chain applications.       

   Strategy

     HK Systems intends to build upon its position as a market leader by
   capitalizing on its competitive strengths, which include (i) extensive
   internal resources, including a large and experienced engineering staff
   and diverse automated material handling equipment product line; (ii)
   proven project management and implementation skills that enable the
   Company to deliver turnkey integrated supply chain solutions on time,
   within specifications and budget; (iii) a large, diverse blue chip
   customer base that provides the Company with a source of recurring
   revenue; (iv) a large installed base and demonstrated aftermarket
   expertise that position the Company to further build its higher margin
   aftermarket business; and (v) a solid foundation from which to expand the
   Company's supply chain services and products.

      From its base of competitive strengths, HK Systems has developed a
   business strategy that includes the following elements:
      
      - Leverage the Company's large installed base and extensive customer
        relationships to grow SCM software and aftermarket services revenues;
       
      - Maintain its focus on providing fully integrated supply chain
        solutions for complex material handling needs;

      - Expand supply chain services and products offerings through selective
        acquisitions and internal development; and 
      
      - Continue to improve profitability of acquired businesses.
       
   History
      
        The Company  was formed in October 1993 when its senior management
   team ("Management") led the acquisition of Harnischfeger Engineers, Inc.,
   the systems integration business that Harnischfeger Industries, Inc. began
   in 1969 (the "HEI Acquisition").  Management's objective was to develop
   the preeminent, single-source provider of automated material handling
   systems and WMS software.  In February 1995, the Company purchased the
   business of Eaton-Kenway, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Eaton
   Corporation, gaining advanced AGVS technology and equipment and
   replacement parts manufacturing capability (the "Eaton-Kenway
   Acquisition").  In November 1996, the Company acquired the Material
   Handling Systems and VantageWare software divisions of Western Atlas Inc.,
   formerly a part of the Litton Industrial Automation Group of Litton
   Industries, providing it with recognized conveyor, palletizer and
   sortation equipment product lines (the "Western Atlas Acquisition"). 
   Through these acquisitions, the Company assembled an installed base of
   integrated, automated material handling systems that the Company believes
   is one of the largest in North America.  The Company also achieved a
   higher level of control over the marketing, design and implementation of
   the critical supply chain solutions it was already providing to its
   customers and, in the process, added qualified and experienced
   engineering, project management and other personnel.       

        The Company's principal executive offices are located at 2855 S.
   James Drive, New Berlin, Wisconsin 53151 and its telephone number is (414)
   860-7000.



                                  The Offering
      
    Common Stock offered by the Company   . .    3,460,000 shares(1)
    Common Stock offered by the Selling      
     Shareholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    1,940,000 shares(1)

       Total Common Stock offered . . . . . .    5,400,000 shares(1)

    Common Stock outstanding immediately     
     after the Offering . . . . . . . . . . .   11,692,000 shares(2)
    Use of Proceeds . . . . . . . . . . . . .   To repay indebtedness and to
                                                pay accrued dividends on and
                                                redeem preferred stock.
    Proposed New York Stock Exchange Symbol .   HKS

   ________________
   (1)  Assumes that the Underwriters' over-allotment options are not
        exercised.  See "Underwriting."
   (2)  Excludes (i) Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of options
        outstanding under the HK Systems, Inc. 1993 Executive Stock Option
        Plan (the "1993 Plan") which as of January 31, 1998 aggregated
        1,123,800 shares issuable at a weighted average exercise price of
        approximately $2.41 per share; (ii) an aggregate of 25,000 shares of
        Common Stock reserved for future grants or purchases pursuant to the
        HK Systems, Inc. 1997 Stock Plan for Outside Directors (the
        "Directors Plan"); and (iii) outstanding warrants to purchase
        approximately 124,223 shares of Common Stock at 115% of the initial
        public offering price ($16.10 per share assuming an initial public
        offering price of $14.00).  Includes 329,771 shares of Common Stock
        held by the HK Systems, Inc. Employee Stock Ownership Plan ("ESOP")
        that are not considered outstanding for financial reporting purposes. 
        See "Management--Stock Option Plan" and "Description of Capital
        Stock--Warrants."

       

                             SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA
                      (In thousands, except per share data)
      
      Set forth below is certain summary historical and pro forma
   consolidated financial data for the periods and as of the dates indicated. 
   The historical data is derived from, and should be read in conjunction
   with, the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes
   thereto and "Management's Discussion of Results of Operations and
   Financial Condition" appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus.  The pro
   forma financial data has been derived from the Unaudited Pro Forma
   Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
       
      
   <TABLE>
   <CAPTION>
                                                                                    Three Months Ended 
                                               Years Ended October 31,                  January 31,
                                         1995 (1)        1996       1997 (1)      1997 (1)        1998

    <S>                                    <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>            <C> 
    Statement of Income Data:          
    Net revenues:
     Integrated systems   . . . . . .      $70,689      $87,150      $163,472      $47,003        $28,098
     Customer services  . . . . . . .       40,501       49,792        65,200       15,626         17,371
     Logistics and software systems         15,413       13,143        17,478        4,092          3,021
                                          --------     --------      --------     --------       --------
      Total net revenues  . . . . . .      126,603      150,085       246,150       66,721         48,490
      Gross profit  . . . . . . . . .       18,077       26,731        52,504       12,689         11,365
    Selling, general & administrative
     expenses   . . . . . . . . . . .       13,492       16,255        31,724        7,137          7,685
    Amortization of goodwill  . . . .        1,033        1,225         3,979        2,701(2)         427
      Income from operations  . . . .        3,552        9,251        16,801        2,851          3,253
    Interest expense  . . . . . . . .        3,108        3,545         5,570        1,365          1,315
    Income before income taxes  . . .          622        5,715        11,311        1,426          1,938
      Net income (loss) applicable to
       common shareholders  . . . . .       (1,094)       2,115         5,841          561            876
      Basic net income (loss) per
       share of common stock  . . . .        (0.40)        0.70          1.94         0.19           0.32
      Diluted net income (loss) per
       share of common stock  . . . .        (0.40)        0.37          0.77         0.10           0.13
    Pro Forma Data (3):
    Net income applicable to common
     shareholders   . . . . . . . . .           NA           NA         8,679        1,270          1,595
    Basic net income per share of
     common stock   . . . . . . . . .           NA           NA          1.34         0.20           0.26
    Diluted net income per share of
     common stock   . . . . . . . . .           NA           NA          0.69         0.10           0.13
    Other Data:
    Capital expenditures  . . . . . .        1,429        3,145         4,086          554          1,407
    Depreciation  . . . . . . . . . .        2,851        3,852         5,224        1,308          1,160
    EBITDA (4)  . . . . . . . . . . .        9,271       15,994        27,044        7,023          5,056
    Backlog (at end of periods) . . .       89,871       97,218        85,654      113,888        143,894


    <CAPTION>
                                                         As of October 31,        As of January 31, 1998
                                                                                 Pro Forma     Pro Forma
                                                         1996         1997          (3)      As Adjusted(3)
    <S>                                                 <C>          <C>          <C>            <C>
    Balance Sheet Data:
    Total assets  . . . . . . . . . .                   $90,789      $131,361     $139,546       $139,546
    Total debt  . . . . . . . . . . .                    28,000        51,960       68,170         28,892
    Redeemable preferred stock  . . .                    16,948        18,068        4,348              -
    Common stock with put rights  . .                       633           633            -              -
    Total shareholders' (deficit)
     equity   . . . . . . . . . . .                      (2,952)        2,889        7,140         51,439

   ____________________

   (1)  On February 13, 1995, the Company consummated the Eaton-Kenway
        Acquisition.  On November 15, 1996, the Company consummated the
        Western Atlas Acquisition.  Operating results of the acquired
        businesses are included in the Company's consolidated operations from
        the respective dates of acquisition.
   (2)  During the first quarter of 1997, the Company decided to abandon one
        of its software product lines.  Amortization includes a write-off of
        $2,295 of unamortized software costs related to this decision.
   (3)  The pro forma statement of income data give effect to (i) the
        conversion of the Company's Class B Cumulative Redeemable Preferred
        Stock ("Class B Preferred Stock") into common stock of the Company,
        the reclassification of all common stock with put rights of the
        Company into Common Stock and the termination of certain management
        common stock "put" rights simultaneous with the Offering (the
        "Recapitalization"); (ii) the establishment of the ESOP and stock
        repurchases and other transactions in connection with the
        establishment of the ESOP in December 1997 and January 1998 (the
        "ESOP Transactions"); and (iii) the Offering and the application of
        the Company's net Offering proceeds to repay certain indebtedness and
        to pay accrued dividends on and redeem the Company's Class D
        Cumulative Redeemable Preferred Stock ("Class D Preferred Stock"). 
        The pro forma balance sheet data give effect to the Recapitalization. 
        The pro forma as adjusted give effect to the application of the net
        Offering proceeds.  See "Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial
        Statements."
   (4)  EBITDA is defined as income (loss) before taxes plus fixed charges. 
        Fixed charges consist of interest, depreciation and amortization. 
        EBITDA is not a measure of financial performance under generally
        accepted accounting principles and should not be considered as an
        alternative to net income as a measure of performance nor as an
        alternative to cash flow as a measure of liquidity.  EBITDA is a
        performance measure in the Company's primary debt financing
        instrument.
       
   </TABLE>

                                  RISK FACTORS

      In addition to the other information in this Prospectus, the following
   factors should be considered carefully in evaluating an investment in the
   Common Stock offered hereby.  This Prospectus contains certain forward-
   looking statements that involve substantial risks and uncertainties. 
   These forward-looking statements can generally be identified as such
   because the context of the statement includes words such as the Company
   "believes," "anticipates," "expects," "estimates," "intends" or other
   words of similar import.  Similarly, statements that describe the
   Company's future plans, objectives and goals are also forward-looking
   statements.  The Company's actual results, performance or achievements
   could differ materially from those expressed or implied in these forward-
   looking statements as a result of certain factors, including those set
   forth below and elsewhere in this Prospectus.
      
      Fluctuations in Operating Results; Potential Risks Associated with
   Large Contracts.  The revenues associated with an individual contract for
   certain of the Company's services and products can exceed several million
   dollars.  Therefore, a relatively small number of contracts can represent
   a significant percentage of the Company's revenues and profits in any one
   period, and a relatively small reduction in the number of large contracts
   can have a material adverse effect on the Company's revenues and profits
   in any one quarter or fiscal year.  As a result, the Company's operating
   results can vary significantly from quarter to quarter due to the
   uncertain timing associated with customers' awards of contracts to the
   Company and other factors out of the Company's control.  For example,
   revenues for the three months ended January 31, 1998 were lower than for
   the comparable period in 1997 due largely to the delay in the award of two
   large contracts until the end of the period.  In addition, due to the
   nature of the Company's contracts, and the fact that such contracts
   account for a substantial portion of the Company's revenues, the Company
   must continually rebuild its revenue base by adding significant new
   contracts.  Further, cost overruns or other difficulties in implementing a
   single large contract could have a material adverse effect on the
   Company's revenues and profits in any particular period.        
      
      Historically, single customers or a small group of customers have
   represented a large percentage of the Company's revenues for a particular
   fiscal year due to the revenues that are associated with large contracts
   with those customers.  This group of customers typically changes from year
   to year.  For example, for fiscal 1997, Ford Motor Company and Philip
   Morris together accounted for 23% of the Company's total revenues pursuant
   to seven principal contracts, and for fiscal 1996, Ford Motor Company and
   Imperial Wall Coverings together accounted for 24% of the Company's total
   revenues pursuant to five principal contracts.  The loss of any large
   customer could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business,
   operating results or financial condition.  In addition, there can be no
   assurance that the Company will continue to be able to attract such
   customers in future years.       

      Risks Associated with Fixed Price Contracts.  A substantial portion of
   the Company's projects are performed on a fixed price basis, and contracts
   related to these projects generally have performance requirements that the
   Company must satisfy.  The cost of satisfying the performance requirements
   of any particular contract may vary from the amount the Company originally
   estimated due to a variety of factors, including unforeseen events,
   changes in job conditions and variations in labor and equipment
   productivity over the term of the contract.  As a result, the revenue and
   profit realized on a fixed price contract can vary from estimated amounts. 
   Such variations can be material and may result in the Company experiencing
   losses on projects, which in turn could have a material adverse effect on
   the Company's business, operating results or financial condition in any
   quarter or fiscal year.  

      Competition.  Certain of the Company's markets are highly competitive. 
   The Company faces competition from a number of different companies,
   especially in the SCM software market.  Certain of the Company's
   competitors are large and have significant financial, marketing and
   technical resources.  In addition, the Company may encounter competition
   from new market entrants.  There can be no assurance that the Company will
   be able to continue to compete successfully in its markets in the future.
      
      Acquisition Risks.  While the Company has no potential acquisitions
   pending that are probable of being consummated, the Company regularly
   evaluates such opportunities and may make acquisitions in the future.  The
   Company believes the consummation of one or more acquisitions is essential
   for the Company to achieve its strategic goals, especially in the area of
   SCM software.  Future acquisitions may be large, and there can be no
   assurance that the Company will be able to locate or acquire suitable
   acquisition candidates on acceptable terms or that the Company will
   effectively and profitably integrate into the Company any business it may
   acquire in the future.  Moreover, additional indebtedness incurred to pay
   for such acquisitions could adversely effect the Company's liquidity and
   financial stability, and Common Stock issued to effect acquisitions could
   result in dilution to the Company's shareholders.      
      
      Risks Associated With Rapid Technological Change and New Product
   Introduction.  The markets for the Company's software products are
   characterized by rapidly changing technologies, evolving industry
   standards, changes in customer requirements and frequent new product
   introductions, applications and enhancements.  The introduction by
   competitors of products embodying new technologies and the emergence of
   new industry standards could adversely affect the Company's ability to
   sell its software applications.  By continually developing enhancements
   for their software products, competitors have developed, or are in the
   process of developing, products that may offer features similar or
   superior to the Company's current software products.  The Company expects
   that the continued development of software products by competitors will
   require that the Company develop new and/or enhanced applications on an
   ongoing basis to meet the demands of these markets.  However, there can be
   no assurance that the Company will be able to continue to develop and
   introduce new and/or enhanced products or to respond otherwise
   appropriately to changing customer needs.      

      Risks Associated with Percentage of Completion Accounting.  As required
   by generally accepted accounting principles, the Company uses the
   percentage of completion method of accounting under which it recognizes
   contract revenues generally based on the percentage that costs to date
   bear to total estimated costs and recognizes estimated contract losses in
   full when determined.  This method is subjective, as revenue and profit
   recognition are dependent on the use of management estimates of a
   project's total costs and its ongoing progress towards completion.  The
   Company reviews its contract estimates as work progresses and makes any
   necessary adjustments on a current basis, which may result in a reduction
   or elimination of previously reported contract profits.  Thus, depending
   on the size of a project, variations from estimated contract performance
   could have a material adverse effect on the Company's operating results
   for any quarter or fiscal year.

      Dependence on Key Personnel.  The Company's future success will depend
   in large part upon the continued service of its highly qualified and
   experienced engineering, sales and senior management personnel.  The loss
   of any of the Company's key senior management or its key engineering and
   sales personnel could have a material adverse effect on the Company's
   business, operating results or financial condition.  The Company currently
   maintains a limited amount of life insurance on its CEO.  The Company 
   actively recruits qualified personnel with industry experience as well as 
   advanced engineering degrees displaying a potential to contribute to the 
   future development of software, controls and equipment.  Competition for 
   such personnel is intense; therefore, there can be no assurance that the 
   Company will experience continued success in the recruitment or retention 
   of qualified engineering, sales and managerial personnel in the future.

      Liability Associated with Services and Products.  Inherent in the sale
   of the Company's services and products is the potential for the Company to
   be liable for consequential or incidental damages that a customer incurs
   as a result of the failure of the Company's product to perform as
   required.  An award of consequential or incidental damages could have a
   material adverse effect on the Company's business, operating results or
   financial condition.  The Company attempts to limit its exposure to
   liability for such consequential or incidental damages through terms and
   conditions contained in warranties and customer contracts.  However, these
   limitations may be modified or limited based on individual customer
   requirements, and there can be no assurance that such terms or conditions
   may be enforceable in each state or other jurisdiction in which the
   Company does business.
      
      Litigation Relating to Assumed Eaton-Kenway Contract.   As part of the
   February 13, 1995 Eaton-Kenway Acquisition, the Company assumed a contract
   dated July 1, 1992 between Eaton-Kenway, Inc. ("Eaton-Kenway") and the
   Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco (the "SF Fed") relating to the
   installation of a material handling system in two existing bank vaults
   (the "Fed Contract").  On April 7, 1995, the SF Fed filed a lawsuit (the
   "Fed Suit") against the Company, Eaton Corporation ("Eaton") and Eaton-
   Kenway, which remains a subsidiary of Eaton, alleging, among other things,
   a breach of the Fed Contract and seeking not less than $3.55 million as
   restitution for the consideration it paid under the Fed Contract, not less
   than $6.4 million for incidental and consequential damages and not less
   than $46.7 million to cover the costs of constructing two new bank vaults. 
   The court granted partial summary judgment on the issue of liability in
   favor of the SF Fed and against the Company and the other defendants on
   the breach of contract and recission and restitution counts of the SF
   Fed's complaint.  On January 30, 1998, the court granted partial summary
   judgment in favor of the Company and the other defendants, holding that
   the SF Fed cannot recover the cost of constructing two new bank vaults or
   litigation expenses.  However, the SF Fed may continue to seek damages in
   excess of $10 million against the Company based on claims that have not
   been dismissed.  The court's orders granting partial summary judgment are
   subject to appeal after the entry of final judgment in the action, and
   there can be no assurance that the results of any appeal would be
   favorable to the Company.  It is anticipated that a jury trial on the
   remaining damage issues on the contract claim against the Company and
   Eaton-Kenway, if not all the remaining claims against all the parties,
   will be held in 1998.  While the Company believes it has meritorious
   defenses in the Fed Suit, the Fed Suit could have a material adverse
   effect on the Company's business, results of operations and financial
   condition.  See "Business--Legal Proceedings."       
      
      Risks Associated with Intellectual Property.  The Company relies
   primarily on a combination of copyright, trademark and trade secret laws,
   confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions to protect its
   proprietary rights.  The Company believes the foregoing measures afford
   only limited protection.  Despite the Company's efforts to protect its
   proprietary rights, unauthorized parties may attempt to copy aspects of
   the Company's products or to obtain and use information that the Company
   regards as proprietary.  The Company may increasingly be subject to claims
   of intellectual property infringement as the number of products and
   competitors in the Company's industry segment grows and the functionality
   of products in different industry segments overlaps.  Although the Company
   is not aware that any of its products infringes upon the proprietary
   rights of third parties, there can be no assurance that third parties will
   not claim infringement by the Company with respect to current or future
   products.  Any such claims, with or without merit, could be time-
   consuming, result in costly litigation, cause product shipment delays or
   require the Company to enter into royalty or licensing agreements.  Such
   royalty or licensing agreements, if required, may not be available on
   terms acceptable to the Company or at all, which could have a material
   adverse effect upon the Company's business, operating results or financial
   condition.       

      The Company resells certain software that it licenses from third
   parties.  There can be no assurance that these third party software
   licenses will continue to be available to the Company on commercially
   reasonable terms.  The loss of or inability to maintain or obtain any of
   these software licenses could result in delays or reductions in product
   implementation until equivalent software could be identified, licensed and
   integrated or independently developed by the Company, which could
   adversely affect the Company's business, operating results or financial
   condition.
      
      Risk of Software Defects.  Implementing the Company's systems and
   software for automated material handling systems and its SCM software
   systems involves varying degrees of customization to meet each customer's
   specific needs.  While the Company performs extensive testing of such
   customized systems and software, they may nonetheless be more prone to
   error than systems and software designed for general applications and
   previously implemented at other sites. Undetected errors may cause the
   Company to incur substantial costs to modify or repair a system and could
   have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, operating
   results or financial condition.  In addition, the Company's software
   applications, like software products in general, may contain undetected
   errors or "bugs" when current or enhanced versions are released which may
   cause delays in product introduction or contract performance, require
   design modifications or result in a loss of the product or substantial
   maintenance costs, any of which could adversely affect the Company's
   business, operating results or financial condition.       
      
      Year 2000 Issues.  Many currently installed computer systems and
   software products are coded to accept only two digit entries in the date
   code field.  To distinguish 21st century dates from 20th century dates,
   these date code fields must be able to accept four digit entries.  As a
   result, computer systems and software programs used by many companies,
   including the Company and companies to whom the Company has provided its
   services and products, may need to be upgraded to comply with such "Year
   2000" requirements.  Significant uncertainty exists concerning the
   potential effects associated with such compliance, and Year 2000 issues
   could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, operating
   results or financial condition due, among other things, to the following: 
   (i) the Company has warranted, and may in the future warrant, to certain
   customers that its products will be Year 2000 compliant, and the Company
   may be obligated under fixed price software service contracts to address
   any Year 2000 issues associated with covered products, and the failure of
   such products to be Year 2000 compliant could materially adversely affect
   the Company; (ii) because the Company relies on outside vendors to provide
   computer hardware components that the Company in turn sells to customers,
   and many of the Company's products and services are integrated or
   interface with other software systems of a customer at the time of initial
   installation or thereafter, to some degree Year 2000 compliance is beyond
   the Company's control; and (iii) the possibility that it will be more
   costly than anticipated to ensure that the products the Company uses in
   internal operations are Year 2000 compliant.      
      
      Risk of Environmental Liabilities.  The Company is subject to various
   federal, state and local environmental laws, including, but not limited
   to, those governing air emissions, water discharges and the storage,
   handling, disposal and remediation of petroleum and hazardous substances. 
   The Company may in the future incur material expenditures to ensure
   compliance with environmental laws.  Moreover, certain of the Company's
   facilities have been in operation for many years, and over such time,
   predecessor operators of such facilities may have generated and disposed
   of wastes that are or may be considered hazardous.  Accordingly, it is
   possible that future environmental requirements or facts not currently
   known will require unanticipated efforts and expenditures that would have
   a material adverse effect on the Company's business, operating results or
   financial condition.       
      
      Economic Factors Affecting the Industry.  The Company's business is
   likely to be affected by the state of the U.S. economy in general and by
   the varying cyclicality of the industries in which its customers
   participate.  A downturn in the U.S. economy in general or in any industry
   the Company serves could have a material adverse effect on the Company's
   business, operating results or financial condition.       

      Anti-Takeover Provisions; Company Control.  The Company's Amended and
   Restated Articles of Incorporation and By-laws contain provisions that,
   among other things, establish staggered terms for members of the Company's
   Board of Directors, place certain restrictions on the removal of
   directors, authorize the Board of Directors to issue preferred stock in
   one or more series without shareholder approval, impose procedural
   requirements in connection with the calling of special meetings of
   shareholders, require advance notice for director nominations and certain
   other matters to be considered at meetings of shareholders, impose
   supermajority voting requirements on amendments to the By-laws and impose
   supermajority voting and "fair price" requirements on certain
   transactions.  These provisions and the prohibition against certain
   business combinations and other provisions contained in the Wisconsin
   Business Corporation Law (the "WBCL") could have the effect of delaying,
   deferring or preventing a change in control or the removal of existing
   management of the Company.
      
      Upon the consummation of the Offering, Management and two institutional
   investors will in the aggregate own approximately 50.4% of the outstanding
   Common Stock (approximately 44.7% if the Underwriters' over-allotment
   options are exercised in full).  Accordingly, if they act collectively,
   then Management and such investors may have the practical ability to elect
   the entire Board of Directors of the Company and to determine the outcome
   of certain other matters submitted to the Company's shareholders for
   approval.  See "Principal and Selling Shareholders" and "Description of
   Capital Stock."       
      
      Shares Eligible for Future Sales.  Future sales of Common Stock by the
   Company or its existing shareholders could adversely affect the prevailing
   market price of the Common Stock.  The Company, its officers and directors
   and the Selling Shareholders have entered into "lock-up" agreements with
   Lehman Brothers Inc. ("Lehman Brothers") whereby the Company, such
   officers and directors and the Selling Shareholders have agreed not to
   sell any Common Stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or
   exercisable for Common Stock for 180 days following the date of this
   Prospectus without the consent of Lehman Brothers, except in the case of
   the Company for shares delivered under certain compensation plans.  After
   the expiration of such 180-day period, or earlier with the written consent
   of Lehman Brothers, approximately 5,888,947 shares of Common Stock will be
   eligible for sale by existing shareholders subject to Rule 144 promulgated
   under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), all
   of which have been held in excess of requisite holding period under Rule
   144 but are subject to resale volume limitations imposed under Rule 144. 
   Although holders of options to purchase 1,123,800 additional shares of
   Common Stock (as of January 31, 1998) that will become exercisable upon
   consummation of the Offering generally will not execute such lock-up
   agreements, it is the Company's current intent not to file a registration
   statement under the Securities Act with respect to such shares until the
   expiration of at least 180 days after the date of this Prospectus. 
   Assuming the Company files a registration statement, such shares will be
   eligible for sale commencing immediately after an option is exercised.  In
   addition, the ESOP holds 403,053 shares of Common Stock, approximately
   73,282 of which have been allocated to employee accounts and the remainder
   of which are held for future allocation to employee accounts.  The ESOP
   will distribute shares from time to time to ESOP participants, but
   currently only following their retirement or other termination of
   employment.  Shares that the ESOP distributes may be freely traded without
   restriction under the Securities Act.  Sales of substantial amounts of
   Common Stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales may
   occur, could have a material adverse effect on the market price of the
   Common Stock.  See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale" and "Description of
   Capital Stock."       

      Absence of a Prior Public Market for the Common Stock and Possible
   Volatility of Stock Prices.  Prior to the Offering, there has been no
   public market for the Common Stock.  The Company has applied to have the
   Common Stock listed on the New York Stock Exchange; however, there can be
   no assurance that an active trading market will develop or be sustained
   upon approval.  The initial public offering price of the Common Stock will
   be determined by negotiations among the Company, the Underwriters, the
   Selling Shareholders and their representatives, and there can be no
   assurance that the market price of the Common Stock after the Offering
   will not fall below the initial public offering price.  The market price
   of the Common Stock may be highly volatile depending on a number of
   factors.  See "Underwriting" for a discussion of the factors to be
   considered in determining the initial public offering price.
      
      Dilution.  The initial public offering price will be substantially
   higher than the book value per share of Common Stock.  Investors
   purchasing Common Stock in the Offering will therefore incur immediate and
   substantial dilution of $12.93 per share in net tangible book value of
   their purchased Common Stock.  See "Dilution."       

                                 DIVIDEND POLICY

      The Company has not paid cash dividends on its Common Stock.  The
   Company currently anticipates that it will retain its future earnings for
   use in the expansion and operation of its business and does not anticipate
   paying any cash dividends on its Common Stock in the foreseeable future. 
   In addition, the Company is essentially prohibited by the current terms of
   its revolving credit facility from declaring or paying any dividends on or
   making any other distributions on any class or series of its capital stock
   other than dividends payable solely in its capital stock.  The Company may
   in the future enter into loan or other agreements or issue debt securities
   or preferred stock that restrict the payment of cash dividends on its
   capital stock.  Any future determination to pay cash dividends will be at
   the discretion of the Company's Board of Directors and will depend upon,
   among other things, the Company's results of operations, financial
   condition, contractual restrictions and such other factors deemed relevant
   by the Board of Directors.

                                 USE OF PROCEEDS
      
      The net proceeds to the Company from the sale of Common Stock being
   offered by the Company in the Offering are estimated to be approximately
   $44 million based on the assumed public offering price $14.00 per share
   after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated
   offering expenses.  The net proceeds to the Company of the Offering will
   be used to repay certain indebtedness and to make certain payments to
   Selling Shareholders in respect of Class D Preferred Stock, all as
   described below.       
      
      The Company will use a portion of its net proceeds to pay dividends
   accrued on Class D Preferred Stock through the consummation of the
   Offering and to redeem Class D Preferred Stock outstanding immediately
   prior to the consummation of the Offering.  The aggregate of such payments
   calculated as of January 31, 1998 was approximately $5.0 million, and this
   amount will increase at a rate of approximately $94,000 per month until
   the consummation of the Offering.  Such payments will be made to Selling 
   Shareholders.  See "Certain Transactions; Relationships with Selling 
   Shareholders; Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider 
   Participation."       
      
      The Company intends to repay all of the amounts the Company owes on a
   subordinated promissory note due in 2003, with a principal amount of $8.0
   million that bears interest at a rate of 10% per annum through November
   15, 1998, that the Company issued in 1996 to Western Atlas Inc. ("Western
   Atlas") in connection with the Western Atlas Acquisition.  The Company
   also intends to repay a portion of the amount the Company owes to its
   banks pursuant to the Company's revolving credit facility.  As of January
   31, 1998, the Company owed approximately $44.8 million under this facility
   bearing interest at rates ranging from 7.1% to 8.5% per annum.  In
   December 1997 and January 1998, the Company incurred indebtedness under
   this facility in connection with the ESOP Transactions as follows: (i) the
   Company borrowed approximately $6.5 million to repurchase 420,000 shares
   of common stock of the Company from a former employee to liquidate his
   interest after the employee exercised contractual "put" rights, of which
   the Company contributed 36,641 shares to the ESOP; (ii) the Company
   obtained a $6.0 million term loan (which bears interest at rates
   comparable to those under the revolving credit facility) to obtain funds
   to make a loan of approximately $6.0 million to the ESOP, which matures on
   October 31, 2006 and bears interest at a fixed rate of 8%, the proceeds of
   which the ESOP used to purchase shares of common stock of the Company from
   Management shareholders; and (iii) the Company borrowed approximately $0.6
   million under the revolving credit facility to contribute to the ESOP to
   enable the ESOP to make the first scheduled principal payment under its
   term loan, the effect of which contribution and principal payment was to
   transform $0.6 million of term debt of the Company into revolving debt. 
   See "Certain Transactions; Relationships with Selling Shareholders;
   Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation."       

      The Company will not receive any proceeds from the sale of Common Stock
   by the Selling Shareholders.

                                 CAPITALIZATION
      
      The following table sets forth the total capitalization of the Company
   as of January 31, 1998 (i) on a pro forma basis to reflect the
   Recapitalization and the related changes in the Company's authorized
   capital and (ii) as adjusted to reflect the sale of 3,460,000 shares of
   Common Stock offered by the Company hereby (at an assumed public offering
   price of $14.00 per share and after deducting the underwriting discounts
   and commissions and estimated offering expenses) and the application of
   the Company's net Offering proceeds to repay certain indebtedness and pay
   accrued dividends on and redeem preferred stock.  See "Summary Pro Forma
   Consolidated Financial Data," "Certain Transactions; Relationships with
   Selling Shareholders; Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider
   Participation" and "Use of Proceeds."        
      
                                               As of January 31, 1998       
                                          Pro Forma After    As Adjusted for
                                          Recapitalization    the Offering
                                                   (in thousands)
    Long-term debt:
     Revolving line of credit   . . . .           $44,770          $13,492
     Subordinated Promissory Note due
       2003 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .             8,000              -- 
     Subordinated Promissory Note due
       2005 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .            10,000           10,000
     Term Note relating to ESOP due
       2002 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .             5,400            5,400
                                                  -------          -------
       Total long-term debt . . . . . .            68,170           28,892
                                                  -------          -------
    Redeemable Preferred Stock:
     Class D Cumulative Redeemable
       Preferred Stock (2,000,000
       shares designated; 1,739,000
       shares issued and outstanding
       after Recapitalization; no
       shares issued and outstanding
       after Offering)  . . . . . . . .             4,348               --
    Shareholders' equity:
     Preferred Stock, par value $.01
       per share; 10,000,000 shares
       authorized; no shares issued and
       outstanding  . . . . . . . . . .                --               --
     Common Stock, par value $.01 per
       share; 40,000,000 shares
       authorized; 8,615,360 shares
       issued and 7,902,230 shares
       outstanding after
       Recapitalization; 12,075,358
       shares issued and 11,362,230
       outstanding after Offering (1) .                86              121
     Additional paid-in capital   . . .            14,547           58,811
     Treasury stock, at cost, 383,358
       shares of Common Stock . . . . .            (5,858)          (5,858)
     Unearned compensation - ESOP   . .            (5,400)          (5,400)
     Retained earnings  . . . . . . . .             3,765            3,765
                                                   ------           ------
     Total shareholders' equity   . . .             7,140           51,439
                                                   ------           ------
         Total capitalization . . . . .           $79,658          $80,331
                                                   ======           ======

   __________________
   (1)  Does not include (a) outstanding options to purchase 1,123,800 shares
        of Common Stock and (b) outstanding warrants to purchase an aggregate
        of 124,223 shares of Common Stock.  Outstanding shares on a pro forma
        basis after Recapitalization and as adjusted for the Offering exclude
        329,771 shares held by the ESOP that have not been allocated to ESOP
        participants' accounts and are not considered outstanding for
        financial reporting purposes.

       

                                    DILUTION
      
      The net tangible book value of the Company as of January 31, 1998 was
   $(31.8) million, or $(3.86) per outstanding share of Common Stock after
   giving effect to the Recapitalization.  Net tangible book value per share
   represents the amount of the Company's tangible net worth (total tangible
   assets less total liabilities) divided by the total number of shares of
   Common Stock outstanding after giving effect to the Recapitalization. 
   After giving effect to the sale of 3,460,000 shares of Common Stock in the
   Offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $14.00 per share
   and the application of the net proceeds therefrom (after deduction of
   estimated offering expenses), the pro forma net tangible book value as of
   January 31, 1998 would have been $12.5 million or $1.07 per share.  This
   represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $4.93 per
   share to existing shareholders and an immediate dilution of $12.93 per
   share to new investors purchasing shares in the Offering.       
      
      The following table illustrates the per share dilution:

         Initial public offering price per share  .                 $14.00
         Net tangible book value per share before
          the Offering  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      (3.86)
         Increase per share attributable to new
          investors   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       4.93
                                                        ------
         Pro forma net tangible book value per
          common share after the Offering   . . . .                   1.07
                                                                    ------
         Dilution per share to new investors  . . .                $ 12.93
                                                                    ======
       
      
        The following table sets forth, on an adjusted basis as of January
   31, 1998, the differences in the number and percentage of shares of stock
   purchased, the amount and percentage of consideration paid and the average
   price per share that the Company's existing shareholders paid to the
   Company and that new investors purchasing shares in the Offering will pay
   at an assumed initial public offering price of $14.00 per share (before
   deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated
   offering expenses):


                     Number of    Percent                           Average
                       Shares    of Shares                           Price
                     Purchased   Purchased  Amount Paid  Percent   Per Share

   Existing
    shareholders .    8,232,000    70.4%   $15,149,000      23.8%    $1.84
   New investors .    3,460,000    29.6%    48,440,000      76.2%    14.00
                     ==========   ======   ===========      =====
        Total  . .   11,692,000    100%    $63,589,000       100%
       
      
      The above assumes no exercise of any stock options outstanding as of
   January 31, 1998 under the 1993 Plan.  As of that date, there were options
   outstanding to purchase a total of 1,123,800 shares of Common Stock at an
   average exercise price of $2.41 per share.  See "Management - Stock Option
   Plans."  If all options outstanding as of that date had been exercised as
   of such date, then the dilution per share to new investors in the Offering
   would be $12.81.   The foregoing tables also exclude shares reserved for
   future grants or purchases pursuant to the Directors Plan.  See
   "Management - Director Compensation" and "Management - Stock Option Plan." 
   New investors may experience further dilution to the extent that options
   are granted and exercised, or shares are otherwise issued under these
   plans, at a price that does not exceed the initial public offering price.
       

                 SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
      
      The following table sets forth certain selected historical consolidated
   financial and other data for the Company and Predecessor as of and for
   each of the five years ended October 31, 1997 and for the three months
   ended January 31, 1997 and 1998.  The historical consolidated financial
   and other data as of and for the four years ended October 31, 1997 were
   derived from the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company, which
   were audited by Arthur Andersen LLP, independent public accountants.  The
   historical consolidated financial and other data as of and for the year
   ended October 31, 1993 and for the three months ended January 31, 1997 and
   1998 have not been audited.  In the opinion of the Company, the historical
   consolidated financial and other data of the Company as of and for the
   year ended October 31, 1993 and for the three months ended January 31,
   1997 and 1998 include all adjusting entries necessary to present fairly
   the information set forth therein.       

      The following selected historical consolidated financial data should be
   read in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Results
   of Operations and Financial Condition" and the Company's Consolidated
   Financial Statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this
   Prospectus.

                      (In thousands, except per share data)

      
   <TABLE>
   <CAPTION>
                             Predecessor (1)                                    Company (1)
                                                                                                                            
                                Year ended                                                            Three Months Ended
                               October 31,                   Years ended October 31,                          January 31,
                                  1993              1994      1995 (2)    1996       1997 (3)         1997 (3)      1998

   <S>                             <C>            <C>          <C>        <C>          <C>
   Statement of Income
    Data:                                                                                                         
   Net revenues:
    Integrated systems   .         $93,404        $67,886      $70,689    $87,150     $163,472       $47,003        $28,098
    Customer services  . .           9,965         13,171       40,501     49,792       65,200        15,626         17,371
    Logistics and software
     systems   . . . . . .           4,522          6,674       15,413     13,143       17,478         4,092          3,021
                                  --------       --------     --------   --------     --------      --------       --------
     Total net revenues  .         107,891         87,731      126,603    150,085      246,150        66,721         48,490
   Cost of sales . . . . .          97,330         76,600      108,526    123,354      193,646        54,032         37,125
                                  --------       --------     --------   --------     --------      --------       --------
    Gross profit   . . . .          10,561         11,131       18,077     26,731       52,504        12,689         11,365
   Selling expenses  . . .           6,469          5,700        8,907      9,981       19,682         4,431          5,090
   General &
    administrative
    expenses   . . . . . .           5,053(4)       3,279        4,585      6,274       12,042         2,706          2,595
   Amortization of
    goodwill   . . . . . .               -         $4,753(5)     1,033      1,225        3,979(6)      2,701(6)         427
                                  --------       --------     --------   --------     --------      --------       --------
    Income (loss) from
     operations  . . . . .            (961)        (2,601)       3,552      9,251       16,801         2,851          3,253
   Interest expense  . . .             641(7)       1,683        3,108      3,545        5,570         1,365          1,315
   Other, net  . . . . . .               -           (109)        (178)        (9)         (80)           60              -
                                  --------       --------     --------   --------     --------      --------       --------
    Income (loss) before
     income taxes  . . . .          (1,602)        (4,175)         622      5,715       11,311         1,426          1,938
   Provision (credit) for
    income taxes   . . . .            (467)        (1,646)         398      2,288        4,051           511            698
                                  --------       --------     --------   --------     --------      --------       --------
    Net income (loss)
     before minority
     interest  . . . . . .          (1,135)        (2,529)         224      3,427        7,260           915          1,240
   Minority interest
    expense (8)  . . . . .               -            620          187          -            -           -              -  
                                  --------       --------     --------   --------     --------      --------       --------
    Net income (loss)
     before dividends on
     preferred stock   . .          (1,135)        (3,149)          37      3,427        7,260           915          1,240
   Dividends on preferred
    stock  . . . . . . . .               -            824        1,131      1,312        1,419           354            364
                                  --------       --------     --------   --------     --------      --------       --------
    Net income (loss)
     applicable to common
     shareholders  . . . .         $(1,135)       $(3,973)     $(1,094)    $2,115       $5,841      $    561        $   876
                                    ======         ======       ======     ======       ======      ========       ========
   Basic net income (loss)
    per share of common
    stock  . . . . . . . .              NA         $(1.84)      $(0.40)     $0.70        $1.94      $   0.19        $  0.32
                                    ======         ======       ======     ======       ======      ========       ========
   Diluted net income
    (loss) per share of
    common stock   . . . .              NA         $(1.84)      $(0.40)     $0.37        $0.77      $   0.10        $  0.13
                                    ======         ======       ======     ======       ======      ========       ========
   Other Data:
   Capital expenditures  .            $969           $657       $1,429     $3,145       $4,086          $554         $1,407
   Depreciation  . . . . .           1,124          1,657        2,851      3,852        5,224         1,308          1,160
   EBITDA (9)  . . . . . .             163          5,575        9,271     15,994       27,044         7,023          5,056
   Backlog (at end of
    periods)   . . . . . .          53,577         41,903       89,871     97,218       85,654       113,888        143,894

   <CAPTION>
                                                

                            As of October 31,                   As of October 31,                
                                                                                                       As of January 31,    
                                  1993              1994      1995(2)     1996        1997(3)         1997 (3)      1998

   <S>                             <C>            <C>          <C>        <C>         <C>           <C>            <C> 
   Balance Sheet Data:
   Total assets  . . . . .         $50,491        $53,381      $89,996    $90,789     $131,361      $164,373       $139,546
   Total debt  . . . . . .               -         14,000       34,000     28,000       51,960        64,000         68,170
   Minority interest (8) .               -         10,600            -          -            -             -              -
   Redeemable preferred
    stock  . . . . . . . .               -         10,800       15,828     16,948       18,068        17,228         18,348
   Common stock with put
    rights   . . . . . . .               -            461          633        633          633           633            633
   Total shareholders'
    (deficit) equity   . .          18,987         (3,973)      (5,067)    (2,952)       2,889        (2,298)        (7,493)

   _______________

   (1)  On October 29, 1993, the Company consummated the HEI Acquisition. 
        All financial data as of and for the year prior to acquisition are
        reflected exclusive of any purchase accounting adjustments.

   (2)  On February 13, 1995, the Company consummated the Eaton-Kenway
        Acquisition.  Operating results of the acquired business are included
        in the Company's consolidated operations from the date of
        acquisition.

   (3)  On November 15, 1996, the Company consummated the Western Atlas
        Acquisition.  Operating results of the acquired businesses are
        included in the Company's consolidated operations from the date of
        acquisition.

   (4)  Included in general & administrative expenses is a management fee
        charged by Harnischfeger Industries, Inc. ("Harnischfeger") for
        services performed by Harnischfeger on behalf of the Company. Such
        fees equaled two percent of revenues.

   (5)  Included in amortization of goodwill is $4,186 of purchased in-
        process software and development costs which resulted in a charge to
        income in the period of the HEI Acquisition.  See Note 3 to the
        Company's Consolidated Financial Statements.

   (6)  During the first quarter of 1997, the Company decided to abandon one
        of its software product lines. Amortization includes a write-off of
        $2,295 of unamortized software costs related to this decision.

   (7)  Balance represents a charge by Harnischfeger on intercompany equity
        advances.

   (8)  During 1994, the Company recognized as a minority interest certain
        Class A preferred stock of Harnischfeger Engineers, Inc. ("HEI")
        totaling $10,000 and Class C preferred stock of HEI totaling $600
        held by Harnischfeger.  During 1995, the Class A preferred stock was
        converted into a subordinated promissory note, and the Class C
        preferred stock was redeemed.

   (9)  EBITDA is defined as income (loss) before taxes plus fixed charges. 
        Fixed charges consist of interest, depreciation and amortization. 
        EBITDA is not a measure of financial performance under generally
        accepted accounting principles and should not be considered as an
        alternative to net income as a measure of performance nor as an
        alternative to cash flow as a measure of liquidity.  EBITDA is a
        performance measure in the Company's primary debt financing
        instrument.      
   </TABLE>

                  SUMMARY PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
                      (In thousands, except per share data)
      
      Set forth below is certain unaudited summary pro forma consolidated
   financial data for the period ended and as of the dates indicated.  This
   information is derived from, and should be read in conjunction with, the
   Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements appearing elsewhere
   in this Prospectus.  The summary pro forma consolidated statement of
   income data for the year ended October 31, 1997 and the three months ended
   January 31, 1997 and 1998 reflects the effects on the historical results 
   of operations of the Company of the following transactions as if these
   transactions had occurred on November 1, 1996:  (i) the Recapitalization;
   (ii) the ESOP Transactions; and (iii) the Offering and the application of
   the proceeds to the Company from the Offering to repay certain
   indebtedness and to pay accrued dividends on and redeem preferred stock. 
   The summary pro forma consolidated balance sheet data as of January 31,
   1998 reflects the effects of the Recapitalization and the Offering
   transactions as if they had occurred on January 31, 1998.  The summary pro
   forma consolidated financial data does not purport to represent what the
   Company's results of operations would actually have been if such
   transactions in fact occurred as of such dates or results that may be
   attained in the future.        

      
   <TABLE>
   <CAPTION>
                                           Historical                                    Pro Forma
                                                Three months ended                          Three months ended
                             Year ended                                  Year ended
                               October        January       January        October        January        January
    Pro Forma Statement of    31, 1997        31, 1997      31, 1998      31, 1997       31, 1997       31, 1998
     Income Data:

    <C>                         <C>           <C>           <C>          <C>           <C>             <C>
    Net revenues  . . . .       $246,150      $ 66,721      $ 48,490     $246,150      $ 66,721        $ 48,490
    Gross profit  . . . .         52,504        12,689        11,365       52,504        12,689          11,365
    Selling, general &
      administrative
      expenses  . . . . .         31,724         7,137         7,685       31,724         7,137           7,685
    Amortization of
      goodwill  . . . . .          3,979         2,701           427        3,979         2,701             427
      Income from
       operations . . . .         16,801         2,851         3,253       16,801         2,851           3,253
    Interest expense  . .          5,570         1,365         1,315        3,353(a)        811(a)          761(a)

    Income before income
     taxes  . . . . . . .         11,311         1,426         1,938       13,528         1,980           2,492
    Provision for income
     taxes  . . . . . . .          4,051           511           698        4,849(b)        710(b)          897(b)

      Net income before
       dividends on
       preferred stock  .          7,260           915         1,240        8,679         1,270           1,595
    Dividends on preferred
     stock  . . . . . . .          1,419           354           364            -(c)          -(c)            -(c)
      Net income
       applicable to
       common shareholders  
                                   5,841           561           876        8,679         1,270           1,595
      Basic net income per
       share of common
       stock  . . . . . .           1.94          0.19          0.32         1.34          0.20            0.26
      Diluted net income
       per share of common
       stock  . . . . . .           0.77          0.10          0.13         0.69          0.10            0.13


   <CAPTION>
                                                       As of January 31, 1998

   Pro Forma Balance Sheet Data:           Historical         Adjustments      Pro Forma

   <S>                                     <C>                   <C>           <C>  
   Total assets  . . . . . . . . . . .     $139,546                 -          $139,546
   Accrued liabilities . . . . . . . .        9,330              (673)(f)         8,657
   Total current liabilities . . . . .       56,389              (673)           55,716
   Other liabilities . . . . . . . . .        3,499                 -             3,499
   Long-term debt  . . . . . . . . . .       68,170            (8,000)(a)        28,892
                                                              (31,278)(a)
   Mandatory redeemable preferred stock      18,348           (14,000)(e)             -
                                                               (4,348)(f)
   Common stock with put rights  . . .          633              (633)(e)             -
   Common stock  . . . . . . . . . . .            -            121 (d)(e)           121
   Additional paid-in capital  . . . .            -            44,264 (d)        58,811
                                                               14,547 (e)
   Treasury stock  . . . . . . . . . .       (5,858)                -            (5,858)
   Unearned compensation - ESOP  . . .       (5,400)                -            (5,400)
   Retained earnings . . . . . . . . .        3,765                 -             3,765
   Total shareholders' equity  . . . .       (7,493)           60,383            51,439
   Total liabilities and shareholders'
      equity . . . . . . . . . . . . .      139,546                 -           139,546

   ______________________________
   (a)  Adjusted to reflect (i) a reduction in debt and interest expense in 
        connection with the repayment from the proceeds of the Offering of 
        (A) the $8,000 subordinated promissory note due to Western Atlas at an
        interest rate of 10.0% and (B) $31,278 outstanding on the revolving
        credit facility at an average interest rate of 7.3% from the proceeds
        of the Offering and (ii) an increase in debt and interest expense on
        indebtedness incurred as follows:  (A) $6,458 ($600 of which was
        repaid in January 1998) under the Company's revolving credit facility
        to repurchase 420,000 shares of common stock of the Company and (B)
        $6,000 under a term loan provided by its bank lenders which it
        subsequently loaned to the ESOP.  The pro forma interest expense
        savings are $2,217, $554 and $554 for the twelve months ending
        October 31, 1997 and the three months ending January 31, 1997 and
        January 31, 1998, respectively.
   (b)  Adjusted to reflect the above pro forma adjustments utilizing a
        combined federal and state tax rate of 36.0%
   (c)  Adjusted to reflect the elimination of dividends on Class B Preferred
        Stock and Class D Preferred Stock, which accrue at an 8.0% rate, in
        connection with the Recapitalization and the Offering.
   (d)  Represents the $44,385 in net proceeds associated with the sale of
        3,460,000 shares of Common Stock with a par value of $0.01 offered by
        the Company.
   (e)  Represents (i) the conversion of 5,600,000 shares of Class B
        Preferred Stock with a stated amount of $14,000 to 5,600,000 shares
        of Common Stock at a par value of $0.01 per share and (ii) the
        termination of certain management "put" rights with respect to
        3,015,360 shares of common stock with a stated amount of $633 and a
        par value of $0.01.
   (f)  Represents the payment of $673 in accrued dividends and the
        redemption of Class D Preferred Stock of $4,348 using the proceeds of
        the Offering.       
   </TABLE>



                     MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                  RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION

   Overview
      
      The Company operates through three business units:  (i) Integrated
   Systems designs, installs and integrates automated material handling
   systems and manufactures related automated material handling equipment;
   (ii) Customer Services provides aftermarket customer support, including
   modernization, service and parts; and (iii) Logistics and Software Systems
   develops and implements advanced software systems.  Historically, the
   Company has grown through a combination of acquisitions and internal
   growth.  The Company expects future internal growth to occur predominantly
   in the higher margin customer service and logistics and software systems
   businesses.  Additionally, the Company will seek selective strategic
   acquisitions to enable the Company's logistics and software systems
   business to provide a broader range of SCM software solutions.       

      Background.  The Company originated as an engineering division of
   Harnischfeger in 1969, and Management led the acquisition of the Company
   in October 1993 for a total purchase price of $45.0 million.  In February
   1995, the Company completed the Eaton-Kenway Acquisition for a total
   purchase price of $12.3 million.  The acquired business contributed
   revenues of approximately $40.7 million in fiscal 1995.  In November 1996,
   the Company consummated the Western Atlas Acquisition for a total purchase
   price of $42.6 million.  The Western Atlas Acquisition contributed
   revenues of approximately $84.4 million in fiscal 1997.  Each of these
   acquisitions was partially financed by the seller.

      Through the Eaton-Kenway and Western Atlas Acquisitions, the Company
   obtained, among other things, captive automated material handling
   equipment and replacement parts manufacturing capabilities, which ensure
   adequate levels of supply and enhance quality assurance, and significantly
   increased its installed base.  While manufacturing is not the Company's
   primary focus, the Company believes it is a critical factor to maintain
   its systems integration leadership position and expand its customer
   service business.
      
      With each acquisition, the Company has incurred expenses to integrate
   the acquired business and focus it on the Company's strategies.  In each
   case, the Company has downsized the acquired business, with a resulting
   decline from its previous revenue levels, to focus on higher margin
   business.  During fiscal 1997, the Company discontinued unprofitable
   product lines and rationalized manufacturing capacity by closing two
   former Western Atlas plants.  The Company recently expanded a former
   Eaton-Kenway plant (completed September 1997) and is in the process of
   expanding a former Western Atlas plant (expected completion in March 1998)
   to accommodate increased workload.  The Company continues to evaluate and
   remediate issues related to various Eaton-Kenway and Western Atlas
   projects, but has established reserves for potential losses that the
   Company believes are adequate.      

      Revenue Recognition.  Integrated Systems revenues are derived from the
   sale of automated material handling systems integration services and
   related equipment, software and controls.  Customer Services revenues are
   derived from customer support and services, including modernization,
   service and replacement parts and maintenance outsourcing.  Contracts for
   both units are typically fixed price with a duration of three months to
   two years.  The Company recognizes revenues from these contracts on the
   percentage of completion accounting method, with the exception of spare
   parts, which are recognized upon shipment.  Under this method, percentage
   of completion is determined by reference to the extent of contract
   performance, future performance risk and cost incurrence.  Any revisions
   in the estimated total costs of the contracts during the course of the
   work are reflected when the facts that require the revisions become known. 
   Losses, if any, are recognized in full as soon as identified.  Generally,
   more than half of the revenues derived on a contract for an integration or
   modernization project occur during the second half of the project, as many
   of the outside equipment suppliers fabricate and deliver components to the
   job site and integration commences.  

      Logistics and Software Systems revenues are derived from software
   license fees, modification and implementation fees, and services and
   maintenance fees; however, in many cases contracts also include cost for
   related hardware (such as computers and radio frequency telecommunications
   equipment) and implementation assistance.  These contracts have a typical
   duration of three months to one year.  Software license fee revenue is
   recorded, on a pro-rata basis, when the software has been delivered (which
   is generally considered to be at the completion of the first
   installation), the license agreement with the customer has been executed,
   and collection of the resulting receivable is deemed probable.  Revenues
   for customization and modification of licensed software and for
   implementation services are recorded using the percentage-of-completion
   method of accounting.  Logistics and Software Systems revenues tend to be
   equally spread over the life of the contract because of their higher
   service content.

      Costs.  Direct costs including material and other manufacturing-related
   costs and outside vendor costs for subcontracted equipment comprise the
   largest portion of the Company's cost of sales.  Other direct costs
   consist primarily of compensation, related fringe benefits, other overhead
   costs and warranty support.  Research and development and software
   development costs are expensed as incurred.

   Results of Operations
   
      The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the
   percentage of revenues represented by certain line items from the
   Company's consolidated statements of income:
      
                                                        Three Months Ended
                               Years ended October 31,     January 31, 
                               1995      1996    1997      1997     1998
    Net revenues:
     Integrated systems   .     56%       58%    66%        70%      58%
     Customer services  . .     32        33     26         23       36
     Logistics and software
       systems  . . . . . .     12         9      8          7        6
                              ----      ----   ----       ----     ----
       Total net revenues .    100       100    100        100      100

    Cost of sales . . . . .     86        82     79         81       77
                              ----      ----   ----       ----     ----
     Gross profit   . . . .     14        18     21         19       23
    Selling expenses  . . .      7         7      8          7       10
    General & administrative
     expenses   . . . . . .      3         4      4          4        5
    Amortization of goodwill     1         1      2          4        1
                              ----      ----   ----       ----     ----
     Income from operations      3%        6%     7%         4%       7%
                              ====      ====   ====       ====     ====
       
      
   Three Months Ended January 31, 1998 Compared to Three Months Ended January
   31, 1997

      Revenues.  Total revenues decreased 27.3% to $48.5 million in the three
   months ended January 31, 1998 from $66.7 million in the three months ended
   January 31, 1997.  This decline was primarily due to the delay in the
   award of two large contracts in the Integrated Systems business unit
   (which contracts were awarded near the end of the period) and a planned
   reduction in lower-margin revenues associated with the Western Atlas
   Acquisition.

      Logistics and Software Systems revenues declined 26.2% to $3.0 million
   in the three months ended January 31, 1998 from $4.1 million in the three
   months ended January 31, 1997.  Most of this decrease was due to revenues
   associated with a product the Company no longer markets.  The Company
   released version 4.0 of STOCKMASTER/WMS in October 1997, which includes
   Yard and Dock management and standard interface to Oracle's enterprise
   resource planning software, Applications version 10.7.  The full
   STOCKMASTER/SCM suite generated orders of $8.1 million in the three months
   ended January 31, 1998.
   
    
   
      Backlog.  The Company's backlog as of January 31, 1998 increased 28.8%
   compared to January 31, 1997 and increased 67.1% compared to the year
   ended October 31, 1997.  This increase was due to record bookings of
   $109.0 million resulting from new order inflow in all three business units
   in addition to the award of contracts in the Integrated Systems unit that
   the Company had expected to receive in 1997.  The backlog of the Company
   at January 31, 1998 by business unit was comprised of Integrated Systems -
   $95.9 million, Customer Services - $30.6 million and Logistics and Software
   Systems - $17.3 million.       

      Gross Margin.  Gross margin declined from $12.7 million in the three
   months ended January 31, 1997 to $11.4 million in the comparable 1998
   period, but increased as a percentage of revenues from 19.0% to 23.4%. 
   Integrated Systems' gross margin improved due to the favorable completion
   of contracts below budgeted costs and a planned reduction of lower-margin
   revenues associated with the Western Atlas Acquisition.  Customer Services
   gross margin improved due to a higher content of spare parts sales. 
   Logistics and Software Systems gross margin decreased due to a lower
   license fee content in the revenue mix due to lower bookings in the fourth
   quarter of 1997.

      Operating Income.  Operating income increased to $3.3 million in the
   three months ended January 31, 1998 from $2.9 million in the 1997 period. 
   Selling expenses increased 14.9% to $5.1 million primarily due to
   increased proposal and salesperson expenditures.  General and
   administrative expenses decreased 4.1% due to lower professional fees. 
   Amortization expense declined 84.2% from $2.7 million in the three months
   ended January 31, 1997 to $0.4 million in the comparable period of 1998. 
   Included in the 1997 amortization expense is a non-recurring charge of
   $2.3 million related to the abandonment of a software product line.

      Interest Expense.  Interest expense declined 3.6% to $1.3 million due
   to the impact of lower outstanding borrowings and lower interest rates. 
   Borrowings in the first quarter of 1997 were higher due to the Western
   Atlas Acquisition.

      Income Taxes.  The Company's effective income tax rate of 36.0% in the
   three months ended January 31, 1998 approximated the 35.8% in the
   comparable 1997 period.
      
      Net Income.  As a result of the foregoing factors, the Company's net
   income before preferred dividends increased to $1.2 million in the first
   three months of fiscal 1998, from $0.9 million in the comparable period in
   1997.
       
   Fiscal 1997 Compared to Fiscal 1996

      Revenues.  Total revenues increased 64.0% to $246.2 million in fiscal
   1997 from $150.1 million in fiscal 1996.  Excluding the effect of the
   Western Atlas Acquisition, total revenues increased 7.8% to $161.7 million
   in fiscal 1997.
      
      Integrated Systems revenues increased 87.6%, or $76.3 million, in
   fiscal 1997 from fiscal 1996.  Exclusive of the effects of the Western
   Atlas Acquisition, total Integrated Systems revenues decreased 5.2% to
   $82.6 million in fiscal 1997, from $87.2 million in fiscal 1996, due to
   delays in the awarding of certain contracts.       

      Customer Services revenues increased 30.9%, or $15.4 million, to $65.2
   million in fiscal 1997.  Excluding the effects of the Western Atlas
   Acquisition, total Customer Services revenues increased 27.9% to $63.7
   million in fiscal 1997 from $49.8 million in fiscal 1996.  This increase
   was due to a 36.8% increase in new contract awards during fiscal 1997 as
   compared to fiscal 1996.  These new contract awards included a number of
   large AGVS replacement projects with relatively short schedules.
      
      Logistics and Software Systems revenues increased 33.0% to $17.5
   million in fiscal 1997, compared to $13.1 million in fiscal 1996. 
   Excluding the effects of the Western Atlas Acquisition, Logistics and
   Software Systems revenues increased 17.4% to $15.4 million in fiscal 1997. 
   In early fiscal 1997, the Company introduced a new, NT-based version of
   its STOCKMASTER/WMS software, as the successor product to the original
   STOCKMASTER/WMS, a UNIX-based WMS software application originally
   introduced in 1989.  New bookings for the new version were slow early in
   the year as the Company refocused its marketing and engineering resources
   to the new product.       
      
      Backlog.  The backlog of the Company at October 31, 1997 was $85.7
   million compared to $97.2 million at October 31, 1996.  The backlog by
   business unit was comprised of Integrated Systems - $46.1 million,
   Customer Services - $24.8 million and Logistics and Software Systems -
   $14.8 million at October 31, 1997 compared to Integrated Systems - $59.5
   million, Customer Services  - $23.8 million and Logistics and Software
   Systems - $13.9 million at October 31, 1996.      

      Gross Margin.  Cost of sales increased to $193.6 million in fiscal
   1997, from $123.4 million in fiscal 1996, but declined as a percentage of
   revenues to 78.7% from 82.2%, respectively.  Integrated Systems gross
   margin improved due to higher margins on contracts in progress and
   increased utilization of the Company's manufacturing facilities.  Customer
   Services gross margin improved primarily from increased outsourcing
   contracts and greater parts revenues in the sales mix.  Logistics and
   Software Systems gross margin decreased primarily as a result of a
   contract cancellation during the third quarter of fiscal 1997.  Excluding
   the effect of this contract cancellation, gross margin would have
   improved.
      
      Operating Income.  Operating income increased $7.6 million, or 81.6%,
   in fiscal 1997, from $9.3 million in fiscal 1996.  Selling expenses
   increased $12.0 million, or 120.2%, in fiscal 1997, and increased as a
   percentage of revenues to 8.9% in fiscal 1997 from 6.7% in fiscal 1996. 
   This increase was due primarily to the inclusion of the operations
   acquired in the Western Atlas Acquisition, which historically incurred
   higher selling expenses as a percentage of revenues.  Additionally, HK
   Systems implemented a Company-wide marketing effort to further establish
   the HK Systems name following the Western Atlas Acquisition.      
      
      General and administrative expenses increased $5.8 million, or 91.9%,
   in fiscal 1997 from fiscal 1996, and from 4.2% to 4.9% as a percentage of
   revenues.  This increase was primarily due to increased costs related to
   the Western Atlas Acquisition of $1.6 million including human resources,
   contract and accounting personnel, and to increased research and
   development expenditures.  Research and development costs increased $3.0
   million, or 149.9%, to $5.0 million, in fiscal 1997 over fiscal 1996, and
   as a percentage of revenues to 2.0% from 1.3%, respectively.  Currently,
   the Company is engineering several new software development programs,
   including the implementation of a multi-year plan for functionality
   enhancements for the STOCKMASTER/WMS product.  The Company decided to
   accelerate these enhancements in early fiscal 1997 and released a new
   version in October 1997.  See "Business -- Services and Products --
   Logistics and Software Systems."  Additionally, the Company is developing
   a standard baseline control system for automated material handling systems
   applications, which the Company intends to introduce in January 1998.  The
   Company anticipates a continual increase in research and development
   expenditures over the next three years.       

      Amortization of goodwill increased $0.5 million, or 37.5%, in fiscal
   1997 from fiscal 1996.  This increase was primarily due to increased
   goodwill amortization related to the Western Atlas Acquisition.

      Interest Expense.  Interest expense increased $2.0 million, or 57.1%,
   to $5.6 million, in fiscal 1997 from $3.6 million in fiscal 1996 due to
   additional borrowings required to finance the Western Atlas Acquisition
   and subsequent operations of the acquired business.

      Income Taxes.  The Company's effective income tax rate was 40.0% and
   35.8% for fiscal 1996 and fiscal 1997, respectively.  The difference was
   due primarily to state taxes.

      Net Income.  As a result of the foregoing factors the Company had net
   income before preferred dividends of $7.3 million in fiscal 1997 compared
   to net income before preferred dividends of $3.4 million in fiscal 1996.

   Fiscal 1996 Compared to Fiscal 1995

      Revenues.  Total revenues increased 18.5% to $150.1 million in fiscal
   1996 from $126.6 million in fiscal 1995.  The increase in revenues was
   primarily attributable to a $22.6 million increase in revenue related to a
   series of projects with an automotive customer.  In addition, the fiscal
   1996 revenues included a full year's effect of the Eaton-Kenway
   Acquisition.

      Integrated Systems revenues increased 23.3% to $87.2 million in fiscal
   1996 compared to $70.7 million in fiscal 1995, primarily due to increased
   contract volume with an automotive customer.

      Customer Services revenues increased 22.9%, or $9.3 million, to $49.8
   million in fiscal 1996 primarily due to a series of projects with a single
   customer ($6.5 million) and a 61% increase in replacement parts sales as a
   result of the Company's focus on the Eaton-Kenway installed base.

      Logistics and Software Systems revenues declined 14.7% in fiscal 1996
   to $13.1 million due to a reduced hardware content in the sales mix.  The
   Company deemphasized hardware content in its Logistics and Software
   Systems contracts beginning in fiscal 1996.  Hardware and other direct
   costs as a percentage of revenues declined to 12.2% in fiscal 1996 from
   40.9% in fiscal 1995.

      Gross Margin.  Cost of sales increased to $123.4 million in fiscal
   1996, from $108.5 million in the previous year, but declined as a
   percentage of revenues to 82.2% from 85.7%, respectively.  Integrated
   Systems gross margin improved due to the completion of more profitable
   projects and increased utilization of the Company's manufacturing
   facilities.  Customer Services gross margin improved due to increased
   parts sales, which carry higher margins, and the completion of less
   profitable projects assumed in the Eaton-Kenway Acquisition in fiscal
   1995.  Logistics and Software Systems gross margin increased due to a
   reduction in lower margin hardware sales and corresponding higher license
   fee composition in the sales mix.
      
      Operating Income.  Operating income increased to $9.3 million in fiscal
   1996 from $3.6 million in fiscal 1995.  Selling expenses increased 12.1%
   to $10.0 million in fiscal 1996 as additional sales representatives were
   added in the Customer Services and Logistics and Software Systems
   businesses.  General and administrative expenses increased to $6.3
   million, or 36.8%, in fiscal 1996 due to an increase in training costs
   associated with an increased employee base.  Research and development
   expense increased $0.7 million, or 50.2%, in fiscal 1996 primarily due to
   functionality enhancements to the STOCKMASTER/WMS system.       

      Interest Expense.  Interest expense increased $0.4 million, or 14.1%,
   to $3.6 million in fiscal 1996, due to a higher average outstanding debt
   level in fiscal 1996 issued to support increased sales levels and finance
   capital expenditures.  

      Income Taxes.  The Company's effective income tax rate was 64.0% and
   40.0% in fiscal 1995 and fiscal 1996, respectively.  The difference was
   due primarily to state taxes.

      Net Income.  As a result of the foregoing factors, the Company's net
   income before preferred dividends increased to $3.4 million in fiscal
   1996, from $0.04 million in fiscal 1995.

   Quarterly Results of Operations
      
      The following table sets forth selected unaudited quarterly financial
   information for the Company for each of the twelve most recent quarters in
   the period ended October 31, 1997 and for the quarter ended January 31,
   1998.  In the opinion of the Company, this information is prepared on the
   same basis as the financial statements appearing elsewhere in this
   Prospectus and reflects all the adjustments necessary for a fair
   presentation of results of operations for those periods.  This quarterly
   financial data should be read in conjunction with the Company's
   Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes thereto appearing
   elsewhere in this Prospectus.  The operating results for any quarter are
   not necessarily indicative of the results of any future period.      
      
   <TABLE>
   <CAPTION>
                                                      Fiscal 1995
                                        Q1           Q2           Q3          Q4

   <S>                               <C>          <C>          <C>        <C>  
   Net revenues:
     Integrated systems              $15,491      $17,126      $17,605    $20,467
     Customer services                 2,526        9,497       14,521     13,957
     Logistics and software systems    3,299        3,902        4,440      3,772
                                     -------      -------      -------    -------
     Total net revenues               21,316       30,525       36,566     38,196
                
   Cost of sales                      18,652       26,597       32,224     31,053
                                     -------      -------      -------    -------
     Gross profit                      2,664        3,928        4,342      7,143
   Selling, general &
     administrative expenses           2,317        3,503        3,572      4,100
                           
   Amortization of goodwill              143          297          297        296                                                   
                                     -------      -------      -------    -------

     Income from operations             $204         $128         $473     $2,747
                                     =======      =======      =======    =======


   <CAPTION>
                                                      Fiscal 1996


                                        Q1           Q2           Q3          Q4

   <S>                               <C>          <C>          <C>        <C>     
   Net revenues:
     Integrated systems              $17,641      $21,743      $21,859    $25,907
     Customer services                11,305       11,424       13,631     13,432
     Logistics and software systems    4,266        2,321        4,194      2,362
                                     -------      -------      -------    -------
      Total net revenues              33,212       35,488       39,684     41,701
                
   Cost of sales                      27,357       29,033       33,146     33,818
                                     -------      -------      -------    -------
     Gross profit                      5,855        6,455        6,538      7,883

   Selling general &
    administrative expenses            4,138        3,768        3,859      4,490
                           
   Amortization of goodwill              306          306          307        306
                                     -------      -------      -------    -------
     Income from operations           $1,411       $2,381       $2,372     $3,087
                                     =======      =======      =======    =======

   <CAPTION>
                                                                                     
                                                      Fiscal 1997                      Fiscal 1998
                                        Q1           Q2           Q3          Q4           Q1
   <S>                               <C>          <C>          <C>        <C>           <C>
   Net revenues:
     Integrated systems              $47,003      $47,258      $40,373    $28,838       $28,098
     Customer services                15,626       14,417       15,092     20,065        17,371
     Logistics and software systems    4,092        4,975        4,256      4,155         3,021
                                     -------      -------      -------    -------       -------
      Total net revenues              66,721       66,650       59,721     53,058        48,490
                
   Cost of sales                      54,032       53,342       48,208     38,064        37,126

     Gross profit                     12,689       13,308       11,513     14,994        11,364

   Selling general &
   administrative expenses             7,137        8,157        7,093      9,337         7,685
                           
   Amortization of goodwill            2,701          426          426        426           426
                           
     Income from operations           $2,851       $4,725       $3,994     $5,231        $3,253
   </TABLE>
       
      
      The Company's quarterly revenues and operating results have varied in
   the past, and are likely to vary from quarter to quarter in the future,
   depending upon a number of factors, including but not limited to the
   concentration of its customers in any given period; size and timing of
   customer orders; commencement, completion, cancellation or delay of
   contracts; progress of ongoing projects; cost overruns; competitive
   industry conditions; the Company's ability to develop, introduce and
   market new products and product enhancements; software life cycles;
   changes in the level of operating expenses and the Company's ability to
   control costs; and general economic conditions.       

      The Company's future operating results may fluctuate as a result of
   these and other factors, which could have a material adverse effect on the
   Company's business, result of operations and financial condition.  See
   "Risk Factors."

   Liquidity and Capital Resources

      The Company has historically funded its operations and capital
   expenditures with cash flow from operations supplemented by its revolving
   line of credit.  The Company has funded acquisitions through a combination
   of debt provided by the selling company and bank financing and, in the
   Eaton-Kenway Acquisition, $4.2 million of additional equity capital
   provided by the Company's original institutional investors and Management. 
   As of October 31, 1997, the Company had $0.3 million in cash and temporary
   investments and working capital of $12.2 million.
      
      Net cash (used) provided by operating activities was $(2.5) million and
   $10.8 million for the three months ended January 31, 1998 and the three
   months ended January 31, 1997, respectively.  The primary reasons for the
   decrease in cash flow from operations for the three months ended January
   31, 1998 as compared to the three months ended January 31, 1997 were (i) a
   $10.9 million decrease in cash flow from working capital items due to
   increases in receivables and inventory, and decreased billings in excess
   of costs as a result of payment terms contained within the contract mix
   and (ii) decreases in non-cash charges, from $4.2 million to $1.8 million. 
   Net cash provided by operating activities was $22.7, $9.3 and $1.8 million
   in fiscal 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively.  Both investing and financing
   activities for the three months ended January 31, 1998 relate primarily to
   the Western Atlas Acquisition.       
      
      Given the Company's recent history of debt financed acquisitions, the
   Company emphasizes the generation of cash flow, as measured by earnings
   before interest, tax, depreciation and amortization ("EBITDA").  EBITDA
   decreased to $5.1 million from $7.2 million, or 29.8%, for the three
   months ended January 31, 1998 compared to the three months ended January
   31, 1997 mainly as a result of a decrease in revenues due primarily to the
   timing of the award of two large contracts.  Additionally, EBITDA
   increased 69.1% to $27 million in fiscal 1997, as compared to $16 million
   in fiscal 1996.       
      
      The Company's revolving line of credit provides for borrowings of up to
   $80 million, bearing interest at 7.06% to 8.50%.  The agreement contains
   various restrictive financial covenants that, among other things, place 
   limits on the amount of additional long-term debt the Company may issue and
   on the amount of capital expenditures in any year and restrictions on the
   payment of dividends; require maintenance of minimum current, leverage and
   interest coverage ratios; and require minimum total capitalization and
   billed receivable balances, as defined.  The line of credit is 
   collateralized by the assets of the Company and expires in December 2002. 
   Outstanding amounts under the line of credit aggregated $44.8 million,
   $34.0 million and $18.0 million at January 31, 1998, October 31, 1997 and
   October 31, 1996, respectively.  At January 31, 1998, the Company had
   available an additional $35.2 million under its line of credit.  The
   Company intends to repay outstanding indebtedness to Western Atlas and a
   portion of the line of credit with a portion of the proceeds of this
   Offering.  See "Use of Proceeds."        
      
      Capital expenditures of the Company for the three months ended January
   31, 1998 were $1.4 million.  For the years ended October 31, 1997 and
   1996, capital expenditures were $4.1 million and $3.2 million,
   respectively.  The Company anticipates capital expenditures to be $4
   million to $6 million per year in fiscal 1998 and 1999, including amounts
   for plant expansion, computer system upgrades and construction of a new
   capabilities and demonstration center that the Company currently
   contemplates.  The center will be located at the Company's headquarters
   and will enable the Company to demonstrate the Company's supply chain
   solutions capabilities to potential customers.       

      The Company believes (i) the net proceeds from the sale of Common Stock
   by the Company in the Offering; (ii) cash flow from operations; and (iii)
   amounts available under its line of credit will be sufficient to meet the
   Company's currently anticipated working capital and software development
   requirements through fiscal 1998.  However, depending upon its rate of
   growth and profitability, the Company may require additional equity or
   debt financing to meet its working capital requirements or capital
   expenditure needs or to fund future acquisitions.  There can be no
   assurance that additional financing, if needed, will be available when
   required or, if available, on terms satisfactory to the Company.
      
   Other Matters

      The Company recognizes the need to identify and address "Year 2000"
   issues.  First, the Company has included in its capital expenditure plans
   discussed above substantial amounts for fiscal 1998 and 1999 for computer
   system upgrades and enhancements that, among other things, will address
   all potential internal Year 2000 problems.  All such enhancements are
   scheduled to be completed by the third quarter of fiscal 1999.  Second,
   the Company is currently conducting a survey of its key vendors and
   suppliers to determine whether any of them anticipate Year 2000 problems. 
   Third, the Company believes all SCM software and virtually all automated
   material handling equipment and systems that it currently sells are Year
   2000 compliant.  Further, the Company provides no express Year 2000
   warranty on any products that it sells unless it has first conducted an
   audit to verify that the product is Year 2000 compliant, and all such
   warranties expressly exclude product provided by anyone other than the
   Company.  Fourth, the Company currently estimates that only ten percent of
   its installed base of automated material handling systems may experience
   significant Year 2000 problems.  The Company expects that virtually all
   Year 2000 work that it may provide on its installed base will be done on a
   funded basis and will not have a material effect on the Company.  Fifth,
   the Company has agreements to provide maintenance support for
   approximately 30 of its installed SCM software systems, and the Company is
   currently conducting an audit to determine if any of those systems poses a
   potential Year 2000 problem.  The Company does not believe any obligation
   that it may have to remedy Year 2000 problems under these maintenance
   support agreements will have a material effect on the Company.

      In June 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued
   Statement No. 131 ("SFAS 131"), "Disclosures about Segments of an
   Enterprise and Related Information" which is effective for fiscal years
   beginning after December 15, 1997.  SFAS 131 establishes standards for the
   way public companies report information about operating segments in both
   interim and annual financial statements, including related disclosures
   about products and services, geographic areas and major customers.  The
   Company's initial analysis indicates that the Company operates in one
   business segment according to the requirements of SFAS 131.  However, the
   Company will continue to evaluate the potential impact of the requirements
   of SFAS 131 prior to the time the Company adopts it.  

      In February 1997, the FASB issued Statement No. 128 ("SFAS 128"),
   "Earnings per Share," which is effective for periods ending after December
   15, 1997, including interim periods.  SFAS 128 establishes standards for
   computing and presenting earnings per share ("EPS") by replacing primary
   EPS with the presentation of basic EPS and requiring dual presentation of
   basic and diluted EPS on the face of the income statement.  The Company
   adopted SFAS 128 for the three month period ended January 31, 1998.  All
   EPS computation have been applied retroactively to all periods to conform
   with the provisions of SFAS 128.

                                    BUSINESS

   Background

             HK Systems is a leading provider of supply chain solutions.  The
   Company develops, implements and supports integrated solutions to the
   complex material handling and supply chain needs of a wide array of
   industries.  The Company's solutions enable its customers to implement
   advanced supply chain strategies to improve product quality, reduce
   inventory and delivery time and lower overall costs of manufacturing and
   distribution.
   
    
   
             The Company delivers its supply chain solutions through three
   principal activities.  First, the Company designs, installs and integrates
   automated material handling systems that include customized software,
   manufactured equipment, and purchased components such as microprocessor
   and PLC controls and optical scanning and laser positioning devices.  The
   Company is a leading supplier of integration services for automated
   material handling systems in North America.  Second, the Company provides
   aftermarket services for owners of systems and equipment the Company has
   installed and for other customers.  The Company's installed base of
   equipment and software systems, which numbers over 3,000, presents
   significant opportunities to expand its supply chain aftermarket business. 
   Third, the Company develops and implements advanced SCM software systems,
   including WMS for Windows/NT and UNIX operating environments and
   customized software for specific supply chain applications.  The Company
   believes it is one of the leading WMS software providers in North America.
       
             The Company's commitment to customer satisfaction, from the
   initial design of a system through implementation to ongoing support and
   maintenance, has enabled the Company to create strong customer
   relationships with leading U.S. corporations.  The Company's customers
   include manufacturers, distributors, processors and retailers whose needs
   are as diverse as the warehousing of semi-conductors and the temporary
   storage and retrieval of automobile bodies for an assembly line.  These
   customers include a diverse base of Fortune 500 companies and industry
   leaders, including American Airlines, Anheuser-Busch, Ball Foster Glass,
   Boeing, Caterpillar, Chrysler, The Coca-Cola Company, Coca-Cola
   Enterprises, Estee Lauder, Ford, Frito-Lay, Gillette, Hewlett-Packard,
   IBM, Kimberly-Clark, Lucent Technologies, Motorola, The New York Times,
   J.C. Penney, Philip Morris, Procter & Gamble, Sara Lee, Sony and United
   Airlines.
      
        The Company originated in 1969 as an engineering division of the
   Overhead Crane Group of Harnischfeger to position Harnischfeger in the
   automated systems business to facilitate the sale of storage and retrieval
   equipment.  In October 1993, Management led the acquisition of the
   Company, then known as Harnischfeger Engineers, as the first step toward
   the objective of developing the preeminent single-source provider of
   automated material handling systems and WMS software.  In February 1995,
   the Company purchased the business of Eaton-Kenway, a wholly owned
   subsidiary of Eaton.  Through the Eaton-Kenway Acquisition, the Company
   acquired advanced AGVS technology; experienced employees; and access to
   Eaton-Kenway's significant customer base.  In November 1996, the Company
   acquired the Material Handling Systems division and VantageWare software
   division of Western Atlas (formerly a part of the Litton Industrial
   Automation Group of Litton Industries).  In the Western Atlas Acquisition,
   the Company acquired additional manufacturing capability; several
   recognized automated material handling product lines (including conveyors,
   sortation equipment and von Gal palletizers); an expanded customer base,
   especially within the retail distribution industry; additional software
   engineering capability; experienced employees; and access to the market
   for the sale of stand-alone conveyors, palletizers and sortation
   equipment.  Through these acquisitions, the Company assembled an installed
   base of integrated automated material handling systems that the Company
   believes is one of the largest in North America, taking into account
   systems that include as a component AS/RS, AGVS or AEMS and at least one
   other automated material handling technology.  In addition, the Company
   was able to achieve a higher level of control over the marketing, design
   and implementation of the critical supply chain solutions it was already
   providing to its customers.  The Company also acquired the ability to
   source system components internally and to produce and inventory component
   parts, which are important tools to enable the Company to compete in the
   replacement parts market.      

   Recent Customer Case Studies
      
        The following case studies illustrate the Company's ability to
   provide automated material handling systems integration and supply chain
   solutions that address a wide range of customers' needs:
       
        The New York Times

        The Challenge:  The New York Times ("The Times"), one of the world's
        leading newspaper publishers with a total circulation of one million
        on weekdays and two million each Sunday, wanted to expand capacity
        and add significant flexibility to its production capability.  As a
        result, the Times needed to design and construct a new production
        facility, including its material handling systems, that would enable
        it to extend newsroom deadlines, add color printing, and offer more
        sectioning and feature sections.
      
        The HK Systems Solution:  The Times chose the Company as a partner in
        the design and implementation process of the new facility.  The
        Company's engineering and consulting team joined The Times' own
        project team, worked on-site to develop plant-wide information
        systems and electrical control strategies and used computer
        simulations to ensure necessary capacities.  HK Systems also designed
        and integrated the major automated material handling systems in the
        plant, including automated newsprint storage and delivery to press,
        provided the controls and integration software for the plant and
        supplied The Times with seven of the Company's OMNIWRAP palletizers.
       
        The Result:  The Company integrated an automated material handling
        system that represents a state-of-the-art solution for the newspaper
        publishing industry.  In addition to achieving significant reductions
        in operating costs, the facility has helped The Times extend newsroom
        deadlines by up to three hours allowing fresher copy for each daily
        edition; use color in each daily edition; increase sectioning to
        capture a broader advertising revenue base; and cut waste and lost
        time.

        Estee Lauder

        The Challenge:  Estee Lauder ("Lauder"), a premier, worldwide
        provider of high quality perfumes and cosmetics for women, was
        experiencing high distribution costs and generating unreliable
        inventory and shipping records at its 13 distribution sites
        worldwide.  Lauder wanted to standardize and control all elements of
        finished goods inventory management and develop automated material
        handling systems for its finished goods.

        The HK Systems Solution:  Lauder chose the Company to be its partner
        in this standardization initiative due to the Company's strong
        reputation and the Company's complete solution capabilities
        demonstrated in part through its providing Lauder with modernization
        services on AS/RS equipment a competitor had installed.  HK Systems
        customized and implemented the Company's WMS software, modernized and
        augmented automated material handling equipment and integrated the
        software and equipment at an initial site.

        The Result:  The Company's solution enabled Lauder to achieve its
        goals of accurately receiving, storing, picking, shipping and
        controlling the movement of finished goods within its warehousing and
        production facilities through an integrated system.  Lauder increased
        security, increased inventory accuracy to 99%, improved productivity
        and increased lot control.  As an additional benefit, the Company's
        system is compatible with Lauder's other business systems and enables
        Lauder to generate more reliable shipping records.  Based upon these
        results at the initial site, Lauder decided to implement the solution
        at 11 additional sites, of which the Company has completed seven to
        date.

        American Airlines

        The Challenge:  In response to increased demand for air travel,
        American Airlines ("AA") doubled the number of its gates at
        Dallas/Fort Worth International Airport ("DFW").  As a result, AA
        needed to significantly increase hangar space and expand its parts
        service from two to four hangars and provide around-the-clock parts
        service to the terminal stations.  The project required a system that
        would deliver parts quickly to the four hangars and facilitate the
        prompt delivery of parts to aircraft waiting to depart with
        passengers on board.

        The HK Systems Solution:  AA selected HK Systems to design and
        implement a material handling system for the numerous maintenance
        parts required on short notice.  The Company used several integrated
        material handling and control strategies to meet AA's stringent
        operational requirements.  The system receives and stores spare parts
        inventory and, upon demand, locates, retrieves and delivers parts to
        any of four repair hangars within 10 minutes.

        The Result:  This system achieved AA's goals of reduced delivery
        time, increased inventory accuracy, decreased indirect labor costs
        and reduced parts handling in the maintenance area.  Recognizing the
        Company's capabilities as well as the critical nature of that system,
        AA subsequently outsourced to the Company the maintenance of this
        system and similar systems at two other AA facilities.  After five
        years of operation, the system continues to achieve over 99% up time.

   Industry Overview

        The Company's services and products address the needs of large and
   growing markets.  The Company believes sales of automated material
   handling systems, integration services and related aftermarket support in
   North America should exceed $2.0 billion in 1998 and will grow by
   7% to 10% annually through the year 2000.  The Company also estimates that
   the North American market for supply chain management software will be
   approximately $1.9 billion in 1998 and is currently growing at
   approximately 45% annually.  This market is considerably more fragmented
   than other segments of the industry, with numerous small, single product
   companies competing to provide SCM software products and services.

        Two principal trends require businesses to devote greater attention
   and resources to more efficiently manage and control the flow of
   materials, inventory and finished goods along their respective supply
   chains.  First, the changing global buying culture is increasing customer
   demands for faster, more accurate and customized product delivery.  In
   response, many businesses are implementing practices that will increase
   the demand for supply chain solutions.  Such practices include demand-pull
   manufacturing systems (which rely on real-time information to coordinate
   and control manufacturing and distribution across the entire supply chain)
   as well as third-party distribution, mixed-load shipments and more
   frequent, smaller quantity deliveries.  Precise inventory management
   results in greater reliance on sortation equipment, palletizers and load
   planning software to provide mixed-load shipments, mixed-pallet shipments,
   more packaging options and greater accuracy in the delivery of supplies
   and inventories.  Additionally, these factors are forcing businesses to
   regionalize warehouse facilities and implement cross-docking operations,
   creating even further awareness of the need for real-time, accurate
   inventory control.
      
        The second major trend elevating the importance of efficient material
   handling and supply chain solutions is the need for companies to enhance
   profitability through operating cost reductions.  The intense competitive
   environment in which most businesses operate often makes it difficult to
   generate revenue growth, particularly through price increases.  This
   environment has forced companies to reduce costs in part by integrating
   material handling systems and outsourcing certain non-core functions. 
   Consequently, businesses are increasingly turning to, and becoming
   dependent upon, automated material handling systems integrators to design,
   build, install and service these cost-saving systems.  Furthermore,
   cost-related factors generally favor the upgrading of existing facilities
   rather than the building of new facilities, increasing the need for
   advanced systems integration.       
      
        The Company believes as more businesses respond to these trends they
   will become increasingly sensitive to the importance of efficiently
   managing their entire supply chain.  Providing complete supply chain
   solutions entails simultaneously managing internal constraints (such as
   production capacity, human resource availability and inventories) and
   external constraints (such as supplier lead times and customer demand
   requirements) to reduce inventories and improve order response times and
   accuracy.  The Company believes coordinating operations through the entire
   supply chain requires effective inventory management and control, since
   managing the supply chain involves highly specialized demand planning,
   forecasting and deployment planning, which all require accurate and
   manageable enterprise-wide inventory control.  Because of this, the
   Company believes businesses will increasingly call upon providers of
   integrated supply chain solutions, who are experienced in inventory
   management and capable of integrating systems through all points in the
   supply chain, to provide and implement solutions to their complex supply
   chain needs.       

   Business Strengths

        The Company intends to build upon its position as a market leader by
   capitalizing on its competitive strengths, which include the following:

   Extensive Internal Resources to Provide Automated Solutions for Complex
        Material Handling Needs

        Of the Company's 1,150 employees, approximately 500 have engineering
   backgrounds, and approximately 220 are software engineers.  Many HK
   Systems engineers have performed a wide variety of engineering functions
   within the Company and, as a result, have experience in a variety of
   engineering areas crucial to the successful design and implementation of
   automated material handling systems, including concept and planning,
   manufacturing and research and development.  The Company believes
   employing experienced engineers encourages information flow across all of
   the Company's business units and allows the Company to maximize the use of
   its engineering resources. 

        In addition, as a result of strategic acquisitions and internal
   growth, HK Systems offers a diverse product line that enables it to offer
   its customers automated material handling equipment of known reliability. 
   The Company's manufacturing expertise also allows it to critically
   evaluate the quality of other suppliers' products to determine which
   products best meet its customers' needs.  Additionally, to complement its
   broad product offerings and to support installed automated material
   handling systems, the Company has developed a proven aftermarket customer
   service capability.

   Proven Project Management and Implementation Skills
      
        Through extensive industry experience and personnel resources
   dedicated to project implementation, HK Systems has developed project
   management and implementation skills that it believes allow it to
   consistently deliver turnkey automated material handling systems solutions
   on time, within specifications and budget.  The Company believes this
   strength is one of the reasons its margins have increased in recent years. 
   The Company focuses on providing superior customer solutions while
   achieving targeted project profitability by utilizing multi-disciplinary
   project teams.  These teams encourage Company-wide cooperation, while
   effectively leveraging the systems design and implementation capabilities,
   skills and knowledge of all the Company's business units.      

   Large, Diverse Blue Chip Customer Base
      
        HK Systems has provided solutions to the complex supply chain needs
   of a large number of Fortune 500 companies within a variety of industries
   including aircraft, automotive, banking, distribution, food and beverage,
   light and heavy manufacturing, newspapers and publishing, parcel handling,
   textiles and transportation. Regardless of industry, these customers
   typically engaged the Company to provide a supply chain solution to meet
   the increasingly challenging market demands of their own customers.  For
   fiscal 1997, approximately 88% of the Company's revenues were derived from
   customers who previously retained the Company to provide supply chain
   solutions.  The Company's success in meeting the complex needs of these
   demanding customers serves as a strong confirmation of the Company's
   abilities and critical marketing advantage in generating new business.
       
   Strong Position to Further Build its Higher Margin Aftermarket Business

        The Company's large and growing installed base of systems and
   equipment, which numbers over 3,000, has provided recurring revenue
   opportunities as systems age and require modernization, replacement parts
   and customer service support.  To meet this ongoing demand, HK Systems has
   established Customer Services to provide aftermarket service and support,
   including equipment and software modernizations, for the Company's
   installed base as well as the installed base of many of its competitors. 
   The Company has a customer service hotline staffed by Company employees 24
   hours a day, 7 days a week and supported by a nationwide mobile service
   technical staff.  This commitment to customer service has resulted in a
   reputation for providing high quality aftermarket service that positions
   the Company to continue to meet the growing demands of its customers. 
   Revenues from aftermarket service and support have grown from $10.0
   million in fiscal 1993 to $65.2 million in fiscal 1997, and the Company
   believes the current trend toward outsourcing of the maintenance, repair
   and upgrading of complex manufacturing and distribution systems will
   accelerate in the near term.

   Solid Foundation from which to Expand Supply Chain Management Software
        Offerings 
      
        The Company's existing WMS software applications, significant
   customer base, practical experience and skills in providing automated
   material handling solutions, and extensive technical resources position
   the Company to provide integrated supply chain solutions.  The Company
   believes it is one of the leading WMS software providers in North America. 
   HK Systems' current WMS software solutions have been well accepted in
   various industries and are employed by a significant base of customers.
       
   Business Strategy

        From its base of competitive strengths, HK Systems has developed a
   business strategy that includes the following elements:

   Leverage the Company's Large Installed Base and Extensive Customer
        Relationships
      
        Through historical operations and recent acquisitions, HK Systems has
   greatly increased its installed base of equipment and software systems. 
   The Company intends to leverage this extensive customer base by (i)
   promoting long-term "Strategic Customer Partnerships"; (ii) cross-selling
   the Company's SCM software products; (iii) expanding customer service and
   maintenance outsourcing; (iv) designing improvements to its existing
   technology to increase the inter-connectivity of its core products and
   improve the delivery of aftermarket services; and (v) following
   multinational customers into foreign markets.       

        Strategic Customer Partnerships are intended to be long-term
   relationships with customers that include a "partnering" method of project
   implementation.  Strategic Customer Partnerships allow the Company to
   compete more on value and less on price and enhance opportunities for
   repeat business because the partnerships lead to greater customer
   satisfaction.  By offering the customer dedicated project management
   resources, the Company believes a Strategic Customer Partnership gives a
   customer a number of benefits, including (i) an optimal, customer-specific
   system design; (ii) clear, precise project specifications; (iii) reduced
   time from design to implementation; (iv) lower overall system costs than
   comparable competitive bid projects; and (v) reduced risk to the customer
   because of the Company's higher level of accountability.  Currently,
   Strategic Customer Partnerships comprise approximately 78% of the
   Company's revenues from large integrated automated material handling
   systems contracts.

   Maintain Focus on Providing Fully Integrated, Turnkey, Supply Chain
        Solutions for Material Handling Needs

        The Company's extensive internal resources (including its large
   engineering staff and diverse product line) and its highly regarded
   project management and implementation skills position HK Systems to
   maintain its leadership position as a provider of fully integrated,
   turnkey, supply chain solutions for material handling needs.  Companies in
   nearly all industries are increasingly devoting greater attention and
   resources to more efficiently controlling and managing the flow of their
   materials, inventory and finished goods, driven by the desire to meet
   market demands, lower operating costs and increase throughput.  The
   Company believes, given its leadership position and record of performance,
   that it can continue to satisfy this desire to maximize cost savings and
   efficiencies by providing its turnkey solutions to new and existing
   customers.

   Expand Supply Chain Management Software Offerings Through Selective
        Acquisitions and Internal Development 
      
        The Company intends to expand its SCM software systems offerings
   through selective acquisitions and internal software development.  In
   doing so, HK Systems will capitalize on the consolidation trend in the SCM
   software industry, which is expected to continue as customers seek scale
   and reliability in their SCM software vendors.  New product offerings may
   include demand planning and forecasting software, additional deployment
   planning and transportation management software (complementing the
   Company's LoadBuilder application), and additional inventory and warehouse
   management programs.  These offerings could be integrated into a
   customers' current warehouse management, inventory control and automated
   material handling systems, eliminating inefficiencies between independent
   supply and demand points and allowing maintenance of supplies and
   inventory at optimal levels.        
      
   Continue to Improve Profitability of Acquired Businesses

        HK Systems will continue to improve the profitability of the
   businesses acquired in the Eaton-Kenway Acquisition and the Western Atlas
   Acquisition by (i) refocusing these businesses on profitable revenues;
   (ii) re-establishing the von Gal palletizer product line as a leader in
   palletizer technology; (iii) completing a standardization program for its
   conveyor and sortation product lines; (iv) improving inventory management;
   and (v) continuing profitability improvements.  Recently, the Company
   completed a restructuring program resulting in the closure of two
   manufacturing plants.  Overall, these actions have lowered overhead costs
   and improved operating efficiencies.       

   Services and Products

        The Company is organized into three business units:  Integrated
   Systems, Customer Services and Logistics and Software Systems.

   Integrated Systems

        Automated material handling systems are comprised of automated
   material handling equipment and related software and controls that allow
   manufacturers, retailers, warehouses and distributors to quickly and
   automatically store, sequence and retrieve raw material, work-in-process
   and finished goods.  The principal historical business of the Company, and
   the current focus of Integrated Systems, is to provide both services and
   products used in and related to automated material handling systems and
   systems integration for a wide variety of industries including aircraft,
   automotive, banking, distribution, food and beverage, light and heavy
   manufacturing, newspapers and publishing, parcel handling, textiles and
   transportation.
      
        Integrated Systems contributed $28.1 million, $163.5 million, $87.2
   million and $70.7 million to the Company's total revenues in the three
   months ended January 31, 1998 and in fiscal 1997, 1996 and 1995,
   respectively.       

   Services
      
        Integrated Systems performs integration services for customers
   including the design, development, installation and integration of the
   equipment, controls, software, information and processes that comprise new
   automated material handling systems.  These systems can include large or
   complex software control systems, AS/RS, AGVS and/or AEMS that typically
   require extensive project management and quality control.  Integrated
   Systems also provides sortation equipment, conveyors and palletizer
   integration services for projects requiring only such types of equipment,
   which projects usually involve complex sortation requirements and high
   speed, precise product delivery.  Integrated Systems is often responsible
   for selecting and managing subcontractors that provide general building
   construction and equipment installation services.       

        The Company's integration services contracts generally range from $1
   million to $25 million in value, with an average value of approximately
   $7 million.  Approximately 30% of the total contract value is typically
   paid to outside vendors in connection with the construction of
   infrastructure and externally-sourced equipment, with internally-sourced
   equipment accounting for approximately 20-25% and additional software,
   controls and services accounting for the remaining 45-50%.
      
        Services of Integrated Systems include providing customers with the
   software, controls, optical scanning and laser positioning devices
   necessary to start-up, operate, control, maintain, and perform diagnostic
   functions related to the various components of automated material handling
   systems.  Integrated Systems offers support software products that monitor
   and control automation equipment with programmable logic controllers
   (PLCs) and provide mechanization control, load tracking, diagnostic
   functions and communication interface with conveyor and AEMS.  Integrated
   Systems has adopted STOCKMASTER/EMS, a Logistics and Software Systems
   product introduced in 1997, as its baseline equipment control system. 
   This software system will provide a common integration baseline for all of
   the Company's automated material handling systems and product lines.
       
        Integrated Systems provides integration services for customer
   projects obtained either through Strategic Customer Partnerships or
   through competitive bidding.  With Strategic Customer Partnerships, the
   Company is involved in every phase of system implementation from design to
   installation.  With competitively bid projects, the customer typically
   presents the specifications for a system that an outside consultant has
   prepared for which the Company may perform all or specific parts of the
   system implementation.

        Strategic Customer Partnerships
      
        The Company pursues strong working, or "partnering," relationships
   with select customers that the Company refers to as "Strategic Customer
   Partnerships."  In the context of an individual project involving a
   Strategic Customer Partnership, the Company has a comprehensive role in
   identifying and executing solutions, as discussed below.  In the context
   of a longer-term relationship that extends beyond an individual project, a
   Strategic Customer Partnership generally involves an understanding between
   the Company and its customer, which may be oral or written, that the
   customer will look to the Company as its preferred or exclusive provider
   of supply chain solutions, in general or for a specific type of need, on
   an ongoing basis.  Typically, the Company pursues Strategic Customer
   Partnerships with customers or potential customers who, because of their
   size and business, are likely to have a recurring need for the Company's
   services and products.       

        Integrated Systems' function is most comprehensive in projects for
   which the Company has a Strategic Customer Partnership.  Strategic
   Customer Partnership projects generally begin with the Company consulting
   with the customer regarding its unique automated material handling systems
   needs and problem areas.  Integrated Systems then designs detailed system
   specifications responsive to the customer's particular needs, including
   automated material handling equipment and associated software and
   controls, as well as process software to manage inventory or supplies. 
   The Company simulates, tests and demonstrates the designed system and
   alternatives through computer simulations prior to time consuming and
   expensive field installation.  Equipment and software is tested following
   installation on the customer site.  All subsystems are then integrated and
   the system is commissioned.  Integrated Systems uses an established
   project management approach to Strategic Customer Partnerships, utilizing
   project teams led by a project manager who has overall responsibility for
   cost, scheduling, technical matters and customer satisfaction.  In many
   cases throughout the process, Integrated Systems acts as the catalyst for
   interaction across all of the Company's business units, drawing on the
   services and products of the Company as a whole to provide automated
   solutions for the customer's material handling needs.  

        The Company believes a Strategic Customer Partnership project gives a
   customer a number of benefits, including (i) an optimal, customer-specific
   system design, because the Company uses its extensive integration
   experience and industry knowledge and works in close partnership with the
   customer from the outset to design, install, integrate and service an
   automated system customized to address the customer's unique material
   handling needs; (ii) clear, precise project specifications because the
   Company both defines them and, together with subcontractors, is
   responsible for meeting them; (iii) reduced time from design to
   implementation because the Company's involvement in the design process
   reduces the risk of delays in design and implementation and allows for
   simultaneous performance of important process tasks; and (iv) lower
   overall system costs than comparable competitive bid projects, since
   Strategic Customer Partnerships allow faster implementation and precise
   systems specifications while retaining the ability to use competitive
   bidding for subsystem components.

        Strategic Customer Partnership projects also afford the Company with
   numerous advantages including the opportunity to establish "sole-source"
   automated material handling systems relationships with customers that
   involve the Company in every phase of systems development and service. 
   Additionally, Strategic Customer Partnerships provide the Company with
   projects on acceptable terms and at lower risk, since the Company is
   familiar at every stage with the design, function and service requirements
   of components, controls and software.

   Products
      
        In addition to providing integration services, Integrated Systems
   designs, manufactures, markets, installs and services many of the products
   that automate the loading, unloading, sorting and transporting of
   materials.  Such products include (i) AS/RS, which are machines that store
   and retrieve objects, using racks or similar structures, with weight
   capacities from 12 pounds to 100,000 pounds and that employ laser
   positioning, servo drivetrains and Windows-based diagnostics technology;
   (ii) AGVS, which are automated vehicle systems that transport objects
   within a facility using wireless inertial guidance systems; (iii) AEMS,
   which are monorails for horizontal (typically overhead) transportation;
   (iv) sortation equipment, which directs the flow of boxes, cases or other
   products from single or multiple lines onto high speed sortation conveyors
   designed to operate at various speeds and lengths; (v) von Gal
   palletizers, which receive packaged products (including cases, cartons,
   crates and bundles) from conveyors and arrange them into stable patterns
   that can be wrapped and stacked onto a pallet for distribution or storage;
   and (vi) von Gal de-palletizers, which unload palletized products for
   further handling and distribution.       
      
        The Company generally sells AS/RS, AGVS and AEMS only in connection
   with automated material handling systems for which the Company also
   provides integration services.  It sells conveyors, palletizers and
   sortation equipment in connection with systems for which the Company
   provides integration services as well as on an independent basis, and
   generally sells through distributors directly to end-users.  Contracts for
   the sale of conveyors, palletizers and sortation equipment on an
   independent basis generally range in size from $25,000 to $10 million. 
   Since the Western Atlas Acquisition, approximately 20% of conveyors,
   palletizers and sortation equipment have been sold as components of larger
   automated material handling systems.       

   Customer Services 

        Customer Services provides modernization services, control and
   software systems upgrades, parts support, and maintenance outsourcing. 
   The Company has provided aftermarket support for most other brands of
   automated material handling systems for over a decade.  The Company
   believes it has developed a reputation for quality and commitment to
   customer service that assists in generating new business for all of the
   Company's business units.  The Company also provides maintenance and
   support to customers on an outsourcing basis, and the Company has recently
   increased its focus on expanding this business.  The Company uses its
   broad in-house engineering resources to perform customer upgrade projects
   or service customer systems and uses new technologies that the Company's
   research and development team has developed.  Customer Services
   modernization projects and service contracts typically range from $0.2
   million to $5 million in revenue.
      
        Customer Services contributed $17.4 million, $65.2 million, $49.8
   million and $40.5 million to the Company's total revenues in the three
   months ended January 31, 1998 and in fiscal 1997, 1996 and 1995,
   respectively.  Customer Services provides services that can be classified
   in five general areas:  modernizations, maintenance outsourcing,
   replacement parts, Year 2000 software initiatives and customer emergency
   service.        

        Modernization and retrofit of automated material handling systems
   components, controls and software account for approximately 60-70% of
   Customer Services' total revenues.  Approximately 75% of the unit's
   modernization projects involve upgrades of customers' computer and
   software systems and electrical controls systems.  Software systems are
   typically upgraded either through replacement of existing software systems
   with contemporary turnkey systems or by adopting and enhancing existing
   systems to more modern and efficient standards.  Customer Services
   performs electrical controls modernization for AS/RS, conveyor, AEMS and
   AGVS controllers.  Other modernization services the unit performs include
   subsystem replacement of AS/RS, AGVS or horizontal transportation
   components, and mechanical and structural modernization, including
   equipment overhaul and rebuild, and structural inspection and repair.

        Systems outsourcing services typically involve providing full-time,
   on-site preventative hardware maintenance of both Company and vendor
   manufactured automated material handling systems components, as well as
   replacement part management and software support services.  Outsourcing
   services are also provided to a lesser extent (i) on an "on-call" basis
   through emergency standby engineering support, pager support, or remote
   monitoring and diagnostics and (ii) on a planned basis through software
   service contracts, periodic remedial and preventative maintenance. 
   Outsourcing services, particularly when conducted on-site, allow customers
   to be more efficient as a result of fewer systems interruptions.  From the
   Company's perspective, the presence of Company personnel can generate
   leads for new business.

        Customer Services also sells and installs Company and outside vendor
   manufactured replacement parts for automated material handling equipment. 
   Replacement part sales consist of both initial replacement parts ordered
   at the time of system installation as well as system life-cycle parts. 
   Replacement parts sales accounted for approximately $11.4 million of total
   revenue in fiscal 1997.

        Many customers' automated material handling systems and warehouse and
   inventory management software systems may experience malfunctions and
   downtime associated with the arrival of the year 2000.  Customer Services
   provides software consulting services to identify upgrades and solutions
   to allow automated material handling systems to operate beyond Year 2000
   constraints.  As of October 31, 1997, the Company generated 84 proposals
   for customers regarding audits or retrofits of current software systems to
   address Year 2000 concerns.

        Customer Services is also responsible for the Company's warranty
   support services.  The Company maintains a service hotline specifically
   for warranty and other issues that is staffed around-the-clock by Company
   employees.

        While the Company provides aftermarket services on products
   manufactured by other vendors, its share of the market for those products
   is relatively small.  The Company estimates that it provides only a small
   percentage of all aftermarket services related to products and systems of
   outside vendors while providing a large percentage of aftermarket services
   related to products and services of the Company.  

   Logistics and Software Systems
      
        Through Logistics and Software Systems, the Company provides SCM
   software that allows its customers to manage the planning, scheduling,
   tracking and related logistics of manufacturing, warehousing, distribution
   and transportation.  Logistics and Software Systems has 107 employees,
   approximately 70 of whom are software engineers (as of October 31, 1997). 
   The Company's suite of SCM software, STOCKMASTER/SCM, is dedicated to the
   management and deployment of inventory and associated resources across an
   enterprise.  The software suite enables customers to compress delivery
   schedules, reduce inventory levels, increase customer service, improve
   execution of operations and provide an accurate and timely view of
   inventory.  The Company believes it is one of the leading WMS software
   providers in North America.  The Company also provides software extensions
   to its STOCKMASTER/SCM suite of applications to address customer specific
   requirements.       
      
        STOCKMASTER/SCM is a client/server (Client: Windows 95 or NT; Server:
   Windows NT or UNIX) suite of applications that utilizes a graphical user
   interface, providing an intuitive user interface.  STOCKMASTER/SCM
   consists of WMS for warehouse management; YMS for yard and dock
   management; EMS for material handling equipment management; DMS, which is
   under development and will be an enterprise wide inventory deployment
   management system; LMS, a container, pallet and trailer configuration
   management system (Windows only); and TMS for transportation management. 
   The STOCKMASTER/SCM suite architecture easily supports the integration of
   complementary third party software systems such as Oracle and SAP
   enterprise resource planning ("ERP") systems and manufacturing execution
   systems through it Common Object Resource Broker Architecture (CORBA)
   capabilities.       
      
        STOCKMASTER/WMS, introduced in 1989, provides full warehouse
   management functionality from the moment a facility receives a shipment or
   material from production through the time the facility ships the product,
   including receiving, put-a-way, quality control, lot and serial number
   control, ownership, cycle counting, replenishment, picking, value added
   processing, packing, shipping, and supervisory functions.  STOCKMASTER/WMS
   provides real time inventory control and employee management through radio
   frequency (RF)-based hand-held and vehicle-mounted terminals.  Employees
   using RF terminals are instructed to perform tasks (such as put-a-way,
   pick or move), the employee verifies each task is completed by scanning a
   bar code associated with the task (such as location, quantity and lot),
   and as each task is completed and verified a new task is dispatched to the
   employee.  Bar code verification and real-time inventory tracking provide
   up-to-the-minute views of inventory (including on hold, available and
   committed) and customer orders (such as picked or shipped).  The Company
   released version 4.0 of STOCKMASTER/WMS in October 1997, which includes
   Yard and Dock management and standard interface to Oracle's ERP software,
   Applications/TM/ version 10.7.       
      
        STOCKMASTER/YMS, introduced in 1997, is a yard and dock management
   system providing features for appointment scheduling, trailer check
   in/check out, yard location management, trailer management (including
   cycle counting, seal numbers, temperature control and refueling) and dock
   door management.  STOCKMASTER/YMS provides management with views into
   inventory in the yard and expected inventory not yet arrived, giving
   management the opportunity to improve customer service.  In the event of a
   warehouse inventory stock-out, customer orders may be filled with
   inventories in the yard.  STOCKMASTER/YMS can be integrated with
   STOCKMASTER/WMS or implemented in a stand-alone environment.       
      
        STOCKMASTER/EMS, introduced in 1997, is an automated material
   handling equipment management system product providing startup and shut
   down, equipment synchronization, load balancing and alarm management for
   automated material handling systems.  STOCKMASTER/EMS incorporates
   standardized Application Programmable Interface (API) to HK's complete
   line of material handling equipment and third party equipment.  The
   STOCKMASTER/EMS product is scalable, providing a range of control
   functions for a single piece of equipment or a complex multi-system
   installation.  STOCKMASTER/EMS may be integrated with STOCKMASTER/WMS to
   provide a hybrid warehousing solution or be implemented in a stand-alone
   environment.       
      
        STOCKMASTER/LMS is a product the Company acquired in the Western
   Atlas Acquisition under the name LoadBuilder.  STOCKMASTER/LMS is a load
   planning application that determines efficient ways to combine, stack and
   arrange products to maximize the available space within a given container. 
   STOCKMASTER/LMS was introduced in 1994 and has approximately
   500 customers.  STOCKMASTER/LMS may be interfaced with other systems such
   as WMS and TMS or be implemented in a stand-alone environment.       
      
        The Company recently began offering STOCKMASTER/TMS, an integrated
   transportation management product, in cooperation with InterTrans
   Logistics Solutions, Inc.  STOCKMASTER/TMS includes the InterTrans
   Logistics Solutions Freight Management and Freight Optimizer products. 
   Freight management provides fully integrated, multi-modal, transportation
   management across a single enterprise or in a multi-enterprise
   environment.  STOCKMASTER/TMS may be integrated with WMS and YMS to
   provide a complete comprehensive solution or be implemented in a
   stand-alone environment.       
      
        STOCKMASTER/DMS, under development with initial release planned for
   early 1999, is a comprehensive deployment management software product that
   will enable a customer to make real-time inventory deployment decisions
   across the enterprise.       
      
        Logistics and Software Systems contributed $3.0 million,
   $17.5 million, $13.1 million and $15.4 million to the Company's total
   revenues in the three months ended January 31, 1998 and in fiscal 1997,
   1996 and 1995, respectively.  The unit generated software revenue through
   license fees, installation, modification, maintenance and software support
   agreements.      
      
        To leverage its software to address a wider spectrum of supply chain
   management functions, the Company has begun forming alliances with other
   software vendors.  In 1996, the Company became part of the Oracle
   Cooperative Application Initiative (CAI) program, which focuses on
   pre-integrating software with Oracle's applications.  In 1997, the Company
   entered the SAP Complementary Software Partner (CSP) program.  This
   program is designed to provide SAP customers with third-party software
   solutions that extend the capabilities of SAP's R/3/TM/ product. 
   Additionally, in 1997 the Company entered into a letter of intent with
   InterTrans Logistics Solutions to form a joint marketing alliance.  The
   Company intends to pursue additional alliances with ERP and transportation
   planning vendors to widen appeal of its SCM software products.       

   Customers

        The Company's industry leadership has resulted in sales to a diverse
   industry and customer base that includes many of the largest corporations
   in the United States.  To illustrate the variety of industries that the
   Company serves, the following table sets forth a list of selected
   customers of the Company by industry group that have done business with
   two or more of the Company's business units over the last five years:

      
    AEROSPACE                              FOOD/BEVERAGE/TOBACCO
         Boeing                            (continued)
         Northrup Grumman                       Coca-Cola Enterprises
    AUTOMOTIVE/CAPITAL GOODS                    Dannon Yogurt
         Robert Bosch                           Frito-Lay
         Caterpillar                            Mrs. Smith's
         Chrysler                               Bakeries/Flowers Industries
         Ford
         General Electric                       Ocean Spray
         General Motors                         PepsiCo
         Tower Automotive                       Philip Morris
    CHEMICAL/PETROLEUM                          Ralston Purina
         Dow Chemical                           RJR Nabisco
         DuPont                                 Seagram Co./Tropicana
         Mobil Chemical                    PAPER/PACKAGING
         Mobil Oil                              Appleton Papers
         Shell Oil                              Ball Foster Glass
         Texaco                                 Consolidated Papers
    CONSUMER PRODUCTS                           Kimberly-Clark
         Eastman Kodak                          Mead Paper
         Estee Lauder                           Western States Envelope
         Gillette                          PHARMACEUTICALS
         Procter & Gamble                       Abbott Labs
         Revlon                                 Medco
    DISTRIBUTION/RETAIL                         Novartis
         Canadian Tire                     PRIMARY METAL
         Dillards Department Stores             Alcoa
         W.W. Grainger                          Alumax
         The Limited                            Kaiser Aluminum
         J.C. Penney                            O'Neal Steel
    ELECTRONICS/COMMUNICATIONS             PUBLISHING/PRINTING
         AT&T                                   R.R. Donnelley
         Hewlett-Packard                        The New York Times
         IBM                                    The Washington Post
         Lucent Technologies               TEXTILES
         Motorola                               Collins & Aikman
         Rockwell International                 Mt. Vernon Mills
         Sony                                   Russell Corporation
         U.S. West                              Sara Lee Knit Products
    FOOD/BEVERAGE/TOBACCO                  TRANSPORTATION
         Anheuser-Busch                         American Airlines
         Brown & Williamson                     Delta Airlines
         The Coca-Cola Company                  GATX
                                                United Airlines
       
      
        For fiscal 1997, Ford Motor Company and Philip Morris together
   accounted for 23% of the Company's total revenues pursuant to seven
   principal contracts, and for fiscal 1996, Ford Motor Company and Imperial
   Wall Coverings together accounted for 24% of the Company's total revenues
   pursuant to five principal contracts.  For the same periods, the Company's
   largest ten customers accounted for 42% and 53% of the Company's total
   revenues, respectively.       

   Sales and Distribution

        The Company sells automated material handling systems services and
   products through separate sales forces in each of its three business
   units.

        The Integrated Systems sales force utilizes different sales channels
   depending on the size of a particular project and the automated material
   handling systems components required.  The Company has implemented a
   distributor program designed to partner the Company with skilled material
   handling distributors throughout North America for the sale of smaller
   automated material handling systems which consist of mainly conveyors and
   sortation equipment (typically through non-exclusive arrangements with the
   various participating distributors).  Distributors provide the Company
   with leads for additional sales opportunities, and also provide customers
   with services including project concepting, layout and design,
   installation, warranty and aftermarket services. Automated material
   handling systems comprised of mainly conveyors and sortation equipment are
   also sold directly by the Company through three regional field offices in
   Bridgewater, New Jersey; Naperville, Illinois; and Atlanta, Georgia. 
   These sales offices are also responsible for the sale of
   palletizer/depalletizer equipment on an independent basis.  Larger, more
   complex automated material handling systems and systems integration
   solutions, typically over $3 million in value and consisting of more
   sophisticated and complex integration requirements, are sold direct by the
   Integrated Systems sales force located throughout North America.

        The Company competes for systems integration solutions projects on
   either a competitive bidding or a Strategic Customer Partnership basis. 
   Competitive bidding involves the Company bidding to manufacture and
   install automated material handling systems designed by outside parties. 
   A substantial amount of the Company's projects with first-time customers
   are awarded through the competitive bid process, with repeat customers'
   projects often conducted on a Strategic Customer Partnership basis.  In
   fiscal 1997, competitive bid projects represented only approximately 22%
   of the Company's automated material handling systems integration solutions
   projects.  Strategic Customer Partnerships account for the remaining 78%. 
   See "Business--Services and Products--Integrated Systems."

        The Integrated Systems sales force generates over 60% of the
   Company's automated material handling systems and systems integration
   solutions business from repeat customers and referrals from current or
   past customers, demonstrating a high level of customer satisfaction.  The
   Company obtains other business by virtue of its strong reputation in the
   industry and through referrals from consultants retained by businesses to
   design automated material handling systems solutions which then refer
   those businesses to the Company for implementation of the designed
   solutions.  The Company also benefits from arrangements with a number of
   outside vendors which are incentivized to provide the Company with sales
   leads.  The Integrated Systems sales force targets certain businesses and
   industries through proactive selling efforts, including presentations and
   consultations with those potential customers.  The Company participates in
   material handling trade shows, as well as trade shows and users'
   conferences related to specific industries, for purposes of marketing and
   business generation.  

        The Integrated Systems sales force evaluates potential projects using
   a "proposal team" approach.  Proposal teams are headed by Business
   Development Managers ("BDMs") who are allocated customer projects based on
   the particular customer's industry, the BDMs' past account experience and,
   to a lesser extent, by geographical considerations.  Proposal teams
   generally include account managers and engineering support personnel with
   expertise in the specific requirements of each potential project.  The
   members of the proposal teams work together to prepare cost estimates for
   entering into the bidding process or competing for the design of potential
   projects that the Company proposes to undertake.  Integrated Systems
   employs over 20 BDMs (as of October 31, 1997) throughout North America.
      
        Customer Services employs eight regional BDMs (as of October 31,
   1997) with specific geographic and major account responsibility.  They are
   charged with maintaining consistent contact with Company customers to
   assess their needs for aftermarket services and actively seeking business
   from companies with automated material handling systems components not
   designed or installed by the Company.  These BDMs lead proposal teams
   which include account managers and technical support personnel to evaluate
   potential long-term customer support relationships.  Customer Services
   actively promotes the Company's aftermarket services at various trade
   shows and user conferences across the country, including the customer user
   conference the Company sponsors every September during which over 300
   customers attend seminars and listen to industry experts address current
   issues in the material handling and SCM software industries.  Customer
   Services generates over 70% of its business from service and
   modernizations of equipment installed by the Company, and also generates
   business leads through industry contacts and competitive bidding. 
   Additionally, Customer Services is responsible for selling and
   implementing smaller (less than $3 million) material handling systems.
       
      
        Logistics and Software Systems generates business from several major
   sources including (i) referrals from outside consultants hired by
   businesses to evaluate re-engineering issues; (ii) referrals from
   automated material handling systems market analysts, which are often
   consulted by businesses with material handling questions and needs; (iii)
   referrals from radio frequency equipment vendors, enterprise resource
   planning vendors and other SCM software vendors, which employ WMS software
   products in the systems they sell; (iv) the sales efforts of various
   "Value Added Resellers" ("VARs") working jointly with the Company to
   promote and sell the Company's WMS software offerings, including a
   worldwide VAR relationship with Motorola (whereby Motorola promotes the
   sale and use of Company WMS software products to its own locations
   worldwide and to its over 800 suppliers worldwide) and ten VAR
   relationships worldwide for the sale of the Company's Loadbuilder software
   product; and (v) the Company's participation in strategic alliances with
   other software vendors, including its participation in the Cooperative
   Applications Initiative of Oracle, which focuses on pre-integrating
   software with Oracle applications and utilizes the Oracle sales force to
   generate new WMS software business for the Company.  Additionally, the
   Logistics and Software Systems sales force advertises in trade periodicals
   and attends trade shows and user conferences in the software and supply
   chain industries.       
      
        Logistics and Software Systems employees include five BDMs and
   various account managers to coordinate sales of SCM software systems (as
   of October 31, 1997).  The BDMs cover regional territories throughout the
   United States and Canada.  BDMs, account managers and support personnel
   comprise the unit's proposal teams, which examine the needs of various
   proposed projects and evaluate those potential opportunities.      

        An important component of the Company's future sales and marketing
   efforts includes continued expansion into various international markets. 
   Currently, the Company's international sales efforts are concentrated in
   the Pacific Rim, where it sells approximately 30-50 automated machines
   annually.  The Company believes European and South American automated
   material handling systems markets will undergo expansion similar to that
   seen in North America.  The Company recently entered into a strategic
   alliance with a Brazilian manufacturer and integrator of automated
   material handling systems to undertake a joint sales effort in that
   country.  The Company has a right of first refusal to include its products
   in any automated material handling system sale and/or integration project
   undertaken by the alliance in Brazil.  The Company has also entered into
   non-exclusive sales representative and/or distributor agreements to cover
   many countries in Central and South America.

   Employees

        As of October 31, 1997, the Company had approximately 1,150
   employees, consisting of approximately 144 employees in the areas of
   concept and planning (including consulting and simulation engineers,
   account managers and network development personnel); 534 employees in
   project implementation (including control, software and systems engineers,
   project managers and project analysts); 396 in manufacturing (including
   product engineers and hourly plant employees); and 76 in administration
   and marketing (including BDMs, management personnel and assistants).  As
   of October 31, 1997, the number of the Company's employees with
   engineering backgrounds by specialty and business unit were as indicated
   in the following table:

                                                                 Logistics
                                   Integrated      Customer     and Software
    Engineer Categories             Systems         Services      Systems

    Software  . . . . . . . .             51             67            98
    Electrical  . . . . . . .             92             56             4
    Mechanical  . . . . . . .             84             15             0
    Systems . . . . . . . . .             24              1             7
                                        ----           ----          ----
        Total                            251            139           109
                                        ====           ====          ====

        The Company is not subject to any collective bargaining agreements
   with respect to any of its employees,  has not experienced any work
   stoppages related to labor matters and considers its employee relations to
   be excellent.

        The Company believes high levels of employee support, participation
   and satisfaction significantly contribute to the Company's business
   success.  To further this belief, and to maintain a working environment
   that encourages professional and technical development, advancement and
   equal opportunity for all employees, the Company provides an employee
   benefits package that includes, among other benefits, an incentive program
   to encourage prompt recognition of superior customer service, exercise
   facilities, a tuition reimbursement program and programs that encourage
   community and charitable involvement.  The Company believes its
   organization-wide employee turnover rates are low by industry standards. 
   Additionally, Company employees have an average tenure of approximately 16
   years of employment with the Company and its predecessors. 

   Research and Development

        The Company has demonstrated a commitment to continuous research and
   development and is dedicated to current and future research and
   development projects relating to its automated material handling equipment
   and software products.  The Company maintains a research and demonstration
   facility, that provides it with the ability to test, adjust and
   demonstrate systems prior to sale and installation, affording it the
   opportunity to ensure high quality products and seek innovative
   technological advances at lower cost than those competitors without
   similar resources, as well as helping customers avoid downtime that occurs
   after installation.  The Company also conducts research and development at
   each of its engineering and manufacturing facilities.
      
        In the three months ended January 31, 1998 and in fiscal 1997, 1996
   and 1995, the Company incurred research and development expenses of $1.0
   million, $5.0 million, $2.0 million and $1.3 million, respectively.  Based
   on the Company's growth in the logistics and software systems market and
   its current commitment to research and development, the Company intends to
   spend $5.0 million on research and development in fiscal 1998.      

   Competition
      
        The Company primarily competes in the North American markets for
   automated material handling systems solutions, and the related customer
   service and aftermarket, and SCM software.  The Company believes the
   automated material handling systems and SCM software markets are currently
   undergoing an industry-wide consolidation which the Company anticipates
   will continue.      

        Although the Company believes it is one of the leading suppliers of
   automated material handling systems integration solutions, this market is
   competitive, and certain of Integrated Systems' competitors are large and
   have significant financial, marketing and technical resources.  The
   Company believes its primary competitors in this market include
   Daifuku/Eskay, Hytrol, Mannesmann Dematic Rapistan, Munck, Pinnacle
   Automation, Jervis B. Webb and several consulting firms specializing in
   automated material handling systems integration services.  The Company
   believes the primary competitive factors in this market are price,
   performance, functionality, customer service and support, reputation and
   financial strength.  To some extent, the Company also competes in this
   market with small- to medium-sized suppliers who do not offer systems or
   integration solutions but instead focus on market niches or singular
   applications. 

        The customer service market is highly fragmented and competitive with
   regard to services of a low degree of sophistication but with fewer
   competitors at higher levels of sophistication.  In this market, Customer
   Services competes principally with the original provider of a potential
   customer's material handling equipment and with in-house maintenance
   departments.  Local control engineering houses and others have competed
   against the Company for projects that do not require extensive prior
   experience and accomplishments as a prerequisite for bidding.  Although
   these firms may have certain advantages due to their relationship with the
   customer and familiarity with its facility, they are less likely to have
   the know-how or the resources to present a more competitive bid than the
   Company.  The Company believes the primary competitive factors in this
   market are reputation and, to a lesser extent, price.
      
        Logistics and Software Systems usually competes for WMS projects with
   contract values greater than $400,000, with approximately 20 other
   companies that compete for similar WMS projects.  The Company believes
   approximately two-thirds of the WMS market involves projects in excess of
   $400,000.  Although there are over 100 companies that claim to have WMS
   capabilities in the United States, the Company's primary competitors in
   the SCM software systems market are BDM International, Catalyst, EXE
   Technologies, McHugh International and in-house MIS departments.  The
   Company believes the primary competitive factors in this market are
   performance and functionality; price; a vendor's ability to implement
   software promptly and effectively; reputation; and a provider's alliances
   with major accounting firms and other consultants.       

   Intellectual Property and Other Proprietary Rights

        The Company currently maintains both United States and foreign
   patents and pending patent applications for technology utilized in its
   business.  Except for patents and patent applications relating to AGVS
   wireless control technology, the Company does not believe any one of its
   patent rights is material to the Company's business.  The Company also
   relies on a combination of trade secret, copyright and trademark laws,
   nondisclosure agreements and other contractual provisions and technical
   measures to protect its proprietary rights.  There can be no assurance
   that these patent rights and other protections will be adequate or that
   the Company's competitors will not independently develop technologies that
   are substantially equivalent or superior to the Company's technology. 
   Existing trade secret and copyright laws afford only limited protection.  

        The Company is not aware that any of its material intellectual
   property infringes the proprietary rights of third parties, but has not
   performed any independent investigations to determine whether any such
   infringement exists.  There can be no assurance, therefore, that third
   parties will not claim infringement by the Company with respect to current
   or future products.  Any intellectual property infringement claims, with
   or without merit, could be time-consuming, result in costly litigation,
   divert management resources, cause product shipment delays, require the
   Company to enter into royalty or licensing agreements or may require the
   Company to withdraw products from the market.  Such royalty or licensing
   agreements, if required, may not be available on terms acceptable to the
   Company, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company's
   business, operating results or financial condition.

        The Company currently utilizes trademarks to identify its products
   and services and maintains federal trademark registration and pending
   trademark applications in the United States and certain foreign countries,
   including United States federal registrations for its marks HK SYSTEMS,
   STOCKMASTER and VON GAL.  The Company generally attempts to federally
   register a trademark relating to a product's or a technology's name only
   when the Company intends to actively promote the product or technology. 
   Other than the marks HK SYSTEMS, STOCKMASTER and VON GAL, the Company does
   not believe any trademark is material to its business.

   Facilities

        The Company operates its primary office in Milwaukee, Wisconsin and
   conducts its principal manufacturing, engineering and distribution
   operations at the following facilities:
      
                                           Square   Owned/  Term
    Location        Utilization            Footage  Leased  Expires

    Milwaukee, WI   Headquarters            85,000  Leased  10-31-11
                    (Integrated Systems,
                    Customer Services and
                    Logistics and Software
                    Systems)

    Salt Lake City, Principal office        61,829  Leased  02-28-05
    UT              (Integrated Systems
                    and Customer Services)

    Bountiful, UT   Manufacturing-AS/RS     76,061  Owned
                    and AGVS 

    Hebron, KY      Principal office        19,773  Leased  10-31-98
                    (Integrated Systems)

    Hebron, KY      Office/Manufacturing-  157,144  Leased  10-31-16
                    sortation and
                    conveyors 
    Montgomery, AL                         113,753  Owned
                    Office/Manufacturing-
                    palletizer systems

    Glendale, WI    Research and            25,600  Leased  12-31-98
                    demonstration center

    San Diego, CA   Principal office        13,865  Leased  12-14-98
                    (Logistics and
                    Software Systems)
       
        The research and demonstration center houses a complete integrated
   system including a Unitload AS/RS, Miniload AS/RS, Microload AS/RS, AGVS
   and AEMS, all under computer control.  The center provides an environment
   for experimentation, customer demonstration and prototyping client
   configurations.
      
        The Company maintains sales offices in California, Georgia, Illinois,
   Michigan, New Jersey and Texas to coordinate sales and marketing of unit
   services and products.  Full-time field service and factory technician
   teams are located nationwide to provide fast and professional service and
   support mission critical systems on an on-call basis or on a full-time
   basis.       

        To best serve its markets, the Company leases a number of sales and
   engineering offices nationwide, strategic to the industries and locales
   that they service.

   Environmental and Other Governmental Regulations

        The Company's operations are subject to a variety of federal, state
   and local environmental laws and regulations that have become increasingly
   stringent.  The Company believes its current operations are in material
   compliance with current environmental laws and regulations.  However, the
   scope of environmental laws is very broad and is subject to change.

   Legal Proceedings
      
        On July 1, 1992, Eaton-Kenway entered into the Fed Contract with the
   Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco relating to the installation of a
   material handling system.  On February 13, 1995, the Company assumed the
   Fed Contract in the Eaton-Kenway Acquisition.  On April 7, 1995, the SF
   Fed filed the Fed Suit in the United States District Court for the
   Northern District of California against the Company, Eaton-Kenway and
   Eaton alleging, among other things, a failure to install a properly
   operating material handling system for two existing SF Fed bank vaults in
   breach of the Fed Contract.  The SF Fed purported to seek not less than
   $3.55 million as restitution for the consideration it paid under the Fed
   Contract, not less than $6.4 million for incidental and consequential
   damages and not less than $46.7 million to cover the costs of constructing
   two new bank vaults.  In 1995, the court granted partial summary judgment
   on the issue of liability in favor of the SF Fed and against the Company
   and the other defendants on two counts of the SF Fed's complaint for
   breach of contract and rescission and restitution.  On January 30, 1998,
   the court granted partial summary judgment in favor of the Company and the
   other defendants, holding that the SF Fed cannot recover the cost of
   constructing new vaults or litigation expenses.  However, the SF Fed may
   continue to seek damages in excess of $10 million plus interest against
   the Company on the breach of contract and recission and restitution claims
   which have not been dismissed, in addition to the damages it seeks from
   Eaton and Eaton-Kenway on the fraud and RICO claims from which the Company
   was previously dismissed.  The January 30, 1998 ruling in favor of the
   Company and the other defendants, as well as the 1995 partial summary
   judgment in favor of the SF Fed, are subject to appeal after the entry of
   final judgment in the action, and there can be no assurance that the
   results of any appeal would be favorable to the Company.  It is
   anticipated that a jury trial on the remaining damage issues on the
   contract claim against the Company and Eaton-Kenway, if not all the
   remaining claims against all the parties, will be held in 1998.  The
   Company believes it has meritorious defenses and rights in connection with
   the Fed Suit.  Nonetheless, due to the uncertainties inherent in
   litigation, particularly where the verdict results from jury
   deliberations, the Fed Suit could have a material adverse effect on the
   Company's business, results of operations and financial condition.      
      
        On April 3, 1996, the Company filed a lawsuit in the United States
   District Court for the Eastern District of Wisconsin against Mannesmann
   Dematic Rapistan Corp. ("Rapistan") alleging infringement by Rapistan of
   two patents held by the Company for certain of its AGVS technology.  The
   Company seeks to enjoin Rapistan's activity and is seeking unspecified
   damages.  Rapistan filed an answer to the charge of infringement alleging
   the general defenses of invalidity of the patents, as well as non-
   infringement.  Rapistan also filed counterclaims asserting that the
   Company wrongfully characterized Rapistan's products as infringing the
   Company's patents and alleging breach of a confidentiality agreement in
   place between the parties.  The Company does not anticipate that an
   unfavorable outcome with respect to such counterclaims would have a
   material effect on the Company's financial condition.

        With the exception of the proceedings described herein and those that
   arise in the ordinary course of business, the Company is currently not
   involved in any legal proceedings that may materally effect the Company's
   business, results of operations or financial condition.

   Glossary

   1.   "Automated Material Handling Systems" - combinations of equipment and
   electrical and software controls that automate the physical and
   informational aspects of receiving, transporting, sorting, picking,
   palletizing and shipping materials throughout the manufacturing,
   warehousing and distribution processes.

   2.   "Integration Services" - process by which a vendor plans, designs
   and/or implements the coordination and interaction of the various
   components of a system (such as an automated material handling system). 
   Integration services often include the original design and installation of
   the system components.

   3.   "Supply Chain" - represents all points in the complex physical and
   related informational flow of materials from raw materials to products
   that are distributed to end users.

   4.   "Supply Chain Management" - process by which a business coordinates
   operations through points in the supply chain to improve order response
   times and accuracy and cut operating expenses.  Supply chain management,
   as the term is generally used, connotes software designed to
   simultaneously manage internal constraints (such as production capacity,
   human resource availability and inventories) and external constraints
   (such as supplier lead times and customer demand requirements).  However,
   supply chain management also involves the physical components of systems
   (such as automated material handling systems) that sort, store and
   retrieve the materials used in any given business.

   5.   "Supply Chain Solutions" -  systems or services that allow businesses
   to more efficiently manage the flow of materials along the supply chain. 
   Supply chain solutions can address operations at any single discrete point
   along the supply chain or can integrate operations across multiple points
   along the supply chain.

   6.   "Warehouse Management Systems" - systems that typically utilize radio
   frequency equipment and bar code technology to enable companies to
   effectively coordinate, at both the enterprise level and a facility or
   other local level, the people and products necessary in performing the
   warehousing functions of physical order fulfillment, inventory control and
   shipping.       

                                   MANAGEMENT

   Executive Officers and Directors
      
        The following table contains the name, age and position with the
   Company of each executive officer and director as of January 31, 1998. 
   Each person's respective background is described following the table.

             NAME                  AGE                   POSITION

    John W. Splude  . . . .         52         Chairman, President 
                                                  and Chief Executive
                                                  Officer
                                                  and Director (1)

    Glen P. Davis . . . . .         52         Executive Vice President-
                                                  Integration Services and
                                                  Director (2)

    David W. Bartley  . . .         40         Senior Vice President-
                                                  Integrated Systems

    Larry S. Cinpinski  . .         40         Senior Vice President-
                                                  Logistics and Software
                                                  Systems

    John C. Hines . . . . .         40         Senior Vice President-
                                                  Administration  and
                                                  Chief Financial Officer

    Woody M. McGee  . . . .         46         Senior Vice President-Unit
                                                  Handling Systems

    Stephen S. Sadowski . .         52         Senior Vice President-
                                                  Customer Services 
    John R. Kuhnmuench, Jr. 
                                    52         Vice President, Secretary
                                                  and General Counsel

    John T. Byrnes  . . . .         51         Director (1)

    David M. Upton. . . . .         37         Director (3)

    Jose J. Yglesias  . . .         68         Director (2)
   ______________________

      (1)    Term expires in 2001.
      (2)    Term expires in 1999.
      (3)    Term expires in 2000.
       
      
      Mr. Splude has served as President and Chief Executive Officer of the
   Company since November 1993 and was elected Chairman of the Board in
   September 1997.  Prior thereto, he served as President of HEI from
   November 1987 to November 1993.  Mr. Splude has also served as Vice
   President of Harnischfeger's Industrial Technology Group, Vice President
   and Treasurer of Harnischfeger, and President of Harnischfeger Credit
   Corporation.  Mr. Splude has been a director of the Company since 1993. 
   Mr. Splude is also a director of Gehl Company.       

      Mr. Davis has served as Executive Vice President-Integration Services
   of the Company since November 1996.  Prior thereto, he served as Senior
   Vice President of the Company from November 1993 to November 1996, and as
   Vice President of Sales and Marketing of HEI from 1987 to November 1993. 
   Mr. Davis has been a director of the Company since 1993.

      Mr. Bartley has served as Senior Vice President-Integrated Systems of
   the Company since November 1996.  Prior thereto, Mr. Bartley served as the
   Company's Vice President-Operations, Vice President-Stockmaster, and
   Director-Commercial Systems, from September 1994 to November 1996, August
   1993 to April 1995, and October 1991 to August 1993, respectively.  In
   addition, Mr. Bartley held various other management positions with HEI
   since 1980.

      Mr. Cinpinski has served as Senior Vice President-Logistics and
   Software Systems since November 1996 and Vice President of Operations-
   Logistics and Software Systems from August 1996 to November 1996.  Prior
   thereto, he served in various information systems and information
   technology management positions with Miller Brewing Company from August
   1991 to August 1996.

      Mr. Hines has served as Senior Vice President-Administration, Chief
   Financial Officer and Treasurer of the Company since October 1993.  Prior
   thereto, he served as Vice President and Controller of the Company from
   May 1992 to October 1993, and as Vice President and Controller of HEI from
   1987 to May 1992.  Mr. Hines has also held accounting positions for
   Rexnord Corporation and the Square D Company.

      Mr. McGee has served as Senior Vice President-Unit Handling Systems of
   the Company since March 1997.  Prior thereto, he served as Vice President,
   Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of Mosler Safe, an electronic
   security company, from October 1996 to March 1997.  Mr. McGee also served
   in various executive positions with Western Atlas and its predecessor
   Litton Industries from 1969 to September 1996.
      
      Mr. Sadowski has served as Senior Vice President-Customer Services
   since February 1995.  Prior thereto, he served as the Company's Vice
   President-Aftermarket System Services from August 1993 to February 1995
   and as Director and General Manager of the Modernizations Department of
   the Company from May 1992 to August 1993.  Mr. Sadowski is on a temporary
   leave of absence, and his duties are being assumed by other executives.
       
      Mr. Kuhnmuench has served as Vice President, Secretary and General
   Counsel of the Company since May 1994.  Prior thereto, he served as Deputy
   General Counsel and Assistant Secretary for A.O. Smith Corporation from
   May 1985 to May 1994.

      Mr. Byrnes has served as a Director of the Company since November 1993. 
   He has served as Senior Vice President of Marshall & Ilsley Corporation, a
   bank holding company ("M&I Corporation"), since 1994; President of M&I
   Capital Markets Group ("M&I Capital"), the merchant banking arm of the M&I
   Corporation, since 1992; and President of M&I Ventures Corporation, a
   subsidiary of M&I Capital ("MIVC"), since 1992.  M&I Capital is an
   affiliate of the Company by virtue of MIVC's ownership of Class B
   Preferred Stock and common stock of the Company.

      Mr. Upton has served as a director of the Company since September 1996. 
   Mr. Upton has been a Professor of Information Technologies at Harvard
   University since June 1997.  He served as an Associate Professor at
   Harvard University from August 1994 to June 1997.  Prior thereto, he
   served as Assistant Professor at Harvard University from August 1989 to
   August 1994.

      Mr. Yglesias has served as a director of the Company since 1993.  Mr.
   Yglesias was a founder of Syscon Corporation, a software systems
   integrator ("Syscon"), which Harnischfeger acquired in 1987.  He retired
   as Chairman of Syscon and Senior Vice President of the Systems Group of
   Harnischfeger, which included Syscon and HEI, in 1992.
      
      The Company's Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws
   provide for three classes of directors, with staggered terms expiring at
   each successive annual meeting of the shareholders.  Pursuant to the
   Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, the Board of Directors has
   determined that the Company will have five directors, two in the class
   whose term will expire in 1999, one in the class whose term will expire in
   2000 and two in the class whose term will expire in 2001.        

   Director Compensation

      Prior to the Offering, the directors who were not employees (other than
   Mr. Byrnes) of the Company were paid an annual retainer fee of $4,000 per
   year and a fee of $1,000 for attending each regular meeting of the Board
   of Directors and reimbursement for out-of-pocket expenses.  Messrs. Upton
   and Yglesias have also each received grants of options under the 1993 Plan
   to purchase an aggregate of 10,000 shares of Common Stock.  In addition,
   MIVC received an annual director fee of $50,000 per year, which it will
   not receive after the Offering.  Effective upon the consummation of the
   Offering and pursuant to the Directors Plan, directors who are not
   employees of the Company, a 5% or greater shareholder of the Company or
   either of the Company's original investors will be paid an annual retainer
   fee of $10,000, which will be payable in Common Stock commencing at the
   1998 annual meeting of the Company's shareholders; a fee of $1,000 for
   attending each meeting of the Board of Directors; and a fee of $500 for
   attending each committee meeting, in addition to reimbursement of out-of-
   pocket expenses.  Pursuant to the Directors Plan, a director may elect to
   have his fees paid in Common Stock.  Other directors will not be
   compensated for service as members of either the Board of Directors or
   committees thereof after the Offering, but will be reimbursed for out-of-
   pocket expenses.

   Board Committees

      The Board of Directors has established an Audit Committee and a
   Compensation Committee, each consisting of two or more directors, the
   majority of whom will be outside directors.
      
      The duties of the Audit Committee will be to select and engage
   independent public accountants to audit annually the books and records of
   the Company, to review the activities and the reports of the independent
   public accountants and authorize appropriate action.  The Audit Committee
   will also approve any other services to be performed by and approve the
   audit fee and other fees payable to the independent public accountants and
   monitor the internal accounting controls of the Company.       

      The duties of the Compensation Committee will be to provide a general
   review of the Company's compensation and benefit plans to ensure that they
   meet the Company's objectives.  The Compensation Committee will have the
   sole authority to administer the 1993 Plan and the Directors Plan
   described below and to grant awards thereunder.  In addition, the
   Compensation Committee will consider and establish the compensation of all
   officers of the Company and adopt major Company compensation policies and
   practices.  The Compensation Committee will also consider and make
   recommendations to the Board of Directors regarding the selection and
   retention of all elected officers of the Company and its subsidiaries.

   Executive Compensation

      The following table sets forth information concerning the compensation
   paid by the Company to the Company's Chief Executive Officer and each of
   the Company's five other most highly compensated executive officers
   (collectively, the "Named Executive Officers") for the fiscal year ended
   October 31, 1997.

                           Summary Compensation Table

                                   Annual Compensation

        Name and Principal                                      All Other
             Position             Salary        Bonus        Compensation(1)

    John W. Splude
     Chairman, President and
     Chief Executive Officer    $350,000      $191,800              3,750

    Glen P. Davis
     Executive Vice President
     - Integration Services      250,000       137,000              3,750

    John C. Hines
     Senior Vice President -
     Administration and Chief
     Financial Officer           175,000        95,900              3,750

    David W. Bartley
     Senior Vice President -
     Integrated Systems          140,000        74,310              3,750

    Stephen S. Sadowski
     Senior Vice President - 
     Customer Services           150,000        57,300              3,750

    Larry S. Cinpinski
     Senior Vice President -
     Logistics and Software
     Systems                     150,000        57,300              3,750

               

   (1)       Amounts set forth represent the Company's matching contributions
             under its 401(k) plan.

      The following table sets forth the aggregate value of unexercised
   options at October 31, 1997 held by each of the Named Executive Officers. 
   No such options were exercisable at October 31, 1997.  No Named Executive
   Officer exercised any options during fiscal 1997.
      
                       1997 Fiscal Year-End Option Values

                               Number of shares        Dollar value of
                                  underlying             unexercised
                             unexercised options   in-the-money options at
            Name             at October 31, 1997     October 31, 1997 (1)

    John W. Splude                         0                        --

    Glen P. Davis                          0                        --

    John C. Hines                          0                        --

    David W. Bartley                  72,000                  $979,200

    Stephen S. Sadowski               72,000                  $979,200

    Larry S. Cinpinski                28,000                  $363,440
   ________________

   (1)  Determined by subtracting the option exercise price per share of
        Common Stock from an assumed initial public offering price per share
        of $14.00 and multiplying by the number of shares subject to purchase
        upon option exercise.       

   Stock Option Plan

      The 1993 Plan has been administered by the Board of Directors in the
   past, but upon the consummation of the Offering, the 1993 Plan will be
   administered by the Compensation Committee.  Employees and non-employee
   members of the Board of Directors are eligible to receive options under
   the 1993 Plan.

      The 1993 Plan authorizes the granting of (i) incentive stock options
   and (ii) nonstatutory stock options.  Up to a maximum of 1,148,733 shares
   of Common Stock (subject to adjustment as provided in the 1993 Plan) may
   be issued under the 1993 Plan.  Such shares may consist of treasury shares
   or authorized but unissued shares.  Shares subject to an option that
   expires or terminates may again be the subject of an option under the 1993
   Plan.
      
      The Compensation Committee has the sole authority (subject to the
   provisions of the 1993 Plan) to determine (i) the purchase price of shares
   of Common Stock covered by each option; (ii) the number of shares of
   Common Stock to be subject to each option; (iii) the employees and other
   persons to whom and the time or times at which options shall be granted;
   (iv) the limitations and conditions to be imposed on any option granted
   under the 1993 Plan; (v) the rules and procedures pertaining to the 1993
   Plan; (vi) the terms and provisions of option agreements under the 1993
   Plan; (vii) any modifications, extensions or renewals of option agreements
   under the 1993 Plan; and (viii) all other matters necessary for
   administration of the 1993 Plan.       

      Options granted under the 1993 Plan may not be exercised earlier than
   six months following the date of grant.  The Board of Directors may
   require that a holder be employed by the Company for a designated period
   of time prior to exercise of any option granted under the 1993 Plan and
   may otherwise determine the periods during which options may be exercised,
   subject to the terms of the 1993 Plan.  In general, an option that has
   vested terminates three months after termination of employment.  Options
   granted under the 1993 Plan are not transferable (except upon death) and
   are exercisable only by the holder or by the holder's guardian or legal
   representative during the lifetime of the holder.
      
      The exercise price for options granted under the 1993 Plan is payable
   in cash or shares of Common Stock as determined by the Compensation
   Committee.  Such price must be paid in full at the time of exercise.  As
   of December 31, 1998, there were options to purchase 1,123,800 shares of
   Common Stock outstanding under the 1993 Plan at a weighted average
   exercise price of approximately $2.41 per share, substantially all of
   which become exercisable upon the consummation of the Offering.       
      
      The per share purchase price of incentive stock options is determined
   by the Board of Directors but shall not be less than 100% of the fair
   market value of Common Stock on the date of grant, as determined by the
   Board of Directors pursuant to the terms of the 1993 Plan.  No incentive
   stock option may be granted after 10 years from the effective date of the
   1993 Plan or be exercisable after the expiration of 10 years from the date
   of grant.  Any incentive stock option that has not been exercised within
   10 years of the date of its grant shall expire at the expiration of such
   10 year period.  The per share exercise price of nonstatutory stock
   options granted under the 1993 Plan shall not be less than 85% of the fair
   market value of Common Stock on the date of grant, as determined by the
   Board of Directors pursuant to the terms of the 1993 Plan.       

   Employment Agreements
      
      John W. Splude, Glen P. Davis and John C. Hines each entered into an
   Employment and Noncompetition Agreement (collectively, the "Employment
   Agreements") with the Company dated as of October 28, 1993 and amended as
   of October 31, 1996.  Under the terms of their respective agreements,
   Messrs. Splude, Davis and Hines are entitled to a minimum annual base
   salary below their current salary levels plus other bonuses, the amounts
   and payment of which are within the discretion of the Compensation
   Committee.  The Employment Agreements may be terminated by the Company or
   by the executive officer's resignation at anytime and for any reason.  The
   Employment Agreements also provide that if any one of Messrs. Splude,
   Davis or Hines is terminated by the Company without cause or if any of
   them terminates their respective Employment Agreement for good reason or
   as a result of his disability, he will receive his average compensation
   for a period of two years, in the case of Mr. Splude, or for a period of
   one year, in the case of Messrs. Davis or Hines.  The Employment
   Agreements generally provide that Mr. Splude and Messrs. Davis and Hines
   will not, for the term of their employment and for a period of two and one
   year, respectively, following the end of their employment with the
   Company, compete with the Company or disclose any confidential information
   of the Company.  Messrs. Splude and Hines' Employment Agreements provide
   that they will not solicit any of the Company's employees or customers or
   otherwise interfere with the relations of the Company for a period of one
   year (five years if terminated for cause) after their termination.  Mr.
   Davis' Employment Agreement provides that he will not solicit any of the
   Company's employees or customers or otherwise interfere with the relations
   of the Company for a period of one year (three years if terminated for
   cause) after termination.  The Employment Agreements give each of Messrs.
   Splude, Davis and Hines and the Company certain put and call rights with
   respect to common stock of the Company that are exercisable when such
   individual is no longer employed by the Company, which rights will
   terminate upon the consummation of the Offering.       
      
      David W. Bartley, Stephen S. Sadowski and Larry S. Cinpinski each
   entered into an Employment and Noncompetition Agreement (collectively, the
   "Employment and Noncompetition Agreements") with the Company dated as of
   July 1, 1997.  Under the terms of their respective agreements, Messrs.
   Bartley, Sadowski and Cinpinski are entitled to annual base salaries of
   $140,000, $150,000 and $150,000, respectively, plus other bonuses, the
   amounts and payment of which are within the discretion of the Compensation
   Committee and may be adjusted annually.  The Employment and Noncompetition
   Agreements may be terminated by the Company or by the executive officer's
   resignation upon effective notice of termination at any time and for any
   reason.  The Employment and Noncompetition Agreements generally provide
   that Messrs. Bartley and Sadowski will not, for the term of their
   employment and for a period of one year following the end of such
   executive officer's employment with the Company, compete with the Company,
   disclose any confidential information of the Company, solicit any of the
   Company's employees or customers or otherwise interfere with the relations
   of the Company.        


         CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS; RELATIONSHIPS WITH SELLING SHAREHOLDERS;
           COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION

   Compensation Committee

      The Company's Compensation Committee reviews and acts on matters
   relating to compensation levels and benefit plans for key executives of
   the Company.  The Compensation Committee currently consists of Messrs.
   Splude, Yglesias and Byrnes.  Effective upon the consummation of the
   Offering, the Compensation Committee will consist of Messrs. Yglesias and
   Byrnes.  Mr. Byrnes is the President of MIVC which beneficially owns
   1,895,360 shares of Common Stock after giving effect to the
   Recapitalization (but not to MIVC's sale of Common Stock in the Offering).

   Shareholders Agreement
      
      The Company entered into a Shareholders Agreement by and among the
   Company, MIVC, State of Wisconsin Investment Board ("SWIB") and John W.
   Splude, Glen P. Davis, John C. Hines and a former employee, dated as of
   October 28, 1993, as amended  and restated on February 13, 1995 and as
   subsequently amended (the "Shareholders Agreement").  The Shareholders
   Agreement provides for restrictions on the transfer of Common Stock by the
   shareholders who are a party thereto, and it grants Management certain
   preemptive rights.  The Shareholders Agreements contains certain buy-sell
   provisions and other shareholder matters.  In addition, the Shareholders
   Agreement grants various board of director composition entitlements to
   Management, MIVC and SWIB.  This Shareholders Agreement will be terminated
   upon the consummation of the Offering.       

   Registration Rights Agreement
      
      The Corporation entered into an Investment Agreement by and among the
   Company, MIVC and SWIB dated as of October 28, 1993, as amended and
   restated on February 13, 1995 and as subsequently amended (the "Investment
   Agreement").  The Investment Agreement granted registration rights to MIVC
   and SWIB subject to certain restrictions.  This Investment Agreement will
   be terminated upon the consummation of the Offering.  The registration
   rights contained in the Investment Agreement will be amended and restated
   pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement by and among the Company,
   Management, MIVC and SWIB, which such parties will execute upon the
   consummation of the Offering.  Subject to certain restrictions, MIVC and
   SWIB will have the right to two demand registrations exercisable any time
   after the Offering as long as their individual ownership of Common Stock
   exceeds 5%, and piggyback registration rights.  Management will also
   receive piggyback registration rights.  In addition, the Company will
   agree to indemnify SWIB, MIVC and Management against certain liabilities,
   including liabilities under the Securities Act, in connection with the
   Offering and any subsequent registrations.  The Company will pay the
   expenses of the Selling Shareholders in connection with the Offering.
       
   Certain Affiliate Transactions

      Since the HEI Acquisition, the Company has paid MIVC, a holder of
   Class B Preferred Stock, Class D Preferred Stock and Class C common stock
   of the Company, for certain services.  The Company paid MIVC $50,000 in
   each of the 1994-97 fiscal years as an annual director fee.  In connection
   with the HEI Acquisition, the Company paid MIVC $550,000 for its
   assistance in consummating the acquisition and securing related outside
   debt commitments.  In connection with the Eaton-Kenway Acquisition, the
   Company paid SWIB, a holder of Class B Preferred Stock and Class D
   Preferred Stock, $30,000 and paid MIVC $270,000 for financial advisory
   services.  In November 1996, the Company paid MIVC $225,000 for financial
   advisory services in connection with the Western Atlas Acquisition.

   ESOP Transactions
      
      The ESOP Transactions consisted of the following:  (i) effective
   November 1, 1997, the Company adopted the ESOP, in which substantially all
   employees of the Company participate; (ii) on December 15, 1997, the
   Company repurchased 420,000 shares of common stock of the Company (the
   "Treasury Stock") from a former employee to liquidate his interest after
   the employee exercised contractual "put" rights; (iii) the Company
   borrowed $6.0 million from its bank lenders and loaned that amount to the
   ESOP to enable the ESOP to purchase 237,068, 64,672 and 64,672 shares of
   common stock of the Company, on January 9, 1998, from Messrs. Splude,
   Davis and Hines, respectively; and (iv) on January 31, 1998, the Company
   contributed 36,641 shares of Treasury Stock to the ESOP.       
      
   The Recapitalization; Dividends and Redemption

      In connection with and immediately prior to the consummation of the
   Offering, the Company will effect the Recapitalization.  Upon the
   consummation of the Offering, as a result of the Recapitalization, the
   payment of accrued dividends on the Class B Preferred Stock and Class D
   Preferred Stock and the redemption of Class D Preferred Stock, Common
   Stock will be the only outstanding capital stock of the Company. Prior to
   the Recapitalization, the Company's outstanding capital stock consists of
   (i) 5,600,000 shares of Class B Preferred Stock held by SWIB and MIVC,
   which is convertible into Class B common stock of the Company ("Class B
   Common") on a share for share basis; (ii) 2,416,640 shares of Class A
   common stock of the Company ("Class A Common") held by the ESOP and
   Messrs. Splude, Davis and Hines; (iii) 215,360 shares of Class C common
   stock of the Company ("Class C Common") held by MIVC; and (iv) shares of
   Class D Preferred Stock held by SWIB and MIVC.  Directors, officers and
   employees of the Company also have the right to acquire Class A Common
   shares pursuant to options granted under the 1993 Plan.  In connection
   with and immediately prior to the consummation of the Offering, SWIB and
   MIVC will convert all of the Class B Preferred Stock into Class B Common. 
   In addition, each share of Class A Common, Class B Common and Class C
   Common will be reclassified into one share of Common Stock, and options to
   acquire Class A Common shares will become options to acquire an equal
   number of shares of Common Stock.  Upon the consummation of the Offering,
   the Company will use a portion of the proceeds of the Offering to (a) pay
   dividends that have accrued on the Class B Preferred Stock prior to the
   Recapitalization by delivering shares of Class D Preferred Stock with an
   equivalent stated value and (b) redeem all of the outstanding shares of
   Class D Preferred Stock at their face amount of $2.50 per share.  See "Use
   of Proceeds."       

                       PRINCIPAL AND SELLING SHAREHOLDERS
      
      The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the
   beneficial ownership of Common Stock (a) as of January 31, 1998 (without
   giving effect to any allocation of ESOP shares to employee accounts),
   after giving effect to the Recapitalization and (b) as adjusted to reflect
   the sale of Common Stock offered hereby for (i) each of the Company's
   directors; (ii) each of the Named Executive Officers; (iii) each person
   who is known by the Company to own beneficially more than 5% of the Common
   Stock; (iv) all directors and officers as a group; (v) all holders of
   options granted under the 1993 Plan ("Optionholders") as a group; and (vi)
   all directors, officers and Optionholders as a group.  The calculation of
   percentage of beneficial ownership for each individual party or group of
   parties assumes the exercise of any options held by that party or group. 
   Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the
   Securities and Exchange Commission.       
      
   <TABLE>
   <CAPTION>
                                      Number of Shares
                                        Beneficially                              Shares Beneficially
                                   Owned Prior to Offering                      Owned After Offering(1)

                                                                   Shares
                                                                   Being
             Name                 Number         Percent          Offered         Number       Percent

    <S>                          <C>              <C>            <C>            <C>             <C> 
    John W. Splude               1,302,931(2)     15.8%             0(1)        1,302,931(2)    11.1%

    Glen P. Davis                  355,328(3)      4.3%             0(1)          355,328(3)     3.0%

    John C. Hines                  355,328(4)      4.3%             0(1)          355,328(4)     3.0%

    David W. Bartley                72,000(5)        *               0             72,000(5)     *   

    Stephen S. Sadowski             72,000(5)        *               0             72,000(5)     *   

    Larry S. Cinpinski              28,000(5)        *               0             28,000(5)     *   

    John T. Byrnes               1,895,360(6)     23.0%          360,000(1)     1,535,360       13.1%

    David M. Upton                  10,000(5)        *               0             10,000(5)     *   

    Jose J. Yglesias                10,000(5)        *               0             10,000(5)     *   

    M&I Ventures Corporation
      777 North Water Street
      Milwaukee, WI  53202       1,895,360(7)       23.0%(8)     360,000(1)     1,535,360       13.1%

    State of Wisconsin
    Investment Board
      121 East Wilson St.
      P.O. Box 7842
      Madison, WI 53707-7842     3,920,000          47.6%(8)    1,580,000(1)    2,340,000       20.0%

    HK Systems, Inc. Employee
     Stock Ownership Plan(9)       403,053         4.9%              0            403,053        3.4%

    All Directors and
     Executive Officers as a
     group (11 persons)          4,144,947        50.4%           360,000(1)    3,784,947       31.6%

    All Optionholders as a
     group                       1,123,800        12.0%              0          1,123,800        9.6%

    All Directors, Executive
     Officers and
     Optionholders as a group    3,137,387(10)    33.5%           0(1)(10)      3,137,387       24.0%
                                      
   *  Less than one percent.
   (1)  Assumes no exercise of the Underwriters' over-allotment options to
        purchase Common Stock from the Company and the Selling Shareholders. 
        If the Underwriters' over-allotment options are exercised in full,
        then upon completion of the Offering Mr. Splude, Mr. Davis, Mr.
        Hines, MIVC, SWIB, all directors and executive officers as a group,
        and all directors, executive officers and optionholders as a group
        would beneficially own 1,160,074 shares (or 9.7%), 283,900 shares
        (or 2.4%), 319,613 shares (or 2.7%), 1,481,360 shares (or 12.4%),
        2,103,000 shares (or 17.6%), 3,534,947 shares (or 29.0%) and
        2,887,387 shares (or 22.1%), respectively.
   (2)  Includes 640,000 shares held by the Splude Family Limited
        Partnership.  Mr. Splude is a general partner of the Splude Family
        Limited Partnership and has shared voting and investment power over
        such shares.  The address for Mr. Splude is c/o HK Systems, Inc.,
        2855 South James Drive, New Berlin, Wisconsin, 53005.
   (3)  Held by the Glen and Leslie Davis Family Limited Partnership.  Mr.
        Davis is a general partner of the Davis Family Limited Partnership
        and has shared voting and investment power over such shares.  
   (4)  Held by the Pamela and John C. Hines Family Limited Partnership.  Mr.
        Hines is a general partner of the Hines Family Limited Partnership
        and has shared voting and investment power over such shares.  
   (5)  Represents the right to acquire these shares upon the exercise of
        stock options under the 1993 Plan that vest upon consummation of the
        Offering.
   (6)  Mr. Byrnes is the President of MIVC, which holds 1,895,360 shares of
        Common Stock.  Mr. Byrnes disclaims beneficial ownership of such
        shares.  The address for Mr. Byrnes is c/o M&I Ventures Corporation,
        777 North Water Street, Milwaukee, Wisconsin, 53202.
   (7)  MIVC is a wholly-owned subsidiary of M&I Capital which is the
        merchant banking arm of M&I Corporation.
   (8)  If percentage of beneficial ownership were calculated as if all
        outstanding options exercisable upon consummation of the Offering
        were exercised prior to the Offering, then MIVC would beneficially
        own 20.5% of shares and SWIB would own 42.3% of shares.
   (9)  The address of HK Systems, Inc. Employee Stock Ownership Trust is c/o
        Marshall & Ilsley Trust Company, 777 North Water Street, Milwaukee,
        Wisconsin, 53202.  Voting rights of the Common Stock held by the ESOP
        are exercised by Marshall & Ilsley Trust Company ("M&I Trust") with
        respect to all matters submitted to a vote of shareholders except for
        significant transactions such as approvals of a merger,
        recapitalization, liquidation, dissolution or sale of the Company's
        business.  Voting on significant transactions is passed through to
        and may be exercised by participants or beneficiaries of the ESOP by
        direction to M&I Trust.  If there is no direction, than the shares
        are voted by M&I Trust.
   (10) Excludes for purposes of this disclosure the Common Stock of MIVC
        attributed to Mr. Byrnes as discussed above.
   </TABLE>
       

                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
      
      Upon consummation of the Offering, the authorized capital stock of the
   Company will consist of 40,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $.01 par value
   per share, and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $.01 par value per
   share.  Upon consummation of the Offering, 12,075,358 shares of Common
   Stock and no shares of preferred stock will be issued and 11,692,000
   shares of Common Stock will be outstanding.      

      The following summary description of the Common Stock and preferred
   stock is subject to, and qualified in its entirety by, the provisions of
   the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation and By-laws which are
   included as exhibits to the Registration Statement of which this
   Prospectus is a part and by the provisions of applicable law.  The Amended
   and Restated Articles of Incorporation and By-laws will be effective upon
   the consummation of the Offering.

   Common Stock

      After all cumulative dividends have been paid or declared and set apart
   for payment on any shares of preferred stock that are outstanding, the
   Common Stock is entitled to such dividends as may be declared from time to
   time by the Board of Directors in accordance with applicable law.  For
   certain restrictions on the ability of the Company to declare dividends,
   see "Dividend Policy."

      Except as may be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company
   with respect to any series of preferred stock, only the holders of Common
   Stock shall be entitled to vote for the election of directors of the
   Company and on all other matters.  Upon any such vote the holders of
   Common Stock will be entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock
   held by them subject to any applicable law.  Cumulative voting is not
   permitted.

      All shares of Common Stock are entitled to participate equally in
   distributions in liquidation, subject to the prior rights of any preferred
   stock that may be outstanding.  Except as the Board of Directors may in
   its discretion otherwise determine, holders of Common Stock have no
   preemptive rights to subscribe for or purchase shares of the Company. 
   There are no conversion rights or sinking fund or redemption provisions
   applicable to the Common Stock.  The Common Stock to be outstanding upon
   completion of the Offering will be fully paid and nonassessable (subject
   to Section 180.0622(2)(b) of the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law
   ("WBCL")).
      
      The transfer agent for the Common Stock is Firstar Trust Company.
       
   Preferred Stock

      The Company's Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation will
   provide that the Board of Directors has the authority, without further
   action by the shareholders, to issue up to 10,000,000 shares of preferred
   stock in one or more series and to fix the designations, powers,
   preferences, privileges, and relative participating, optional or special
   rights and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof,
   including dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of
   redemption and liquidation preferences, any or all of which may be greater
   than the rights of the Common Stock.  The Board of Directors, without
   shareholder approval, can issue preferred stock with voting, conversion or
   other rights that could adversely affect the voting power and other rights
   of the holders of Common Stock.  Preferred stock could thus be issued
   quickly with terms calculated to delay or prevent a change in control of
   the Company or make removal of management more difficult.  Additionally,
   the issuance of preferred stock may have the effect of decreasing the
   market price of the Common Stock, and may adversely affect the voting and
   other rights of the holders of Common Stock.  The Company has no present
   plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.  

   Warrant
      
      In connection with the Western Atlas Acquisition, the Company issued to
   Western Atlas a warrant for the purchase of shares of Common Stock (the
   "Warrant").  The Warrant may be exercised in whole or in part at any time
   following the consummation of the Offering (the "Effective Date").  The
   Warrant expires on the earlier to occur of (i) the exercise of all the
   rights represented by the Warrant; (ii) the repurchase of the Warrant by
   the Company; or (iii) November 15, 2003.  The Warrant is exercisable to
   acquire a number of shares of Common Stock (the "Warrant Shares Number")
   to be determined by reference to the offering price per share of such
   stock in the Offering.  The Warrant Shares Number and the price per share
   to be paid by the holder are subject to standard anti-dilution
   adjustments.  Assuming an initial public offering price of $14.00 per
   share, the Warrant may be exercised by the holder following the Effective
   Date for a total of approximately 124,223 shares of Common Stock at a
   price per share of $16.10 which is 115% of the initial public offering
   price.       
      
      The Warrant also gives the holder certain rights (i) to participate in
   a registration of Common Stock by the Company following the Effective Date
   and (ii) until the earlier of November 15, 2000 or the third anniversary
   of the Effective Date, to demand that all or a portion of the shares
   covered by the Warrant be registered by the Company on a Form S-3
   Registration Statement.  The Company will pay the expenses of Western
   Atlas in connection with the registration of the shares covered by the
   Warrant.      

   Certain Anti-Takeover and Indemnification Provisions

      Certain Charter and By-law Provisions
      
      The Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Company
   provide that the number of directors of the Company will be not less than
   five and not more than fifteen and that the terms of directors will be
   staggered.  The Board of Directors shall determine the exact number of
   directors pursuant to a majority vote.  Pursuant to the Amended and
   Restated Articles of Incorporation, the Board of Directors has determined
   that the Company will have five directors, two in the class whose term
   will expire in 1999, one in the class whose term will expire in 2000 and
   two in the class whose term will expire in 2001.  Any vacancies on the
   Board may be filled for the unexpired portion of the term only by a
   majority vote of the remaining directors.  Any director may be removed
   from office, but only for  cause and only by the affirmative vote of the
   holders of outstanding shares representing at least 80% of the voting
   power of all shares of capital stock of the Company then entitled to vote
   generally in the election of directors; provided, however, that if the
   Board of Directors by resolution adopted by at least 75% of the directors
   then in office recommend removal of a director, then the shareholders may
   remove such director from office without cause by a majority vote of such
   outstanding shares.  The Company's By-laws provide that a special meeting
   of shareholders may be called only by (i) the Chairman of the Board, (ii)
   the President, or (iii) the Board of Directors and shall be called by the
   Chairman of the Board or the President upon the demand of the holders of
   record of shares representing at least 10% of all the votes entitled to be
   cast on any issue proposed to be considered at the special meeting.  The
   Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation further provide that
   nominations for the election of directors and advance notice of other
   action to be taken at meetings of shareholders of the Company must be
   given in the manner provided in the Company's By-laws, and the By-laws
   contain detailed notice requirements relating to nominations and other
   action.       

      The Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation prohibit the Company
   from entering into certain "business combinations" (which term is defined
   generally, for purposes of the Amended and Restated Articles of
   Incorporation, to include a merger or consolidation of the Company, or the
   sale or disposition of any assets of the Company or any subsidiary having
   an aggregate fair market value of not less than one percent of the total
   assets of the Company) with a shareholder owning 5% or more of the voting
   power of the Company unless such transaction (i) is approved by at least
   80% of the voting power of all shares of capital stock of the Company;
   (ii) is approved by a majority of "Continuing Directors" (as defined in
   the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation); or (iii) meets
   certain "fair price" requirements set forth in the Amended and Restated
   Articles of Incorporation.  The Amended and Restated Articles of
   Incorporation further require approval of amendments to the By-laws (i) by
   the affirmative vote of at least 75% of the directors then in office; (ii)
   by at least 80% of the voting power of all shares of capital stock of the
   Company; or (iii) if at least 75% of the directors then in office have
   proposed the amendment by the adoption of a resolution, by the affirmative
   vote of the holders of outstanding shares representing a majority of the
   voting power of all shares of capital stock of the Company then entitled
   to vote generally in the election of directors.

      The By-laws provide that the directors and executive officers of the
   Company shall be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by the WBCL
   against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines,
   settlements and other amounts actually and reasonably incurred by them in
   connection with any proceeding arising out of their status as directors
   and executive officers.

      The foregoing provisions and the prohibitions set forth in the WBCL
   could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in
   control or the removal of existing management of the Company.

      Statutory Provisions

      Section 180.1150 of the WBCL provides that the voting power of shares
   of public Wisconsin corporations, such as the Company, held by any person
   or persons acting as a group that hold in excess of 20% of the voting
   power for the election of directors is limited to 10% of the full voting
   power of those shares.  This restriction does not apply to shares acquired
   directly from the Company or shares for which full voting power has been
   restored pursuant to a vote of shareholders.  The Board of Directors of
   the Company cannot elect to render this provision inapplicable to the
   Company.

      Sections 180.1140 to 180.1144 of the WBCL (the "Wisconsin Business
   Combination Statute") contain certain limitations and special voting
   provisions applicable to "business combinations" between a Wisconsin
   corporation and an "interested shareholder."  The term "business
   combination" is defined for purposes of the Wisconsin Business Combination
   Statute to include a merger or share exchange, sale, lease, exchange,
   mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition of assets equal to at
   least 5% of the market value of the stock or assets of a corporation or
   10% of its earning power, issuance of stock or rights to purchase stock
   with a market value equal to at least 5% of the outstanding stock,
   adoption of a plan of liquidation and certain other transactions involving
   an "interested shareholder."  An "interested shareholder" is defined as a
   person who beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 10% of the voting
   power of the outstanding voting stock of a corporation or who is an
   affiliate or associate of the corporation and beneficially owned 10% of
   the voting power of the then outstanding voting stock within the last
   three years.  The Wisconsin Business Combination Statute prohibits a
   corporation from engaging in a business combination (other than a business
   combination of a type specifically excluded from the coverage of the
   statute) with an interested shareholder for a period of three years
   following the date such person becomes an interested shareholder, unless
   the Board of Directors approved the business combination or the
   acquisition of the stock that resulted in a person becoming an interested
   shareholder before such acquisition.  Business combinations after the
   three-year period following the stock acquisition date are permitted only
   if (i) the Board of Directors approved the acquisition of the stock prior
   to the acquisition date; (ii) the business combination is approved by a
   majority of the outstanding voting stock not beneficially owned by the
   interested shareholder; or (iii) the consideration to be received by
   shareholders meets certain requirements of the Wisconsin Business
   Combination Statute with respect to form and amount.

      Sections 180.1130 to 180.1133 of the WBCL provide that certain
   "business combinations" not meeting certain fair price standards must be
   approved by a vote of at least 80% of the votes entitled to be cast by all
   shareholders and by two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast by
   shareholders other than a "significant shareholder" who is a party to the
   transaction.  The term "business combination" is defined, for purposes of
   Sections 180.1130 to 180.1133 of the WBCL, to include, subject to certain
   exceptions, a merger or consolidation of the corporation (or any
   subsidiary thereof) with, or the sale or other disposition of
   substantially all of the assets of the corporation to, any significant
   shareholder or affiliate thereof.  "Significant shareholder" is defined
   generally to include a person that is the beneficial owner of 10% or more
   of the voting power of the corporation.  The Board of Directors of the
   Company cannot elect to render this provision inapplicable to the Company.

      Section 180.1134 of the WBCL (the "Wisconsin Defensive Action
   Restrictions") provides that, in addition to the vote otherwise required
   by law or the articles of incorporation of an issuing public corporation,
   the approval of the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote
   is required before such  corporation can take certain action while a
   takeover offer is being made or after a takeover offer has been publicly
   announced and before it is concluded.  Under the Wisconsin Defensive
   Action Restrictions, shareholder approval is required for the corporation
   to (i) acquire more than 5% of its outstanding voting shares at a price
   above the market price from any individual or organization that owns more
   than 3% of the outstanding voting shares and has held such shares for less
   than two years, unless a similar offer is made to acquire all voting
   shares; or (ii) sell or option assets of the corporation that amount to at
   least 10% of the market value of the corporation, unless the corporation
   has at least three independent directors and a majority of the independent
   directors vote not to have the restrictions described in clause (ii) apply
   to the corporation.  The restrictions described in clause (i) above may
   have the effect of deterring a shareholder from acquiring shares of the
   Company with the goal of seeking to have the Company repurchase such
   shares at a premium over the market price.

                         SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
      
      Upon completion of the Offering, the Company will have an aggregate of
   12,075,358 shares of Common Stock issued and 11,692,000 shares of Common
   Stock outstanding.  Of these outstanding shares of Common Stock, the
   5,460,000 shares sold in this Offering will be freely tradeable without
   restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, unless
   purchased by "affiliates" of the Company as that term is defined in Rule
   144 under the Securities Act.  5,888,947 of the remaining shares of Common
   Stock are "restricted securities" as that term is defined in Rule 144
   under the Securities Act ("Restricted Shares") and will be subject to the
   lock-up arrangements described below.  Restricted Shares may be sold in
   the public market only if registered or if they qualify for an exemption
   from registration under Rules 144 or 144(k) promulgated under the
   Securities Act, which are summarized below.  Sales of the Restricted
   Shares in the public market, or the availability of such shares for sale,
   could adversely affect the market price of the Common Stock.       

      The Company, its directors, executive officers and the Selling
   Shareholders have entered into contractual "lock-up" agreements providing
   that they will not offer, sell, contract to sell or grant any option to
   purchase or otherwise dispose of Common Stock owned by them or that could
   be purchased by them through the exercise of options to purchase Common
   Stock for a period of 180 days after the date of this Prospectus without
   the prior written consent of Lehman Brothers, except in the case of the
   Company for shares deliverable under the 1993 Plan and the Directors Plan. 
   As a result of these contractual restrictions, notwithstanding possible
   earlier eligibility for sale under the provisions of Rules 144 and 144(k),
   the shares subject to lock-up agreements will not be saleable until 180
   days after the date of this Prospectus (or earlier with the consent of
   Lehman Brothers).
      
      In addition, the ESOP holds 403,053 shares of Common Stock,
   approximately 73,282 of which were allocated to employee accounts as of
   January 31, 1998, and the remainder of which are held for future
   allocation to employee accounts.  The ESOP will distribute shares from
   time to time to ESOP participants, but currently only following their
   retirement or other termination of employment.  Shares that the ESOP
   distributes can be either freely traded without restriction under the
   Securities Act or sold in accordance with Rule 144 thereunder depending on
   the amount of securities distributed to all participants in any one year
   and whether or not the participant is an affiliate of the Company.  The
   Company is unable to provide a reliable estimate as to the amount of
   Common Stock that may be distributed by the ESOP over any specified
   period.  Shares held by the ESOP will be allocated to participant accounts
   no more slowly than on a pro rata basis over the period ending October 31,
   2006.       
      
      In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, a person (or persons
   whose shares are aggregated) who has beneficially owned Restricted Shares
   for at least one year (measured with respect to ESOP participants from the
   date shares were allocated to their account) would be entitled to sell
   within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the
   greater of (i) one percent of the number of shares of Common Stock then
   outstanding (which will equal approximately 116,920 shares immediately
   after the Offering) or (ii) the average weekly trading volume of the
   Common Stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a Form
   144 with respect to such sale.  Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to
   certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the
   availability of current public information about the Company.  Under Rule
   144(k), a person who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of the
   Company at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale, and who has
   beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least two years
   (including the holding period of any prior owner except an affiliate of
   the Company), is entitled to sell such shares without complying with the
   manner of sale, public information, volume limitation or notice provisions
   of Rule 144; therefore, unless otherwise subject to holdback, "144(k)
   shares" may be sold immediately upon the completion of the Offering.     
      
      The preceding description does not give effect to the Common Stock that
   may be offered and sold pursuant to the 1993 Plan or the Directors Plan. 
   See "Management--Stock Option Plans."  Holders of options under the 1993
   Plan to purchase 1,087,800 shares of Common Stock (as of October 31, 1997)
   that will become exercisable upon consummation of the Offering generally
   will not execute lock-up agreements.  It is the Company's current intent
   not to file a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect
   to such shares until the expiration of 180 days after the date of this
   Prospectus.  Assuming the Company files such a registration statement,
   such shares will be eligible for sale commencing immediately after an
   option is exercised.  Shares awarded under the Directors Plan will be
   available for immediate resale following the Offering subject to the
   volume and other limitations of Rule 144 for shares held by directors and
   officers.  The Company intends to file a registration statement under the
   Securities Act to register the Common Stock issuable under the Directors
   Plan.  As of the date of this Prospectus, no awards have been made under
   the Directors Plan.       

      Since there has been no public market for the Common Stock prior to
   this Offering, no predictions can be made as to the effect, if any, that
   market sales of shares or the availability of shares for sale will have on
   the market price prevailing from time to time.  Nevertheless, sales of
   substantial amounts of the Common Stock, or the perception that such sales
   could occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price of the
   Common Stock.

                CERTAIN UNITED STATES FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS
                      FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF COMMON STOCK
      
        The following is a general discussion of certain U.S. federal tax
   consequences of the ownership and disposition of a share of Common Stock
   by a beneficial owner of such shares that is not a U.S. person (a "non-
   U.S. holder").  For purposes of this discussion, a "U.S. person" means a
   citizen or resident of the United States, a corporation or partnership
   created or organized in the United States or under the law of the United
   States or of any State or political subdivision of the foregoing, any
   estate whose income is includible in gross income for U.S. federal income
   tax purposes regardless of its source, or a "United States Trust".  A
   United States Trust is (a) any trust if, and only if, (i) a court within
   the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the
   administration of the trust and (ii) one or more U.S. persons have the
   authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust, and (b) for
   all other taxable years, any trust whose income is includible in gross
   income for United States Federal income tax purposes regardless of its
   source.  This discussion does not deal with all aspects of U.S. federal
   income and estate taxation that may be relevant to non-U.S. holders in
   light of their particular circumstances, and does not address state, local
   or non-U.S. tax considerations.  Furthermore, the following discussion is
   based on provisions of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended
   (the "Code"), Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder and
   administrative and judicial interpretations as of the date hereof, all of
   which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect.  Each
   prospective investor is urged to consult its own tax adviser with respect
   to the U.S. federal, state and local consequences of owning and disposing
   of a share of Common Stock, as well as any tax consequences arising under
   the laws of any other taxing jurisdiction.        

   U.S. Income and Estate Tax Consequences

        Dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder are subject to U.S. withholding
   tax at a 30% rate, or if applicable, a lower treaty rate, unless the
   dividend is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business
   in the United States by a non-U.S. holder (and, if certain tax treaties
   apply, is attributable to a United States permanent establishment
   maintained by such non-U.S. holder).  A dividend that is effectively
   connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States by
   a non-U.S. holder (and, if certain tax treaties apply, is attributable to
   a United States permanent establishment maintained by such non-U.S.
   holder) will be exempt from the withholding tax described above and
   subject instead (i) to the U.S. federal income tax on net income that
   applies to U.S. persons and (ii) with respect to corporate holders under
   certain circumstances, a 30% (or, if applicable, lower treaty rate) branch
   profits tax that in general is imposed on its "effectively connected
   earnings and profits" (within the meaning of the Code) for the taxable
   year, as adjusted for certain items.
      
        Prior to January 1, 1999, dividends paid to an address in a foreign
   country are presumed to be paid to a resident of that country (unless the
   payor has knowledge to the contrary) for purposes of the withholding
   discussed above and for purposes of determining the applicability of a tax
   treaty rate.  For dividends paid after December 31, 1998, however, a non-
   U.S. holder of Common Stock who wishes to claim the benefit of an
   applicable treaty rate will be required to satisfy applicable
   certification and other requirements. In the case of a foreign
   partnership, the certification requirement for dividends paid after
   December 31, 1998 will generally be applied to the partners of the
   partnership. In addition, the partnership will be required to provide
   certain information, including a United States taxpayer identification
   number, and look-through rules will apply for tiered partnerships. A non-
   U.S. holder that is eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax
   pursuant to an income tax treaty may obtain a refund of any excess amount
   withheld by filing an appropriate claim for refund with the U.S. Internal
   Revenue Service (the "IRS").       

        Under current law, a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to
   U.S. federal income tax on any gain recognized on a sale or other
   disposition of a share of Common Stock unless (i) the Company is or has
   been during the five-year period ending on the date of disposition a
   "United States real property holding corporation" for U.S. federal income
   tax purposes (which the Company does not believe that it has been or is
   currently and does not anticipate becoming), (ii) the gain is effectively
   connected with the conduct of a trade or business within the United States
   of the non-U.S. holder (and, if certain tax treaties apply, is
   attributable to a United States permanent establishment maintained by the
   non-U.S. holder), (iii) the gain is not described in clause (ii) above,
   the non-U.S. holder is an individual who holds the share as a capital
   asset, is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable
   year of the disposition and either (a) such individual has a "tax home"
   (as defined for U.S. federal income tax purposes) in the United States or
   (b) the gain is attributable to an office or other fixed place of business
   maintained in the United States by such individual, or (iv) the non-U.S.
   holder is subject to tax pursuant to the Code provisions applicable to
   certain U.S. expatriates.  In the case of a non-U.S. holder that is
   described under clause (ii) above, its gain will be subject to the U.S.
   federal income tax on net income that applies to U.S. persons and, in
   addition, if such non-U.S. holder is a foreign corporation, it may be
   subject to the branch profits tax as described in the second preceding
   paragraph.  An individual non-U.S. holder that is described under clause
   (iii) above will be subject to a flat 30% tax gain on the derived from the
   sale, which may be offset by U.S. capital losses (notwithstanding the fact
   that he or she is not considered a resident of the United States).  Thus,
   individual non-U.S. holders who have spent 183 days or more in the United
   States in the taxable year in which they contemplate a sale of the Common
   Stock are urged to consult their tax advisers as to the tax consequences
   of such sale.
      
        Common Stock owned or treated as owned by an individual who is not a
   citizen or resident (as specially defined for United States federal estate
   tax purposes) of the United States at the date of death, or Common Stock
   subject to certain lifetime transfers made by such an individual, will be
   included in such individual's estate for United States federal estate tax
   purposes unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.       

   Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

      Dividends

        Except as provided below, the Company must report annually to the IRS
   and to each non-U.S. holder the amount of dividends paid to and the tax
   withheld with respect to such holder.  These information reporting
   requirements apply regardless of whether withholding was reduced or
   eliminated by an applicable tax treaty.  Copies of these information
   returns may also be available under the provisions of a specific treaty or
   agreement with the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S.
   holder resides.  In general, backup withholding at a rate of 31% and
   additional information reporting will apply to dividends paid on shares of
   Common Stock to holders that are not "exempt recipients" and that fail to
   provide in the manner required certain identifying information (such as
   the holder's name, address and taxpayer identification number). 
   Generally, individuals are not exempt recipients, whereas corporations and
   certain other entities generally are exempt recipients.  However,
   dividends that are subject to U.S. withholding tax at the 30% statutory
   rate or at a reduced tax treaty rate are exempt from backup withholding of
   U.S. federal income tax and such additional information reporting.

      Broker Sales
      
        If a non-U.S. holder sells shares of Common Stock through a U.S.
   office of a U.S. or foreign broker, the broker is required to file an
   information return and is required to withhold 31% of the sale proceeds
   unless the non-U.S. holder is an exempt recipient or has provided the
   broker with the information and statements, under penalties of perjury,
   necessary to establish an exemption from backup withholding.  If payment
   of the proceeds of the sale of shares of Common Stock by a non-U.S. holder
   is made to or through the foreign office of a broker, that broker will not
   be required to backup withhold or, except as provided in the next
   sentence, to file information returns.  In the case of proceeds from a
   sale of shares of Common Stock by a non-U.S. holder paid to or through the
   foreign office of a U.S. broker or a foreign office of a foreign broker
   that is (i) a controlled foreign corporation for U.S. tax purposes, (ii) a
   person 50% or more of whose gross income for the three-year period ending
   with the close of the taxable year preceding the year of payment (or for
   the part of that period that the broker has been in existence) is
   effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business within the
   United States (a "Foreign U.S. Connected Broker"), or (iii) in the case of
   payments after December 31, 1998, the broker is a foreign partnership with
   certain connections to the United States, information reporting is
   required unless the broker has documentary evidence in its files that the
   payee is not a U.S. person and certain other conditions are met, or the
   payee otherwise establishes an exemption.  In addition, the Treasury
   Department has indicated that it is studying the possible application of
   backup withholding in the case of such foreign offices of U.S. and Foreign
   U.S. Connected Brokers.        

      Refunds

        Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from a
   payment to a non-U.S. holder may be refunded or credited against the non-
   U.S. holder's U.S. federal income tax liability, provided that the
   required information is furnished to the IRS.

                                  UNDERWRITING

      Under the terms of, and subject to the conditions contained in, the
   underwriting agreement relating to the offering of shares of Common Stock
   in the United States and Canada (the "U.S. Underwriting Agreement"), the
   form of which is filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement of
   which this Prospectus forms a part, by and among the Company, the Selling
   Shareholders and each of the underwriters named below (the "U.S.
   Underwriters"), for whom Lehman Brothers Inc., Robert W. Baird & Co.
   Incorporated and Furman Selz LLC are acting as representatives (the
   "Representatives"), the U.S. Underwriters have severally agreed to
   purchase from the Company and Selling Shareholders, and the Company and
   Selling Shareholders have agreed to sell to each U.S. Underwriter, the
   aggregate number of shares of Common Stock set forth opposite the name of
   each such U.S. Underwriter below.

                                                                    Number of
      U.S. Underwriters                                               Shares 

   Lehman Brothers Inc.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ________
   Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ________
   Furman Selz LLC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ________

      Total  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ________

      Under the terms of, and subject to the conditions contained in, the
   underwriting agreement relating to the offering of shares of Common Stock
   outside of the United States and Canada (the "International Underwriting
   Agreement" and together with the U.S. Underwriting Agreement, the
   "Underwriting Agreements"), the form of which is filed as an exhibit to
   the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus forms a part, by and
   among the Company, the Selling Shareholders and each of the international
   managers named below (the "International Managers," and together with the
   U.S. Underwriters, the "Underwriters"), for whom Lehman Brothers
   International (Europe), Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated and Furman Selz
   LLC are acting as the lead managers (the "Lead Managers"), the
   International Managers have severally agreed to purchase from the Company
   and Selling Shareholders, and the Company and Selling Shareholders have
   agreed to sell to each International Manager, the aggregate number of
   shares of Common Stock set forth opposite the name of each such
   International Manager below.

                                                                    Number of
      International Managers                                          Shares 

   Lehman Brothers International (Europe). . . . . . . . . . . . . . ________
   Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ________
   Furman Selz LLC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ________

      Total  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ________

      The Company has been advised by the Representatives and the Lead
   Managers that the U.S. Underwriters and the International Managers propose
   to offer the shares to the public at the initial public offering price on
   the cover page of this Prospectus, and to certain dealers at such price
   less a selling concession not in excess of $____ per share.  The U.S.
   Underwriters and the International Managers may allow, and such dealers
   may re-allow, a concession not in excess of $____ per share to certain
   other Underwriters or to certain other brokers or dealers.  After the
   initial offering to the public, the offering price and the concession to
   selected dealers and the reallowance may be changed by the Representatives
   and the Lead Managers.

      The Underwriting Agreements provide that the obligations of the several
   U.S. Underwriters and the International Managers, respectively, to pay for
   and accept delivery of the shares of Common Stock offered hereby are
   subject to approval of certain legal matters by counsel and to certain
   other conditions and that if any of the above shares of Common Stock are
   purchased by the U.S. Underwriters pursuant to the U.S. Underwriting
   Agreement or by the International Managers pursuant to the International
   Underwriting Agreement, all the shares of Common Stock agreed to be
   purchased by either the U.S. Underwriters or the International Managers,
   as the case may be, pursuant to their respective Underwriting Agreements
   (other than those covered by the over-allotment options described below),
   must be so purchased.  The initial public offering price and underwriting
   discounts and commissions for the U.S. Offering and the International
   Offering are identical.  The closing of the U.S. Offering is a condition
   to the closing of the International Offering.  The closing of the
   International Offering is a condition to the closing of the U.S. Offering.

      The Company and the Selling Shareholders have agreed in the
   Underwriting Agreements to indemnify the U.S. Underwriters and the
   International Managers against certain liabilities, including liabilities
   under the Securities Act, and to contribute in certain circumstances to
   payments that the U.S. Underwriters and the International Managers may be
   required to make in respect thereof.
      
      The Selling Shareholders have granted to the U.S. Underwriters a 30-day
   option to purchase up to an additional 432,800 shares of Common Stock, and
   the Company has granted to the U.S. Underwriters a 30-day option to
   purchase up to an additional 215,200 shares of Common Stock, on the same
   terms and conditions as set forth above to cover over-allotments, if any,
   and the Selling Shareholders and the Company have granted the
   International Managers a similar option to purchase up to an additional
   108,200 and 53,800 shares of Common Stock, respectively, to cover over-
   allotments, if any.  To the extent that either such option is exercised,
   each U.S. Underwriter or International Manager, as the case may be, will
   be committed, subject to certain conditions, to purchase a number of the
   additional shares of Common Stock proportionate to such Underwriter's
   initial commitment as indicated in the preceding tables.        
      
      The U.S. Underwriters and the International Managers have entered into
   an Agreement between U.S. Underwriters and International Managers pursuant
   to which each U.S. Underwriter has agreed that, as part of the
   distribution of the shares of Common Stock (plus any of the shares of
   Common Stock to cover over-allotments) offered in the U.S. Offering, (i)
   it is not purchasing any of such shares of Common Stock for the account of
   anyone other than a U.S. or Canadian Person (as defined below) and (ii) it
   has not offered or sold, and will not offer, sell, resell or deliver,
   directly or indirectly, any of such shares of Common Stock outside the
   United States or Canada or to anyone other than a U.S. or Canadian Person. 
   In addition, pursuant to the same agreement, each International Manager
   has agreed that, as part of the distribution of the shares of Common Stock
   (plus any of the shares of Common Stock to cover over-allotments) offered
   in the International Offering, (a) it is not purchasing any of such shares
   of Common Stock for the account of any U.S. or Canadian Person and (b) it
   has not offered or sold, and will not offer, sell, resell or deliver,
   directly or indirectly, any of such shares of Common Stock in the United
   States or Canada or to any U.S. or Canadian Person.  Each International
   Manager also has agreed that it will offer to sell shares of Common Stock
   only in compliance with all relevant requirements of any applicable laws.
       
      The foregoing limitations do not apply to stabilization transactions or
   to certain other transactions specified in the Underwriting Agreements and
   the Agreement Between U.S. Underwriters and International Managers,
   including (i) certain purchases and sales between the U.S. Underwriters
   and the International Managers; (ii) certain offers, sales, resales,
   deliveries or distributions in or through investment advisors or other
   persons exercising investment direction; (iii) purchases, offers or sales
   by a U.S. Underwriter who is also acting as an International Manager or by
   an International Manager who is also acting as a U.S. Underwriter; and
   (iv) other transactions specifically approved by the Representatives and
   the Lead Managers.  As used herein, (a) the term "United States" means the
   United States of America (including the District of Columbia) and its
   territories, its possessions and other areas subject to its jurisdiction,
   (b) the term "Canada" means Canada, its provinces, territories and
   possessions and other areas subject to its jurisdiction, and (c) the term
   "U.S. or Canadian Person" means any resident or citizen of the United
   States or Canada, any corporation, partnership or other entity created or
   organized in or under the laws of the United States or Canada or any
   political subdivision thereof or any estate or trust, the income of which
   is subject to United States federal income taxation or Canadian income
   taxation regardless of its source (other than a foreign branch of any U.S.
   or Canadian Person), and includes any United States or Canadian branch of
   a person who is not otherwise a U.S. or Canadian Person.

      Pursuant to the Agreement Between U.S. Underwriters and International
   Managers, sales may be made between the U.S. Underwriters and the
   International Managers of such number of shares of Common Stock as may be
   mutually agreed upon.  Unless otherwise agreed, the price of any shares of
   Common Stock so sold shall be the public offering price as then in effect
   for the shares of Common Stock being sold by the U.S. Underwriters and the
   International Managers, less the selling concession allocable to such
   shares of Common Stock.  To the extent that there are sales between the
   U.S. Underwriters and the International Managers pursuant to the Agreement
   Between U.S. Underwriters and International Managers, the number of shares
   of Common Stock initially available for sale by the U.S. Underwriters or
   by the International Managers may be more or less than the amount
   appearing on the cover page of this Prospectus.

      This Prospectus is not, and under no circumstances is to be construed
   as, an advertisement or a public offering of shares of Common Stock in
   Canada or any province or territory thereof.  Any offer or sale of shares
   of Common Stock in Canada may only be made pursuant to an exemption from
   the prospectus and registration requirements in the province or territory
   of Canada in which such offer or sale is made.

      Each International Manager has represented and agreed that (i) it has
   not offered or sold and, prior to the date six months after the latest
   closing date, will not offer or sell any shares of Common Stock to persons
   in the United Kingdom except to persons whose ordinary activities involve
   them in acquiring, holding, managing or disposing of investments (as
   principal or agent) for the purposes of their businesses or otherwise in
   circumstances which have not resulted and will not result in an offer to
   the public in the United Kingdom within the meaning of the Public Offers
   of Securities Regulations 1995; (ii) it has complied and will comply with
   all applicable provisions of the Financial Services Act 1986 ("1986 Act")
   with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares of Common
   Stock in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom; and (iii) it has
   only issued or passed on, and will only issue and pass on to any person in
   the United Kingdom, any investment advertisement (within the meaning of
   the 1986 Act) relating to the shares of Common Stock if that person falls
   within Article 11(3) of the Financial Services Act 1986 (Investment
   Advertisements) (Exemptions) Order 1996 or is a person to whom such
   document may otherwise lawfully be issued or passed on, and that it will
   procure that any purchaser from it of any of the shares of Common Stock
   undertakes to comply with the foregoing provisions of this paragraph.

      No action has been taken or will be taken in any jurisdiction by the
   Company or the Underwriters that would permit a public offering of shares
   of Common Stock in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is
   required, other than the United States.  Persons into whose possession
   this Prospectus comes are required by the Company and the Underwriters to
   inform themselves about, and to observe any restrictions as to, the
   offering of shares of Common Stock offered pursuant to the Offering and
   the distribution of this Prospectus.

      Purchasers of shares of Common Stock offered hereby may be required to
   pay stamp taxes and other charges in accordance with the laws and
   practices of the country of purchase in addition to the offering price set
   forth on the cover page hereof.

      The Representatives and the Lead Managers have informed the Company
   that the U.S. Underwriters and the International Managers do not intend to
   confirm sales to any accounts over which they exercise discretionary
   authority.
      
      The Company has agreed that it will not, subject to certain limited
   exceptions, directly or indirectly, offer, sell, contract to sell or
   otherwise issue or dispose of any Common Stock or other capital stock of
   the Company prior to the expiration of 180 days from the date of this
   Prospectus without the prior written consent of Lehman Brothers Inc.  The
   directors and executive officers of the Company and the Selling
   Shareholders have agreed that they will not, subject to certain limited
   exceptions, directly or indirectly, offer, sell or otherwise dispose of
   any Common Stock or any other capital stock of the Company prior to
   expiration of 180 days from the date of this Prospectus without the prior
   written consent of Lehman Brothers Inc.       
      
      At the request of the Company, the Underwriters have reserved for sale,
   at the initial public offering price, up to 270,000 shares offered hereby
   for directors, officers, employees, business associates and related
   persons of the Company.  The number of shares of Common Stock available
   for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent such persons
   purchase such reserved shares.  Any reserved shares which are not so
   purchased will be offered by the Underwriters to the general public on the
   same basis as the other shares offered hereby.       

      Until the distribution of the Common Stock is completed, rules of the
   Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") may limit the
   ability of the Underwriters and certain selling group members to bid for
   and purchase shares of Common Stock.  As an exception to these rules, the
   Representatives and the Lead Managers are permitted to engage in certain
   transactions that stabilize the price of the Common Stock.  Such
   transactions may consist of bids or purchases for the purpose of pegging,
   fixing or maintaining the price of the Common Stock.

      If the Underwriters create a short position in the Common Stock in
   connection with the Offering (i.e., if they sell more shares of Common
   Stock than are set forth in the cover page of this Prospectus), the
   Representatives and the Lead Managers may reduce that short position by
   purchasing Common Stock in the open market.  The Representatives and the
   Lead Managers also may elect to reduce any short position by exercising
   all or part of the over-allotment options described herein.

      In general, purchases of a security for the purpose of stabilization or
   to reduce a syndicate short position could cause the price of the security
   to be higher than it might otherwise be in the absence of such purchases. 
   The imposition of a penalty bid might have an effect on the price of a
   security to the extent that it were to discourage resales of the security
   by purchasers in this Offering.

      The Underwriters anticipate effecting a distribution of the shares of
   Common Stock offered hereby such that, if the Offering is consummated,
   there will be no fewer than 2,000 holders (including beneficial holders of
   shares held in the name of New York Stock Exchange members) holding round
   lots of 100 shares or more in order to fulfill a requirement for listing
   of the Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange.

      Neither the Company, the Selling Shareholders nor any of the
   Underwriters makes any representation or prediction as to the direction or
   magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on
   the price of the Common Stock.  In addition, neither the Company, the
   Selling Shareholders nor any of the Underwriters makes any representation
   that the Representatives or Lead Managers will engage in such transactions
   or that such transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued
   without notice.
      
      Prior to the Offering, there has been no public market for the Common
   Stock.  The initial public offering price will be determined by
   negotiations among the Company, the Selling Shareholders, the
   Representatives and the Lead Managers.  In determining such price,
   consideration will be given to various factors, including prevailing
   market conditions for initial public offerings, the history of and
   prospects for the Company's business, the Company's past and present
   operations, its past and present earnings and current financial position,
   an assessment of the Company's management, the market of securities of
   companies in businesses similar to those of the Company, the general
   condition of the securities markets and other relevant factors.  There can
   be no assurance that the initial public offering price will correspond to
   the price at which the Common Stock will trade in the public market
   subsequent to the Offering or that an active trading market for the Common
   Stock will develop and continue after the Offering.       

                                  LEGAL MATTERS

      The validity of the issuance of the Common Stock offered hereby will be
   passed upon for the Company by Foley & Lardner, Milwaukee, Wisconsin, and
   for the Underwriters by Mayer, Brown & Platt, Chicago, Illinois.

                                     EXPERTS

      The consolidated financial statements of the Company as of October 31,
   1996 and 1997 and for each of the three years in the period ended October
   31, 1997, appearing in this Prospectus have been audited by Arthur
   Andersen LLP, independent auditors, as set forth in their reports thereon
   appearing elsewhere herein and in the Registration Statement, and are
   included herein in reliance upon the authority of such firm as experts in
   accounting and auditing.

                              AVAILABLE INFORMATION

      The Company has filed with the Commission a Registration Statement on
   Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the Common Stock offered
   hereby.  This Prospectus, which constitutes a part of the Registration
   Statement, does not contain all the information set forth in the
   Registration Statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto, to which
   reference is hereby made.  Statements made in this Prospectus as to the
   contents of any contract, agreement or other document are not necessarily
   complete; with respect to each such contract, agreement or other document
   filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, reference is made to
   the exhibit for a more complete description of the matter involved.

      After the consummation of the Offering, the Company will be subject to
   the informational requirements of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934,
   as amended, and, in accordance therewith, will file reports, proxy and
   information statements and other information with the Commission.  The
   Registration Statement, as well as any such reports, proxy and information
   statements and other information filed by the Company with the Commission,
   may be inspected and copies at the public reference facilities maintained
   by the Commission at Room 1024, Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W.,
   Washington, D.C. 20549, and at the regional offices of the Commission
   located at 7 World Trade Center, 13th Floor, New York, New York, 10048 and
   Citicorp Center, 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois
   60661.  Copies of such material can be obtained from the Public Reference
   Section of the Commission at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C.
   20549 at prescribed rates.  The Commission maintains an Internet web site
   that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other
   information regarding registrants that file electronically with the
   Commission (http://www.sec.gov).  Upon listing of the Common Stock on the
   New York Stock Exchange (the "NYSE"), reports, proxy statements and other
   information concerning the Company may be inspected at the offices of the
   NYSE, 20 Broad Street, New York, New York, 10005.

      The Company intends to furnish its shareholders with annual reports
   containing audited financial statements certified by its independent
   auditors.

   <PAGE>
                   INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                                HK SYSTEMS, INC.

    Report of Independent Public Accountants  . . . . . . .   F-2

    Consolidated Balance Sheets as of October 31, 1996 and
     1997   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   F-3

    Consolidated Statements of Income for each of the three
     years ended October 31, 1997   . . . . . . . . . . . .   F-4

    Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity for
     each of the three years ended October 31, 1997   . . .   F-5

    Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for each of the
     three years ended October 31, 1997   . . . . . . . . .   F-6

    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for each of
     the three years ended October 31, 1997   . . . . . . .   F-8


             MATERIAL HANDLING SYSTEMS DIVISION AND
           VANTAGEWARE DIVISION OF WESTERN ATLAS INC.


    Report of Independent Public Accountants  . . . . . . .   F-23

    Combined Statements of Income for the year ended
     December 31, 1995 and the period January 1, 1996 to
     November 15, 1996  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   F-24

    Combined Statements of Changes in Division Equity for
     the year ended December 31, 1995 and the period
     January 1, 1996 to November 15, 1996   . . . . . . . .   F-25

    Combined Statements of Cash Flows for the year ended
     December 31, 1995 and the period January 1, 1996 to
     November 15, 1996  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   F-26

    Notes to Combined Financial Statements for the year
     ended December 31, 1995 and the period
     January 1, 1996 to November 15, 1996   . . . . . . . .   F-27


                        HK SYSTEMS, INC.

    Consolidated Balance Sheets as of October 31, 1997 and
     January 31, 1998   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   F-30

    Consolidated Statements of Income for each of the three
     months ended January 31, 1997 and
     1998   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   F-31

    Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for each of the
     three months ended January 31, 1997 and
     1998   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   F-32

    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for each of
     the three months ended January 31, 1997 and 1998   . .   F-34


                        HK SYSTEMS, INC.

    Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements     F-37



   <PAGE>

                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS



   To the Shareholders and
   Board of Directors
   of HK Systems, Inc.:

   We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of HK
   Systems, Inc. (a Wisconsin corporation) and subsidiaries as of October 31,
   1996 and 1997 and the related consolidated statements of income,
   shareholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the
   period ended October 31, 1997.  These financial statements are the
   responsibility of the Company's management.  Our responsibility is to
   express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

   We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
   standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
   obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
   free of material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test
   basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial
   statements.  An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles
   used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating
   the overall financial statement presentation.  We believe that our audits
   provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

   In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above
   present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial
   position of HK Systems, Inc. and subsidiaries as of October 31, 1996 and
   1997 and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows
   for each of the three years in the period ended October 31, 1997 in
   conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.



                                           ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP
   December 12, 1997
   (except with respect to the
   matters discussed in Note 16,
   as to which the date
   is February 27, 1998),
   Milwaukee, Wisconsin.


   <PAGE>

   HK SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

   CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
   AS OF OCTOBER 31, 1996 AND 1997
   (In thousands, except share and per share data)

                                               1996             1997
                 ASSETS

   CURRENT ASSETS:
     Cash and cash equivalents                  $152            $332
     Accounts receivable, less
       allowance of $155 and $552
       respectively                           23,223          27,057
     Unbilled revenue                         20,273          25,539
     Inventory                                 3,484           8,845
     Deferred income taxes                     1,325           3,900
     Prepaid expenses and other
       current assets                            830             823
                                            --------       ---------
       Total current assets                   49,287          66,496

    PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT:
     Land                                        840           1,060
     Building and building
       improvements                            1,980           3,986
     Leasehold improvements                    2,599           2,321
     Computer equipment                        8,874          12,372
     Machinery and equipment                   4,314           7,398
     Office furniture and other                1,358           3,605
                                            --------       ---------
                                              19,965          30,742
                                  
     Less-Accumulated depreciation            (8,123)        (11,148)
                                            --------       ---------
                                              11,842          19,594
   GOODWILL                                   21,666          39,121
   DEFERRED INCOME TAXES                       2,622           2,527
   OTHER ASSETS                                5,372           3,623
                                            --------       ---------
       Total                                 $90,789        $131,361
                                            ========       =========

             LIABILITIES AND
          SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

   CURRENT LIABILITIES:
     Accounts payable                        $31,106         $27,951
     Accrued liabilities                       6,575          11,941
     Accrued employee costs                    2,971           6,933
     Billings in excess of costs               5,493           7,487
                                            --------       ---------
       Total current liabilities              46,145          54,312
   LONG-TERM DEBT                             28,000          51,960
   OTHER LONG-TERM LIABILITIES                 2,015           3,499
   REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK                 16,948          18,068
   COMMON STOCK WITH PUT RIGHTS
     $.01 par value; authorized
     9,764,093 at 1996 and 1997;
     issued 3,015,360 at 1996 and
     1997                                        633             633

   SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY:
     Common stock                                 --              --
     Additional paid-in capital                   --              --
     Retained (deficit) earnings              (2,952)          2,889
                                            --------       ---------
       Total shareholders' (deficit)
        equity                                (2,952)          2,889
                                            --------       ---------
       Total                                 $90,789        $131,361
                                            ========       =========




   The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an
   integral part of these statements.

   <PAGE>

   HK SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

   CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
   FOR EACH OF THE THREE YEARS ENDED OCTOBER 31, 1997
   (In thousands, except per share data)



                                      Year Ended October 31,

                                 1995          1996          1997

   NET REVENUES:
     Integrated systems          $70,689      $87,150      $163,472
     Customer services            40,501       49,792        65,200
     Logistics and software
       systems                    15,413       13,143        17,478
                               ---------    ---------     ---------
       Total net revenues        126,603      150,085       246,150
                
   COST OF SALES                 108,526      123,354       193,646
                               ---------    ---------     ---------
     Gross profit                 18,077       26,731        52,504

    SELLING, GENERAL AND
     ADMINISTRATIVE
     EXPENSES                     13,492       16,255        31,724
                           
   AMORTIZATION OF GOODWILL        1,033        1,225         3,979
                               ---------    ---------     ---------
     Income from operations        3,552        9,251        16,801


   OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE):
     Interest expense             (3,108)      (3,545)       (5,570)
     Other, net                      178            9            80
                               ---------    ---------     ---------
     Income before income
       taxes                         622        5,715        11,311

    PROVISION FOR INCOME
     TAXES                           398        2,288         4,051
                               ---------    ---------     ---------
     Net income before
       minority interest and
       dividends on
       preferred stock               224        3,427         7,260
                            
   MINORITY INTEREST EXPENSE        (187)           -             -
                               ---------    ---------     ---------

     Net income before
       dividends on
       preferred stock                37        3,427         7,260

    DIVIDENDS ON PREFERRED
     STOCK                        (1,131)      (1,312)       (1,419)
                               ---------    ---------     ---------
     Net income (loss)
       applicable to common
       shareholders              $(1,094)      $2,115        $5,841
                               =========    =========     =========
   PER SHARE DATA:
     Basic net income
       (loss) per share of
       common stock               $(0.40)       $0.70         $1.94

     Diluted net income
       (loss) per share of
       common stock               $(0.40)       $0.36         $0.77
                                 =======      =======       =======



   The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an
   integral part of these statements.

   <PAGE>

   HK SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

   CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
   FOR EACH OF THE THREE YEARS ENDED OCTOBER 31, 1997
   (In thousands)



                                     Redeemable     Common     Retained
                                      Preferred   Stock With   (Deficit)
                                        Stock     Put Rights   Earnings

   BALANCE, October 31, 1994          $10,800         $461     $(3,973)

     Shares issued                      4,000          172          --
     Stock dividends on Class B
       Preferred Stock                  1,028           --      (1,028)
     Accrued dividends on Class D
       Preferred Stock                     --           --        (103)
     Net income                            --           --          37
                                      -------       ------     -------
   BALANCE, October 31, 1995           15,828          633      (5,067)

     Stock dividends on Class B
       Preferred Stock                  1,120           --      (1,120)
     Accrued dividends on Class D
       Preferred Stock                     --           --        (192)
     Net income                            --           --       3,427
                                       ------       ------     -------
   BALANCE, October 31, 1996           16,948          633      (2,952)

     Stock dividends on Class B
       Preferred Stock                  1,120           --      (1,120)
     Accrued dividends on Class D
       Preferred Stock                     --           --        (299)
     Net income                            --           --       7,260
                                       ------       ------     -------
   BALANCE, October 31, 1997          $18,068         $633      $2,889
                                       ======       ======     =======




   The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an
   integral part of these statements.


   <PAGE>


   HK SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

   CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
   FOR EACH OF THE THREE YEARS ENDED OCTOBER 31, 1997
   (In thousands)


                                         Year Ended October 31,
                                      1995        1996        1997

    CASH FLOWS PROVIDED BY
     OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
     Net income                         $37      $3,427      $7,260

     Adjustments to reconcile
       net income to net cash
       provided by operating
       activities-
     Depreciation                     2,851       3,852       5,224
     Amortization                     2,690       2,882       4,939
     Minority interest expense          187           -           -
     Deferred income taxes             (106)        265        (996)
     Other                              210         369        (827)
     Changes in assets and
       liabilities-
     Accounts receivable             (5,628)       (220)     20,474
     Unbilled revenue                (1,084)     (4,434)        667
     Inventory                          344        (555)      2,959
     Prepaid expenses and other
       current assets                   (62)        471         147
     Accounts payable                 3,082       9,476     (12,674)
     Accrued liabilities             (3,561)      1,492       3,729
     Billings in excess of costs      2,850      (7,761)     (8,243)
                                    -------     -------     -------
     Net cash provided by  
       operating activities           1,810       9,264      22,659
                                    -------     -------     -------
    CASH FLOWS USED FOR INVESTING
     ACTIVITIES:
     Purchase of fixed assets        (1,429)     (3,145)     (4,086)
     Payment of financing fees         (169)        (26)       (290)
     Acquisition of Eaton
       Kenway, Inc.                  (2,273)          -           -
     Investment in joint venture          -      (2,600)      2,600
     Acquisition of the Material
       Handling Systems division
       and VantageWare division           -           -     (34,600)
     Purchase of license rights           -           -      (2,063)
                                    -------    --------     -------
     Net cash used for investing
       activities                    (3,871)     (5,771)    (38,439)
                                    -------    --------     -------

   <PAGE>

   HK SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

   CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
   FOR EACH OF THE THREE YEARS ENDED OCTOBER 31, 1997
   (In thousands)
   (Continued)


                                        Year Ended October 31,
                                     1995        1996        1997

    CASH FLOWS (USED FOR)
     PROVIDED BY FINANCING
     ACTIVITIES:
     Payment of Harnischfeger
       Industries, Inc. debt       $(4,000)   $(18,000)     $    -
     Proceeds from borrowings
       on revolving line of
       credit, net                   2,000      12,000      15,960
     Sale of preferred stock         4,000           -           -
     Redemption of subsidiary
       preferred stock                (771)          -           -
     Sale of common stock              172           -           -
                                   -------     -------     -------
     Net cash (used for)
       provided by financing
       activities                    1,401      (6,000)     15,960
                                   -------     -------     -------
    NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN
     CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS        (660)     (2,507)        180

    CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS,
     beginning of year               3,319       2,659         152
                                   -------     -------     -------
    CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS,
     end of year                    $2,659        $152        $332
                                   =======     =======     =======
   SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION:
     Interest paid                  $2,215      $3,664      $5,053
     Income taxes paid                $722      $1,035      $5,285



   The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements 
   are an integral part of these statements.

   <PAGE>

   HK SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

   FOR EACH OF THE THREE YEARS ENDED OCTOBER 31, 1997

                 (In thousands, except share and per share data)



   (1)  Organization-

        On October 29, 1993, HK Systems, Inc., formerly known as HEI Systems,
        Inc. (the "Company"), purchased all of the outstanding shares of
        common stock of Harnischfeger Engineers, Inc. ("HEI") from
        Harnischfeger Industries, Inc. ("Harnischfeger").  On February 13,
        1995, the Company acquired substantially all of the net assets of
        Eaton-Kenway, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Eaton Corporation
        (the "Eaton-Kenway Acquisition").  On November 15, 1996, the Company
        acquired substantially all of the net assets of the Material Handling
        Systems division ("MHS") and VantageWare division ("VW") of Western
        Atlas Inc. (the "Western Atlas Acquisition").

   (2)  Nature of Operations-

        The Company develops, implements and supports integrated solutions to
        the complex material handling and supply chain needs of a wide array
        of industries.  The Company designs, installs and integrates
        automated material handling systems that include customized software,
        manufactured equipment, and purchased components such as
        microprocessor and PLC controls and optical scanning and laser
        positioning devices ("Integrated Systems"); provides aftermarket
        services for owners of systems and equipment the Company has
        installed and for other customers ("Customer Services"); and develops
        and implements advanced supply chain management software systems,
        including warehouse management systems and customized software for
        specific supply chain applications ("Logistics and Software
        Systems").  Sales are primarily in the United States of America.

   (3)  Acquisitions-

        HEI Acquisition-

        Effective October 29, 1993, the Company purchased all of the
        outstanding shares of common stock of HEI.  HEI's primary activities
        are considered to be in the technological or software areas.  The
        acquisition was accounted for under the purchase method of
        accounting.  The purchase price ($22,982 in cash, $10,000 of
        preferred stock of HEI and a $12,000 promissory note to
        Harnischfeger) was allocated based on fair values as follows:

             Current assets                               $43,768
             Property, plant and equipment                  6,998
             Goodwill and capitalized software
                  costs                                    23,024
             Current liabilities                          (28,808)
                                                          -------
                  Purchase price                          $44,982
                                                          =======



        Harnischfeger retained its holding of the Class A Preferred Stock of
        HEI, totalling $10,000.  The Company recognized Harnischfeger's
        interest in HEI Class A Preferred Stock as a minority interest.

        Consistent with the Company's accounting policies, the purchase
        included the acquisition of certain in-process software and
        development costs included in goodwill and capitalized software costs
        above, which resulted in a charge to income of $4,186 for the year
        ended October 31, 1994.  The amount allocated to the in-process
        software and development costs was determined by appraisal.  The
        projects in-process required resolution of high-risk development and
        testing issues in order to reach technological feasibility.  At the
        date of acquisition, the purchased in-process software and
        development costs had no alternative uses.

        Eaton-Kenway Acquisition-

        The February 13, 1995 Eaton-Kenway Acquisition was accounted for
        under the purchase method of accounting.  Eaton-Kenway's primary
        activities are considered to be in the technological or software
        areas.  The purchase price ($2,273 in cash and a $10,000 promissory
        note to Eaton Corporation) was allocated based on fair value as
        follows:

                Current assets                         $13,800
                Property, plant and equipment            8,200
                Goodwill                                13,156
                Current liabilities                    (22,883)
                                                       -------
                     Purchase price                    $12,273
                                                       =======

        Western Atlas Acquisition-

        The November 15, 1996 Western Atlas Acquisition was accounted for
        under the purchase method of accounting.  Western Atlas' primary
        activities relate to manufacturing.  The purchase price ($34,600 in
        cash and an $8,000 promissory note to Western Atlas) was allocated
        based on fair values as follows:

               Current assets                           $38,700
               Property, plant and equipment             11,196
               Goodwill                                  19,168
               Current liabilities                      (26,464)
                                                        -------
                    Purchase price                      $42,600
                                                        =======


        Unaudited pro forma operating results of the Company for the year
        ended October 31, 1996, assuming the Western Atlas Acquisition had
        been made as of November 1, 1995, would be as follows:



               Net Revenues                              $253,649
               Net Income Applicable To Common
                    Shareholders                            1,181
               Basic Net Income Per Share of
                    common stock                            $0.39
               Diluted Net Income Per Share of
                    common stock                            $0.11

        Unaudited pro forma operating results of the Company for the year
        ended October 31, 1997, were not included as such results were not
        significantly different than historical results.

   (4)  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies-

        Principles of consolidation-

        The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the
        Company and all wholly-owned subsidiaries.  All significant
        intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in
        consolidation.

        Use of estimates-

        The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
        accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates
        and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and
        liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at
        the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of
        revenues and expenses during the reporting period.  Actual results
        could differ from those estimates.

        Concentration of credit risk-

        The Company sells its products to a wide range of companies in
        diverse industries that include automotive, banking, beverage
        production, food processing and heavy manufacturing.  Ongoing credit
        evaluations of its customers' financial condition are made and
        generally no collateral is required.  For the years ended October 31,
        1995 and 1996 the Company had a different customer each year that
        accounted for 14% and 15% of net revenues, respectively.  For the
        year ended October 31, 1997, the Company had two customers that
        accounted for 13% and 10% of net revenues, respectively.  Management
        does not believe that significant concentration of credit risk exists
        at October 31, 1997 with respect to the Company's accounts receivable
        or unbilled revenues.

        Fair value of financial instruments-

        The Company's financial instruments consist of an interest rate cap,
        interest rate swaps and various debt instruments.  The interest rate
        cap and interest rate swaps are assets and are described in Note 13. 
        The debt instruments are liabilities to the Company and are more
        fully described in Note 7.

        The interest rate cap and interest rate swaps have an immaterial
        value as of October 31, 1997 and no market value based on prevailing
        interest rates.

        The Company's revolving line of credit bears interest at floating
        rates of interest expressed in relation to either LIBOR or the bank's
        prime rate.  Based on the terms currently available, the Company
        believes that the revolving line of credit balance of $33,960 as of
        October 31, 1997 is stated at fair market value.

        The Company has two junior subordinated notes that were given to the
        sellers in conjunction with two separate acquisitions.  Because each
        of these notes was negotiated in the overall context of the related
        acquisition, the Company believes it is impracticable to obtain the
        current market value of these notes because of excessive costs that
        would have to be incurred to obtain this information.

        Revenue recognition-

        Revenue and gross profits on virtually all long-term systems
        integration and aftermarket customer service contracts is recorded
        using the percentage-of-completion method of accounting.  Under this
        method, percentage of completion is determined by reference to the
        extent of contract performance, future performance risk and cost
        incurrence.  Any revisions in the estimated total costs of the
        contracts during the course of the work are reflected when the facts
        that require the revisions become known.  Losses, if any, are
        recognized in full as soon as identified.

        Software license fee revenue is recorded when the software has been
        delivered (which is generally considered to be at the completion of
        the first installation), the license agreement with the customer has
        been executed, and collection of the resulting receivable is deemed
        probable.  Revenues for customization and modification of licensed
        software and for implementation services are recorded using the
        percentage-of-completion method of accounting.

        Progress billings-

        The Company bills its customers based on the terms set forth in a
        sales contract.  The billing schedule does not necessarily match the
        stage of completion of a customer's order for installation.  As such,
        costs, earnings and billings are accumulated for jobs in progress at
        period end, and to the extent costs and earnings exceed billings or
        billings exceed costs and earnings, an asset (unbilled revenue) or
        liability (billings in excess of costs) is recorded.

        Cash and cash equivalents-

        The Company considers all highly liquid investments with maturities
        of three months or less at the date of acquisition to be cash
        equivalents.

        Checks not presented for payment-

        As of October 31, 1996 and 1997, $2,349 and $4,280 of checks not
        presented for payment are included in accounts payable in the
        consolidated balance sheets, respectively.

        Inventories-

        Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market, using the
        first-in, first-out (FIFO) method.  Inventory cost includes material,
        labor and overhead.  

        Inventories at October 31, 1996 and 1997, consisted of the following:

                                            1996           1997

             Raw materials                 $3,213        $4,875
             Work in process                  257         2,551
             Finished goods                    14         1,419
                                           ------        ------
                                           $3,484        $8,845
                                           ======        ======



        Property, plant and equipment and depreciation-

        Property, plant and equipment purchased in acquisitions is stated at
        fair value at the date of acquisition.  Subsequent additions are
        stated at cost. Expenditures for major renewals and improvements are
        capitalized, while maintenance and repairs that do not significantly
        improve the related asset or extend its useful life are charged to
        expense as incurred.  For financial reporting purposes, depreciation
        is computed using the straight-line method based upon estimated
        useful lives.

        The estimated useful lives generally used for calculating
        depreciation expense are as follows:

             Building                                      25 years
             Leasehold improvements                        15 years
             Computer equipment                        3 to 7 years
             Machinery and equipment                   5 to 7 years
             Office furniture                          3 to 7 years

        Depreciation expense for each of the three years ended October 31,
        1997, was $2,851, $3,852, and $5,224, respectively.  Accelerated
        depreciation methods are used for tax purposes.

        Long-lived assets-

        Effective November 1, 1996, the Company adopted Statement of
        Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 121, "Accounting for the
        Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to be
        Disposed of."  Adoption of this standard did not have a material
        impact on the Company's financial position or results of operations.

        Property held for sale-

        In connection with the Western Atlas Acquisition, the Company
        acquired certain land and buildings which the Company did not
        consolidate into its operations.  The Company is currently holding
        this property for sale. At October 31, 1997, the property was
        recorded at its estimated realizable value of $1,800 and is included
        in other assets in the consolidated balance sheets.

        Investment in joint venture-

        Investment in joint venture, as included in other assets in the
        consolidated balance sheets, consists of a non-controlling interest
        in a limited liability company acquired on March 6, 1996.  The
        Company sold its investment on October 31, 1997 for $2,600, and
        recorded a gain on sale of $343.

        Income taxes-

        The Company accounts for income taxes under SFAS No. 109, "Accounting
        for Income Taxes."  Under SFAS No. 109, deferred tax assets and
        liabilities are determined based on differences between financial
        reporting and tax basis of assets and liabilities and are measured by
        applying enacted tax rates and laws to taxable years in which such
        differences are expected to reverse.

        Deferred financing fees-

        Financing fees, as included in other assets in the consolidated
        balance sheets, are deferred and charged to interest expense over the
        term of the related debt agreement.  Amortization of these fees for
        each of the three years ended October 31, 1997, was $226, $248, and
        $170, respectively.  Accumulated amortization at October 31, 1996 and
        1997 is $642 and $812, respectively.

        Goodwill-

        Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair
        value of identifiable net assets acquired.  Goodwill is being
        amortized on a straight-line basis over 20 years for acquisitions of
        entities with primarily technological or software related activities. 
        Goodwill is being amortized on a straight-line basis over 40 years
        for acquisitions of entities with primarily manufacturing activities. 
        Amortization expense for each of the three years ended October 31,
        1997, was $1,033, $1,225 and $3,979, respectively.  Accumulated
        amortization at October 31, 1996 and 1997 was $2,825 and $6,804,
        respectively.

        Management will periodically review the carrying value of its
        goodwill for potential impairment.  Any goodwill asset for which
        management believes there is no future economic life is reflected
        when the facts that require the write-off become known.  During the
        first quarter of 1997, the Company decided to abandon one of its
        software product lines.  Amortization of goodwill includes a write-
        off of $2,295 of unamortized software costs related to this decision.

        Capitalized software costs-

        Capitalized software costs, as included in other assets in the
        consolidated balance sheets, are being amortized on a straight-line
        basis over four to five years.  Amortization expense for each of the
        three years ended October 31, 1997, was $1,657, $1,657 and $960,
        respectively.  Accumulated amortization at October 31, 1996 and 1997
        was $4,971 and $5,931, respectively.

        Management will periodically review the carrying value of its
        capitalized software costs for potential impairment.  Any capitalized
        software cost for which management believes there is no future
        economic life is reflected when the facts that require the write-off
        become known.

        Minority interest-

        During 1994, the Company recognized as minority interest the HEI
        Class A Preferred Stock totaling $10,000 and Class C Preferred Stock
        totaling $600 held by Harnischfeger in HEI.  During 1995, the Class A
        Preferred Stock was converted into a subordinated promissory note and
        the Class C Preferred Stock was redeemed.

        Research and development costs-

        Research and development costs are expensed as incurred.  Such costs
        incurred in the development of new products or significant
        improvements to existing products that were not charged directly to
        contracts amounted to $1,319, $1,981, and $4,951 for each of the
        three years ended October 31, 1997, respectively.

        Advertising costs-

        Advertising costs are expensed as incurred.  Such costs amounted to
        $685, $975, and $1,839 for each of the three years ended October 31,
        1997, respectively.

        Derivatives-

        Derivative financial instruments are used by the Company to manage
        its foreign currency and interest rate exposures.  Gains and losses
        on foreign currency instruments are deferred until the hedged
        transaction occurs.  Amounts to be received or paid under interest
        rate swaps and caps are recognized as interest income or expense in
        the periods in which they accrue.  If interest rate swap or cap
        agreements are terminated due to the underlying debt being
        extinguished, any resulting gain or loss is recognized as interest
        income or expense at the time of termination.

   (5)  Related Party Transactions-

        During 1995, the Company leased its main facility and headquarters
        from Harnischfeger, its former parent.  The Company paid
        Harnischfeger $780 in accordance with this lease for the year ending
        October 31, 1995.

        The Company pays M&I Ventures Corporation ("MIVC"), a holder of Class
        B Preferred Stock and Class C Common Stock of the Company, for
        certain services.  For each of the three years ended October 31,
        1997, the Company paid MIVC $50 for these services, respectively. 
        Upon the acquisition of HEI, the Company paid to MIVC $550 in
        connection with their efforts to consummate the acquisition and
        secure related outside debt commitments.  In connection with the
        Eaton-Kenway Acquisition, the Company paid the State of Wisconsin
        Investment Board, a holder of Class B Preferred Stock of the Company,
        $30 and MIVC $270.  In connection with the Western Atlas Acquisition,
        the Company paid MIVC $225.

   (6)  Operating Leases-

        The Company leases certain facilities and equipment from unrelated
        parties, which are classified as operating leases.  Future minimum
        rentals under all operating leases over their remaining terms are
        approximately as follows:

                     Fiscal Year                       Amount

               1998                                   $ 2,697
               1999                                     2,403
               2000                                     2,406
               2001                                     2,141
               2002                                     2,134
               2003 and thereafter                     19,626
                                                      -------
                                                      $31,407
                                                      =======


        Total rental expense was $1,680, $2,239, and $3,295 for each of the
        three years ended October 31, 1997, respectively.

   (7)  Long-Term Debt-

        Long-term debt at October 31, 1996 and 1997 consisted of the
        following:

                                                    1996           1997

     Revolving line of credit agreement          $18,000        $33,960
     Junior subordinated debt: 12%                10,000         10,000
     Junior subordinated debt: 10%                     -          8,000
                                                 -------        -------
               Total                             $28,000        $51,960
                                                 =======        =======

        At October 31, 1997, the revolving line of credit totaled $90,000. 
        Availability under the revolving line of credit is limited by certain
        financial covenants, and at October 31, 1997, the Company had $39,500
        available.  The revolving line of credit terminates on November 1,
        1999.  The revolving line of credit bears interest at floating rates
        expressed in relation to either LIBOR or the bank's prime rate.  The
        revolving line of credit is collateralized by substantially all the
        assets of the Company and subsidiaries.  Borrowings outstanding at
        October 31, 1997, bear interest ranging from 7.06% to 8.50%.  The
        Company is required to pay a commitment fee of 0.25% on the unused
        portion of the revolving line of credit.  The Company considers the
        October 31, 1997, outstanding revolving line of credit borrowings as
        long-term debt.

        The Company has a $10,000 junior subordinated note due to Eaton
        Corporation with interest at 12% in 1997 increasing to 20% after
        2000.  Principal is due in  annual installments of $1,667 commencing
        February 13, 2000, with final payment due February 12, 2005 or upon
        demand in the event of an initial public offering by the Company.

        The Company has an $8,000 junior subordinated note due to Western
        Atlas Inc. with interest at 10%, increasing to 15% after November 15,
        1998.  Principal is due in full on November 30, 2003 or upon demand
        in the event of an initial public offering by the Company.

        As the Company has the ability, under its revolving line of credit,
        to pay off its junior subordinated notes prior to interest rates
        increasing to 20% and 15%, respectively, no incremental interest
        expense has been recorded.

        Maturities of long-term debt, including borrowings under the
        revolving line of credit, are as follows:

                        Fiscal Year                Amount

                  1998                           $       -
                  1999                              33,960
                  2000                               1,667
                  2001                               1,667
                  2002                               1,666
                  2003 and Thereafter               13,000

        The terms of the revolving line of credit agreement place limits on
        the amount of additional long-term debt the Company may issue and on
        the amount of capital expenditures in any year and restrictions on
        the payment of dividends; require maintenance of minimum current,
        leverage and interest coverage ratios; and require minimum total
        capitalization and billed receivable balances, as defined.  As of
        October 31, 1996 and 1997, the Company was either in compliance with
        its debt covenants or those covenants were waived by the lender.

   (8)  Common Stock With Put Rights-

        The Company had authorized 9,572,640 (1995) and 9,764,093 (1996 and
        1997) shares of Common Stock, $0.01 par value divided into the
        following series:

        (a)  3,757,280 (1995) and 3,948,733 (1996 and 1997) shares of Class A
             Common Stock, of which 2,800,000 shares are issued and
             outstanding at October 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997, respectively.

        (b)  5,600,000 shares of Class B Common Stock, none of which is
             issued or outstanding at October 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997,
             respectively; and

        (c)  215,360 shares of Class C Common Stock, all of which are issued
             and outstanding at October 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997,
             respectively.

             There are no differences between the classes of Common Stock.  

             Certain employee agreements entered into between management and
             the Company give management certain put and call rights with
             respect to the Common Stock of the Company that are exercisable
             when they are no longer employed by the Company.

   (9)  Redeemable Preferred Stock-

        The Company had authorized 7,600,000 shares of Preferred Stock, $0.01
        par value, subject to a mandatory redemption on the earlier of
        November 1, 2003, or a liquidation of the Company, designated into
        the following series:

        (a)  5,600,000 shares of Class B Cumulative Convertible Preferred
             Stock, face value of $2.50 per share, convertible on a 1 to 1
             basis into Class B common shares.  At October 31, 1996 and 1997,
             5,600,000 shares, respectively, are issued and outstanding; and 

        (b)  2,000,000 shares of Class D Cumulative Preferred Stock, face
             value of $2.50 per share, 731,000 (1995), 1,179,000 (1996) and
             1,627,000 (1997) shares of which are issued and outstanding.

        Class B Preferred Stock bears a cumulative annual dividend yield of
        8%, payable quarterly in Class D Preferred shares until October 31,
        1996.  The Company may pay any and all quarterly dividends on the
        Class B Preferred Stock which accrue after October 31, 1996, in the
        form of cash or Class D Preferred shares.  Class D Preferred shares
        bear a cumulative annual dividend yield of 8%, payable quarterly. 
        The holders of Class B Preferred Stock are entitled to one vote for
        each share owned.  Class D Cumulative Preferred shares are not
        entitled to any voting rights except as may be required by law.

   (10) Stock Options-

        The Company's 1993 Executive Stock Option Plan ("the Plan"), as
        amended, provides for the grant of nonqualified and incentive stock
        options to key employees and directors.  The Plan provides for the
        granting of options for a total of 683,760 (1994), 957,280 (1995) and
        1,148,733 (1996 and 1997) shares of Class A Common Stock,
        respectively.  The purchase price of shares subject to each option
        granted will not be less than (i) the fair market value at the date
        of grant in the case of incentive stock options or (ii) 85% of the
        fair market value at the date of grant in the case of nonqualified
        stock options.  Generally, the options become exercisable in whole
        five years after the grant, or upon a registered public offering of
        the Company or sale of the Company if earlier.  The option term
        expires ten years subsequent to the grant date.  Certain information
        regarding the stock option plan follows:

                                                              Weighted
                                                               Average
                                      Number    Option Price  Exercise
                                     of Shares   Per Share      Price

   Outstanding at October 31, 1994    618,000         $1.00     $1.00
     Granted                          358,000          1.00      1.00
     Canceled                         (32,000)         1.00      1.00
                                    ---------    ----------  --------
   Outstanding at October 31, 1995    944,000         $1.00     $1.00
     Granted                           30,000          1.00      1.00
     Canceled                         (24,000)         1.00      1.00
                                    ---------   -----------  --------
   Outstanding at October 31, 1996    950,000         $1.00     $1.00
     Granted                          271,800   6.43 - 8.75      6.50
     Canceled                        (134,000)  1.00 - 6.43      2.38
                                  
   Outstanding at October 31, 1997  1,087,800  $1.00 - 8.75     $2.20
                                    =========  ============   =======
   Exercisable at October 31, 1997          -      $      - $       -
                                    =========  ============   =======


       Effective November 1, 1996, the Company adopted SFAS No. 123 ("SFAS
       123"), "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation."  This standard
       establishes financial accounting and reporting standards for stock-
       based employee compensation plans.

       SFAS 123 defines a fair value based method of accounting for employee
       stock option or similar equity instruments.  Under the fair value
       based method, compensation cost is measured at the grant date based on
       the fair value of the award using an option-pricing model that takes
       into account the stock price at the grant date, the exercise price,
       the expected life of the option, the volatility of the underlying
       stock, expected dividends and the risk-free interest rate over the
       expected life of the option.  The resulting compensation cost is
       recognized over the service period, which is usually the vesting
       period.

       Compensation cost can also be measured and accounted for using the
       intrinsic value based method of accounting prescribed in Accounting
       Principles Board Opinion No. 25 ("APBO 25"), "Accounting for Stock
       Issued to Employees."  Under the intrinsic value based method,
       compensation cost is the excess, if any, of the quoted market price of
       the stock at grant date or other measurement date over the amount paid
       to acquire the stock.

       The largest difference between SFAS 123 and APBO 25 as it relates to
       the Company is the amount of compensation cost attributable to the
       Company.  Under APBO 25 no compensation cost is recognized for fixed
       stock option plans because the exercise price is equal to the
       estimated market price at the date of grant and therefore there is no
       intrinsic value.  SFAS 123 compensation cost would equal the
       calculated fair value of the options granted.

       As permitted by SFAS 123, the Company continues to measure
       compensation cost for such plans using the accounting method
       prescribed by APBO 25.

       Had compensation cost for the Company's options granted after November
       1, 1995, been determined consistent with SFAS 123, the Company's
       earnings per share for the years ended October 31, 1996 and 1997 would
       have been reduced by less than $0.01 and $0.02 per share in 1996 and
       1997, respectively.

       The fair value of each option grant was estimated as of the date of
       grant using the Minimum Value pricing model.  The resulting
       compensation cost was amortized over the vesting period.

       The grant date fair values and assumptions used to determine such
       value are as follows:

             Options Granted During              1996          1997

   Weighted-average grant date fair value        $0.47         $2.98
   Weighted-average risk-free interest rate      6.3%          6.2%
   Weighted-average expected life of option    10 years      10 years

   (11)   Stock Purchase Warrants-

          In connection with the Western Atlas Acquisition, the Company
          issued warrants to purchase common stock to Western Atlas.  All of
          the warrants issued were outstanding at October 31, 1997.  The
          warrants allow Western Atlas to purchase $2,000 of common stock at
          a price equal to 115% of the price to the public per share of
          Common Stock in an initial public offering.  The earliest exercise
          date on the warrants would be following the Initial Public Offering
          date.  The warrants are not transferable at any time without the
          written consent of the Company.  These warrants expire on November
          15, 2003.  No value was assigned to the warrants as the amount was
          deemed immaterial.

   (12)   Earnings Per Share of Common Stock-

          In February 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued
          SFAS No. 128, "Earnings Per Share" ("SFAS 128").  The Company
          adopted SFAS 128 for the three month period ended January 31, 1998. 
          All earnings per share computations have been applied retroactively
          to all periods to conform with the provisions of SFAS 128.

          The following reconciles the numerators and denominators of the
          basic and diluted net income (loss) per share computations:

                                              Years Ended October 31,
                                           1995        1996         1997
   Basic
    Net income before dividends on
      preferred stock                         $37      $3,427       $7,260
    Less: Class B and D preferred
      stock dividends                      (1,131)     (1,312)      (1,419)
                                        ---------   ---------    ---------
    Net income (loss) applicable to
      common shareholders                 $(1,094)     $2,115       $5,841
                                        =========   =========    =========
    Weighted average shares of
      common stock outstanding          2,764,083   3,015,360    3,015,360
                                        ---------   ---------    ---------
    Basic net income (loss) per
      share of common stock                $(0.40)      $0.70        $1.94
                                        =========   =========    =========
   Diluted
    Net income before dividends on
      preferred stock                         $37      $3,427       $7,260
    Less: Class B and D preferred
      stock dividends                      (1,131)     (1,312)      (1,419)
    Plus: Class B preferred stock
       dividends(a)                             -       1,120        1,120
                                        ---------   ---------    ---------
      Net income (loss) applicable to
       common shareholders                $(1,094)     $3,235       $6,961
                                        =========   =========    =========
    Weighted average shares of
      common stock outstanding          2,764,083   3,015,360    3,015,360
    Incremental common shares
      applicable to common stock
      options                                   -     230,714      443,206
    Incremental common shares
      applicable to Class B
      convertible preferred stock               -   5,600,000    5,600,000
                                        ---------   ---------    ---------
      Average common shares, adjusted   2,764,083   8,846,074    9,058,568
                                        ---------   ---------    ---------
      Diluted net income (loss) per
       share of common stock (b)           $(0.40)      $0.37        $0.77
                                        =========   =========    =========

   (a) Class B preferred stock is a common stock equivalent.  The dividends
       are added back to net income as these dividends would be available to
       common shareholders assuming the conversion of Class B preferred
       stock in all periods when the common stock equivalents are dilutive.

   (b) As the Company reported a net loss for the year ended October 31,
       1995, the inclusion of stock options and Class B preferred stock in
       the earnings per share calculation for such period results in anti-
       dilution of the earnings per share calculation.  As such, per share
       for such period is reported based on the weighted average number of
       common shares outstanding.

   (13)  Commitments, Contingencies and Off Balance Sheet Risks-

         Surety bonds-

         The Company was contingently liable to Harnischfeger in the amount
         of $49,000 and $34,000 as of October 31, 1995 and 1996,
         respectively, for outstanding surety bonds issued on behalf of the
         Company in which Harnischfeger had agreed to indemnify third party
         sureties for certain contractual obligations of the Company.

         General litigation-

         The Company is a party to litigation matters, claims and performance
         guarantees, which are normal in the course of its operations, and
         while the results of litigation, claims and performance guarantees
         cannot be predicted with certainty, management believes that the
         final outcome of such matters will not have a material adverse
         effect on the Company's consolidated results of operations or
         financial position.

         Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco-

         On July 1, 1992, Eaton-Kenway entered into a contract ("Fed
         Contract") with the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco ("SF Fed")
         relating to the installation of a material handling system.  On
         February 13, 1995, the Company assumed the Fed Contract in the
         Eaton-Kenway Acquisition.  On April 7, 1995, the SF Fed filed a
         lawsuit ("Fed Suit") in the United States District Court for the
         Northern District of California against the Company, Eaton-Kenway
         and Eaton alleging, among other things, a failure to install a
         properly operating material handling system for two existing SF Fed
         bank vaults in breach of the Fed Contract.  The SF Fed purported to
         seek not less than $3.55 million as restitution for the
         consideration it paid under the Fed Contract, not less than $6.4
         million for incidental and consequential damages and not less than
         $46.7 million to cover the costs of constructing two new bank
         vaults.  In 1995, the court granted partial summary judgment on the
         issue of liability in favor of the SF Fed and against the Company
         and the other defendants on two counts of the SF Fed's complaint for
         breach of contract and rescission and restitution.  On January 30,
         1998, the court granted partial summary judgment in favor of the
         Company and the other defendants, holding that the SF Fed cannot
         recover the cost of constructing two new vaults or litigation
         expenses.  However, the SF Fed may continue to seek damages in
         excess of $10 million against the Company based on claims that have
         not been dismissed.  The court's orders granting partial summary
         judgment are subject to appeal after the entry of final judgment in
         the action, and there can be no assurance that the results of any
         appeal would be favorable to the Company.  It is anticipated that a
         jury trial on the remaining damage issues on the contract claim
         against the Company and Eaton-Kenway, if not all the remaining
         claims against all the parties, will be held in 1998.  While the
         Company believes it has meritorious defenses in the Fed Suit, the
         Fed Suit could have a material adverse effect on the Company's
         business, results of operations and financial condition.

         Off-balance sheet risks-

         The Company entered into a three year interest rate cap with a
         commercial bank agreement on March 9, 1995.  The contract amount of
         the cap agreement is $10,000 through March 9, 1997 and $5,000
         thereafter.  This agreement requires quarterly payments to the
         Company when the LIBOR rate exceeds the cap rate of 8%.  The Company
         paid a fee of $106 related to the cap agreement and is amortizing
         the fee over the life of the agreement.  The LIBOR rate during 1995,
         1996 and 1997 did not exceed 8%; as such the Company did not receive
         any payments.

         On June 3, 1996, the Company entered into two interest rate swap
         agreements with a commercial bank, each with a notional amount of
         $4,000.  These agreements expire on June 3, 1998.  The first
         agreement effectively changes the rate on $4,000 of revolver
         borrowings to 7.7%.  The second agreement effectively changes the
         rate on $4,000 of revolver borrowings to 7.9%.  At October 31, 1996
         and 1997, $12 and $9 was payable by the Company under these
         agreements, respectively.

         Under the cap and swap agreements, the Company is exposed to credit
         risk only in the event of nonperformance by the commercial banks,
         which is not anticipated.

         The Company occasionally enters into foreign currency future
         contracts to hedge specific contract related receivables and
         payables denominated in foreign currencies.  There were no contracts
         outstanding at October 31, 1996 and 1997.

   (14)  Federal and State Income Taxes-

         The provision for income taxes for each of the three years ended
         October 31, 1997, consisted of the following:

                                        Years Ended October 31,

                                        1995      1996      1997
             Current-
                   Federal             $444    $1,458    $3,965
                   State                 60       565     1,082
             Deferred                  (106)      265      (996)
                                       ----    ------    ------
                                       $398    $2,288    $4,051
                                       ====    ======    ======


         A reconciliation of the Federal statutory tax rate to the
         consolidated effective tax rate is as follows:

                                             Years Ended October 31,

                                           1995       1996       1997

      Federal statutory rate                $218     $2,000       $3,959
      State income taxes, net of
            Federal taxes                     33        271          450
      Nondeductible expenses                 153        125           86
      Research and development credit         23        (19)        (415)
      Other                                  (29)       (89)         (29)
                                            ----     ------       ------
      Effective tax rate                    $398     $2,288       $4,051
                                            ====     ======       ======


       Deferred taxes result from temporary differences between the book and
       tax basis of the Company's assets and liabilities.  The components of
       the net deferred tax asset (liability) as of October 31, 1996 and 1997
       are as follows:

                                              1996           1997
   Current deferred tax assets:
     Employee cost accruals                 $   328         $1,296
     Book versus tax contract
       accounting                               674          2,072
     Warranty accrual                            78            155
     Reserve for bad debts                       37            159
     Other                                      208            218
                                              -----          -----
     Total current net deferred tax
       assets                                 1,325          3,900

   Long-term deferred tax assets
     (liabilities):
     Accelerated amortization                 1,895          2,391
     Research and development credit
       carryforward                             916            246
     Accelerated depreciation                  (189)          (110)
                                             ------         ------
     Total long-term net deferred tax
       assets                                $2,622         $2,527
                                             ======         ======


         No valuation allowance has been recorded as it is more likely than
         not that the net deferred income tax assets will be realizable
         through future profitable operations of the Company.

   (15)  Retirement Plans-

         The Company maintains a defined contribution 401(k) plan for the
         Company employees with employer match provisions up to certain
         levels subject to the discretion of the Board of Directors on an
         annual basis.  The Company's matching expense for each of the three
         years ended October 31, 1997, totaled $536, $685, and $1,137,
         respectively.

         The Company also has a profit sharing program whereby funds are
         contributed to the 401(k) plan.  These contributions are subject to
         the discretion of the Board of Directors on an annual basis.  The
         Company's profit sharing expense totaled $500, $750, and $1,400,
         respectively.

   (16)  Subsequent Events-

         Subsequent to year-end, the Company executed the following:

         (a)  The Company adopted an employee stock ownership plan (the
              "ESOP") in which substantially all employees of the Company
              participate.

         (b)  The Company incurred additional indebtedness on its revolving
              line of credit of $6,500 to purchase 420,000 shares of Class A
              Common Stock at $15.38 per share from a former employee to
              liquidate the employee's interest after the employee exercised
              contractual put rights.

         (c)  The Company amended its revolving credit agreement by (i)
              reducing the line from $90,000 to $80,000; (ii) extending the
              termination date to December, 2002; (iii) amending certain of
              the financial covenants and (iv) borrowing $6,000 under a term
              loan.  The term loan was used by the Company to fund its
              substantially concurrent loan of like amount to the ESOP.

         (d)  Declared a 0.40 to 1 stock split on preferred and common stock. 
              All share and per share information has been retroactively
              adjusted.

         (e)  All put rights that management has to require a repurchase of
              all of the common stock will terminate upon the effectiveness
              of an initial public offering of Common Stock.

   <PAGE>

   REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS



   To the Equityholders of the Material Handling 
   Systems Division and VantageWare Division 
   of Western Atlas Inc.:

   We have audited the accompanying combined statements of income, changes in
   division equity and cash flows of the Material Handling Systems Division
   and VantageWare Division of Western Atlas Inc. (a Delaware corporation)
   for the year ended December 31, 1995 and the period January 1, 1996 to
   November 15, 1996.  These financial statements are the responsibility of
   the Company's management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on
   these financial statements based on our audits.

   We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
   standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
   obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
   free of material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test
   basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial
   statements.  An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles
   used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating
   the overall financial statement presentation.  We believe that our audits
   provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

   In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
   in all material respects, the combined results of operations and cash
   flows of the Material Handling Systems Division and VantageWare Division
   of Western Atlas Inc. for the year ended December 31, 1995 and the period
   January 1, 1996 to November 15, 1996, in conformity with generally
   accepted accounting principles.


                                    ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP


   Milwaukee, Wisconsin,
   December 12, 1997.

   <PAGE>

   MATERIAL HANDLING SYSTEMS DIVISION AND
   VANTAGEWARE DIVISION OF WESTERN ATLAS INC.

   COMBINED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
   FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND
   THE PERIOD JANUARY 1, 1996 TO NOVEMBER 15, 1996
   (In thousands)


                                                    1995          1996

   NET REVENUES                                   $79, 277        $89,333
                
   COST OF SALES                                    63,001         68,782
                                                   -------         ------
     Gross profit                                   16,276         20,551
                                               
   SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES     19,828         20,281
                                                   -------         ------
     Income (loss) from operations                  (3,552)           270
                    
   OTHER INCOME, NET                                    50            201
                                                   -------         ------
     Income (loss) before income taxes              (3,502)           471
                                      
   PROVISION (CREDIT) FOR INCOME TAXES              (1,369)           182
                                                   -------         ------
   NET INCOME (LOSS)                               $(2,133)          $289
                                                   =======         ======


   The accompanying notes to combined financial statements 
   are an integral part of these statements.


   <PAGE>


   MATERIAL HANDLING SYSTEMS DIVISION AND 
   VANTAGEWARE DIVISION OF WESTERN ATLAS INC.

   COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN DIVISION EQUITY
   FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND
   THE PERIOD JANUARY 1, 1996 TO NOVEMBER 15, 1996
   (In thousands)

                                        Combined
                                        Division       Retained
                                         Equity        Deficit       Total

   BALANCE, at December 31, 1994          $40,512     $(12,538)     $27,974

     Net loss                                   -       (2,133)      (2,133)
                                 
     Contributions to parent, net          (5,764)           -       (5,764)
                                          -------      -------      -------
   BALANCE, at December 31, 1995           34,748      (14,671)      20,077

     Net income                                 -          289          289
                                 
     Contributions to parent, net             (23)           -          (23)
                                          -------      -------      -------
   BALANCE, at November 15, 1996          $34,725     $(14,382)     $20,343
                                          =======      =======      =======






   The accompanying notes to combined financial statements 
   are an integral part of these statements.


   <PAGE>


   MATERIAL HANDLING SYSTEMS DIVISION AND
   VANTAGEWARE DIVISION OF WESTERN ATLAS INC.

   COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
   FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND
   THE PERIOD JANUARY 1, 1996 TO NOVEMBER 15, 1996
   (In thousands)


                                                      1995        1996
   CASH FLOWS PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

     Net income (loss)                             $(2,133)       $289
     Adjustments to reconcile net income
      (loss)to net cash provided by operating
      activities-
     Depreciation                                    2,536       2,138
     Deferred income taxes                          (1,369)          -
     Changes in assets and liabilities-
     Accounts receivable                              (504)     (5,630)
     Unbilled revenue                                4,953         564
     Inventory                                       1,736      (2,157)

     Other assets                                      641        (117)
     Accounts payable                               (1,725)      2,354
     Accrued liabilities                               303       1,402
     Billings in excess of cost                      2.734       2,745
                                                       394        (404)
     Other liabilities
                                                   -------     -------
     Net cash provided by operating activities       7,566       1,184
                                                   -------     -------
   CASH FLOWS USED FOR INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
     Purchase of fixed assets                       (1,260)     (1,688)

   CASH FLOWS USED FOR FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
                                
     Net contributions to parent                    (5,764)        (23)
                                                   -------     -------
   NET (DECREASE) INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH
     EQUIVALENTS                                       542        (527)


   CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of
     period                                            177         719
                                                   -------     -------
   CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of period           $719        $192
                                                   =======     =======



   The accompanying notes to combined financial statements 
   are an integral part of these statements.

   <PAGE>


   MATERIAL HANDLING SYSTEMS DIVISION AND
   VANTAGEWARE DIVISION OF WESTERN ATLAS INC.

   NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

   FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND 
   THE PERIOD JANUARY 1, 1996 TO NOVEMBER 15, 1996
   (In thousands)



   (1)  Business Description-

        The Material Handling Systems division ("MHS") of Western Atlas Inc.
        ("Western Atlas") is engaged in the design, manufacture and sale of
        automated storage/retrieval systems, conveyors and sortation
        equipment and palletizers.  The VantageWare division ("VW") of
        Western Atlas is engaged in designing and selling software products
        for the material handling industry.  Sales for both divisions are
        primarily in the United States of America.

   (2)  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies-

        Principles of combination-

        The combined financial statements include the accounts of MHS and VW. 
        All significant interdivisional balances and transactions have been
        eliminated.

        Use of estimates-

        The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
        accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates
        and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and
        liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at
        the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of
        revenues and expenses during the reporting period.  Actual results
        could differ from those estimates.

        Revenue recognition-

        Revenue and gross profits on virtually all long-term customer
        contracts is recorded using the percentage-of-completion method of
        accounting.  Under this method, percentage of completion is
        determined by reference to the extent of contract performance, future
        performance risk and cost incurrence.  Any revisions in the estimated
        total costs of the contracts during the course of the work are
        reflected when the facts that require the revisions become known. 
        Losses, if any, are recognized in full as soon as identified.
        Software license fee revenue is recorded when the software has been
        delivered, the license agreement with the customer has been executed
        and collection of the resulting receivable is deemed probable. 
        Revenues for customization and modification of licensed software and
        for implementation services are recorded using the percentage-of-
        completion method of accounting.

        Inventories-

        Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market.  Cost is
        determined using the first-in, first-out method.

        Property, plant and equipment and depreciation-

        Property, plant and equipment additions are stated at cost. 
        Expenditures for major renewals and improvements are capitalized,
        while maintenance and repairs which do not significantly improve the
        related assets or extend its useful life are charged to expense as
        incurred.  For financial reporting purposes, depreciation is computed
        using the straight-line method over three to twenty eight years based
        on asset type.  Accelerated depreciation methods are used for tax
        purposes.

        Research and development expenses-

        Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. Such costs
        incurred in the development of new products or significant
        improvements to existing products that were not charged directly to
        contracts amounted to $927 and $1,769 for the year ended December 31,
        1995 and the period January 1, 1996 to November 15, 1996,
        respectively.

        Capitalized software costs-

        MHS and VW capitalize all costs associated with the purchase of
        software or licenses that are to be sold.  These costs are amortized
        on a straight-line basis over the remaining estimated economic life
        of the product, which is generally five years.  During the year ended
        December 31, 1995, VW wrote off approximately $1,165 of capitalized
        software costs for two products that management believed had no
        future economic life.  The write off is included in cost of sales in
        the combined statements of income.  As of November 15, 1996, all
        unamortized capitalized software costs have been written off.

        Intercompany charges-

        MHS and VW have historically depended upon Western Atlas for support
        for various services such as legal, financial, human resources,
        insurance, risk management and communications.  Western Atlas
        allocated the cost for these services among its businesses based on
        sales, head count and net working assets.  The allocated costs for
        these services are included in selling, general and administrative
        expenses in the combined statements of income and totaled $1,060 and
        $943 for the year ended December 31, 1995 and the period January 1,
        1996 to November 15, 1996, respectively.  Management believes that
        the method used to allocate these expenses reasonably reflects the
        costs of actual services provided.

   (3)  Operating Leases-

        MHS and VW are party to various operating leases for facilities and
        equipment.  Total rental expense was $462 and $406 for the year ended
        December 31, 1995 and the period January 1, 1996 to November 15,
        1996, respectively.

   (4)  Combined Division Equity-

        Combined division equity includes retained deficit and all
        distributions between Western Atlas and MHS and VW.

   (5)  Retirement Plan-

        MHS and VW have a defined contributory plan for their employees under
        the Western Atlas Financial Security and Savings Program.  The plan
        provides for employer match provisions up to certain levels.  MHS and
        VW's matching expense related to the plan totaled $244 and $235 for
        the year ended December 31, 1995 and the period January 1, 1996 to
        November 15, 1996, respectively.

   (6)  Post Retirement Benefit Plan Other Than Pensions-

        MHS and VW provide certain post retirement health care coverages for
        their employees.  The net postretirement cost for the year ended
        December 31, 1995 and the period January 1, 1996 to November 15,
        1996, was approximately $196 and $145, respectively.

   (7)  Federal and State Income Taxes-

        MHS and VW are included in Western Atlas' consolidated federal income
        tax return.  The provision (credit) for income taxes as shown on the
        combined statements of income was calculated on a standalone basis. 
        The provision (credit) for income taxes for the year ended December
        31, 1995 and the period January 1, 1996 to November 15, 1996,
        consisted of the following:

                                                  1995        1996
           Current-
                Federal                       $       -        $153
                State                                 -          29
           Deferred                              (1,369)          -
                                                -------     -------
                                                $(1,369)       $182
                                                =======     =======


        A reconciliation of the Federal statutory tax rate to the
        consolidated effective tax rate is as follows:

                                               1995          1996


   Federal statutory rate                       (34)%          34%
   State income taxes, net of Federal tax
        liability                                (4)             4
   Other                                         (1)             1
                                               ----          -----
   Effective tax rate                           (39)%          39%
                                               ====          =====



   (8)  Commitments and Contingencies-

        MHS and VW are party to litigation matters, claims and performance
        guarantees, which are normal in the course of its operations, and
        while the results of litigation, claims and performance guarantees
        cannot be predicted with certainty, management believes that the
        final outcome of such matters will not have a material adverse effect
        on MHS and VW's operations.

   (9)  Acquisition-

        On November 15, 1996, HK Systems, Inc. acquired substantially all of
        the net assets of MHS and VW from Western Atlas for a purchase price
        of $42,600.  The purchase price consisted of $34,600 in cash and an
        $8,000 promissory note to Western Atlas.  HK Systems, Inc. also
        assumed $26,464 of liabilities of MHS and VW in connection with the
        acquisition.


   <PAGE>


   HK SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

   CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
   (UNAUDITED)
   AS OF OCTOBER 31, 1997 AND JANUARY 31, 1998
   (In thousands, except share and per share data)

                                                                 Pro Forma
                                      October 31,  January 31,  January 31,
                                         1997          1998         1998
                ASSETS
   CURRENT ASSETS:
     Cash and cash equivalents            $332          $90           $90
     Accounts receivable, less
       allowance of $552 and $517,
       respectively                     27,057       29,254        29,254
     Unbilled revenue                   25,539       26,616        26,616
     Inventory                           8,845       10,658        10,658
     Deferred income taxes               3,900        3,900         3,900
     Prepaid expenses and other
       current assets                      823        4,505         4.505
                                       -------      -------       -------
       Total current assets             66,496       75,023        75,023

    PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT:
     Land                                1,060        1,060         1,060
     Building and building
       improvements                      3,986        3,905         3,905
     Leasehold improvements              2,321        2,669         2,669
     Computer equipment                 12,372       12,762        12,762
     Machinery and equipment             7,398        7,540         7,540
     Office furniture and other          3,605        4,161         4,161
                                       -------      -------       -------
                                        30,742       32,097        32,097
                                  
     Less-Accumulated depreciation     (11,148)     (12,316)      (12,316)
                                       -------      -------       -------
                                        19,594       19,781        19,781
   GOODWILL                             39,121       38,695        38,695
   DEFERRED INCOME TAXES                 2,527        2,527         2,527
   OTHER ASSETS                          3,623        3,520         3,520
                                       -------      -------       -------
       Total                          $131,361     $139,546      $139,546
                                       =======      =======       =======
            LIABILITIES AND
         SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

   CURRENT LIABILITIES:
     Accounts payable                  $27,951      $29,274       $29,274
     Accrued liabilities                11,941        9,330         9,330
     Accrued employee costs              6,933        5,237         5,237
     Billings in excess of costs         7,487       12,548        12,548
                                       -------      -------       -------
       Total current liabilities        54,312       56,389        56,389

   LONG-TERM DEBT                       51,960       68,170        68,170
   OTHER LONG-TERM LIABILITIES           3,499        3,499         3,499
   REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK           18,068       18,348         4,348
   COMMON STOCK WITH PUT RIGHTS,
     $.01 par value; authorized
     9,764,093 at 1997 and 1998,
     issued 3,015,360 at 1997 and
     1998                                  633          633            --
   SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY:
     Common stock, $.01 par value;
       authorized 40,000,000 at Pro
       Forma 1998; 8,615,360 issued
       and 7,902,230 outstanding at
       Pro Forma 1998                       --           --            86
     Additional paid-in capital             --           --        14,547
     Treasury, at cost, 383,358
       shares of Common Stock               --       (5,858)       (5,858)
     Unearned compensation - ESOP           --       (5,400)       (5,400)
     Retained earnings                   2,889        3,765         3,765
                                       -------      -------       -------
       Total shareholders' (deficit)
        equity                           2,889       (7,493)        7,140
                                       -------      -------       -------
       Total                          $131,361     $139,546      $139,546
                                       =======      =======       =======


   The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an
   integral part of these statements.


   <PAGE>


   HK SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

   CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
   (UNAUDITED)
   FOR EACH OF THE THREE MONTHS ENDED JANUARY 31, 1997 AND 1998
   (In thousands, except per share data)


                                          Three Months Ended January 31,
                                              1997             1998

   NET REVENUES:
     Integrated systems                      $47,003          $28,098
     Customer services                        15,626           17,371
     Logistics and software systems            4,092            3,021
                                             -------          -------
       Total net revenues                     66,721           48,490

                
   COST OF SALES                              54,032           37,125
                                             -------          -------
     Gross profit                             12,689           11,365

    SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE
     EXPENSES                                  7,137            7,685

                           
   AMORTIZATION OF GOODWILL                    2,701              427
                                             -------          -------
     Income from operations                    2,851            3,253

   OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE):
     Interest expense                         (1,365)          (1,315)
               
     Other, net                                  (60)              --
                                             -------          -------
     Income before income taxes                1,426            1,938
                              
    PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES                   511              698
                                             -------          -------
     Net income before dividends on
       preferred stock                           915            1,240

   DIVIDENDS ON PREFERRED STOCK                 (354)            (364)
                                             -------          -------
     Net income applicable to common
       shareholders                             $561             $876
                                             =======          =======
   PER SHARE DATA:
     Basic net income per share of
       common stock                            $0.19            $0.32
                                             =======          =======

     Diluted net income per share of
       common stock                            $0.09            $0.13
                                             =======          =======


   The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an
   integral part of these statements.


   <PAGE>


   HK SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

   CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
   (UNAUDITED)
   FOR EACH OF THE THREE MONTHS ENDED JANUARY 31, 1997 AND 1998
   (In thousands)


                                         Three Months Ended January 31,
                                             1997            1998

    CASH FLOWS PROVIDED BY (USED FOR)
     OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
     Net income                                $915          $1,240
     Adjustments to reconcile net
       income to net cash provided by
       (used for) operating
       activities-
     Depreciation                             1,308           1,160
     Amortization                             2,924             643

     Changes in assets and
       liabilities-

     Accounts receivable                     12,406          (2,196)
     Unbilled revenue                        (8,856)         (1,076)
     Inventory                                 (893)         (1,814)
     Prepaid expenses and other
       current assets                        (1,890)         (3,683)
     Accounts payable                         3,420             849
     Accrued liabilities                      3,448          (2,710)
     Billings in excess of costs             (1,978)          5,060
                                           --------        --------
     Net cash provided by (used for)
       operating activities                  10,804          (2,527)
                                           --------        --------
    CASH FLOWS USED FOR INVESTING
     ACTIVITIES:
     Purchase of fixed assets                  (554)         (1,407)
     Payment of financing fees                 (265)            (60)
     Acquisition of Eaton Kenway,
       Inc.                                      33              --

     Investment in joint venture             (1,890)             --
     Acquisition of the Material
       Handling Systems division and
       VantageWare division                 (31,402)             --
                                            -------        --------
     Net cash used for investing
       activities                           (34,078)         (1,467)
                                            =======        ========


   <PAGE>


   HK SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

   CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
   (UNAUDITED)
   FOR EACH OF THE THREE MONTHS ENDED JANUARY 31, 1997 AND 1998
   (In thousands)
   (Continued)

                                          Three Months Ended January 31,
                                              1997           1998

    CASH FLOWS (USED FOR) PROVIDED BY
     FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
     Proceeds from borrowings on
       revolving line of credit, net        $28,000        $10,810
     Proceeds from term loan, net                --          5,400
     Purchase of treasury stock                  --         (6,458)
     Purchase of Unallocated ESOP
       shares                                    --         (6,000)
                                            -------        -------
     Net cash provided by financing
       activities                            28,000          3,752
                                            -------        -------
    NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND
     CASH EQUIVALENTS                         4,726           (242)

    CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning
     of period                                  152            332
                                            -------        -------
    CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of
     period                                  $4,878            $90
                                            =======        =======
   SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION:
     Interest paid                             $688         $1,105

     Income taxes paid                       $1,979         $1,800



   The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements 
   are an integral part of these statements.

   <PAGE>


   HK SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
   (UNAUDITED)
   FOR EACH OF THE THREE MONTHS ENDED JANUARY 31, 1997 AND 1998

                 (In thousands, except share and per share data)

   (1)  Basis of Presentation-

        The consolidated financial statements reflect all adjustments
        (consisting only of normally recurring accruals) which are, in the
        opinion of management, necessary for a fair presentation of the
        results for the interim periods presented.  These financial
        statements should be read in conjunction with the Company's audited
        financial statements for each of the three years ended October 31,
        1997.

   (2)  Pro Forma Balance Sheet-

        The pro forma balance sheet reflects various equity transactions that
        occurred subsequent to October 31, 1997 or will occur concurrently
        with the initial public offering.  Specifically, the pro forma
        balance sheet reflects (i) the conversion of the Company's Class B
        Cumulative Redeemable Preferred Stock into common stock of the
        Company; (ii) the termination of certain management common stock
        "put" rights; and (iii) the reclassification of all common stock of
        the Company into Common Stock.

   (3)  Earnings Per Share of Common Stock-

        In February 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued
        SFAS No. 128, "Earnings Per Share" ("SFAS 128").  The Company adopted
        SFAS 128 for the three month period ended January 31, 1998.  All
        earnings per share computations have been applied retroactively to
        all periods to conform with the provisions of SFAS 128.

        The following reconciles the numerators and denominators of the basic
        and diluted net income per share computations:

                                             Three Months Ended January 31,
                                                 1997           1998
   Basic
    Net income before dividends on
      preferred stock                               $915          $1,240
    Less: Class B and D preferred stock
      dividends                                     (354)           (364)
                                               ---------       ---------
    Net income applicable to common
      shareholders                                  $561            $876
                                               =========       =========
    Weighted average shares of common
      stock outstanding                        3,015,360       2,713,173
                                               ---------       ---------
    Basic net income per share of common
      stock                                        $0.19           $0.32
                                               =========       =========
   Diluted
    Net income before dividends on
      preferred stock                               $915          $1,240
    Less:  Class B and D preferred stock
             dividends                              (354)           (364)
    Plus:  Class B preferred stock
             dividends(a)                            280             280
                                               ---------       ---------
      Net income applicable to common
       shareholders                                 $841          $1,156
                                               =========       =========
   Diluted
    Weighted average shares of common stock
      outstanding                              3,015,360       2,713,173
    Incremental common shares applicable to
      common stock options                       230,714         488,351
    Incremental common shares applicable to
      Class B convertible preferred stock      5,600,000       5,600,000
                                               ---------       ---------
      Average common shares, adjusted          8,846,074       8,801,524
                                               ---------       ---------
      Diluted net income per share of
       common stock                                $0.10           $0.13
                                                   =====           =====


   (a) Class B preferred stock is a common stock equivalent.  The dividends
       are added back to net income as these dividends would be available to
       common shareholders assuming the conversion of Class B preferred
       stock in all periods when the common stock equivalents are dilutive.

   (4) Inventories-

       Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market, using the
       first-in, first-out (FIFO) method.  Inventory cost includes material,
       labor and overhead.

       Inventories at October 31, 1997, and January 31, 1998 consisted of
       the following:


                                          1997               1998
          Raw materials                 $4,875             $4,904
          Work in process                2,551              3,763
          Finished goods                 1,419              1,991
                                        ------            -------
                                        $8,845            $10,658
                                        ======            =======

   (5) Contingency-

       On July 1, 1992, Eaton-Kenway entered into a contract ("Fed
       Contract") with the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco ("SF Fed")
       relating to the installation of a material handling system.  On
       February 13, 1995, the Company assumed the Fed Contract in the Eaton-
       Kenway Acquisition.  On April 7, 1995, the SF Fed filed a lawsuit
       ("Fed Suit") in the United States District Court for the Northern
       District of California against the Company, Eaton-Kenway and Eaton
       alleging, among other things, a failure to install a properly
       operating material handling system for two existing SF Fed bank
       vaults in breach of the Fed Contract.  The SF Fed purported to seek
       not less than $3.55 million as restitution for the consideration it
       paid under the Fed Contract, not less than $6.4 million for
       incidental and consequential damages and not less than $46.7 million
       to cover the costs of constructing two new bank vaults.  In 1995, the
       court granted partial summary judgment on the issue of liability in
       favor of the SF Fed and against the Company and the other defendants
       on two counts of the SF Fed's complaint for breach of contract and
       rescission and restitution.  On January 30, 1998, the court granted
       partial summary judgment in favor of the Company and the other
       defendants, holding that the SF Fed cannot recover the cost of
       constructing two new vaults or litigation expenses.  However, the SF
       Fed may continue to seek damages in excess of $10 million against the
       Company based on claims that have not been dismissed.  The court's
       orders granting partial summary judgment are subject to appeal after
       the entry of final judgment in the action, and there can be no
       assurance that the results of any appeal would be favorable to the
       Company.  It is anticipated that a jury trial on the remaining damage
       issues on the contract claim against the Company and Eaton-Kenway, if
       not all the remaining claims against all the parties, will be held in
       1998.  While the Company believes it has meritorious defenses in the
       Fed Suit, the Fed Suit could have a material adverse effect on the
       Company's business, results of operations and financial condition.

   (6) Employee Stock Ownership Plan-

       Effective November 1, 1997, the Company adopted an employee stock
       ownership plan (the "ESOP"), in which substantially all of the
       employees of the Company participate.  On December 15, 1997, the
       Company repurchased 420,000 shares of common stock of the Company
       (the "Treasury Stock") from a former employee to liquidate his
       interest after the employee exercised contractual "put" rights.  The
       Company also borrowed $6.0 million from its bank lenders and loaned
       that amount to the ESOP to purchase 366,412 shares of the Company on
       January 9, 1998.  In January 1998, shares with a value of $1.2
       million were allocated to the accounts of ESOP participants, of which
       $0.6 million pertained to Treasury Stock and $0.6 million pertained
       to unallocated ESOP shares.

       Compensation expense related to the allocation of shares with a value
       of $1.2 million to the accounts of ESOP participants was recognized
       in the October 31, 1997 financial statements.

   <PAGE>

                        HK SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

              UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                      (In thousands, except per share data)

       Set forth below is certain unaudited summary pro forma consolidated
   financial data for the period ended and as of the dates indicated.  The
   summary pro forma consolidated statement of income data for the year ended
   October 31, 1997 and the three months ended January 31, 1997 and 1998 
   reflects the effects on the historical results of operations of the Company
   of the following transactions as if these transactions had occurred on 
   November 1, 1996:  (i) the Recapitalization; (ii) the ESOP Transactions; 
   and (iii) the Offering and the application of the proceeds to the Company 
   from the Offering to repay certain indebtedness and to pay accrued dividends
   on and redeem preferred stock.  The summary pro forma consolidated balance 
   sheet data as of January 31, 1998 reflects the effects of the
   Recapitalization and the Offering transactions as if they had occurred on
   January 31, 1998.  The summary pro forma consolidated financial data does
   not purport to represent what the Company's results of operations would
   actually have been if such transactions in fact occurred as of such dates
   or results that may be attained in the future.

                                          Year ended October 31, 1997
   Pro Forma Statement of Income                         
       Data:                        Historical     Adjustments    Pro Forma

   Net revenues  . . . . . . . .   $ 246,150     $    -          $ 246,150
   Gross profit  . . . . . . . .      52,504          -             52,504
   Selling, general &
       administrative expenses        31,724          -             31,724
   Amortization of goodwill  . .       3,979          -              3,979
       Income from operations  .      16,801          -             16,801
   Interest expense  . . . . . .       5,570      (3,083) (a)        3,353
                                                     866  (b)
   Income before income taxes  .      11,311       2,217            13,528
   Provision for income taxes  .       4,051         798  (c)        4,849
       Net income before
          dividends on preferred
          stock  . . . . . . . .       7,260       1,419             8,679
   Dividends on preferred stock        1,419      (1,419) (d)            -
       Net income applicable to
          common shareholders  .       5,841       2,838             8,679
       Basic net income per share
          of common stock  . . .        1.94                          1.34
       Diluted net income per               
          share of common stock         0.77                          0.69



   <TABLE>
   <CAPTION>
                                                        Three months ended January 31,                        

                                                 1997                                    1998                 
                                 Historical   Adjustments   Pro Forma    Historical   Adjustments   Pro Forma

    <S>                            <C>         <C>           <C>           <C>      <C>              <C>
    Pro Forma Statement of
        Income Data:                                                              
    Net revenues  . . . . . .      $66,721     $             $66,721       $48,490  $        -       $48,490
    Gross profit  . . . . . .       12,689                    12,689        11,365           -        11,365
    Selling, general &
        administrative
        expenses  . . . . . .        7,137                     7,137         7,685           -         7,685
    Amortization of goodwill         2,701                     2,701           427           -           427
        Income from
           operations . . . .        2,851                     2,851         3,253           -         3,253
    Interest expense  . . . .        1,365        (771)(a)       811         1,315        (771)(a)       761
                                                   217 (b)                                 217 (b)
    Income before income taxes       1,426         554         1,980         1,938         554         2,492
    Provision for income taxes         511         199 (c)       710           698         199 (c)       897
        Net income before
           dividends on
           preferred stock  .          915         355         1,270         1,240         355         1,595
    Dividends on preferred
        stock   . . . . . . .          354        (354)(d)         -           364        (364)(d)         -
        Net income applicable
        to common
        shareholders  . . . .          561         709         1,270           876         735         1,595
        Basic net income per
           share of common
           stock  . . . . . .         0.19                      0.20          0.32                      0.26
        Diluted net income
           per share of common
           stock  . . . . . .         0.10                      0.10          0.13                      0.13
   </TABLE>

   <PAGE>

                                            As of January 31, 1998

   Pro Forma Balance Sheet Data:    Historical     Adjustments  Pro Forma

   Total assets  . . . . . . . . .   $139,546           -        $139,546
   Accrued liabilities . . . . . .      9,330        (673)(g)       8,657
   Total current liabilities . . .     56,389        (673)         55,716
   Other liability . . . . . . . .      3,499           -           3,499
   Long-term debt  . . . . . . . .     68,170      (8,000)(a)      28,892
                                                  (31,278)(a)
   Mandatory redeemable preferred 
       stock   . . . . . . . . . .     18,348     (14,000)(f)           -
                                                   (4,348)(g)
   Common stock with put rights  .        633        (633)(f)           -
   Common stock  . . . . . . . . .          -      121 (e)(f)         121
   Additional paid-in capital  . .          -      44,264 (e)      58,811
                                                   14,547 (f)
   Treasury stock  . . . . . . . .     (5,858)          -          (5,858)
   Unearned compensation - ESOP  .     (5,400)          -          (5,400)
   Retained earnings . . . . . . .      3,765           -           3,765
   Total shareholders' equity  . .     (7,493)     60,383          51,439
   Total liabilities and          
       shareholders' equity  . . .    139,546           -         139,546

   (a) In connection with the Offering and repayment of certain
       indebtedness, the Company would have incurred a reduction in interest
       expense on the following:

                                    October 31,    January 31,  January 31,
                                        1997          1998          1997
   (1) $8,000 subordinated
       promissory note due to
       Western Atlas; interest
       rate at 10 percent             $    (800)    $    (200)    $    (200)
   (2) $31,278 outstanding on
       revolving credit facility;
       average interest rate of
       7.3 percent                       (2,283)         (571)         (571)
                                      ---------     ---------     ---------
                                      $  (3,083)    $    (771)    $    (771)
                                      =========     =========     =========


   (b) In connection with the ESOP Transactions, the Company incurred
       additional indebtedness under its revolving credit facility as
       follows:  (i) the Company borrowed $6,458 ($600 of which was repaid
       in January 1998) to repurchase 420,000 shares of common stock of the
       Company and (ii) the Company borrowed $6,000 from its bank lenders
       under a term loan and loaned that amount to the ESOP.  Additional
       interest expense related to the above is as follows:

                                 October 31,    January 31,   January 31,
                                     1997           1998         1997
   (1) $6,000 term note due in
       December 2002; average
       interest rate of 7.3
       percent:                    $     438      $     110   $     110
   (2) $5,858 draw on
       revolving credit
       facility; average
       interest rate of 7.3
       percent:                          428            107         107
                                     -------        -------      ------
                                  $      866     $      217   $     217
                                     =======        =======      ======

   (c) Adjusts income taxes to reflect the above pro forma adjustments
       utilizing a combined federal and state rate of 36 percent.

   (d) Represents the reduction in dividends paid on the following:

                                October 31,    January 31,    January 31,
                                   1997           1998           1997
   (1) Class B Preferred
       Stock; dividends         $   (1,120)       $   (280)    $    (280)
       accrue at a rate of
       8.0 percent:
   (2) Class D Preferred                  
       Stock; dividends                   
       accrue at a rate of                
       8.0 percent:                   (299)            (84)          (74)
                                   -------         -------       -------
                                $   (1,419)       $   (364)    $    (354)
                                   =======         =======       =======

   (e) Represents amount of net proceeds associated with the sale of
       3,460,000 shares of Common Stock with a par value of $0.01 offered by
       the Company.

   (f) Represents (i) the conversion of 5,600,000 shares of Class B
       Preferred Stock with a stated amount of $14,000 to 5,600,000 shares
       of Common Stock at a par value of $0.01 per share and (ii) the
       termination of certain management common stock "put" rights with a
       stated amount of $633 to 3,015,360 shares of Common Stock at a par
       value of $0.01 per share.

   (g) Represents the amount of net proceeds used to pay accrued dividends
       of $673 and redeem shares of Class D Preferred Stock of $4,348.

   <PAGE>

   (BACK COVER)

                             SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT

   IN TODAY'S BUSINESS WORLD, COMPANIES CAN RESPOND TO INCREASING CUSTOMER
   DEMANDS FOR FASTER, MORE EFFICIENT AND CUSTOMIZED PRODUCT DELIVERY THROUGH
   SUPPLY CHAIN PRACTICES THAT INCLUDE DEMAND-PULL MANUFACTURING SYSTEMS AS
   WELL AS THIRD-PARTY DISTRIBUTION, MIXED-LOAD SHIPMENTS AND MORE FREQUENT,
   SMALLER QUANTITY DELIVERIES.

   AS COMPETITION IN MANY INDUSTRIES MAKES IT INCREASINGLY DIFFICULT TO
   ACHIEVE REVENUE GROWTH, BUSINESSES ARE FOCUSING MORE ON REDUCING SUPPLY
   CHAIN COSTS AS A MEANS OF INCREASING PROFITS.  COMPANIES ARE INCREASINGLY
   FINDING THAT, THROUGH THE IMPLEMENTATION OF AUTOMATED MATERIAL HANDLING
   AND SUPPLY CHAIN SOFTWARE SYSTEMS AND OUTSOURCING OF SYSTEM MAINTENANCE,
   THEY CAN ACHIEVE IMPROVEMENTS IN THROUGH-PUT, REDUCE INVENTORY AND
   MANPOWER LEVELS, AND RATIONALIZE SUPPLIER RELATIONSHIPS.

   OUR EXPERIENCE SERVING DIVERSIFIED INDUSTRIES POSITIONS HK SYSTEMS TO
   DESIGN AND IMPLEMENT SUPPLY CHAIN SOLUTIONS THAT INCLUDE EQUIPMENT
   INTEGRATION, OUTSOURCING AND SOFTWARE FOR COMPLEX SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT
   NEEDS.

   <PAGE>

       No person is authorized in connection with any offering made
   hereby to give any information or to make any representation other
   than as contained in this Prospectus, and, if given or made, such
   information or representation must not be relied upon as having
   been authorized by the Company or by any U.S. Underwriter.  This
   Prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation
   of an offer to buy any security other than shares of Common Stock
   offered hereby, nor does it constitute an offer to sell or a
   solicitation of an offer to buy any of the securities offered
   hereby to any persons in any jurisdiction in which it is unlawful
   to make such an offer or solicitation to such person.  Neither the
   delivery of this Prospectus nor any sale made hereunder shall
   under any circumstance create any implication that the information
   herein is correct as of any date subsequent to the date hereof.


                      ______________________________

                            TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                  Page

   Prospectus Summary  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      
   Risk Factors  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      
   Dividend Policy   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      
   Use of Proceeds   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
   Capitalization  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      
   Dilution  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
   Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data . . . . . . . .    
   Summary Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data . . . . . . . . .    
   Management's Discussion and Analysis of Results of
     Operations and Financial Condition  . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
   Business  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
   Management  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
   Certain Transactions; Relationships with
     Selling Shareholders; Compensation Committee
     Interlocks and Insider Participation  . . . . . . . . . . . .    
   Principal and Selling Shareholders  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
   Description of Capital Stock  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
   Shares Eligible for Future Sale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
   Certain United States Federal Tax Considerations for
     Non-U.S. Holders of Common Stock  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
   Underwriting  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
   Legal Matters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
   Experts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
   Available Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
   Index to Consolidated Financial
     Statements  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   F-1  

                      ______________________________

      Until               , 1998 (25 days after the date of this
   Prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in the Common
   Stock, whether or not participating in this distribution, may be
   required to deliver a Prospectus.  This delivery requirement is in
   addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a Prospectus when
   acting as U.S. Underwriters and with respect to their unsold
   allotments or subscriptions.


      
                             5,400,000 Shares
       
                                  [Logo]

                             HK SYSTEMS, INC.

                               Common Stock







                        _________________________
                                PROSPECTUS

                                         , 1998
                        _________________________








                             Lehman Brothers

                          Robert W. Baird & Co.
          
                             INCORPORATED        

                               Furman Selz


   <PAGE>


   INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT.  A
   REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH
   THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.  THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD
   NOR MAY OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION
   STATEMENT BECOMES EFFECTIVE.  THIS PROSPECTUS SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN
   OFFER TO SELL OR THE SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE
   ANY SALE OF THESE SECURITIES IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER,
   SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR TO REGISTRATION OR
   QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE.

   Alternate Page for
   International Prospectus
      
                  SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED FEBRUARY 27, 1998

                                5,400,000 Shares       

                             [HK Systems, Inc. Logo]

                                  Common Stock
                           __________________________
      
      Of the 5,400,000 shares of Common Stock offered hereby, 3,600,000 are
   being sold by the Company and 1,800,000 are being sold by Selling
   Shareholders.  See "Principal and Selling Shareholders."  The Company will
   not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of Common Stock by the
   Selling Shareholders.  Of the shares of Common Stock offered, 1,080,000
   shares are being offered initially outside the United States and Canada by
   the International Managers (the "International Offering"), and 4,320,000
   shares are being offered initially in the United States and Canada by the
   U.S. Underwriters (the "U.S. Offering" and, together with the
   International Offering, the "Offering").  The initial public offering
   price and underwriting discounts and commissions will be identical for
   both offerings.  See "Underwriting."         
      
      Prior to the Offering, there has been no public market for the Common
   Stock.  It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price
   will be between $13.00 and $15.00 per share.  See "Underwriting" for a
   list of the factors to be considered in determining the initial public
   offering price.  Application has been made to list the Common Stock on the
   New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "HKS."       

                           __________________________
      
   See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 7 for a discussion of certain factors
   that should be considered by prospective purchasers of the Common Stock
   offered hereby.       

                          ____________________________

   THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES 
   AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION, 
   NOR HAS THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE
   SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR
   ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS.  ANY REPRESENTATION
   TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.


                                                             Proceeds to
                                Underwriting   Proceeds to     Selling 
                   Price to     Discounts and   Company(2)   Shareholders
                    Public     Commissions(1)

    Per Share .
    Total(3)  .

   (1)  The Company and the Selling Shareholders have agreed to indemnify the
        U.S. Underwriters and International Managers (together, the
        "Underwriters") against certain liabilities, including liabilities
        under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.  See "Underwriting."
      
   (2)  Before deducting expenses of the Offering payable by the Company,
        estimated at $750,000.
   (3)  The Selling Shareholders and the Company have granted the
        International Managers a 30-day option to purchase up to 162,000
        additional shares of Common Stock on the same terms and conditions as
        set forth above, solely to cover over-allotments, if any.  Such
        Selling Shareholders and the Company have granted the U.S.
        Underwriters a similar option to purchase up to 648,000 additional
        shares of Common Stock to cover over-allotments, if any.  If such
        options are exercised in full, the total Price to Public,
        Underwriting Discounts and Commissions, Proceeds to Company and
        Proceeds to Selling Shareholders will be $                , $         
              , $           and $          , respectively.  The Company will
        not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of Common Stock by the
        Selling Shareholders.  See "Underwriting" and "Principal and Selling
        Shareholders."       

                           __________________________
      
      The Common Stock offered by this Prospectus is offered by the U.S.
   Underwriters subject to prior sale, to withdrawal, cancellation or
   modification of the offer without notice, to delivery to and acceptance by
   the U.S. Underwriters and to certain further conditions.  It is expected
   that delivery of certificates representing the shares of Common Stock will
   be made at the offices of Lehman Brothers Inc., New York, New York, on or
   about           , 1998.       
                          ____________________________

   Lehman Brothers

                              Robert W. Baird & Co.
                                    incorporated                  Furman Selz

                                                                       , 1998

   <PAGE>

   Alternate Page for International Prospectus

      No person is authorized in connection with any offering made
   hereby to give any information or to make any representation other
   than as contained in this Prospectus, and, if given or made, such
   information or representation must not be relied upon as having
   been authorized by the Company or by any International Manager. 
   This Prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a
   solicitation of an offer to buy any security other than shares of
   Common Stock offered hereby, nor does it constitute an offer to
   sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any of the securities
   offered hereby to any persons in any jurisdiction in which it is
   unlawful to make such an offer or solicitation to such person. 
   Neither the delivery of this Prospectus nor any sale made
   hereunder shall under any circumstance create any implication that
   the information herein is correct as of any date subsequent to the
   date hereof.

                      ______________________________

                            TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                  Page

   Prospectus Summary  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      
   Risk Factors  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      
   Dividend Policy   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      
   Use of Proceeds   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
   Capitalization  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      
   Dilution  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
   Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data . . . . . . . .    
   Summary Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data . . . . . . . . .    
   Management's Discussion and Analysis of Results of
     Operations and Financial Condition  . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
   Business  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
   Management  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
   Certain Transactions; Relationships with
     Selling Shareholders; Compensation Committee 
     Interlocks and Insider Participation  . . . . . . . . . . . .    
   Principal and Selling Shareholders  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
   Description of Capital Stock  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
   Shares Eligible for Future Sale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
   Certain United States Federal Tax Considerations for
     Non-U.S. Holders of Common Stock  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
   Underwriting  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
   Legal Matters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
   Experts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
   Available Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
   Index to Consolidated Financial
     Statements  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   F-1  
                      ______________________________

      Until        , 1998 (25 days after the date of this
   Prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in the Common
   Stock, whether or not participating in this distribution, may be
   required to deliver a Prospectus.  This delivery requirement is in
   addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a Prospectus when
   acting as International Managers and with respect to their unsold
   allotments or subscriptions.


      
                             5,400,000 Shares
       
                                  [Logo]

                             HK SYSTEMS, INC.

                               Common Stock







                        _________________________
                                PROSPECTUS

                                         , 1998
                        _________________________








                             Lehman Brothers

                          Robert W. Baird & Co.
                               INCORPORATED

                               Furman Selz



   <PAGE>

                                     PART II

                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

   Item 13.  Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.


    Securities and Exchange Commission     
       filing fee . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $   33,925
    NASD fee  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         12,000
    NYSE listing fee  . . . . . . . . . . .         91,000
    Blue sky fees and expenses  . . . . . .          4,000
    Transfer agent expenses and fees  . . .          6,000
    Printing and engraving  . . . . . . . .        150,000
    Accountants' fees and expenses  . . . .        150,000
    Legal fees and expenses . . . . . . . .        275,000
    Miscellaneous . . . . . . . . . . . . .         28,075
                                                  --------
              Total . . . . . . . . . . . .      $ 750,000
                                                  ========

   __________________________

      All of the above fees, costs and expenses above will be paid by the
   Company.  Other than the SEC filing fee, all fees and expenses are
   estimated.

   Item 14.  Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

        Pursuant to the WBCL and the Company's By-Laws, directors and
   officers of the Company are entitled to mandatory indemnification from the
   Company against certain liabilities and expenses (i) to the extent such
   officers or directors are successful in the defense of a proceeding and
   (ii) in proceedings in which the director or officer is not successful in
   defense thereof, unless (in the latter case only) it is determined that
   the director or officer breached or failed to perform his duties to the
   Company and such breach or failure constituted:  (a) a willful failure to
   deal fairly with the Company or its Shareholders in connection with a
   matter in which the director or officer had a material conflict of
   interest; (b) a violation of criminal law unless the director or officer
   had reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was lawful or had no
   reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful; (c) a
   transaction from which the director or officer derived an improper
   personal profit; or (d) willful misconduct.  The WBCL specifically states
   that it is public policy of Wisconsin to require or permit
   indemnification, allowance of expenses and insurance in connection with a
   proceeding involving securities regulation, as described therein, to the
   extent required or permitted as described above.  Additionally, under the
   WBCL, directors of the Company are not subject to personal liability to
   the Company, its Shareholders or any person asserting rights on behalf
   thereof for certain breaches or failures to perform any duty resulting
   solely from their status as directors, except in circumstances paralleling
   those in subparagraphs (a) through (d) outlined above.

        The Company also maintains director and officer liability insurance
   against certain claims and liabilities that may be made against the
   Company's former, current or future directors or officers.

        The indemnification provided by the WBCL and the Company's Amended
   and Restated By-Laws is not exclusive of any other rights to which a
   director or officer may be entitled.  The general effect of the foregoing
   provisions may be to reduce the circumstances under which an officer or
   director may be required to beach the economic burden of the foregoing
   liabilities and expense.

   Item 15.  Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.
      
        On February 13, 1995, in connection with the Eaton-Kenway Acquisition
   (and as adjusted for the 100-for-one stock split which occurred on
   September 18, 1996), the Company issued and sold (a) 1,100,000 Class A
   Common shares to John W. Splude and 300,000 Class A Common shares each to
   Glen P. Davis, John C. Hines and Gordon W. Jones for an aggregate of
   $160,000; (b) 153,800 Class C Common shares to MIVC for $12,304; and (c)
   1,200,000 shares of Class B Preferred Stock to MIVC and 2,800,000 shares
   of Class B Preferred Stock to SWIB for an aggregate of $4,000,000.  No
   underwriters were engaged in connection with the foregoing sales.  On
   November 15, 1996, in connection with the Western Atlas Acquisition, the
   Company issued the Warrant to Western Atlas.  The issuance of (i)
   securities in connection with the Eaton-Kenway Acquisition and (ii) the
   Warrant were exempt from registration under the Securities Act pursuant to
   Section 4(2) as transactions not involving any public offering.       

        Other than as set forth in the preceding paragraphs, the Company has
   not sold any securities within the past three years.

   Item 16.  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

         (a) Exhibits.  The exhibits filed herewith are as specified on the
             Exhibit Index included herein.

         (b) Financial Statement Schedules.  All schedules are omitted
             because the required information is not present or is not
             present in amounts sufficient to require submission of a
             schedule or because the information required is included in the
             consolidated financial statements of the Registrant or notes
             thereto or the schedule is not required or inapplicable under
             the related instructions.

   Item 17.  Undertakings.

           The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the
   underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement
   certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as
   required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

           Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the
   Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and
   controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing
   provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the
   opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is
   against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore,
   unenforceable.  In the event that a claim for indemnification against such
   liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred
   or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in
   the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by
   such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the
   securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of
   its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit
   to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such
   indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and
   will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

           The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

           (1)    For purposes of determining any liability under the
   Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of
   prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon
   Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant
   pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall
   be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was
   declared effective.

           (2)    For the purpose of determining any liability under the
   Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form
   of prospectus shall be deemed a new registration statement relating to the
   securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that
   time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

   <PAGE>

                                   SIGNATURES
      
             Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as
   amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Amendment to the Registration
   Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly
   authorized, in the City of Milwaukee, and State of Wisconsin, on this 27th
   day of February, 1998.       

                                      HK SYSTEMS, INC.


                                      By:  /s/ John W. Splude          
                                           John W. Splude
                                           Chairman, President and Chief
                                              Executive Officer
      
             Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as
   amended, this Amendment to the Registration Statement has been signed
   below as of February 27th, 1998 by the following persons in the capacities
   indicated.
                 Signature                           Title


    /s/ John W. Splude                  Chairman, President, Chief
    John W. Splude                      Executive Officer and Director
                                        (Principal Executive Officer)

    /s/ Glen P. Davis*                  Executive Vice President-
    Glen P. Davis                       Integration Services and
                                        Director


    /s/ John C. Hines*                  Senior Vice President and Chief
    John C. Hines                       Financial Officer (Principal
                                        Financial and Accounting
                                        Officer)


    /s/ John Byrnes*                    Director
    John Byrnes


    /s/ David Upton*                    Director
    David Upton


    /s/ Jose Yglesias*                  Director
    Jose Yglesias

    *By:    /s/ John W. Splude  
            Attorney-in-Fact
       

   <PAGE>


                                  EXHIBIT INDEX

                                                                   Sequential
   Exhibit                                                            Page   
   Number                      Exhibit Description                   Number  

      
   1.1       Form of U. S. Underwriting Agreement.*

   1.2       Form of International Underwriting Agreement.*

   3.1       Proposed form of Amended and Restated Articles of
             Incorporation of the Company.

   3.2       Proposed form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the
             Company.

   4.2       See Exhibits 3.1 and 3.2 for provisions of the Amended
             and Restated Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws of
             the Company defining the rights of the holders of
             Common Stock.

   4.3       Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as
             of November 15, 1996 by and among the Company, Harris
             Trust and Savings Bank, individually and as agent, and
             the lenders that are a party thereto.*

   4.4       Warrant, dated as of November 15, 1996, issued to
             Western Atlas by the Company.*

   4.5       First Amendment to the Third Amended and Restated
             Credit Agreement dated as of December 15, 1997 by and
             among the Company, Harris Trust and Savings Bank,
             individually and as agent, and the lenders that are a
             party thereto.

   4.6       Second Amendment to the Third Amended and Restated
             Credit Agreement dated as of January 9, 1998 by and
             among the Company, Harris Trust and Savings Bank,
             individually and as agent, and the lenders that are a
             party thereto.

   5.1       Opinion of Foley & Lardner regarding the legality of
             securities being offered.

   10.1      Employment and Noncompetition Agreement, dated as of
             October 28, 1993 and as amended October 31, 1996 and
             February 19, 1998, by and between the Company and John
             W. Splude.

   10.2      Employment and Noncompetition Agreement, dated as of
             October 28, 1993 and as amended October 31, 1996 and
             February 19, 1998, by and between the Company and Glen
             P. Davis.

   10.3      Employment and Noncompetition Agreement, dated as of
             July 1, 1997, by and between the Company and David W.
             Bartley.

   10.4      HK Systems, Inc. 1997 Stock Plan for Outside
             Directors.

   10.5      HK Systems, Inc. 1993 Executive Stock Option Plan.*

   10.6      Proposed form of Registration Rights Agreement by and
             among the Company, MIVC, SWIB, John W. Splude, Glen P.
             Davis and John C. Hines.

   10.7      Lease Agreement, dated as of January 16, 1995 and as
             amended April 17, 1996, by and between James
             Luterbach, as lessor, and the Company, as lessee.*

   10.8      Lease Agreement, dated as of February 13, 1995 and as
             amended January 5, 1996, by and between Eaton
             Properties Corporation and Eaton Utah Corporation
             (collectively, the lessor), and the Company, as
             lessee.*

   10.9      Lease Agreement, dated as of November 15, 1996, by and
             between Western Atlas, Inc., as lessor, and the
             Company, as lessee.*

   10.10     Employment and Noncompetition Agreement, dated as of
             October 28, 1993 and as amended October 31, 1996 and
             February 19, 1998, by and between the Company and John
             C. Hines.

   10.11     Employment and Noncompetition Agreement, dated as of July 1,
             1997, by and between the Company and Stephen S. Sadowski.

   10.12     Employment and Noncompetition Agreement, dated as of
             July 1, 1997, by and between the Company and Larry S.
             Cinpinski.

   10.13     Amendment to the HK Systems, Inc. 1993 Executive Stock
             Option Plan.

   23.1      Consent of Independent Public Accountants.

   23.2      Consent of Foley & Lardner (included in Exhibit 5.1).

   24.1      Power of Attorney (included on the signature page to
             the Registration Statement).

   27.1      Financial Data Schedule.


   __________________
   *       Previously filed.
       



                                                          EXHIBIT 3.1



                 AMENDED AND RESTATED ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

                                       OF

                                HK SYSTEMS, INC.
                              _____________________

                                    ARTICLE 1

                                      NAME

        The name of this Corporation is HK Systems, Inc.

                                    ARTICLE 2

                                     PURPOSE

        The purposes for which the Corporation is organized are to engage in
   any lawful activity within the purposes for which a Corporation may be
   organized under the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law, Chapter 180 of the
   Wisconsin Statutes.

                                    ARTICLE 3

                                CLASSES OF STOCK

        The total number of shares of all classes of capital stock which the
   Corporation shall have the authority to issue is fifty million
   (50,000,000) shares which shall be divided into two classes as follows:

        (1)  Ten million (10,000,000) shares of preferred stock, one cent
             ($.01) par value (the "Preferred Stock"); and

        (2)  Forty million (40,000,000) shares of common stock, one cent
             ($.01) par value (the "Common Stock").

                                    ARTICLE 4

                                 RIGHTS OF STOCK

        A statement of the voting powers and of the designations, preferences
   and relative participating, optional or other special rights, and the
   qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, of each class of
   stock of the Corporation is as follows:

        (1)  In General

             To the fullest extent permitted under the Wisconsin Business
        Corporation Law, the number of authorized shares of any class or
        classes of stock may be increased or decreased without the approval
        of such class or classes as a separate voting group except to the
        extent that, in the resolution or resolutions providing for the
        issuance of a class or series of stock, the Board of Directors
        specifies that approval of the holders of one or more classes or
        series of stock shall be required to increase or decrease the number
        of authorized shares of such one or more classes or series of stock. 
        Subject to the terms of any resolution or resolutions providing for
        the issuance of a class or series of stock (insofar as such
        resolution or resolution relates to the rights of such class or
        series), the ability of shareholders to demand a special meeting of
        shareholders is restricted to the fullest extent permitted by the
        Wisconsin Business Corporation Law, and the Board of Directors of the
        Corporation has the authority to take any action necessary or
        appropriate to carry out the intent of this sentence, including
        without limitation adopting any Bylaw.

        (2)  Preferred Stock

             The Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or
        more series, with such distinguishing designations as may be stated
        or expressed in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issue
        of such stock adopted from time to time by the Board of Directors;
        and in such resolution or resolutions providing for the issue of
        shares of each particular series, the Board of Directors is also
        expressly authorized, to the fullest extent permitted under the
        Wisconsin Business Corporation Law, to fix and amend:  the number of
        shares constituting such series; the rate of dividends upon which and
        the times at which dividends on shares of such series shall be
        payable and the preference, if any, which such dividends shall have
        relative to dividends on shares of any other class or classes or any
        other series of stock of the Corporation; whether such dividends
        shall be cumulative or noncumulative, and if cumulative, the date or
        dates from which dividends on shares of such series shall be
        cumulative; the voting rights, if any, to be provided for shares of
        such series; the rights, if any, which the holders of shares of such
        series shall have in the event of any voluntary or involuntary
        liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the
        Corporation; the rights, if any, which the holders of shares of such
        series shall have to convert such shares into or exchange such shares
        for shares of any other class or classes or any other series of stock
        of the Corporation and the terms and conditions, including price and
        rate of exchange, of such conversion or exchange; the redemption
        price or prices and other terms of redemption, if any, for shares of
        such series; and any and all other preferences and relative,
        participating, optional or other special rights and qualifications,
        limitations or restrictions thereof pertaining to shares of such
        series.

        (3)  Common Stock

             Subject to preferences and rights to which holders of stock
        other than the Common Stock may have become entitled by resolution or
        resolutions of the Board of Directors as hereinbefore provided:

             A.   The holders of the Common Stock shall be entitled to such
        dividends (payable in cash, stock or otherwise) upon the Common Stock
        as may be declared from time to time by the Board of Directors and
        paid out of funds legally available therefor.

             B.   In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up
        of the affairs of the Corporation, the holders of the Common Stock
        shall be entitled to share ratably in all assets available for
        distribution to the shareholders.

             C.   The holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote
        for each of the shares held by them of record at the time for
        determining holders thereof entitled to vote.

                                    ARTICLE 5

                     MATTERS RELATING TO BOARD OF DIRECTORS

        (1)  Power of the Board of Directors.  The business and affairs of
   the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of its Board of
   Directors.  In furtherance, and not in limitation, of the powers conferred
   by the laws of the State of Wisconsin, the Board of Directors is expressly
   authorized:

             A.   to make, alter, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the
        Corporation; provided, however, that no Bylaws hereafter adopted
        shall invalidate any prior act of the Directors that would have been
        valid if such Bylaws had not been adopted;

             B.   to determine the rights, powers, duties, rules and
        procedures that affect the power of the Board of Directors to direct
        the business and affairs of the Corporation, including the power to
        designate and empower committees of the Board of Directors, to elect,
        appoint and empower the officers and other agents of the Corporation,
        and to determine the time and place of, and the notice requirements
        for, Board meetings, as well as quorum and voting requirements
        (except as otherwise provided in these Amended and Restated Articles
        of Incorporation) for, and the manner of taking, Board action; and

             C.   to exercise all such powers and do all such acts as may be
        exercised by the Corporation, subject to the provisions of the laws
        of the State of Wisconsin, these Amended and Restated Articles of
        Incorporation, and any Bylaws of the Corporation.

   Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision in these Amended and
   Restated Articles of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation to the
   contrary, no provision of the Bylaws shall be amended, altered, changed or
   repealed and no provision inconsistent therewith shall be adopted unless
   adopted (i) by the Board of Directors by resolution adopted by a Requisite
   Vote (as hereinafter defined), (ii) by the affirmative vote of the holders
   of record of outstanding shares representing at least eighty percent (80%)
   of the voting power of all of the shares of capital stock of the
   Corporation then entitled to vote generally in the election of Directors,
   voting together as a single class or (iii) if the Board of Directors has
   proposed such amendment, alteration, change or repeal by resolution
   adopted by a Requisite Vote, by the affirmative vote of the holders of
   record of outstanding shares representing at least a majority of the
   voting power of all of the shares of capital stock of the Corporation then
   entitled to vote generally in the election of Directors present and acting
   at a meeting at which a quorum is present, voting together as a single
   class.  As used herein, the term "Requisite Vote" shall mean the
   affirmative vote of at least seventy five percent (75%) of the directors
   then in office, but in no case more than all of the directors then in
   office.

        (2)  Number of Directors.  The number of Directors constituting the
   entire Board of Directors shall be not less than five (5) nor more than
   fifteen (15).  The specific number of Directors constituting the entire
   Board of Directors shall be as authorized from time to time exclusively by
   the Board of Directors by resolution adopted by a Requisite Vote.  As used
   in these Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, the term "entire
   Board of Directors" means the total authorized number of Directors that
   the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies.

        (3)  Classified Board.  The Board of Directors shall be divided into
   three classes, with respect to the time that they severally hold office,
   as nearly equal in number as possible, with the initial term of the first
   class of Directors (as designated by the shareholders of the Corporation
   at the time the shareholders approve these Amended and Restated Articles
   of Incorporation) to expire at the 1999 Annual Meeting of Shareholders,
   the initial term of office of the second class of Directors (as designated
   by the shareholders of the Corporation at the time the shareholders
   approve these Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation) to expire at
   the 2000 Annual Meeting of Shareholders and the initial term of office of
   the third class of Directors (as designated by the shareholders of the
   Corporation at the time the shareholders approve these Amended and
   Restated Articles of Incorporation) to expire at the 2001 Annual Meeting
   of Shareholders.  Directors elected to succeed those Directors whose terms
   have thereupon expired shall be elected for a term of office to expire at
   the third succeeding Annual Meeting of Shareholders after their election,
   and upon the election and qualification of their successors.  A person
   elected as a Director shall be deemed a Director as of the time of such
   election.  In no case will a decrease in the number of Directors shorten
   the term of any incumbent Director.

        (4)  Nominations.  Nominations for the election of Directors and
   advance notice of other action to be taken at meetings of shareholders of
   the Corporation shall be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the
   Corporation.

        (5)  Vacancies.  Subject to the rights of the holders of any series
   of Preferred Stock or any other class of capital stock of the Corporation
   (other than the Common Stock) then outstanding, any vacancies in the Board
   of Directors for any reason and any newly created Directorships resulting
   by reason of any increase in the number of Directors may, if occurring
   prior to the expiration of the term of office of the class in which such
   vacancy or increase occurs, be filled only by the Board of Directors,
   acting by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining Directors
   then in office, although less than a quorum, and any Directors so elected
   shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such
   Directors have been elected and until their successors are elected and
   qualified.

        (6)  Removal of Directors.  Subject to the rights of the holders of
   any series of Preferred Stock or any other class of capital stock of the
   Corporation (other than the Common Stock) then outstanding, any Director,
   or the entire Board of Directors, may be removed from office at any time
   prior to the expiration of his or their term of office, but only for Cause
   (as hereinafter defined) and only by the affirmative vote of the holders
   of record of outstanding shares representing at least eighty percent (80%)
   of the voting power of all of the shares of capital stock of the
   Corporation then entitled to vote generally in the election of Directors,
   voting together as a single class; provided, however, that if the Board of
   Directors by resolution adopted by the Requisite Vote shall have
   recommended removal of a director, then the shareholders may remove such
   director from office without Cause by a majority vote of such outstanding
   shares.  As used herein, "Cause" shall exist only if the director whose
   removal is proposed (i) has been convicted of a felony by a court of
   competent jurisdiction and such conviction is no longer subject to direct
   appeal or (ii) has been adjudged by a court of competent jurisdiction to
   be liable for willful misconduct in the performance of his or her duties
   to the Corporation in a matter that has a material adverse effect on the
   business of the Corporation and such adjudication is no longer subject to
   direct appeal.

        (7)  Acquisition Proposals.  In determining whether an Acquisition
   Proposal (as hereinafter defined) is in the best interests of the
   Corporation and its shareholders, the Board of Directors may give
   consideration to all factors it deems relevant, including, without
   limitation, (a) the amount, nature and terms of the consideration being
   offered in the Acquisition Proposal, not only in relation to the then
   current market price of the Corporation's stock, but also in relation to
   the then current value of the Corporation in a freely-negotiated
   transaction and in relation to the Board of Directors' estimate of the
   future value of the Corporation as an independent entity, (b) the social,
   legal and economic effects upon employees, suppliers and customers of the
   Corporation and on the communities in which the Corporation operates, as
   well as on the long-term business prospects of the Corporation, and
   (c) the effect of indebtedness arising out of consummation of the
   Acquisition Proposal on the ongoing viability and prospects of the
   Corporation.

             In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by
   law or in these Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, the Board
   of Directors (and any committee of the Board of Directors) is expressly
   authorized to take such action or actions as the Board of Directors or
   such committee may determine to be reasonably necessary or desirable in
   connection with any Acquisition Proposal to (i) encourage any person to
   enter into negotiations with the Board of Directors and officers of the
   Corporation with respect to any transaction that may result therefrom or
   (ii) contest or oppose any such Acquisition Proposal that the Board of
   Directors or such committee determines to be unfair, abusive or otherwise
   undesirable with respect to the Corporation and its shareholders or other
   constituencies.  Such action may include, without limitation, the issuance
   or amendment of rights, options, capital stock, notes, debentures or other
   evidences of indebtedness or other securities of the Corporation on such
   terms as the Board of Directors shall determine.

             In connection with an Acquisition Proposal, a Director or
   officer of the Corporation, in determining what he or she believes or
   recommends to be in the best interests of the Corporation, may decide or
   recommend, without limitation, that the Corporation should be sold; that
   the interests of the Corporation may be best served by the continued
   independence of the Corporation; that the Acquisition Proposal should be
   rejected even though there are no contemporaneous offers at a higher
   price; that strategies, rights plans or Bylaws put in place by the
   Corporation to impede the takeover of the Corporation under certain
   circumstances or to prevent abusive takeover tactics likely to affect
   adversely the Corporation or some or all of the Corporation's shareholders
   or other constituencies do not have to be terminated simply to facilitate
   the Acquisition Proposal; that the Corporation should not be put up for
   auction for sale to the highest bidder; that in the event the Corporation
   is put up for auction, the management of the Corporation may be a bidder;
   that in connection with a sale of the Corporation the Corporation may be
   sold to a bidder that does not offer the highest nominal consideration if
   the Board of Directors determines that the interests of the Corporation's
   constituencies other than shareholders would be better served in the
   transaction contemplated by such bidder; or that the Corporation should be
   restructured.

             "Acquisition Proposal" means any proposal of any person (i) for
   a tender offer, exchange offer or any other method of acquiring any equity
   securities of the Corporation with a view toward acquiring control of the
   Corporation, (ii) to merge or consolidate the Corporation with any
   corporation or (iii) to purchase or otherwise acquire all or substantially
   all of the properties and assets of the Corporation.

             This Section (7) shall not be interpreted to create any rights
   on behalf of third persons, such as employees, suppliers or customers.


                                    ARTICLE 6

                          CERTAIN BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

        (1)  Certain Definitions.  For the purposes of this Article 6 and the
   second proviso of Article 7:

             A.   "Business Combination" means:

                  (i)  any merger, consolidation or share exchange of the
             Corporation or any Subsidiary with (a) an Interested Stockholder
             or (b) any other person (whether or not itself an Interested
             Stockholder) which is, or after such merger, consolidation or
             share exchange would be, an Affiliate or Associate or an
             Interested Stockholder; or 

                  (ii) any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer
             or disposition (in one transaction or a series of transactions)
             to or with, or proposed by or on behalf of, an Interested
             Stockholder or an Affiliate or Associate of an Interested
             Stockholder of any assets of the Corporation or any Subsidiary
             having an aggregate Fair Market Value of not less than one
             percent (1%) of the total assets of the Corporation as reported
             in the consolidated balance sheet of the Corporation as of the
             end of the most recent quarter with respect to which such
             balance sheet has been prepared; or

                  (iii)     the issuance or transfer by the Corporation or
             any Subsidiary (in one transaction or a series of transactions)
             of any securities of the Corporation or any Subsidiary to, or
             proposed by or on behalf of, an Interested Stockholder or an
             Affiliate or Associate of an Interested Stockholder in exchange
             for cash, securities or other property (or a combination
             thereof) having an aggregate Fair Market Value of not less than
             one percent (1%) of the total assets of the Corporation as
             reported in the consolidated balance sheet of the Corporation as
             of the end of the most recent quarter with respect to which such
             balance sheet has been prepared; or

                  (iv) the adoption of any plan or proposal for the
             liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation, or any spin-off
             or split-up of any kind of the Corporation or any Subsidiary,
             proposed by or on behalf of an Interested Stockholder or an
             Affiliate or Associate of an Interested Stockholder; or

                  (v)  any reclassification of securities (including any
             reverse stock split), or recapitalization of the Corporation, or
             any merger, consolidation or share exchange of the Corporation
             with any Subsidiary or any other transaction (whether or not
             with or into or otherwise involving an Interested Stockholder)
             which has the effect, directly or indirectly, of increasing the
             percentage of the outstanding shares of (a) any class of equity
             securities of the Corporation or any Subsidiary or (b) any class
             of securities of the Corporation or any Subsidiary, represented
             by securities of such class which are directly or indirectly
             owned by an Interested Stockholder and all of its Affiliates and
             Associates; or

                  (vi) any agreement, contract or other arrangement providing
             for any one or more of the actions specified in clauses (i)
             through (v) of this Section (1)A.

             B.   "Affiliate" or "Associate" have the respective meanings
        ascribed to such terms in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and
        Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
        (the "Exchange Act"), or in any subsequent provisions replacing such
        Rule.

             C.   "Beneficial Owner" has the meaning ascribed to such term in
        Rule 13d-3 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Exchange
        Act, as amended, or in any subsequent provisions replacing such Rule,
        and a person shall "Beneficially Own" and have "Beneficial Ownership"
        of any securities of which such person is the Beneficial Owner.

             D.   "Continuing Director" means:  (i) any member of the Board
        of Directors of the Corporation who (a) is neither the Interested
        Stockholder involved in the Business Combination as to which a vote
        of Continuing Directors is provided hereunder (or, for purposes of
        the second proviso of Article 7, any Interested Stockholder), nor an
        Affiliate, Associate, employee, agent or nominee of such Interested
        Stockholder (taking into account only nominations after the Effective
        Time (as defined in Article 9)), or the relative of any of the
        foregoing, and (b) either was a member of the Board of Directors of
        the Corporation prior to the time that such Interested Stockholder
        became an Interested Stockholder or was a member of the Board of
        Directors of the Corporation at the Effective Time; and (ii) any
        successor of a Continuing Director described in clause (i) who is
        recommended or elected to succeed a Continuing Director by the
        affirmative vote of a majority of Continuing Directors then on the
        Board of Directors of the Corporation.

             E.   "Fair Market Value" means:  (i) in the case of stock, the
        highest last sale price, regular way, during the 30-day period
        immediately preceding the date in question of a share of such stock
        on the New York Stock Exchange, or, if such stock is not listed or
        admitted to trading on the New York Stock Exchange, on the principal
        consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities
        listed on the principal national securities exchange on which such
        stock is listed or admitted to trading, or, if such stock is not
        listed or admitted to trading on any such exchange, the highest last
        quoted price or if not so quoted, the highest average high bid and
        low asked prices in the over-the-counter market, as reported by the
        National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Automated Quotation
        System ("Nasdaq") or such system then in use during the 30-day period
        preceding the date in question, or, if no such quotation is
        available, the fair market value on the date in question of a share
        of such stock as determined by a majority of the Continuing Directors
        in good faith; and (ii) in the case of property other than cash or
        stock, the fair market value of such property on the date in question
        as determined by a majority of the Continuing Directors in good
        faith.

             F.   "Interested Stockholder" means any person (other than the
        Corporation or any Subsidiary, any employee benefit plan maintained
        by the Company or any Subsidiary or any trustee or fiduciary with
        respect to any such plan when acting in such capacity) who or which:

                  (i)  is, or was at any time within the two-year period
             immediately prior to the date in question, the Beneficial Owner
             of five percent (5%) or more of the voting power of the then
             outstanding Voting Stock of the Corporation; or

                  (ii) is an assignee of, or has otherwise succeeded to, any
             shares of Voting Stock of the Corporation of which an Interested
             Stockholder was the Beneficial Owner at any time within the two-
             year period immediately prior to the date in question, if such
             assignment or succession shall have occurred in the course of a
             transaction, or series of transactions, not involving a public
             offering within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as
             amended.

             For the purpose of determining whether a person is an Interested
        Stockholder, the outstanding Voting Stock of the Corporation shall
        include unissued shares of Voting Stock of the Corporation of which
        the Interested Stockholder is the Beneficial Owner but shall not
        include any other shares of Voting Stock of the Corporation that may
        be issuable pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding,
        or upon the exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or
        otherwise, to an person who is not the Interested Stockholder.

             G.   A "person" means any individual, partnership, firm,
        corporation, association, trust, unincorporated organization or other
        entity, as well as any syndicate or group deemed to be a person under
        Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act.

             H.   "Subsidiary" means any corporation of which the Corporation
        owns, directly or indirectly, (i) a majority of the outstanding
        shares of equity securities of such corporation, or (ii) shares
        having a majority of the voting power represented by all of the
        outstanding shares of Voting Stock of such corporation.  For the
        purpose of determining whether a corporation is a Subsidiary, the
        outstanding Voting Stock and shares of equity securities thereof
        shall include unissued shares of which the Corporation is the
        Beneficial Owner but shall not include any other shares of Voting
        Stock of the corporation that may be issuable pursuant to any
        agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon the exercise of
        conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise, to any person
        who is not the Corporation.

             I.   "Voting Stock" means outstanding shares of capital stock of
        the relevant corporation entitled to vote generally in the election
        of directors.

        (2)  Higher Vote for Business Combinations.  In addition to any
   affirmative vote required by law or by these Amended and Restated Articles
   of Incorporation, and except as otherwise expressly provided in
   Section (3) of this Article, any Business Combination shall require the
   affirmative vote of the holders of record of outstanding shares
   representing at least eighty percent (80%) of the voting power of the then
   outstanding shares of the Voting Stock of the Corporation, voting together
   as a single class, voting at a shareholders' meeting and not by consent in
   writing.  Such affirmative vote shall be required notwithstanding the fact
   that no vote may be required, or that a lesser percentage may be
   specified, by law or in any agreement with any national securities
   exchange or otherwise.

        (3)  When Higher Vote Is Not Required.  The provisions of Section (2)
   of this Article shall not be applicable to any particular Business
   Combination, and such Business Combination shall require only such
   affirmative vote, if any, of the shareholders as is required by law and
   any other provision of these Amended and Restated Articles of
   Incorporation, if the conditions specified in either of the following
   paragraphs A and B are met.

             A.   Approval by Continuing Directors.  The Business Combination
        shall have been approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of the
        Continuing Directors, even if the Continuing Directors do not
        constitute a quorum of the entire Board of Directors.

             B.   Form of Consideration, Price and Procedure Requirements. 
        All of the following conditions shall have been met:

                  (i)  With respect to each share of each class of Voting
             Stock of the Corporation (including Common Stock), the holder
             thereof shall be entitled to receive on or before the date of
             the consummation of the Business Combination (the "Consummation
             Date") consideration, in the form specified in
             subsection (3)(B)(ii) hereof, with an aggregate Fair Market
             Value as of the Consummation Date at least equal to the highest
             of the following:

                       (a)  the highest per share price (including any
                  brokerage commissions, transfer taxes and soliciting
                  dealers' fees) paid by the Interested Stockholder to which
                  the Business Combination relates, or by any Affiliate or
                  Associate of such Interested Stockholder, for any shares of
                  such class of Voting Stock acquired by it (1) within the
                  five-year period immediately prior to the first public
                  announcement of the proposal of the Business Combination
                  (the "Announcement Date"), (2) within the five-year period
                  prior to the Consummation Date or (3) within the five-year
                  period prior to, or in, the transaction in which it became
                  in Interested Stockholder, whichever is highest; plus, in
                  any such case, interest compounded annually from the
                  earliest date on which that highest per share acquisition
                  price was paid through the Consummation Date at the rate
                  for one-year United States Treasury obligations from time
                  to time in effect; less the aggregate amount of any cash
                  dividends paid, and the Fair Market Value of any dividends
                  paid other than in cash, per share of such class of Voting
                  Stock since that earliest date, up to the amount of that
                  interest;

                       (b)  the Fair Market Value per share of such class of
                  Voting Stock of the Corporation on the Announcement Date or
                  on the date on which the Interested Stockholder became an
                  Interested Stockholder, whichever is higher; plus interest
                  compounded annually from that date through the Commencement
                  Date at the rate for one-year United States Treasury
                  obligations from time to time in effect; less the aggregate
                  amount of any cash dividends paid, and the Fair Market
                  Value of any dividends paid other than in cash, per share
                  of such class of Voting Stock since that date, up to the
                  amount of that interest; and

                       (c)  the highest preferential amount per share, if
                  any, to which the holders of shares of such class of Voting
                  Stock of the Corporation are entitled in the event of any
                  voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or
                  winding up of the Corporation; plus the aggregate amount of
                  any dividends declared or due as to which those holders are
                  entitled prior to payment of dividends on some other class
                  or series of stock (unless the aggregate amount of those
                  dividends is included in that preferential amount).

                  (ii) The consideration to be received by holders of a
             particular class of outstanding Voting Stock of the Corporation
             (including Common Stock) as described in subsection (3)(B)(i)
             hereof shall be in cash or, if the consideration previously paid
             by or on behalf of the Interested Stockholder in connection with
             its acquisition of beneficially ownership of shares of such
             class of Voting Stock consisted in whole or in part of
             consideration other than cash, then in the same form as such
             consideration.  If such payment for shares of any class of
             Voting Stock of the Corporation has been made in varying forms
             of consideration, then the form of consideration for such class
             of Voting Stock shall be either cash or the form used to acquire
             the beneficial ownership of the largest number of shares of such
             class of Voting Stock previously acquired by the Interested
             Stockholder.

                  (iii)     After such Interested Stockholder has become an
             Interested Stockholder and prior to the Consummation Date: (a)
             except as approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of the
             Continuing Directors, there shall have been no failure to
             declare and pay at the regular date therefor any full quarterly
             dividends (whether or not cumulative) on the outstanding
             Preferred Stock of the Corporation, if any; (b) there shall have
             been (1) no reduction in the annual rate of dividends paid on
             the Common Stock of the Corporation (except as necessary to
             reflect any subdivision of the Common Stock), except as approved
             by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Continuing
             Directors, and (2) an increase in such annual rate of dividends
             as necessary to reflect any reclassification (including any
             reverse stock split), recapitalization, reorganization or any
             similar transaction which has the effect of reducing the number
             of outstanding shares of Common Stock, unless the failure so to
             increase such annual rate is approved by the affirmative vote of
             a majority of the Continuing Directors; and (c) such Interested
             Stockholder shall not have become the Beneficial Owner of any
             additional shares of Voting Stock of the Corporation except (I)
             as part of the transaction which results in such Interested
             Stockholder becoming an Interested Stockholder, (II) by virtue
             of proportionate stock splits, stock dividends or other
             distributions of stock in respect of stock not constituting a
             Business Combination meeting all of the conditions of this
             Section (3).

                  (iv) After such Interested Stockholder has become an
             Interested Stockholder, neither such Interested Stockholder nor
             any Affiliate or Associate thereof shall have received the
             benefit, directly or indirectly (except proportionately as a
             shareholder of the Corporation), of any loans, advances,
             guarantees, pledges or other financial assistance or any tax
             credits or other tax advantages provided by the Corporation.

                  (v)  A proxy or information statement describing the
             proposed Business Combination and complying with the
             requirements of the Exchange Act and the General Rules and
             Regulations thereunder (or any subsequent provision replacing
             such Act, rules or regulations) shall be mailed to the
             shareholders of the Corporation at least 45 days prior to the
             consummation of such Business Combination (whether or not such
             proxy or information statement is required to be mailed pursuant
             to such Act or subsequent provisions thereof).  Such proxy or
             information statement shall contain, if a majority of the total
             number of Continuing Directors so request, an opinion of a
             reputable investment banking firm (which firm shall be selected
             by a majority of the total number of Continuing Directors,
             furnished with all information it reasonably requests, and paid
             a reasonable fee for its services by the Corporation upon the
             Corporation's receipt of such opinion) as to the fairness (or
             lack of fairness) of the terms of the proposed Business
             Combination from the point of view of the holders of shares of
             Voting Stock (other than the Interested Stockholder).

        (4)  Powers of Continuing Directors.  A majority of the Continuing
   Directors shall have the power and duty to determine, on the basis of
   information known to them after reasonable inquiry, all facts necessary to
   determine compliance with this Article, including, without limitation, (a)
   whether a person is an Interested Stockholder, (B) the number of shares of
   Voting Stock of the Corporation beneficially owned by any person, (C)
   whether a person is an Affiliate or Associate of another, (D) whether the
   requirements of paragraph B of Section (3) have been met with respect any
   Business Combination, and (E) whether the assets that are the subject of
   any Business Combination have, or the consideration to be received from
   the issuance or transfer of securities by the Corporation or any
   Subsidiary in any Business Combination has, an aggregate Fair Market Value
   of not less than one percent (1%) of the total assets of the Corporation
   as reported in the consolidated balance sheet of the Corporation as of the
   end of the most recent quarter with respect to which such balance sheet
   has been prepared; and the good faith determination of a majority of the
   Continuing Directors on such matters shall be conclusive and binding for
   all purposes of this Article.

        (5)  No Effect on Fiduciary Obligations.

             A.   Nothing contained in this Article shall be construed to
        relieve the members of the Board of Directors or an Interested
        Stockholder from any fiduciary obligation imposed by law.

             B.   The fact that any Business Combination complies with the
        provisions of Section (3) of this Article shall not be construed to
        impose an fiduciary duty, obligation or responsibility on the Board
        of Directors, or any member thereof, to approve such Business
        Combination or recommend its adoption or approval to the shareholders
        of the Corporation, nor shall such compliance limit, prohibit or
        otherwise restrict in any manner the Board of Directors, or any
        member thereof, with respect to evaluations of or actions and
        responses taken with respect to such Business Combination.

                                    ARTICLE 7

                                   AMENDMENTS

        The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal
   any provision contained in these Amended and Restated Articles of
   Incorporation in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by law, and all
   rights and powers conferred herein on shareholders, directors and officers
   are subject to this reserved power; provided that, notwithstanding the
   fact that a lesser percentage may be specified by the Wisconsin Business
   Corporation Law, the affirmative vote of the holders of record of
   outstanding shares representing at least eighty percent (80%) of the
   voting power of all of the shares of capital stock of the Corporation then
   entitled to vote generally in the election of Directors, voting together
   as a single class, shall be required to amend, alter, change or repeal, or
   adopt any provision or provisions inconsistent with, Section (2) of
   Article 4, Article 5 and this Article 7 (except for the second proviso of
   this Article 7) of these Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation
   unless such amendment, alteration, change, repeal or adoption of any
   inconsistent provision or provisions is declared advisable by the Board of
   Directors by resolution adopted by a Requisite Vote; and provided further
   that, notwithstanding the fact that a lesser percentage may be specified 
   by the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law, the affirmative vote of the
   holders of record of outstanding shares representing at least eighty
   percent (80%) of the voting power of all of the outstanding Voting Stock
   of the Corporation, voting together as a single class, shall be required
   to amend, alter, change or repeal, or adopt any provision or provisions
   inconsistent with, any provision of Article 6 or this proviso of Article
   7, unless such amendment, alteration, change, repeal or adoption of any
   inconsistent provision or provisions is declared advisable by the Board of
   Directors by a Requisite Vote and by a majority of the Continuing
   Directors.

                                    ARTICLE 8

                     REGISTERED OFFICE AND REGISTERED AGENT

        The address of the registered office of the Corporation is 2855 South
   James Drive, New Berlin, Wisconsin 53151, and the name of its registered
   agent at such address is Mr. John R. Kuhnmuench, Jr.

                                    ARTICLE 9

                                RECAPITALIZATION

        Upon the effectiveness of these Amended and Restated Articles of
   Incorporation (the "Effective Time"), the Corporation shall redeem for
   cash each then issued and outstanding share of Class D Cumulative
   Preferred Stock at a price per share equal to the "Class D Face Value"
   plus all accrued and unpaid dividends thereon (whether or not earned or
   declared and with such dividends accruing to the date of payment), and
   each then issued and outstanding share of Class A Common Stock, Class B
   Common Stock, Class C Common Stock and Class B Cumulative Convertible
   Preferred Stock of the Corporation, which shall constitute all of the
   remaining capital stock of the Corporation then outstanding, shall
   simultaneously be reclassified into one share of Common Stock subject to
   the following:  (a) such reclassification shall have no effect on the
   amount of dividends payable with respect to the quarter in which the
   Effective Time occurs in respect of any share of Class B Cumulative
   Convertible Preferred Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to
   the Effective Time; and (b) the Corporation shall require each holder of
   issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation prior to
   the Effective Time to surrender for cancellation the certificates
   representing such shares and receive certificates that the Corporation
   shall issue representing the shares of Common Stock into which such shares
   have been reclassified as of the Effective Time.





                                                                  EXHIBIT 3.2

                                     BYLAWS



                                       OF



                                HK SYSTEMS, INC.



   <PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


                                                                         Page


                               ARTICLE I.  OFFICES

        1.01.     Principal and Business Offices . . . . . . . . . . . .  B-4
        1.02.     Registered Office  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  B-4
        1.03.     Corporate Records  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  B-4

                            ARTICLE II.  SHAREHOLDERS

        2.01.     Annual Meeting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  B-4
        2.02.     Special Meetings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  B-5
        2.03.     Place of Meeting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  B-8
        2.04.     Notice of Meeting  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  B-8
        2.05.     Fixing of Record Date  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  B-8
        2.06.     Shareholder Lists  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  B-9
        2.07.     Quorum and Voting Requirements; Postponements;
                  Adjournments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  B-9
        2.08.     Meetings Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-10
        2.09.     Proxies  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-13
        2.10.     Voting of Shares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-13
        2.11.     Acceptance of Instruments Showing Shareholder Action . B-13
        2.12.     Inspectors of Election . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-14

                        ARTICLE III.  BOARD OF DIRECTORS

        3.01.     General Powers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-15
        3.02.     Resignation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-15
        3.03.     Regular Meetings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-15
        3.04.     Special Meetings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-15
        3.05.     Notice; Waiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-15
        3.06.     Quorum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-16
        3.07.     Manner of Acting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-16
        3.08.     Conduct of Meetings  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-16
        3.09.     Compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-17
        3.10.     Presumption of Assent  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-17
        3.11.     Committees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-17
        3.12.     Telephonic Meetings  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-18
        3.13.     Unanimous Consent without Meeting  . . . . . . . . . . B-18

                              ARTICLE IV.  OFFICERS

        4.01.     Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-18
        4.02.     Removal and Resignation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-18
        4.03.     Vacancies  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-19
        4.04.     Duties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-19
        4.05.     Chief Executive Officer  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-19
        4.06.     Chairman of the Board, Vice Chairman of the Board and
                  President  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-19
        4.07.     Vice Presidents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-20
        4.08.     Chief Financial Officer  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-20
        4.09.     Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-21
        4.10.     Secretary  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-21
        4.11.     Treasurer  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-21
        4.12.     Assistants and Acting Officers . . . . . . . . . . . . B-22

             ARTICLE V.  CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES AND THEIR TRANSFER

        5.01.     Certificates for Shares  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-22
        5.02.     Uncertificated Shares  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-22
        5.03.     Facsimile Signatures and Seal  . . . . . . . . . . . . B-23
        5.04.     Signature by Former Officers . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-23
        5.05.     Transfer of Shares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-23
        5.06.     Restrictions on Transfer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-23
        5.07.     Lost, Destroyed or Stolen Certificates . . . . . . . . B-23
        5.08.     Consideration for Shares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-23
        5.09.     Stock Regulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-24
        5.10.     No Nominee Procedures  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-24

                          ARTICLE VI.  INDEMNIFICATION

        6.01.     Certain Definitions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-24
        6.02.     Mandatory Indemnification  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-25
        6.03.     Procedural Requirements  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-25
        6.04.     Determination of Indemnification . . . . . . . . . . . B-26
        6.05.     Mandatory Allowance of Expenses  . . . . . . . . . . . B-27
        6.06.     Indemnification and Allowance of Expenses of Certain
                  Others . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-27
        6.07.     Insurance  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-28
        6.08.     Notice to the Corporation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-28
        6.09.     Severability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-28
        6.10.     Nonexclusivity of Article VI . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-28
        6.11.     Contractual Nature of Article VI; Repeal or Limitation
                  of Rights  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-28

                           ARTICLE VII.  MISCELLANEOUS

        7.01.     Amendments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-29
        7.02.     Seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-29
        7.03.     Fiscal Year  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-29
        7.04.     Emergency Provisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-29



                               ARTICLE I.  OFFICES

             1.01.     Principal and Business Offices.  The corporation may
   have such principal and other business offices, either within or without
   the State of Wisconsin, as the Board of Directors may designate or as the
   business of the corporation may require from time to time.

             1.02.     Registered Office.  The registered office of the
   corporation required by the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law to be
   maintained in the State of Wisconsin may be, but need not be, identical
   with the principal office in the State of Wisconsin, and the address of
   the registered office may be changed from time to time by the Board of
   Directors.  The business office of the registered agent of the corporation
   shall be identical to such registered office.

             1.03.     Corporate Records.  The following documents and
   records shall be kept at the corporation's principal office or at such
   other reasonable location as may be specified by the corporation:

                  (a)  Minutes of shareholders' and Board of Directors'
   meetings and any written notices thereof.

                  (b)  Records of actions taken by the shareholders or
   directors without a meeting.

                  (c)  Records of actions taken by committees of the Board of
   Directors.

                  (d)  Accounting records.

                  (e)  Records of its shareholders.

                  (f)  Current bylaws.

                  (g)  Written waivers of notice by shareholders or directors
   (if any).

                  (h)  Written consents by shareholders or directors for
   actions without a meeting (if any).

                  (i)  Voting trust agreements (if any).

                  (j)  Stock transfer agreements to which the corporation is
   a party or of which it has notice (if any).

                            ARTICLE II.  SHAREHOLDERS

             2.01.     Annual Meeting.  The annual meeting of the
   shareholders of the corporation (the "Annual Meeting") shall be held on
   the first Friday in the month of March of each year, at 10:00 a.m. (local
   time), or at such other time and date as may be fixed by or under the
   authority of the Board of Directors, for the purpose of electing directors
   and for the transaction of such other business as may properly come before
   the Annual Meeting in accordance with Section 2.08 of these bylaws.  If
   the day fixed for the Annual Meeting shall be a legal holiday in the State
   of Wisconsin, such meeting shall be held on the next succeeding business
   day.  If the election of directors shall not be held on the day designated
   herein, or fixed as herein provided, for any Annual Meeting, or at any
   adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors shall cause the election to be
   held at a special meeting of the shareholders (a "Special Meeting") as
   soon thereafter as conveniently may be.  In fixing a meeting date for any
   Annual Meeting, the Board of Directors may consider such factors as it
   deems relevant within the good faith exercise of its business judgment.

             2.02.     Special Meetings.

             (a)  A Special Meeting may be called only by (i) the Chairman of
   the Board, (ii) the President or (iii) the Board of Directors and shall be
   called by the Chairman of the Board or the President upon the demand, in
   accordance with this Section 2.02, of the holders of record of shares
   representing at least 10% of all the votes entitled to be cast on any
   issue proposed to be considered at the Special Meeting.

             (b)  In order that the corporation may determine the
   shareholders entitled to demand a Special Meeting, the Board of Directors
   may fix a record date to determine the shareholders entitled to make such
   a demand (the "Demand Record Date").  The Demand Record Date shall not
   precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the Demand Record Date
   is adopted by the Board of Directors and shall not be more than 10 days
   after the date upon which the resolution fixing the Demand Record Date is
   adopted by the Board of Directors. Any shareholder of record seeking to
   have shareholders demand a Special Meeting shall, by sending written
   notice to the Secretary of the corporation by hand or by certified or
   registered mail, return receipt requested, request the Board of Directors
   to fix a Demand Record Date.  The Board of Directors shall promptly, but
   in all events within 10 days after the date on which a valid request to
   fix a Demand Record Date is received, adopt a resolution fixing the Demand
   Record Date and shall make a public announcement of such Demand Record
   Date.  If no Demand Record Date has been fixed by the Board of Directors
   within 10 days after the date on which such request is received by the
   Secretary, the Demand Record Date shall be the 10th day after the first
   day on which a valid written request to set a Demand Record Date is
   received by the Secretary.  To be valid, such written request shall set
   forth the purpose or purposes for which the Special Meeting is to be held,
   shall be signed by one or more shareholders of record (or their duly
   authorized proxies or other representatives), shall bear the date of
   signature of each such shareholder (or proxy or other representative) and
   shall set forth all information about each such shareholder and about the
   beneficial owner or owners, if any, on whose behalf the request is made
   that would be required to be set forth in a shareholder's notice described
   in Section 2.08(b) of these bylaws.

             (c)  In order for a shareholder or shareholders to demand a
   Special Meeting, a written demand or demands for a Special Meeting by the
   holders of record as of the Demand Record Date of shares representing at
   least 10% of all the votes entitled to be cast on any issue proposed to be
   considered at the Special Meeting must be delivered to the corporation. 
   To be valid, each written demand by a shareholder for a Special Meeting
   shall set forth the specific purpose or purposes for which the Special
   Meeting is to be held (which purpose or purposes shall be limited to the
   purpose or purposes set forth in the written request to set a Demand
   Record Date received by the corporation pursuant to paragraph (b) of this
   Section 2.02, shall be signed by one or more persons who as of the Demand
   Record Date are shareholders of record (or their duly authorized proxies
   or other representatives), shall bear the date of signature of each such
   shareholder (or proxy or other representative), and shall set forth the
   name and address, as they appear in the corporation's books, of each
   shareholder signing such demand and the class or series and number of
   shares of the corporation which are owned of record and beneficially by
   each such shareholder, shall be sent to the Secretary by hand or by
   certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, and shall be
   received by the Secretary within 70 days after the Demand Record Date.

             (d)  The corporation shall not be required to call a Special
   Meeting upon shareholder demand unless, in addition to the documents
   required by paragraph (c) of this Section 2.02, the Secretary receives a
   written agreement signed by each Soliciting Shareholder (as defined
   herein) pursuant to which each Soliciting Shareholder, jointly and
   severally, agrees to pay the corporation's costs of holding the Special
   Meeting, including the costs of preparing and mailing proxy materials for
   the corporation's own solicitation, provided that if each of the
   resolutions introduced by any Soliciting Shareholder at such meeting is
   adopted, and each of the individuals nominated by or on behalf of any
   Soliciting Shareholder for election as director at such meeting is
   elected, then the Soliciting Shareholders shall not be required to pay
   such costs.  For purposes of this paragraph (d), the following terms shall
   have the meanings set forth below:

             (i)    "Affiliate" of any Person shall mean any Person
        controlling, controlled by or under common control with such
        first Person.

             (ii)   "Participant" shall have the meaning assigned to
        such term in Rule 14a-11 promulgated under the Securities
        Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act").

             (iii)  "Person" shall mean any individual, firm,
        corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, trust,
        unincorporated organization or other entity.

             (iv)   "Proxy" shall have the meaning assigned to such term
        in Rule 14a-1 promulgated under the Exchange Act.

             (v)    "Solicitation" shall have the meaning assigned to
        such term in Rule 14a-11 promulgated under the Exchange Act.

             (vi)   "Soliciting Shareholder" shall mean, with respect to
        any Special Meeting demanded by a shareholder or shareholders,
        any of the following Persons:

                    (A)          if the number of shareholders signing
        the demand or demands for a meeting delivered to the corporation
        pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section 2.02 is 10 or fewer,
        each shareholder signing any such demand;

                    (B)          if the number of shareholders signing
        the demand or demands for a meeting delivered to the corporation
        pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section 2.02 is more than 10,
        each Person who either (I) was a Participant in any Solicitation
        of such demand or demands or (II) at the time of the delivery to
        the corporation of the documents described in paragraph (c) of
        this Section 2.02, had engaged or intended to engage in any
        Solicitation of Proxies for use at such Special Meeting (other
        than a Solicitation of Proxies on behalf of the corporation); or

                    (C)          any Affiliate of a Soliciting
        Shareholder, if a majority of the directors then in office
        determine, reasonably and in good faith, that such Affiliate
        should be required to sign the written notice described in
        paragraph (c) of this Section 2.02 and/or the written agreement
        described in this paragraph (d) in order to prevent the purposes
        of this Section 2.02 from being evaded.

             (e)    Except as provided in the following sentence, any Special
   Meeting shall be held at such hour and day as may be designated by
   whichever of the Chairman of the Board, the President or the Board of
   Directors shall have called such meeting.  In the case of any Special
   Meeting called by the Chairman of the Board or the President upon the
   demand of shareholders (a "Demand Special Meeting"), such meeting shall be
   held at such hour and day as may be designated by the Board of Directors;
   provided, however, that the date of any Demand Special Meeting shall be
   not more than 70 days after the Meeting Record Date (as defined in Section
   2.05 of these bylaws); and provided further that in the event that the
   directors then in office fail to designate an hour and date for a Demand
   Special Meeting within 10 days after the date that valid written demands
   for such meeting by the holders of record as of the Demand Record Date of
   shares representing at least 10% of all the votes entitled to be cast on
   any issue proposed to be considered at the Special Meeting are delivered
   to the corporation (the "Delivery Date"), then such meeting shall be held
   at 2:00 p.m. (local time) on the 100th day after the Delivery Date or, if
   such 100th day is not a Business Day (as defined below), on the first
   preceding Business Day.  In fixing a meeting date for any Special Meeting,
   the Chairman of the Board, the President or the Board of Directors may
   consider such factors as he or it deems relevant within the good faith
   exercise of his or its business judgment, including, without limitation,
   the nature of the action proposed to be taken, the facts and circumstances
   surrounding any demand for such meeting, and any plan of the Board of
   Directors to call an Annual Meeting or a Special Meeting for the conduct
   of related business.

             (f)    The corporation may engage nationally or regionally
   recognized independent inspectors of elections to act as an agent of the
   corporation for the purpose of promptly performing a ministerial review of
   the validity of any purported written demand or demands for a Special
   Meeting received by the Secretary.  For the purpose of permitting the
   inspectors to perform such review, no purported demand shall be deemed to
   have been delivered to the corporation until the earlier of (i) 5 Business
   Days following receipt by the Secretary of such purported demand and (ii)
   such date as the independent inspectors certify to the corporation that
   the valid demands received by the Secretary represent at least 10% of all
   the votes entitled to be cast on each issue proposed to be considered at
   the Special Meeting.  Nothing contained in this paragraph shall in any way
   be construed to suggest or imply that the Board of Directors or any
   shareholder shall not be entitled to contest the validity of any demand,
   whether during or after such 5 Business Day period, or to take any other
   action (including, without limitation, the commencement, prosecution or
   defense of any litigation with respect thereto).

             (g)    For purposes of these bylaws, "Business Day" shall mean
   any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking
   institutions in the State of Wisconsin are authorized or obligated by law
   or executive order to close.

             2.03.  Place of Meeting.  The Board of Directors, the Chairman
   of the Board or the President may designate any place, either within or
   without the State of Wisconsin, as the place of meeting for any Annual
   Meeting or for any Special Meeting, or for any postponement thereof.  If
   no designation is made, the place of meeting shall be the principal
   business office of the corporation in the State of Wisconsin.  Any meeting
   may be adjourned to reconvene at any place designated by vote of the Board
   of Directors or by the Chairman of the Board or the President.

             2.04.  Notice of Meeting.  Written notice stating the place, day
   and hour of any Annual Meeting or Special Meeting shall be delivered not
   less than 10 (unless a longer period is required by the Wisconsin Business
   Corporation Law) nor more than 70 days before the date of such meeting,
   either personally or by mail, by or at the direction of the Secretary, to
   each shareholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting and to other
   shareholders as may be required by the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law. 
   In the event of any Demand Special Meeting, such notice of meeting shall
   be sent not more than 30 days after the Delivery Date.  If mailed, notice
   pursuant to this Section 2.04 shall be deemed to be effective when
   deposited in the United States mail, addressed to each shareholder at his
   or her address as it appears on the stock record books of the corporation,
   with postage thereon prepaid.  Unless otherwise required by the Wisconsin
   Business Corporation Law, a notice of an Annual Meeting need not include a
   description of the purpose for which the meeting is called.  In the case
   of any Special Meeting, (a) the notice of meeting shall describe any
   business that the Board of Directors shall have theretofore determined to
   bring before the meeting and (b) in the case of a Demand Special Meeting,
   the notice of meeting (i) shall describe any business set forth in the
   statement of purpose of the demands received by the corporation in
   accordance with Section 2.02 of these bylaws and (ii) shall contain all of
   the information required in the notice received by the corporation in
   accordance with Section 2.08(c) of these bylaws.  If an Annual Meeting or
   Special Meeting is adjourned to a different date, time or place, the
   corporation shall not be required to give notice of the new date, time or
   place if the new date, time or place is announced at the meeting before
   adjournment; provided, however, that if a new Meeting Record Date for an
   adjourned meeting is or must be fixed, then the corporation shall give
   notice of the adjourned meeting to persons who are shareholders as of the
   new Meeting Record Date.

             2.05.  Fixing of Record Date.  The Board of Directors may fix in
   advance a date not less than 10 days and not more than 70 days prior to
   the date of any Annual Meeting or Special Meeting as the record date for
   the determination of shareholders entitled to notice of, or to vote at,
   such meeting (the "Meeting Record Date").  In the case of any Demand
   Special Meeting, (i) the Meeting Record Date shall be not later than the
   30th day after the Delivery Date and (ii) if the Board of Directors fails
   to fix the Meeting Record Date within 30 days after the Delivery Date,
   then the close of business on such 30th day shall be the Meeting Record
   Date.  The shareholders of record on the Meeting Record Date shall be the
   shareholders entitled to notice of and to vote at the meeting.  Except as
   provided by the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law for a court-ordered
   adjournment, a determination of shareholders entitled to notice of and to
   vote at any Annual Meeting or Special Meeting is effective for any
   adjournment of such meeting unless the Board of Directors fixes a new
   Meeting Record Date, which it shall do if the meeting is adjourned to a
   date more than 120 days after the date fixed for the original meeting. 
   The Board of Directors may also fix in advance a date as the record date
   for the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to take any other
   action or determining shareholders for any other purpose.  Such record
   date shall be not more than 70 days prior to the date on which the
   particular action, requiring such determination of shareholders, is to be
   taken.  The record date for determining shareholders entitled to a
   distribution (other than a distribution involving a purchase, redemption
   or other acquisition of the corporation's shares) or a share dividend is
   the date on which the Board of Directors authorizes the distribution or
   share dividend, as the case may be, unless the Board of Directors fixes a
   different record date.

             2.06.  Shareholder Lists.  After a Meeting Record Date has been
   fixed, the corporation shall prepare a list of the names of all of the
   shareholders entitled to notice of the meeting.  The list shall be
   arranged by class or series of shares, if any, and show the address of and
   number of shares held by each shareholder.  Such list shall be available
   for inspection by any shareholder, beginning two business days after
   notice of the meeting is given for which the list was prepared and
   continuing to the date of the meeting, at the corporation's principal
   office or at a place identified in the meeting notice in the city where
   the meeting will be held.  A shareholder or his or her agent may, on
   written demand, inspect and, subject to the limitations imposed by the
   Wisconsin Business Corporation Law, copy the list, during regular business
   hours and at his or her expense, during the period that it is available
   for inspection pursuant to this Section 2.06.  The corporation shall make
   the shareholders' list available at the meeting, and any shareholder or
   his or her agent or attorney may inspect the list at any time during the
   meeting or any adjournment thereof.  Refusal or failure to prepare or make
   available the shareholders' list shall not affect the validity of any
   action taken at a meeting of shareholders.

             2.07.  Quorum and Voting Requirements; Postponements;
   Adjournments.

             (a)    Shares entitled to vote as a separate voting group may
   take action on a matter at any Annual Meeting or Special Meeting only if a
   quorum of those shares exists with respect to that matter.  If the
   corporation has only one class of stock outstanding, then such class shall
   constitute a separate voting group for purposes of this Section 2.07. 
   Except as otherwise provided in the Amended and Restated Articles of
   Incorporation, any bylaw adopted under authority granted in the Amended
   and Restated Articles of Incorporation or the Wisconsin Business
   Corporation Law, a majority of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter
   shall constitute a quorum of the voting group for action on that matter. 
   Once a share is represented for any purpose at any Annual Meeting or
   Special Meeting, other than for the purpose of objecting to holding the
   meeting or transacting business at the meeting, it is considered present
   for purposes of determining whether a quorum exists for the remainder of
   the meeting and for any adjournment of that meeting unless a new Meeting
   Record Date is or must be set for the adjourned meeting.  If a quorum
   exists, except in the case of the election of directors, action on a
   matter shall be approved if the votes cast within the voting group
   favoring the action exceed the votes cast opposing the action, unless the
   Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, any bylaw adopted under
   authority granted in the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation or
   the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law requires a greater number of
   affirmative votes.  Directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes
   cast by the shares entitled to vote in the election of directors at any
   Annual Meeting or Special Meeting at which a quorum is present. For
   purposes of this Section 2.07(a), "plurality" means that the individuals
   with the largest number of votes are elected as directors up to the
   maximum number of directors to be chosen at the Annual Meeting or Special
   Meeting.

             (b)    The Board of Directors acting by resolution may postpone
   and reschedule any previously scheduled Annual Meeting or Special Meeting;
   provided, however, that a Demand Special Meeting shall not be postponed
   beyond the 100th day following the Delivery Date.  Any Annual Meeting or
   Special Meeting may be adjourned from time to time, whether or not there
   is a quorum, (i) at any time, upon a resolution of shareholders if the
   votes cast in favor of such resolution by the holders of shares of each
   voting group entitled to vote on any matter theretofore properly brought
   before the meeting exceed the number of votes cast against such resolution
   by the holders of shares of each such voting group or (ii) at any time
   prior to the transaction of any business at such meeting, by the chairman
   of the meeting identified in Section 2.08 of these bylaws or pursuant to
   resolution of the Board of Directors.  No notice of the time and place of
   adjourned meetings need be given except as required by the Wisconsin
   Business Corporation Law.  At any adjourned meeting at which a quorum
   shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which
   might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified.

             2.08.  Meetings Procedure.

             (a)    The Chairman of the Board, and in his absence the
   President, shall call any Annual Meeting or Special Meeting to order and
   shall act as chairman and presiding officer of such meeting.  In the
   absence of the Chairman of the Board and the President, such duties shall
   be performed by a Vice-President in the order provided under Section 4.07,
   or in their absence, by any person chosen by the shareholders present. 
   The Secretary of the corporation shall act as secretary of all Annual
   Meetings and Special Meetings, but, in the absence of the Secretary, the
   presiding officer may appoint any other person to act as secretary of the
   meeting.  The Board of Directors may, to the extent not prohibited by law,
   adopt by resolution such rules and regulations for the conduct of any
   meeting of shareholders as it shall deem appropriate.  Except to the
   extent inconsistent with such rules and regulations as adopted by the
   Board of Directors, the chairman of any meeting of shareholders shall have
   the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations or procedures
   and to do all acts as, in the judgment of the chairman, are appropriate
   for the proper conduct of the meeting.  Such rules, regulations or
   procedures, whether adopted by the Board of Directors or prescribed by the
   chairman of the meeting, may to the extent not prohibited by law include,
   without limitation, the following:  (i) the establishment of an agenda or
   order of business for the meeting; (ii) rules and procedures for
   maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present;
   (iii) limitations on attendance at or participation in the meeting to
   shareholders of record of the corporation, their duly authorized and
   constituted proxies (which shall be reasonable in number) or such other
   persons as the chairman of the meeting shall determine; (iv) restrictions
   on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof;
   and (v) limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by
   participants.

             (b)    At an Annual Meeting, only such business shall be
   conducted, and only nominations for the election of directors shall be
   made, as shall have been properly brought before the meeting in accordance
   with these bylaws.  To be properly brought before an Annual Meeting,
   business or nominations must (i) be specified in the notice of the meeting
   (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board of
   Directors; (ii) otherwise properly be brought before the meeting by or at
   the direction of the Board of Directors; or (iii) otherwise (A) properly
   be requested to be brought before the meeting by a shareholder of record
   entitled to vote in the election of directors generally and (B) constitute
   a proper subject to be brought before such meeting.  For nominations or
   other business to be properly requested to be brought before an Annual
   Meeting by a shareholder of record, any shareholder who intends to bring
   any matter before an Annual Meeting and is entitled to vote on such matter
   must deliver written notice of such shareholder's intent to bring the
   matter before the Annual Meeting, either by personal delivery or by United
   States mail, postage prepaid, to the Secretary of the corporation.  Such
   notice must be received by the Secretary not less than 75 nor more than
   100 days prior to (x) March 5, 1999, in the case of the Annual Meeting
   scheduled to be held on March 5, 1999, or (y) the first anniversary of the
   immediately preceding Annual Meeting in the case of any other Annual
   Meeting; provided, however, that in the event that the date for which the
   Annual Meeting is called is advanced by more than 30 days or delayed by
   more than 60 days from the date specified in clause (x) or (y), as the
   case may be, notice by the shareholder to be timely must be so delivered
   not earlier than the close of business on the 100th day prior to the date
   of such Annual Meeting and not later than the close of business on the
   later of the 75th day prior to the date of such annual meeting or the 10th
   day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such
   meeting is first made.  In no event shall the announcement of an
   adjournment of an annual meeting of shareholders commence a new time
   period for the giving of a shareholder notice as described above.  For
   purposes of this Section 2.08, "public announcement" shall mean the date
   disclosure of the date of the meeting of shareholders is first made in a
   press release reported by the Dow Jones New Service, Associated Press or
   comparable national news service, or in a document publicly filed by the
   corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to
   Sections 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

             A shareholder's notice to the Secretary required by this Section
   2.08(b) shall set forth as to each matter the shareholder proposes to
   bring before the Annual Meeting:  (i) in the case of any proposed
   nomination for election or re-election as a director, (A) the name, age,
   business and residence addresses, and principal occupation or employment
   of each nominee; (B) a description of all arrangements or understandings
   between the shareholder and each nominee and any other person or persons
   (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the nomination or
   nominations are to be made by the shareholder; (C) such other information
   regarding each nominee proposed by such shareholder as would be required
   to be included in a proxy statement filed pursuant to the proxy rules of
   the Securities and Exchange Commission; and (D) the written consent of
   each nominee to serve as a director of the corporation if so elected;
   (ii) in the case of any other business that such shareholder proposes to
   bring before the Annual Meeting, (A) a brief description of the business
   to be brought before the meeting and the reasons for conducting such
   business at the meeting and (B) any material interest of the shareholder
   in such business; (iii) the name and address of the shareholder intending
   to propose such business; (iv) the number of shares of stock of the
   corporation beneficially held, either personally or in concert with
   others, by the shareholder; and (v) a representation that the shareholder
   is a holder of stock of the corporation entitled to vote at such meeting
   and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to make such
   nomination or present such proposal.  The corporation may require any
   proposed nominee to furnish such other information as may reasonably be
   required by the corporation to determine the eligibility of such proposed
   nominee to serve as a director of the corporation.  No business shall be
   conducted at an Annual Meeting except in accordance with the procedures
   set forth in this Section 2.08(b).  The chairman of the Annual Meeting
   shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the Annual Meeting
   that a nomination was not made or business was not properly brought before
   the meeting in accordance with the provisions hereof and, if he should so
   determine, he shall so declare to the Annual Meeting that any such
   nomination shall be disregarded and/or any such business not properly
   brought before the Annual Meeting shall not be transacted.

             Notwithstanding anything in the fourth sentence of this Section
   2.08(b) to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be
   elected to the Board of Directors is increased and there is no public
   announcement naming all of the nominees for director or specifying the
   size of the increased Board of Directors made by the corporation at least
   85 days prior to the date specified in clause (x) or (y), as the case may
   be, of such sentence, a shareholder's notice required by this Section
   2.08(b) with respect to any nomination of a person for election to the
   Board of Directors shall also be considered timely, but only with respect
   to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be
   received by the Secretary of the corporation not later than the close of
   business on the 10th day following the day on which such public
   announcement is first made by the corporation.

             (c)    At a Special Meeting, only such business shall be
   conducted, and only nominations for the election of directors shall be
   made, as shall have been described in the notice of meeting sent to
   shareholders pursuant to Section 2.04 of these bylaws.  Nominations of
   persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at a Special
   Meeting at which directors are to be elected pursuant to such notice of
   meeting (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (ii) by
   any shareholder of the corporation who (A) is a shareholder of record, (B)
   is entitled to vote in the election of directors at the meeting and (C)
   complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.08(c). 
   Any shareholder desiring to nominate persons for election to the Board of
   Directors at such a Special Meeting must deliver written notice of such
   shareholder's proposed nomination, either by personal delivery or by
   United States mail, postage prepaid, to the Secretary of the corporation. 
   Such notice must be received by the Secretary not more than 90 days prior
   to such Special Meeting and not later than the close of business on the
   later of (x) the 60th day prior to such Special Meeting or (y) the 10th
   day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the
   date of such Special Meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of
   Directors to be elected at such meeting.

             A shareholder's notice to the Secretary required by this Section
   2.08(c) shall set forth (i) the name, age, business and residence
   addresses, and principal occupation or employment of each nominee; (ii) a
   description of all arrangements or understandings between the shareholder
   and each nominee and any other person or persons (naming such person or
   persons) pursuant to which the nomination or nominations are to be made by
   the shareholder; (iii) such other information regarding each nominee
   proposed by such shareholder as would be required to be included in a
   proxy statement filed pursuant to the proxy rules of the Securities and
   Exchange Commission; (iv) the written consent of each nominee to serve as
   a director of the corporation if so elected; (v) the name and address of
   the shareholder intending to propose such business; (vi) the number of
   shares of stock of the corporation beneficially held, either personally or
   in concert with others, by the shareholder; and (vii) a representation
   that the shareholder is a holder of stock of the corporation entitled to
   vote at such meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the
   meeting to make such nomination.  The corporation may require any proposed
   nominee to furnish such other information as may reasonably be required by
   the corporation to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to
   serve as a director of the corporation.  No business shall be conducted at
   a Special Meeting except in accordance with the procedures set forth in
   this Section 2.08(c).  The chairman of the Special Meeting shall, if the
   facts warrant, determine and declare to the Special Meeting that a
   nomination was not made or business was not properly brought before the
   meeting in accordance with the provisions hereof and, if he should so
   determine, he shall so declare to the Special Meeting that any such
   nomination shall be disregarded and/or any such business not properly
   brought before the Special Meeting shall not be transacted.

             (d)    Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section
   2.08, a shareholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of
   the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to
   the matters set forth in this Section 2.08.  

             2.09.  Proxies.  At any Annual Meeting or Special Meeting, a
   shareholder entitled to vote may vote in person or by proxy.  A
   shareholder may appoint a proxy to vote or otherwise act for the
   shareholder by signing an appointment form, either personally or by his or
   her attorney-in-fact.  Except as otherwise provided by the Wisconsin
   Business Corporation Law, a shareholder may also authorize another person
   or persons to act for him as proxy by transmitting or authorizing the
   transmission of a telegram, cablegram or other means of electronic
   transmission to the person who will be the holder of the proxy or to a
   proxy solicitation firm, proxy support service organization or like agent
   duly authorized by the person who will be the holder of the proxy to
   receive such transmission, provided that any such telegram, cablegram or
   other means of electronic transmission must either set forth or be
   submitted with information from which it can be determined that the
   telegram, cablegram or other transmission was authorized by the
   shareholder.  Any proxy shall be filed with the Secretary of the
   corporation or other person authorized to tabulate votes before or at the
   time of the meeting and shall be effective when received by the Secretary
   or other person authorized to tabulate votes.  No proxy shall be valid
   after 11 months from the date of its execution unless otherwise provided
   in the proxy.  Unless otherwise provided in the appointment form, a proxy
   appointment may be revoked at any time before it is voted by written
   notice filed with the Secretary or other officer or agent of the
   corporation authorized to tabulate votes.  The presence of a shareholder
   who has filed his proxy appointment shall not of itself constitute a
   revocation.  The Board of Directors and the chairman of any meeting of
   shareholders shall have the power and authority to make rules establishing
   presumptions as to the validity and sufficiency of proxies.

             2.10.  Voting of Shares.  Each outstanding share shall be
   entitled to one vote upon each matter submitted to a vote at any Annual
   Meeting or Special Meeting except to the extent that the voting rights of
   the shares of any class or classes are enlarged, limited or denied by the
   Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation or the Wisconsin Business
   Corporation Law.  No vote upon any matter, except the election of
   directors or the amendment of the Amended and Restated Articles of
   Incorporation, is required to be by ballot unless demanded by the holders
   of at least 10% of the voting power of the shares of capital stock
   represented and entitled to vote at the meeting.  All motions to introduce
   a matter for a vote by shareholders at a meeting thereof, except for
   nominations for election as directors approved by the Board of Directors,
   shall be seconded prior to a vote thereon by shareholders.

             2.11.  Acceptance of Instruments Showing Shareholder Action.  If
   the name signed on a vote, consent, waiver or proxy appointment
   corresponds to the name of a shareholder, the corporation, if acting in
   good faith, may accept the vote, consent, waiver or proxy appointment and
   give it effect as the act of a shareholder.  If the name signed on a vote,
   consent, waiver or proxy appointment does not correspond to the name of a
   shareholder, the corporation, if acting in good faith, may accept the
   vote, consent, waiver or proxy appointment and give it effect as the act
   of the shareholder if any of the following apply:

             (a)    The shareholder is an entity and the name signed purports
   to be that of an officer or agent of the entity.

             (b)    The name purports to be that of a personal
   representative, administrator, executor, guardian or conservator
   representing the shareholder and, if the corporation requests, evidence of
   fiduciary status acceptable to the corporation is presented with respect
   to the vote, consent, waiver or proxy appointment.

             (c)    The name signed purports to be that of a receiver or
   trustee in bankruptcy of the shareholder and, if the corporation requests,
   evidence of this status acceptable to the corporation is presented with
   respect to the vote, consent, waiver or proxy appointment.

             (d)    The name signed purports to be that of a pledgee,
   beneficial owner, or attorney-in-fact of the shareholder and, if the
   corporation requests, evidence acceptable to the corporation of the
   signatory's authority to sign for the shareholder is presented with
   respect to the vote, consent, waiver or proxy appointment.

             (e)    Two or more persons are the shareholders as co-tenants or
   fiduciaries and the name signed purports to be the name of at least one of
   the co-owners and the person signing appears to be acting on behalf of all
   co-owners.

   The corporation may reject a vote, consent, waiver or proxy appointment if
   the Secretary or other officer or agent of the corporation who is
   authorized to tabulate votes, acting in good faith, has reasonable basis
   for doubt about the validity of the signature on it or about the
   signatory's authority to sign for the shareholder.  The corporation and
   its officer or agent who accepts or rejects a vote, consent, waiver or
   proxy appointment in good faith and in accordance with the standards of
   this section are not liable in damages to the shareholder for the
   consequences of the acceptance or rejection.  Corporate action based on
   the acceptance or rejection of a vote, consent, waiver, or proxy
   appointment under this section is valid unless a court of competent
   jurisdiction determines otherwise.

             2.12.  Inspectors of Election.  The Chief Executive Officer may,
   in advance of any meeting of shareholders, appoint one or more inspectors
   to act at the meeting and make a written report thereof.  He may designate
   one or more persons as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who
   fails to act.  If no such inspector or alternate is able to act at a
   meeting of shareholders, the chairman of the meeting shall appoint one or
   more inspectors to act at the meeting.  Each inspector, before entering
   upon the discharge of his duties, shall take and sign an oath, in a form
   satisfactory to the chairman of the meeting, faithfully to execute the
   duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of
   his ability.

             The inspectors shall (i) ascertain the number of shares
   outstanding and the voting power of each, (ii) determine the number of
   shares represented at a meeting and the validity of proxies and ballots,
   (iii) count all votes and ballots, (iv) determine and retain for a
   reasonable period a record of the disposition of any challenges made to
   any determination by the inspectors, and (v) certify their determination
   of the number of shares represented at the meeting, and their count of all
   votes and ballots. The inspectors may appoint or retain other persons or
   entities to assist the inspectors in the performance of the duties of the
   inspectors. The inspectors shall determine the validity of and count the
   proxies and ballots in accordance with applicable law.

                        ARTICLE III.  BOARD OF DIRECTORS

             3.01.  General Powers.  All corporate powers shall be exercised
   by or under the authority of, and the business and affairs of the
   corporation shall be managed under the direction of, its Board of
   Directors.

             3.02.  Resignation.  A director may resign at any time by
   delivering written notice which complies with the Wisconsin Business
   Corporation Law to the Chairman of the Board or to the corporation.  A
   director's resignation is effective when the notice is delivered unless
   the notice specifies a later effective date.

             3.03.  Regular Meetings.  A regular meeting of the Board of
   Directors shall be held without other notice than this bylaw immediately
   after the Annual Meeting, and each adjourned session thereof.  The place
   of such regular meeting shall be the same as the place of the Annual
   Meeting which precedes it, or such other suitable place as may be
   announced at such Annual Meeting.  The Board of Directors may provide, by
   resolution, the time and place, either within or without the State of
   Wisconsin, for the holding of additional regular meetings without other
   notice than such resolution.

             3.04.  Special Meetings.  Special meetings of the Board of
   Directors may be called by or at the request of the Chairman of the Board,
   the President or any two directors then in office.  The Chairman of the
   Board or the President may fix any place, either within or without the
   State of Wisconsin, as the place for holding any special meeting of the
   Board of Directors, and if no other place is fixed the place of meeting
   shall be the principal business office of the corporation in the State of
   Wisconsin.

             3.05.  Notice; Waiver.  Notice of each meeting of the Board of
   Directors (unless otherwise provided in or pursuant to Section 3.03) shall
   be given by written notice delivered or communicated in person, by
   telegram, facsimile or other form of wire or wireless communication, or by
   mail or private carrier, to each director at his business address or at
   such other address as such director shall have designated in writing filed
   with the Secretary, in each case (i) if sent by mail, not less than three
   days prior to the time of the meeting, (ii) if sent by means that
   guarantee delivery to the address by a stated date and time, such that the
   notice would be received not less than one day prior to the time of the
   meeting or (iii) if sent by means where the notice is delivered to the
   address on the date it is sent, not less than one day prior to the time of
   the meeting, but during an emergency, as defined in Section 3.06, notice
   may be given only to such of the directors as it may be feasible to reach
   at the time and by such means as may be feasible at the time, including
   publications or private or public electronic means.  If mailed, such
   notice shall be deemed to be effective when deposited in the United States
   mail so addressed, with postage thereon prepaid.  If notice be given by
   telegram, such notice shall be deemed to be effective when the telegram is
   delivered to the telegraph company.  If notice is given by private
   carrier, such notice shall be deemed to be effective when the notice is
   delivered to the private carrier.  Whenever any notice whatever is
   required to be given to any director of the corporation under the Amended
   and Restated Articles of Incorporation or these bylaws or any provision of
   the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law, a waiver thereof in writing,
   signed at any time, whether before or after the time of meeting, by the
   director entitled to such notice, shall be deemed equivalent to the giving
   of such notice.  The corporation shall retain any such waiver as part of
   the permanent corporate records.  A director's attendance at or
   participation in a meeting waives any required notice to him of the
   meeting unless the director at the beginning of the meeting or promptly
   upon his arrival objects to holding the meeting or transacting business at
   the meeting and does not thereafter vote for or assent to action taken at
   the meeting.  Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose
   of, any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors need be
   specified in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting.

             3.06.  Quorum.  Except during the existence of an emergency and
   except as otherwise provided in these bylaws or in the Amended and
   Restated Articles of Incorporation, one-half of the total number of
   directors, as fixed pursuant to Section (2) of Article 5 of the Amended
   and Restated Articles of Incorporation, shall constitute a quorum for the
   transaction of business.  During the existence of an emergency, two
   directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business.  To
   the extent required to constitute a quorum at any meeting of the Board of
   Directors during an emergency, the officers of the corporation who are
   present shall be deemed, in order of rank and within the same rank in
   order of seniority, directors for such meeting.  Subject to the provisions
   of the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, the action of the
   majority of directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present
   shall be the act of the Board of Directors.  In the event of lack of a
   quorum, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from
   time to time without notice other than announcement at the meeting until a
   quorum shall be obtained.  At any such adjourned meeting at which there is
   a quorum, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted
   at the meeting originally called. 
    
             An "emergency" for the purpose of these bylaws shall mean a
   catastrophic event that prevents a quorum of the corporation's directors
   from being readily assembled.
    
             3.07.  Manner of Acting.  The act of the majority of the
   directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the
   act of the Board of Directors, unless the act of a greater number is
   required by the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law or by the Amended and
   Restated Articles of Incorporation or these bylaws.

             3.08.  Conduct of Meetings.  The Chairman of the Board, and in
   his absence, the President, or a Vice-President in the order provided
   under Section 4.07, and in their absence, any director chosen by the
   directors present, shall call meetings of the Board of Directors to order
   and shall act as chairman of the meeting.  The Secretary of the
   corporation shall act as secretary of all meetings of the Board of
   Directors, but in the absence of the Secretary, the presiding officer may
   appoint any Assistant Secretary or any director or other person present to
   act as secretary of the meeting.  Minutes of any regular or special
   meeting of the Board of Directors shall be prepared and distributed to
   each director.

             3.09.  Compensation.  The Board of Directors, irrespective of
   any personal interest of any of its members, may establish reasonable
   compensation of all directors for services to the corporation as
   directors, officers or otherwise, or may delegate such authority to an
   appropriate committee.  The Board of Directors also shall have authority
   to provide for or to delegate authority to an appropriate committee to
   provide for reasonable pensions, disability or death benefits, and other
   benefits or payments, to directors and executive officers of the
   corporation.  The Board of Directors shall provide for reimbursing the
   directors for expenses incurred in attending meetings of the Board of
   Directors or committees thereof.  Any director may also serve the
   corporation in any other capacity and receive compensation, including fees
   and expenses, for such service. 

             3.10.  Presumption of Assent.  A director of the corporation who
   is present at a meeting of the Board of Directors or a committee thereof
   of which he is a member at which action on any corporate matter is taken
   shall be presumed to have assented to the action taken unless any of the
   following occurs:  (a) the director objects at the beginning of the
   meeting or promptly upon his arrival to holding the meeting or transacting
   business at the meeting; (b) the director dissents or abstains from an
   action taken and minutes of the meeting are prepared that show the
   director's dissent or abstention from the action taken; (c) the director
   delivers written notice that complies with the Wisconsin Business
   Corporation Law of his dissent or abstention to the presiding officer of
   the meeting before its adjournment or to the corporation immediately after
   adjournment of the meeting; or (d) the director dissents or abstains from
   an action taken, minutes of the meeting are prepared that fail to show the
   director's dissent or abstention from the action taken, and the director
   delivers to the corporation a written notice of that failure that complies
   with the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law promptly after receiving the
   minutes.  Such right to dissent or abstain shall not apply to a director
   who voted in favor of such action.

             3.11.  Committees.  The Board of Directors may create one or
   more committees, appoint members of the Board of Directors to serve on the
   committees and designate other members of the Board of Directors to serve
   as alternates.  Each committee shall have two or more members who shall,
   unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, serve at the pleasure
   of the Board of Directors.  A committee may be authorized to exercise the
   authority of the Board of Directors, except that a committee may not do
   any of the following:  (a) authorize distributions; (b) approve or propose
   to shareholders action that the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law
   requires to be approved by shareholders; (c) fill vacancies on the Board
   of Directors or, unless the Board of Directors provides by resolution that
   vacancies on a committee shall be filled by the affirmative vote of the
   remaining committee members, on any Board of Directors committee; (d)
   amend the corporation's Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation;
   (e) adopt, amend or repeal bylaws; (f) approve a plan of merger not
   requiring shareholder approval; (g) authorize or approve reacquisition of
   shares, except according to a formula or method prescribed by the Board of
   Directors; and (h) authorize or approve the issuance or sale or contract
   for sale of shares, or determine the designation and relative rights,
   preferences and limitations of a class or series of shares, except that
   the Board of Directors may authorize a committee to do so within limits
   prescribed by the Board of Directors.  Each committee shall fix its own
   rules of procedure and shall meet where and as provided by such rules, but
   the presence of a majority shall be necessary to constitute a quorum,
   unless otherwise provided by these bylaws.  The Secretary of the
   corporation or a member of the appropriate committee shall keep minutes of
   proceedings.  Each committee shall make such reports to the Board of
   Directors of its activities as the Board of Directors may request.  Unless
   otherwise provided by the Board of Directors in creating the committee, a
   committee may employ counsel, accountants and other consultants to assist
   it in the exercise of its authority.

             3.12.  Telephonic Meetings.  Except as herein provided and
   notwithstanding any place set forth in the notice of the meeting or these
   bylaws, members of the Board of Directors (and any committee thereof) may
   participate in regular or special meetings by, or through the use of, any
   means of communication by which all participants may simultaneously hear
   each other, such as by conference telephone.  If a meeting is conducted by
   such means, then at the commencement of such meeting the presiding officer
   shall inform the participating directors that a meeting is taking place at
   which official business may be transacted. Any participant in a meeting by
   such means shall be deemed present in person at such meeting. 
   Notwithstanding the foregoing, no action may be taken at any meeting held
   by such means on any particular matter which the presiding officer
   determines, in his sole discretion, to be inappropriate under the
   circumstances for action at a meeting held by such means.  Such
   determination shall be made and announced in advance of such meeting.

             3.13.  Unanimous Consent without Meeting.  Any action required
   or permitted by the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation or
   these bylaws or any provision of the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law to
   be taken by the Board of Directors (or a committee thereof) at a meeting
   may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing, setting forth the
   action so taken, shall be signed by all members of the Board of Directors
   or of the committee, as the case may be, then in office.  Such action
   shall be effective when the last director or committee member signs the
   consent, unless the consent specifies a different effective date.

                              ARTICLE IV.  OFFICERS

             4.01.  Number.  Each year at the annual meeting of the Board of
   Directors the directors shall elect a Chairman of the Board, a Chief
   Executive Officer and a Chief Financial Officer.  From time to time the
   Board of Directors may also elect or appoint a Vice Chairman of the Board,
   a President, such Executive, Senior or other Vice Presidents as it may
   deem appropriate, a Treasurer, and such other officers, including a
   Controller, Assistant Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries, Assistant
   Treasurers and Assistant Controllers, as it may deem appropriate.  The
   Chief Executive Officer may appoint any officers of the corporation not
   required under the first sentence of this Section 4.01 to be elected by
   the Board of Directors, as he may deem appropriate.  The Chairman of the
   Board, the Chief Executive Officer and any Vice Chairman of the Board must
   be directors; no other officer need be a director.  Any number of offices
   may be held by the same person.  The term of each officer, whenever
   elected or appointed, shall be until the election or appointment (as the
   case may be) and qualification of his successor or until his earlier
   resignation or removal. 

             4.02.  Removal and Resignation.  The Board of Directors may
   remove any officer and, unless restricted by the Board of Directors or
   these bylaws, an officer may remove any officer or assistant officer
   appointed by that officer, at any time, with or without cause and
   notwithstanding the contract rights, if any, of the officer removed. 
   Election or appointment shall not of itself create contract rights.  An
   officer may resign at any time by delivering notice to the corporation
   that complies with the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law.  The
   resignation shall be effective when the notice is delivered, unless the
   notice specifies a later effective date and the corporation accepts the
   later effective date.

             4.03.  Vacancies.  A vacancy in any office may be filled by the
   Board of Directors, and a vacancy in any appointed office may be filled by
   the Chief Executive Officer, for the unexpired portion of the term.

             4.04.  Duties.  The officers shall have such powers and perform
   such duties as are prescribed in these bylaws or, in the case of an
   officer whose powers and duties are not so prescribed, as may be assigned
   by the Board of Directors or delegated by or through the Chief Executive
   Officer.

             4.05.  Chief Executive Officer.  The Chief Executive Officer of
   the corporation shall be elected by the Board of Directors.  Subject to
   the Board of Directors, he shall be in general and active charge, control
   and supervision over the management and direction of the business,
   property and affairs of the corporation.  He shall keep the Board of
   Directors informed, and shall freely consult it, concerning the business
   of the corporation in his charge. 

             He shall, subject to these bylaws, have authority to: 
    
             (a)    appoint or approve the appointment of employees to
   various posts and positions in the corporation bearing titles designated
   or approved by him and to prescribe their authority and duties, which may
   include the authority to appoint subordinates to various other posts and
   positions; and

             (b)    remove or approve the removal of employees so appointed;
   and 
    
             (c)    sign, execute and acknowledge, on behalf of the
   corporation, all deeds, mortgages, bonds, notes, debentures, stock
   certificates, contracts, including contracts of guaranty and suretyship,
   leases, reports and other documents and instruments, except where the
   signing or execution thereof by some other officer or employee of the
   corporation shall be expressly authorized and directed by law, or by the
   Board of Directors, or by these bylaws.  Unless otherwise provided by law,
   or by these bylaws, or by the Board of Directors, he may authorize, in a
   writing filed with the Secretary, any officer, employee, or agent of the
   corporation to sign, execute and acknowledge, on behalf of the corporation
   and in his place and stead, any or all such documents and instruments. 
    
             He shall have such other authority and perform such other duties
   as are incident to the office of Chief Executive Officer and as may be
   prescribed from time to time by the Board of Directors and these bylaws. 
    
             In the absence or disability of the Chief Executive Officer, or
   in case of an unfilled vacancy in that office, until such time as the
   Board of Directors shall elect his successor, his duties shall be
   performed and his powers shall be exercised by other elected officers of
   the corporation who are also directors (unless none are directors) in the
   order in which such officers were listed in their respective elections. 

             4.06.  Chairman of the Board, Vice Chairman of the Board and
   President.  The Chairman of the Board, any Vice Chairman of the Board and
   the President, each acting alone, shall have authority to sign, execute
   and acknowledge, on behalf of the corporation, all deeds, mortgages,
   bonds, notes, debentures, stock certificates, contracts, including
   contracts of guaranty and suretyship, leases, reports and other documents
   and instruments, except where the signing or execution thereof by some
   other officer or employee shall be expressly authorized and directed by
   law, or by the Board of Directors, or by the Chief Executive Officer or by
   these bylaws. Each shall have such additional powers and perform such
   additional duties as may be assigned to him by the Board of Directors or
   as may be delegated to him by the Chief Executive Officer. 

             4.07.  Vice Presidents. Each Vice President shall have such
   powers and perform such duties as may be assigned to him by the Board of
   Directors or as may be delegated to him by the Chief Executive Officer. 

             Each Vice President shall have authority to sign, execute and
   acknowledge, on behalf of the corporation, all deeds, mortgages, bonds,
   notes, debentures, contracts, including contracts of guaranty and
   suretyship, leases, reports and other documents and instruments, except
   where the signing or execution thereof by some other officer or employee
   shall be expressly authorized and directed by law, the Board of Directors,
   the Chief Executive Officer or these bylaws.

             4.08.  Chief Financial Officer.  The Chief Financial Officer
   shall: 
    
             (a)    be the principal financial officer of the corporation and
   have responsibility for all financial affairs of the corporation; and 
    
             (b)    protect the cash, securities, receivables and other
   financial resources of the corporation, have responsibility for
   investment, receipt, custody and disbursement of such resources, and
   establish policies for granting credit to customers; and 
    
             (c)    maintain the creditworthiness of the corporation; and 
    
             (d)    negotiate and procure capital required by the
   corporation, including long-term debt and equity, maintain adequate
   sources for the corporation's short-term financing requirements and
   maintain banking relationships; and 
    
             (e)    administer the accounting policies of the corporation and
   the internal controls with respect to its financial affairs; and 
    
             (f)    supervise the corporation's books of account, and have
   access to all records, including the Secretary's records; and 
    
             (g)    in general, have such other powers and perform such other
   duties as may be assigned from time to time by the Board of Directors or
   by or through the Chief Executive Officer. 

   In the absence of the election or appointment of a Treasurer and/or a
   Controller, the Chief Financial Officer shall have the powers and duties
   of the Treasurer and/or the Controller, as the case may be, unless
   otherwise provided by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive
   Officer.

             4.09.  Controller.  The Controller shall: 
    
             (a)    be the principal accounting officer of the corporation;
   and 
    
             (b)    have custody and charge of the corporation's books of
   account, and have access to all records, including the Secretary's and the
   Treasurer's records, for purpose of obtaining information necessary to
   verify or complete the records of the Controller's office; and 
    
             (c)    implement the policies for granting credit to customers;
   and 
    
             (d)    implement the internal controls with respect to the
   financial affairs of the corporation; and 
    
             (e)    have the responsibility for processing vouchers for
   payment by the Treasurer; and 

             (f)    in general, have such other powers and perform such other
   duties as may be assigned from time to time by the Board of Directors or
   by or through the Chief Executive Officer. 

             4.10.  Secretary.   The Secretary shall: 
    
             (a)    attend and keep the minutes of all meetings of the
   shareholders, the Board of Directors and such committees as the Board of
   Directors may direct; and 
    
             (b)    have custody of the corporate seal and all corporate
   records (including transfer books and stock ledgers), contracts, papers,
   instruments, documents and books of the corporation except those required
   to be kept by other officers under these bylaws; and 
    
             (c)    sign on behalf of the corporation such documents and
   instruments as require his signature when approved in accordance with
   these bylaws, and to such documents he shall affix the corporate seal when
   necessary and may do so when he deems it desirable; and 
    
             (d)    see that notices are given and records and reports are
   properly kept and filed by the corporation as required by these bylaws or
   as required by law; and 
    
             (e)    in general, have such other powers and perform such other
   duties as are incident to the office of Secretary and as may be assigned
   to him from time to time by the Board of Directors or by or through the
   Chief Executive Officer.

             4.11.  Treasurer.  The Treasurer shall: 
    
             (a)    receive and sign receipts for all moneys paid to the
   corporation and shall deposit the same in the name and to the credit of
   the corporation in authorized banks or depositories; and 
    
             (b)    when necessary or desirable, endorse for collection on
   behalf of the corporation all checks, drafts, notes and other obligations
   payable to it; and 
    
             (c)    disburse the funds of the corporation only upon vouchers
   duly processed and under such rules and regulations as the Board may from
   time to time adopt; and 
    
             (d)    keep full and accurate accounts of the transactions of
   his office in books belonging to the corporation; and 
    
             (e)    render as the Board of Directors may direct an account of
   the transactions of his office; and 
    
             (f)    in general, have such other powers and perform such other
   duties as are incident to the office of Treasurer and as may be assigned
   to him from time to time by the Board of Directors or by or through the
   Chief Executive Officer. 

             4.12.  Assistants and Acting Officers.  The Board of Directors
   and the Chief Executive Officer shall each have the power to appoint any
   person to act as assistant to any officer, or as agent for the corporation
   in the officer's stead, or to perform the duties of such officer whenever
   for any reason it is impracticable for such officer to act personally, and
   such assistant or acting officer or other agent so appointed by the Board
   of Directors or Chief Executive Officer shall have the power to perform
   all the duties of the office to which that person is so appointed to be
   assistant, or as to which he or she is so appointed to act, except as such
   power may be otherwise defined or restricted by the Board of Directors or
   the Chief Executive Officer.

             ARTICLE V.  CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES AND THEIR TRANSFER

             5.01.  Certificates for Shares.  Certificates representing
   shares of the corporation shall be in such form, consistent with the
   Wisconsin Business Corporation Law, as shall be determined by the Board of
   Directors.  Such certificates shall be signed by the Chairman of the
   Board, the President or a Vice-President and by the Secretary or an
   Assistant Secretary.  All certificates for shares shall be consecutively
   numbered or otherwise identified.  The name and address of the person to
   whom the shares represented thereby are issued, with the number of shares
   and date of issue, shall be entered on the stock transfer books of the
   corporation.  All certificates surrendered to the corporation for transfer
   shall be canceled and no new certificate shall be issued until the former
   certificate for a like number of shares shall have been surrendered and
   canceled, except as provided in Section 5.07.

             5.02.  Uncertificated Shares.  The Board of Directors hereby
   authorizes the issuance of any shares of its classes or series without
   certificates to the full extent that the Secretary of the corporation
   determines that such issuance is allowed by applicable law and rules of
   the New York Stock Exchange, any such determination to be conclusively
   evidenced by the delivery to the corporation's transfer agent and
   registrar by the Secretary of a certificate referring to this bylaw and
   providing instructions of the Secretary to the transfer agent and
   registrar to issue any such shares without certificates in accordance with
   applicable law.  In any event, the foregoing authorization does not affect
   shares already represented by certificates until the certificates are
   surrendered to the corporation.

             5.03.  Facsimile Signatures and Seal.  The seal of the
   corporation on any certificates for shares may be a facsimile.  The
   signatures of the Chairman of the Board, the President or any
   Vice-President and the Secretary or Assistant Secretary upon a certificate
   may be facsimiles if the certificate is countersigned by a transfer agent,
   or registered by a registrar, other than the corporation itself or an
   employee of the corporation.

             5.04.  Signature by Former Officers.  In case any officer who
   has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon any
   certificate for shares shall have ceased to be such officer before such
   certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same
   effect as if he were such officer at the date of its issue.

             5.05.  Transfer of Shares.  Prior to due presentment of a
   certificate for shares for registration of transfer the corporation may
   treat the registered owner of such shares as the person exclusively
   entitled to vote, to receive notifications and otherwise to exercise all
   the rights and powers of an owner.  Where a certificate for shares is
   presented to the corporation with a request to register for transfer, the
   corporation shall not be liable to the owner or any other person suffering
   loss as a result of such registration of transfer if (a) there were on or
   with the certificate the necessary endorsements, and (b) the corporation
   had no duty to inquire into adverse claims or has discharged any such
   duty.  The corporation may require reasonable assurance that said
   endorsements are genuine and effective and in compliance with such other
   regulations as may be prescribed under the authority of the Board of
   Directors.

             5.06.  Restrictions on Transfer.  The face or reverse side of
   each certificate representing shares shall bear a conspicuous notation of
   any restriction imposed by the corporation upon the transfer of such
   shares.

             5.07.  Lost, Destroyed or Stolen Certificates. Where the owner
   claims that his certificate for shares has been lost, destroyed or
   wrongfully taken, a new certificate shall be issued in place thereof if
   the owner (a) so requests before the corporation has notice that such
   shares have been acquired by a bona fide purchaser, and (b) files with the
   corporation a sufficient indemnity bond, and (c) satisfies such other
   reasonable requirements as the Board of Directors or any transfer agent
   and registrar for the shares may prescribe.

             5.08.  Consideration for Shares.  The Board of Directors may
   authorize shares to be issued for consideration consisting of any tangible
   or intangible property or benefit to the corporation, including cash,
   promissory notes, services performed, contracts for services to be
   performed or other securities of the corporation.  Before the corporation
   issues shares, the Board of Directors shall determine that the
   consideration received or to be received for the shares to be issued is
   adequate.  In the absence of a resolution adopted by the Board of
   Directors expressly determining that the consideration received or to be
   received is adequate, Board of Directors approval of the issuance of the
   shares shall be deemed to constitute such a determination.  The
   determination of the Board of Directors is conclusive insofar as the
   adequacy of consideration for the issuance of shares relates to whether
   the shares are validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. The
   corporation may place in escrow shares issued in whole or in part for a
   contract for future services or benefits, a promissory note, or other
   property to be issued in the future, or make other arrangements to
   restrict the transfer of the shares, and may credit distributions in
   respect of the shares against their purchase price, until the services are
   performed, the benefits or property are received or the promissory note is
   paid.  If the services are not performed, the benefits or property are not
   received or the promissory note is not paid, the corporation may cancel,
   in whole or in part, the shares escrowed or restricted and the
   distributions credited.

             5.09.  Stock Regulations.  The Board of Directors shall have the
   power and authority to make all such further rules and regulations not
   inconsistent with the statutes of the State of Wisconsin as it may deem
   expedient concerning the issue, transfer and registration of certificates
   representing shares of the corporation.

             5.10.  No Nominee Procedures.  The corporation has not
   established, and nothing in these bylaws shall be deemed to establish, any
   procedure by which a beneficial owner of the corporation's shares that are
   registered in the name of a nominee is recognized by the corporation as
   the shareholder under Section 180.0723 of the Wisconsin Business
   Corporation Law.

                          ARTICLE VI.  INDEMNIFICATION

             6.01.  Certain Definitions.  All capitalized terms used in this
   Article VI and not otherwise hereinafter defined in this Section 6.01
   shall have the meaning set forth in Section 180.0850 of the Statute.  The
   following capitalized terms (including any plural forms thereof) used in
   this Article VI shall be defined as follows:

             (a)    "Affiliate" shall include, without limitation, any
   corporation, partnership, joint venture, employee benefit plan, trust or
   other enterprise that, directly or indirectly through one or more
   intermediaries, controls or is controlled by, or is under common control
   with, the Corporation.

             (b)    "Authority" shall mean the entity selected by the
   Director or Officer to determine his or her right to indemnification
   pursuant to Section 6.04.

             (c)    "Board" shall mean the entire then elected and serving
   Board of Directors of the Corporation, including all members thereof who
   are Parties to the subject Proceeding or any related Proceeding.

             (d)    "Breach of Duty" shall mean the Director or Officer
   breached or failed to perform his or her duties to the Corporation and his
   or her breach of or failure to perform those duties is determined, in
   accordance with Section 6.04, to constitute misconduct under Section
   180.0851 (2) (a) 1, 2, 3 or 4 of the Statute.

             (e)    "Corporation," as used herein and as defined in the
   Statute and incorporated by reference into the definitions of certain
   other capitalized terms used herein, shall mean this corporation,
   including, without limitation, any successor corporation or entity to this
   corporation by way of merger, consolidation or acquisition of all or
   substantially all of the capital stock or assets of this corporation.

             (f)    "Director or Officer" shall have the meaning set forth in
   the Statute; provided that, for purposes of Article VI, it shall be
   conclusively presumed that any Director or Officer serving as a director,
   officer, partner, trustee, member of any governing or decision-making
   committee, employee or agent of an Affiliate shall be so serving at the
   request of the Corporation.

             (g)    "Disinterested Quorum" shall mean a quorum of the Board
   who are not Parties to the subject Proceeding or any related Proceeding.

             (h)    "Party" shall have the meaning set forth in the Statute;
   provided that, for purposes of this Article VI, the term "Party" shall
   also include any Director or Officer or employee who is or was a witness
   in a Proceeding at a time when he or she has not otherwise been formally
   named a Party thereto.

             (i)    "Proceeding" shall have the meaning set forth in the
   Statute; provided that, for purposes of this Article VI, the term
   "Proceeding" shall also include all Proceedings (i) brought under (in
   whole or in part) the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Exchange
   Act, their respective state counterparts, and/or any rule or regulation
   promulgated under any of the foregoing; (ii) brought before an Authority
   or otherwise to enforce rights hereunder; (iii) any appeal from a
   Proceeding; and (iv) any Proceeding in which the Director or Officer is a
   plaintiff or petitioner because he or she is a Director or Officer;
   provided, however, that such Proceeding is authorized by a majority vote
   of a Disinterested Quorum.

             (j)    "Statute" shall mean Sections 180.0850 through 180.0859,
   inclusive, of the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law, Chapter 180 of the
   Wisconsin Statutes, as the same shall then be in effect, including any
   amendments thereto, but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the
   extent such amendment permits or requires the Corporation to provide
   broader indemnification rights than the Statute permitted or required the
   Corporation to provide prior to such amendment.

             6.02.  Mandatory Indemnification.  To the fullest extent
   permitted or required by the Statute, the Corporation shall indemnify a
   Director or Officer against all Liabilities incurred by or on behalf of
   such Director or Officer in connection with a Proceeding in which the
   Director or Officer is a Party because he or she is a Director or Officer.

             6.03.  Procedural Requirements. 

             (a)    A Director or Officer who seeks indemnification under
   Section 6.02 shall make a written request therefor to the Corporation. 
   Subject to Section 6.03(b), within 60 days of the Corporation's receipt of
   such request, the Corporation shall pay or reimburse the Director or
   Officer for the entire amount of Liabilities incurred by the Director or
   Officer in connection with the subject Proceeding (net of any Expenses
   previously advanced pursuant to Section 6.05).

             (b)    No indemnification shall be required to be paid by the
   Corporation pursuant to Section 6.02 if, within such 60-day period, (i) a
   Disinterested Quorum, by a majority vote thereof, determines that the
   Director or Officer requesting indemnification engaged in misconduct
   constituting a Breach of Duty or (ii) a Disinterested Quorum cannot be
   obtained.

             (c)    In either case of nonpayment pursuant to Section 6.03(b),
   the Board shall immediately authorize by resolution that an Authority, as
   provided in Section 6.04, determine whether the Director's or Officer's
   conduct constituted a Breach of Duty and, therefore, whether
   indemnification should be denied hereunder.

             (d)    (i) If the Board does not authorize an Authority to
   determine the Director's or Officer's right to indemnification hereunder
   within such 60-day period and/or (ii) if indemnification of the requested
   amount of Liabilities is paid by the Corporation, then it shall be
   conclusively presumed for all purposes that a Disinterested Quorum has
   determined that the Director or Officer did not engage in misconduct
   constituting a Breach of Duty and, in the case of subsection (i) above
   (but not subsection (ii)), indemnification by the Corporation of the
   requested amount of Liabilities shall be paid to the Director or Officer
   immediately.

             6.04.  Determination of Indemnification. 

             (a)    If the Board authorizes an Authority to determine a
   Director's or Officer's right to indemnification pursuant to Section 6.03,
   then the Director or Officer requesting indemnification shall have the
   absolute discretionary authority to select one of the following as such
   Authority:

             (i)    An independent legal counsel; provided that such
        counsel shall be mutually selected by such Director or Officer
        and by a majority vote of a Disinterested Quorum or, if a
        Disinterested Quorum cannot be obtained, then by a majority vote
        of the Board;

             (ii)   A panel of three arbitrators selected from the
        panels of arbitrators of the American Arbitration Association in
        Milwaukee, Wisconsin; provided, that (A) one arbitrator shall be
        selected by such Director or Officer, the second arbitrator
        shall be selected by a majority vote of a Disinterested Quorum
        or, if a Disinterested Quorum cannot be obtained, then by a
        majority vote of the Board, and the third arbitrator shall be
        selected by the two previously selected arbitrators, and (B) in
        all other respects, such panel shall be governed by the American
        Arbitration Association's then existing Commercial Arbitration
        Rules; or

             (iii)  A court pursuant to and in accordance with Section
        180.0854 of the Statute.

             (b)    In any such determination by the selected Authority there
   shall exist a rebuttable presumption that the Director's or Officer's
   conduct did not constitute a Breach of Duty and that indemnification
   against the requested amount of Liabilities is required.  The burden of
   rebutting such a presumption by clear and convincing evidence shall be on
   the Corporation or such other party asserting that such indemnification
   should not be allowed.

             (c)    The Authority shall make its determination within 60 days
   of being selected and shall submit a written opinion of its conclusion
   simultaneously to both the Corporation and the Director or Officer.

             (d)    If the Authority determines that indemnification is
   required hereunder, the Corporation shall pay the entire requested amount
   of Liabilities (net of any Expenses previously advanced pursuant to
   Section 6.05), including interest thereon at a reasonable rate, as
   determined by the Authority, within 10 days of receipt of the Authority's
   opinion; provided that, if it is determined by the Authority that a
   Director or Officer is entitled to indemnification as to some claims,
   issues or matters, but not as to other claims, issues or matters, involved
   in the subject Proceeding, then the Corporation shall be required to pay
   (as set forth above) only the amount of such requested Liabilities as the
   Authority shall deem appropriate in light of all of the circumstances of
   such Proceeding.

             (e)    The determination by the Authority that indemnification
   is required hereunder shall be binding upon the Corporation regardless of
   any prior determination that the Director or Officer engaged in a Breach
   of Duty.

             (f)    All Expenses incurred in the determination process under
   this Section 6.04 by either the Corporation or the Director or Officer,
   including, without limitation, all Expenses of the selected Authority,
   shall be paid by the Corporation.

             6.05.  Mandatory Allowance of Expenses. 

             (a)    The Corporation shall pay or reimburse, within 10 days
   after the receipt of the Director's or Officer's written request therefor,
   the reasonable Expenses of the Director or Officer as such Expenses are
   incurred; provided, the following conditions are satisfied:

             (i)    The Director or Officer furnishes to the Corporation
        an executed written certificate affirming his or her good faith
        belief that he or she has not engaged in misconduct that
        constitutes a Breach of Duty; and

             (ii)   The Director or Officer furnishes to the Corporation
        an unsecured executed written agreement to repay any advances
        made under this Section 6.05 if it is ultimately determined by
        an Authority that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified by
        the Corporation for such Expenses pursuant to this Section 6.04.

             (b)    If the Director or Officer must repay any previously
   advanced Expenses pursuant to this Section 6.05, then such Director or
   Officer shall not be required to pay interest on such amounts.

             6.06.  Indemnification and Allowance of Expenses of Certain
   Others.

             (a)    The Corporation shall indemnify a director or officer of
   an Affiliate (who is not otherwise serving as a Director or Officer)
   against all Liabilities, and shall advance the reasonable Expenses,
   incurred by such director or officer in a Proceeding to the same extent
   hereunder as if such director or officer incurred such Liabilities because
   he or she was a Director or Officer, if such director or officer is a
   Party thereto because he or she is or was a director or officer of the
   Affiliate.

             (b)    The Corporation shall indemnify an employee who is not a
   Director or Officer, to the extent that he or she has been successful on
   the merits or otherwise in defense of a Proceeding, for all reasonable
   Expenses incurred in the Proceeding if the employee was a Party because he
   or she was an employee of the Corporation.

             (c)    The Board may, in its sole and absolute discretion as it
   deems appropriate, pursuant to a majority vote thereof, indemnify (to the
   extent not otherwise provided in Section 6.06(b) hereof) against
   Liabilities incurred by, and/or provide for the allowance of reasonable
   Expenses of, an employee or authorized agent of the Corporation acting
   within the scope of his or her duties as such and who is not otherwise a
   Director or Officer.

             6.07.  Insurance.  The Corporation may purchase and maintain
   insurance on behalf of a Director or Officer or any individual who is or
   was an employee or authorized agent of the Corporation against any
   Liability asserted against or incurred by such individual in his or her
   capacity as such or arising from his or her status as such, regardless of
   whether the Corporation is required or permitted to indemnify against any
   such Liability under this Article VI.

             6.08.  Notice to the Corporation.  A Director, Officer or
   employee shall promptly notify the Corporation in writing when he or she
   has actual knowledge of a Proceeding that may result in a claim of
   indemnification against Liabilities or allowance of Expenses hereunder,
   but the failure to do so shall not relieve the Corporation of any
   liability to the Director, Officer or employee hereunder unless the
   Corporation shall have been irreparably prejudiced by such failure (as
   determined, in the case of Directors or Officers only, by an Authority
   selected pursuant to Section 6.04(a)).

             6.09.  Severability.  If any provision of this Article VI shall
   be deemed invalid or inoperative, or if a court of competent jurisdiction
   determines that any of the provisions of this Article VI contravene public
   policy, then this Article VI shall be construed so that the remaining
   provisions shall not be affected, but shall remain in full force and
   effect, and any such provisions that are invalid or inoperative or that
   contravene public policy shall be deemed, without further action or deed
   by or on behalf of the Corporation, to be modified, amended and/or
   limited, but only to the extent necessary to render the same valid and
   enforceable.

             6.10.  Nonexclusivity of Article VI.  The rights of a Director,
   Officer or employee (or any other person) granted under this Article VI
   shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to indemnification
   against Liabilities or advancement of Expenses that the Director, Officer
   or employee (or such other person) may be entitled to under any written
   agreement, Board resolution, vote of shareholders of the Corporation or
   otherwise, including, without limitation, under the Statute. Nothing
   contained in this Article VI shall be deemed to limit the Corporation's
   obligations to indemnify against Liabilities or advance Expenses to a
   Director, Officer or employee under the Statute.

             6.11.  Contractual Nature of Article VI; Repeal or Limitation of
   Rights.  This Article VI shall be deemed to be a contract between the
   Corporation and each Director, Officer and employee of the Corporation,
   and any repeal or other limitation of this Article VI or any repeal or
   limitation of the Statute or any other applicable law shall not limit any
   rights of indemnification against Liabilities or allowance of Expenses
   then existing or arising out of events, acts or omissions occurring prior
   to such repeal or limitation, including, without limitation, the right to
   indemnification against Liabilities or allowance of Expenses for
   Proceedings commenced after such repeal or limitation to enforce this
   Article VI with regard to acts, omissions or events arising prior to such
   repeal or limitation.

                           ARTICLE VII.  MISCELLANEOUS

             7.01.  Amendments.  Subject to the provisions of the Amended and
   Restated Articles of Incorporation, these bylaws may be altered, amended
   or repealed by the shareholders or by the Board of Directors.   Any action
   taken or authorized by the shareholders or by the Board of Directors, that
   would be inconsistent with the bylaws then in effect but is taken or
   authorized by affirmative vote of not less than the number of shares or
   the number of directors required to amend the bylaws so that the bylaws
   would be consistent with such action shall be given the same effect as
   though the bylaws had been temporarily amended or suspended so far, but
   only so far, as is necessary to permit the specific action so taken or
   authorized.

             7.02.  Seal.
    
             The corporation shall have a seal which shall be in such form as
   the Board of Directors shall approve from time to time, but the use of
   such seal shall not be necessary to evidence authority for any action on
   behalf of the corporation or to evidence the authenticity of any signature
   on behalf of the corporation or of any officer of the corporation.

             7.03.  Fiscal Year
    
             The fiscal year shall mean the 52-week or 53-week period ending
   on the Saturday closest to October 31 of each year.

             7.04.  Emergency Provisions.
    
             The following emergency provisions shall be operative to the
   extent and under the circumstances set forth in Section 180.0207 of the
   Wisconsin Business Corporation Law:
    
             The Board of Directors, either before or during any such
   emergency, may provide, and from time to time modify, lines of succession
   in the event that during such emergency any or all officers or agents of
   the corporation shall for any reason be rendered incapable of discharging
   their duties. 
    
             The Board of Directors, either before or during any such
   emergency, may, effective in the emergency, change the head office or
   designate several alternative head offices or regional offices, or
   authorize the officers so to do. 
    
             No officer, director or employee acting in anticipation of or
   during an emergency in accordance with any emergency bylaws shall be
   liable for action taken in good faith to further the ordinary business
   affairs of the corporation during any such emergency.
    
             To the extent not inconsistent with any emergency bylaws so
   adopted, the bylaws of the corporation shall remain in effect during any
   emergency and upon its termination the emergency bylaws shall cease to be
   operative. 

             Unless otherwise provided in emergency bylaws, notice of any
   meeting of the Board of Directors during such an emergency may be given
   only to such of the directors as it may be feasible to reach at the time
   and by such means as may be feasible at the time, including publication or
   radio. 




                                                                  EXHIBIT 4.5

                                HK SYSTEMS, INC.
                       FIRST AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

   Harris Trust and Savings Bank
   Chicago, Illinois

   Firstar Bank Milwaukee, N.A.
   Milwaukee, Wisconsin  53202

   The Northern Trust Company
   Chicago, Illinois  60675

   Bank One, Wisconsin
   Milwaukee, Wisconsin  53201-2033

   Ladies and Gentlemen:

        Reference is hereby made to that certain Third Amended and Restated
   Credit Agreement dated as of November 15, 1996 (the "Credit Agreement")
   currently in effect by and among, HK Systems, Inc., a Wisconsin
   corporation (the "Company"), and you (the "Lenders").  All capitalized
   terms used herein without definition shall have the same meanings herein
   as such terms have in the Credit Agreement.

        The Company hereby applies to the Lenders to decrease by $10,000,000
   the Revolving Credit Commitments, to extend a new term loan in the
   original principal amount of $6,000,000, to extend the Revolving Credit
   Termination Date, to amend certain of the financial covenants contained
   therein and to make certain other amendments to the Credit Agreement, and
   the Lenders are willing to do so under the terms and conditions set forth
   in this Amendment.

   1.   DECREASE OF REVOLVING COMMITMENT AMOUNTS.

        Upon the effectiveness of this Amendment, the amount of each Lender's
   Commitment in respect of the Revolving Credit set forth opposite its name
   in Section 1.1 of the Credit Agreement shall be amended and as so amended
   shall be restated as follows:

                                          AMOUNT OF          PERCENTAGE
                                          REVOLVING         OF REVOLVING
                                           CREDIT              CREDIT
                LENDER                   COMMITMENT          COMMITMENT

    Harris Trust and Savings Bank      $26,666,666.72        33.3333334%
    Firstar Bank Milwaukee, N.A.       $17,777,777.76        22.2222222%
    The Northern Trust Company         $17,777,777.76        22.2222222%
    Bank One, Milwaukee, N.A.          $17,777,777.76        22.2222222%
                                        -------------        ---------- 
                             TOTAL     $80,000,000.00            100.00%  


   2.   WAIVER OF REDEMPTION AND DIVIDEND.

        On a day in December of 1997, the Company plans to make one-time
   redemption of up to 1,050,000 of its shares from Gordon Jones at a price
   of not more than $6.15 per share ("Special Redemption") and pay accrued
   dividends on preferred stock as of October 31, 1997 in an amount not to
   exceed $4,667,507 ("Special Dividend").  The Lenders agree that (i) the
   Special Redemption and the Special Dividend will not constitute a
   restricted payment as prohibited by Section 8.16 of the Credit Agreement
   and, therefore, an Event of Default pursuant to Section 9.1(d) of the
   Credit Agreement and (ii) the Special Dividend and Special Redemption will
   not be counted toward the imitation on redemptions in Section 8.16(c) or
   dividends in Section 8.16(d).

   3.   AMENDMENTS.

        Upon the effectiveness of this Amendment, the Credit Agreement shall
   be and hereby is amended as follows:

        3.01.     Section 1.6 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by
   adding the following immediately at the end of such Section.

             Section 1.6.   Term Credit.  Subject to all of the terms
        and conditions hereof, each Lender agrees to make a term loan to
        the Company in the amount of its Term Credit Commitment.  The
        maximum amount of the Term Loan which each Lender party hereto
        as of the date hereof agrees to extend to the Company shall be
        as set forth below opposite such Lender's name:

    Harris Trust and Savings Bank       $ 2,000,000.01       33.3333334%
    Firstar Bank Milwaukee, N.A.        $ 1,333,333.33       22.2222222%
    The Northern Trust Company          $ 1,333,333.33       22.2222222%
    Bank One, Milwaukee, N.A.           $ 1,333,333.33       22.2222222%
                                          ------------       ----------
                              TOTAL     $ 6,000,000.00           100.00%  

        The loans from all the Lenders under the Term Credit
        (collectively, the "Term Loans" and individually, as to each
        Lender, its "Term Loan") shall be made concurrently and the Term
        Loans shall be disbursed in a single advance made, if at all,on
        or before January 15, 1998, at which time the Term Credit
        Commitments shall expire.  The Term Loan made by each Lender to
        the Company under the Term Credit shall be evidenced by a Term
        Credit note of the Company (individually a "Term Credit Note"
        and collectively the "Term Credit Notes") payable to the order
        of such Lender in the amount of its Term Credit Commitment, each
        Term Credit Note to be in the form (with appropriate insertions)
        attached hereto as Exhibit D.  Each Term Credit Note shall be
        expressed to mature as follows:  one installment in an aggregate
        amount of $600,000, to be paid on or before January 31, 1998 and
        then five consecutive annual installments, the first such
        installment commencing on October 31, 1998 and continuing on the
        last day of each October occurring thereafter to and including
        October 31, 2002 and aggregating $600,000 per installment, and a
        final installment due on December 15, 2002 and aggregating the
        entire remaining unpaid principal balance of the Term Credit
        Notes.  The amount of each installment due on the Term Credit
        Note held by each Lender shall be a pro rata part (based on the
        relationship which its Term Credit Commitment bears to the total
        Term Credit Commitments) of each such aggregate amount.  No
        amount repaid on the Term Credit Notes may be reborrowed.  The
        Term Loans shall be used by the Company to fund its
        substantially concurrent loan of like amount to the employee
        stock ownership plan the Company is establishing for its
        employees on or about December of 1997.

        3.02.     The first sentence of Section 1.3 of the Credit Agreement
   shall be amended and as so amended shall be restated in its entirety to
   read as follows:

             Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Revolving
        Credit may be availed of by the Company in the form of loans
        (individually a "Revolving Loan" and collectively the "Revolving
        Loans").

        3.03.     The third sentence of Section 1.3 of the Credit Agreement
   shall be amended and as so amended shall be restated in its entirety to
   read as follows:

             Each advance made by a Lender of its pro rata share of a
        revolving loan shall be evidenced by a Revolving Credit Note of
        the Company (individually a "Revolving Credit Note" and
        collectively the "Revolving Credit Notes") payable to the order
        of such Lender in the amount of its commitment, with each
        Revolving Credit Note to be in the form (with appropriate
        insertions) attached hereto as Exhibit A.

        3.04.     The second sentence of Section 1.5(a) of the Credit
   Agreement shall be amended and as so amended shall be restated in its
   entirety to read as follows:

             Each such notice shall specify the date of the Loan
        requested (which must be a Business Day), whether such Loan is a
        Revolving Loan or the Term Loan and the amount of such Loan.

        3.05.     Section 5.1 of the Credit Agreement shall be amended by
   adding the following new definitions therein in the appropriate
   alphabetical order:

             "ESOP Principal" means, with reference to any period, the
        aggregate amount of principal payments made during such period
        on the Term Credit Notes.

             "Term Credit Commitments" means the commitments of the
        Lenders to extend a Term Loan in the amounts set forth opposite
        their names in Section 1.6 hereof and opposite their signatures
        on Assignment Agreements delivered pursuant to Section 11.15
        hereof under the heading "Commitment", as such amounts may be
        reduced pursuant thereto.

        3.06.     The following definitions appearing in Section 5.1 of the
   Credit Agreement shall be amended and as so amended shall be restated in
   their entirety to read as follows:

             "Funded Debt Ratio" means, as of any time the same is to be
        determined, the ratio of (i) Senior Funded Debt at such time to
        (ii) the sum of (x) EBITDA for the four most recently completed
        fiscal quarters of the Company and (y) ESOP Principal.

             "Interest Coverage Ratio" means, as of any time the same is
        to be determined, the ratio of (i) the sum of (x) EBITDA for the
        four most recently completed fiscal quarters of the Company and
        (y) ESOP Principal to (ii) Interest Expense for the same period
        of four fiscal quarters.

             "Loans" means the Revolving Loans and the Term Loans,
        collectively, and the term "Loan" shall mean any of the
        Revolving Loans or Term Loans, in each case unless the context
        in which such term is used shall otherwise require; provided,
        however, that the terms "Loan" and "Loans" as used in
        Sections 1.2, 1.3, 1.4 and 1.5(b) hereof shall mean respectively
        Revolving Loan and Revolving Loans.

             "Notes" means the Revolving Credit Notes and the Term
        Credit Notes, collectively, and the term "Note" shall mean any
        of the Revolving Credit Notes or Term Notes, in each case unless
        the context i which such term is used shall otherwise require;
        provided, however, that the terms "Note" and "Notes" as used in
        Sections 1.1 and 1.3 of this Agreement shall mean, respectively,
        Revolving Credit Note and Revolving Credit Notes.

             "Termination Date" means December 15, 2002, or such earlier
        date on which the Commitments are terminated in whole pursuant
        to Sections 3.3, 9.2 or 9.3 hereof.

        3.07.     Section 8.6 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and
   as so amended shall be restated in its entirety to read as follows:

             Section 8.6.   Current Ratio.  The Company will at all
        times during each of the period specified below maintain a
        Current Ratio of not less than:
                                                              CURRENT RATIO
             FROM AND                  TO AND THROUGH         SHALL NOT BE
             INCLUDING                    CLOSE OF             LESS THAN:

          The date hereof        2nd fiscal quarter of the     0.90 to 1.0
                                 Company's 1998 fiscal year

     3rd fiscal quarter of the      All times thereafter       1.00 to 1.0
    Company's 1998 fiscal year

        3.08.     Schedule 6.3 to the Credit Agreement is hereby amended to
   reflect the deletion of HK Taylor Industries, Inc. as a Subsidiary and as
   so amended shall be restated in its entirety read as set forth on
   Schedule Two attached hereto.  All references to Schedule 6.3 in the
   Credit Agreement shall be declared references to Schedule 6.2 as set forth
   on Schedule Two attached hereto.

   4.   CONDITIONS PRECEDENT.

        The effectiveness of this Amendment (other than Section 5 hereof),
   and the obligation of the Lenders to extend the Term Loans, is subject to
   the satisfaction of all of the following conditions precedent:

        4.01.     The Company, the Agent and the Lenders shall have executed
   and delivered this Amendment.

        4.02.     The Company shall have executed Term Credit Notes in favor
   of each Lender in the form attached hereto as Schedule One, with each Term
   Credit Note to a Lender to be dated as of the date of its issuance and in
   a face amount equal to the Term loan to be extended by such Lender after
   giving effect to this Amendment.

        4.03.     No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be
   continuing as of the date this Amendment would otherwise take effect.

        4.04.     Legal matters incident to the execution and delivery of
   this Amendment shall be satisfactory to the Lenders and their counsel; and
   the Lenders shall have received the favorable written opinion of counsel
   for the Company in form and substance satisfactory to the Lenders and
   their counsel.

        4.05.     The Company shall have delivered to the Agent a certificate
   of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Company certifying that the
   Articles of Incorporation of the Company have not changed since
   November 15, 1996.

   5.   POST-CLOSING ITEMS.

        5.01.     Certain Real Estate Collateral.  The Agent shall have
   received no later than 30 days from the date hereof, the following for the
   account of the Lenders (each to be properly executed and completed) and
   the same shall have been approved as to form and substance by the Lenders:

             (i)  a supplement to that certain Deed of Trust, Security
        Agreement and Assignment of Rents dated as of january 21, 1997,
        and recorded in the Recorder's Office of Davis County, Utah on
        February 25,1997, as Document No. 1306007, at Book 2098,
        Page 683 (the "Existing Utah Mortgage"), to confirm and assure
        that the Existing Utah Mortgage secures the Revolving Credit and
        Term Credit as amended hereby, together with any financing
        statements or financing statement amendments requested by the
        Agent in connection therewith;

             (ii) a supplement to that certain Mortgage and Security
        Agreement and Assignment of Rents dated as of January 21, 1997,
        and recorded on the Recorder's Office of Montgomery County,
        Alabama on August 21, 1997, as RLPY 1782, Page 0938 (the
        "Existing Alabama Mortgage") to confirm and assure that the
        Existing Alabama Mortgage secures the Revolving Credit and Term
        Credit as amended hereby, together with any financing statements
        or financing statement amendments requested by the Agent in
        connection therewith;

             (iii)     an endorsement to the mortgagee's policy of title
        insurance (or a binding commitment therefor) for the Existing
        Utah Mortgage (as supplemented) creating liens on the Company's
        real property in Bountiful, Utah to confirm that such policy
        secures the Revolving Credit and Term Credit as amended hereby
        which endorsement shall bring the effective date of coverage
        thereunder down to the date of disbursement of the first Loan
        under the new Revolving Credit and new Term Credit and show no
        exceptions to title or coverage other than those shown on such
        policy as originally issued (except that no exception shall
        appear for taxes which are now due and payable);

             (iv) a mortgagee's title insurance policy (or a prepaid
        binding commitment therefor) insuring the lien on the Company's
        real property located in Montgomery, Alabama (the "Alabama
        Property") in the aggregate amount of its current appraised fair
        market value to be a valid first lien subject to no defects or
        objections which are unacceptable to the Agent, together with
        such endorsements as the Agent may require;

             (v)  a mortgagee's title insurance policy (or a prepaid
        binding commitment therefor) insuring the lien on the Company's
        real property located in Salisburg, North Carolina (the "North
        Carolina Property") in the aggregate amount of its current
        appraised fair market value to be a valid first lien subject to
        no defects or objections which are unacceptable to the Bank,
        together with such endorsements as the Agent may require;

             (vi) the most recent appraisal report, if any, held by the
        Company describing the fair market value of each parcel of real
        property subject to the lien on the North Carolina Property; and

             (vii)     a good standing certificate (or equivalent) for
        the Company (dated no earlier than five (5) days prior to the
        date hereof) from the offices of the Secretary of State of Utah
        and Alabama.

        Any failure of the Company to satisfy the requirements set forth in
   Section 4.01 hereof by the deadlines also set forth above, whether or not
   this Amendment otherwise takes effect, will constitute an Event of Default
   under the Credit Agreement.

   6.   REPRESENTATIONS.

        In order to induce the Lenders to execute and deliver this Amendment,
   the Company hereby represents to the Lenders that as of the date hereof,
   the representations and warranties set forth in Section 6 of the Credit
   Agreement are and shall be and remain true and correct (except that for
   purposes of this paragraph, the representations contained in Section 6.4
   shall be deemed to refer to the most recent financial statements of the
   Company delivered to the Lenders) and the Company is in full compliance
   with all of the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement and no
   Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under the
   Credit Agreement or shall result after giving effect to this Amendment.

   7.   MISCELLANEOUS.

        7.01.     The Company acknowledges and agrees that all of the
   Collateral Documents to which it is a party remain in full force and
   effect for the benefit and security of, among other things, the Revolving
   Credit Loans and Term Loans as modified hereby.  The Company further
   acknowledges and agrees that all references in such Collateral Documents
   to the Loans shall be deemed a reference to the Revolving Credit Loans and
   Term Loans as so modified.  The Company further agrees to execute and
   delivery any and all instruments or documents as may be required by the
   Agent or Required Lenders to confirm any of the foregoing.

        7.02.     Except as specifically amended herein, the Credit Agreement
   shall continue in full force and effect in accordance with its original
   terms.  Reference to this specific Amendment need not be made in the
   Credit Agreement, the Notes, or any other instrument or document executed
   in connection therewith, or in any certificate, letter or communication
   issued or made pursuant to or with respect to the Credit Agreement, any
   reference in any of such items to the Credit Agreement being sufficient to
   refer to the Credit Agreement as amended hereby.

        7.03.     This Amendment may be executed in any number of
   counterparts, and by the different parties on different counterpart
   signature pages, all of which taken together shall constitute one and the
   same agreement.  Any of the parties hereto may execute this Amendment by
   signing any such counterparts and each of such counterparts shall for all
   purposes be deemed to be an original.  This Amendment shall be governed by
   the internal laws of the State of Illinois.

        7.04.     The Company agrees to pay all reasonable out-of-pocket
   costs and expenses incurred by the Lenders in connection with the
   preparation, execution and delivery of this Amendment and the documents
   and transactions contemplated hereby, including the reasonable fees and
   expenses of counsel for the Lenders with respect to the foregoing.

        Dated as of December 15, 1997.

                                      HK SYSTEMS, INC.



                                      By   /s/                               
                                           Its  ___________________________



        Accepted and agreed to in Chicago, Illinois as of the date and year
   last above written.

                                      HARRIS TRUST AND SAVINGS BANK



                                      By   /s/                               
                                           Its  ___________________________



                                      FIRSTAR BANK MILWAUKEE, N.A.



                                      By   /s/                               
                                           Its  ___________________________



                                      THE NORTHERN TRUST COMPANY



                                      By   /s/                               
                                           Its  ___________________________



                                      BANK ONE, WISCONSIN



                                      By   /s/                               
                                           Its  ___________________________


   <PAGE>

                               GUARANTOR'S CONSENT

        Each of the undersigned has heretofore executed and delivered to the
   Agent a Guaranty dated November 15, 1996 and each hereby consents to the
   Amendment to the Credit Agreement as set forth above and confirms that its
   Guaranty and all of the undersigned's obligations thereunder remain in
   full force and effect and,without limiting the foregoing, acknowledges and
   agrees that all the Loans, made before and after giving effect to this
   Amendment to the Credit Agreement, constitute indebtedness which is
   guaranteed by the undersigned under its Guaranty.  Each of the undersigned
   further agrees that the consent of each of the undersigned to any further
   amendments to the Credit Agreement shall not be required as a result of
   its consent having been obtained.

                                      HEI SERVICES, INC.



                                      By   _________________________________
                                           Its  ___________________________



                                      HISCO SYSTEMS OF CANADA LTD.



                                      By   _________________________________
                                           Its  ___________________________


   <PAGE>

                                  SCHEDULE ONE

                                    EXHIBIT D

                                HK SYSTEMS, INC.
                                    TERM NOTE


                                                            Chicago, Illinois
   $__________                                              December __, 1997



        On the Term Credit Termination Date, for value received, the
   undersigned, HK SYSTEMS, INC., a Wisconsin corporation (the "Company"),
   hereby promises to pay to the order of
   _______________________________________ (the "Lender"), at the principal
   office of Harris Trust and Savings Bank in Chicago, Illinois, the
   principal sum of (i) _______________________________________________ and
   no/100 Dollars ($__________), or (ii) such lesser amount as may at the
   time of the maturity hereof, whether by acceleration or otherwise, be the
   aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Term Loans owing from the Company
   to the Lender under the Term Credit provided for in the Credit Agreement
   hereinafter mentioned.

        This Note evidences loans constituting part of a "Domestic Rate
   Portion" and "LIBOR Portions" as such terms are defined in that certain
   Credit Agreement dated as of November 15, 1996, between the Company,
   Harris Trust and Savings Bank, individually and as Agent thereunder, and
   the other Lenders which are now or may from time to time hereafter become
   parties thereto (said Credit Agreement, as the same may be amended,
   modified or restated from time to time, being referred to herein as the
   "Credit Agreement") made and to be made to the Company by the Lender under
   the Term Credit provided for under the Credit Agreement, and the Company
   hereby promises to pay interest at the office described above on each loan
   evidenced hereby at the rates and at the times and in the manner specified
   therefor in the Credit Agreement.

        Each loan made under the Term Credit provided for in the Credit
   Agreement by the Lender to the Company against this Note, any repayment of
   principal hereon, the status of each such loan from time to time as part
   of the Domestic Rate Portion or a LIBOR Portion and, in the case of any
   LIBOR Portion, the interest rate and Interest Period applicable thereto
   shall be endorsed by the holder hereof on a schedule to this Note or
   recorded on the books and records of the holder hereof (provided that such
   entries shall be endorsed on a schedule to this Note prior to any
   negotiation hereof).  The Company agrees that in any action or proceeding
   instituted to collect or enforce collection of this Note, the entries so
   endorsed on a schedule to this Note or recorded on the books and records
   of the holder hereof shall, absent manifest error, be prima facie evidence
   of the unpaid principal balance of this Note, the status of each such loan
   from time to time as part of the Domestic Rate Portion or a LIBOR Portion,
   and, in the case of any LIBOR Portion, the interest rate and Interest
   Period applicable thereto.

        This Note is issued by the Company under the terms and provisions of
   the Credit Agreement and is secured by, among other things, the Collateral
   Documents, and this Note and the holder hereof are entitled to all of the
   benefits and security provided for thereby or referred to therein, to
   which reference is hereby made for a statement thereof.  This Note may be
   declared to be, or be and become, due prior to its expressed maturity,
   voluntary prepayments may be made hereon, and certain prepayments are
   required to be made hereon, all in the events, on the terms and with the
   effects provided in the Credit Agreement.  All capitalized terms used
   herein without definition shall have the same meanings herein as such
   terms are defined in the Credit Agreement.

        The Company hereby promises to pay all reasonable costs and expenses
   (including attorneys' fees) suffered or incurred by the holder hereof in
   collecting this Note or enforcing any rights in any collateral therefor. 
   The Company hereby waives presentment for payment and demand.  This Note
   shall be construed in accordance with, and governed by, the internal laws
   of the State of Illinois without regard to principles of conflicts of
   laws.

                                      HK SYSTEMS, INC.



                                      By   _________________________________
                                           Name:  __________________________
                                           Title: __________________________

   <PAGE>
                                  SCHEDULE TWO

                                  SCHEDULE 6.2

                                  SUBSIDIARIES

                                        JURISDICTION        PERCENTAGE
                  NAME                OF INCORPORATION      OWNERSHIP

    HISCO Systems of Canada Ltd.           Canada            100%

    HEI Services, Inc.                    Delaware           100%

    HK Systems Foreign Sales Corp.                           100%



                                                                  EXHIBIT 4.6

                                HK SYSTEMS, INC.
                      SECOND AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

   Harris Trust and Savings Bank
   Chicago, Illinois

   Firstar Bank Milwaukee, N.A.
   Milwaukee, Wisconsin  53202

   The Northern Trust Company
   Chicago, Illinois  60675

   Bank One, Wisconsin
   Milwaukee, Wisconsin  53201-2033

   Ladies and Gentlemen:

        Reference is hereby made to that certain Third Amended and Restated
   Credit Agreement dated as of November 15, 1996 (as has been amended and as
   may be amended from time to time, the "Credit Agreement") currently in
   effect by and among HK Systems, Inc., a Wisconsin corporation (the
   "Company"), and you (the "Lenders").  All capitalized terms used herein
   without definition shall have the same meanings herein as such terms have
   in the Credit Agreement.

        The Company hereby applies to the Lenders to amend certain of the
   financial covenants contained therein and to make certain other amendments
   to the Credit Agreement, and the Lenders are willing to do so under the
   terms and conditions set forth in this Amendment.

   1.   AMENDMENTS.

        Upon the effectiveness of this Amendment and subject to the
   conditions precedent set forth in Section 2 below, the Credit Agreement
   shall be and hereby is amended as follows:

        1.01.     Section 8.7 and Section 8.8 of the Credit Agreement are
   hereby amended and as so amended shall be restated in their entirety to
   read as follows:

             Section 8.7.   Leverage Ratio.  The Company will at all
        times during each of the periods specified below maintain its
        Leverage Ratio at not more than:

                                                         LEVERAGE RATIO
                                      TO AND               SHALL NOT
       FROM AND INCLUDING        THROUGH CLOSE OF       BE GREATER THAN:

        the date hereof       4th fiscal quarter of       0.95 to 1.0
                                the Company's 1998
                                   fiscal year

     1st fiscal quarter of    3rd fiscal quarter of       0.55 to 1.0
       the Company's 1999       the Company's 1999
          fiscal year              fiscal year

     4th fiscal quarter of     All times thereafter       0.50 to 1.0
       the Company's 1999
          fiscal year

             Section 8.8.   Funded Debt Ratio.  The Company will at all
        times during each of the periods specified below maintain its
        Funded Debt Ratio at not more than:

                                                          FUNDED DEBT
                                    TO AND                RATIO SHALL
      FROM AND INCLUDING       THROUGH CLOSE OF        NOT BE MORE THAN:

       the date hereof       4th fiscal quarter of        3.25 to 1.0
                              the Company's 1998
                                  fiscal year

    1st fiscal quarter of    3rd fiscal quarter of        2.50 to 1.0
      the Company's 1999      the Company's 1999
         fiscal year              fiscal year

    4th fiscal quarter of    All times thereafter         2.00 to 1.0
      the Company's 1999
         fiscal year

   2.   CONDITIONS PRECEDENT.

        The effectiveness of this Amendment and the obligation of the Lenders
   to extend the Term Loans, is subject to the satisfaction of all of the
   following conditions precedent:

        2.01.     The Company, the Agent and the Lenders shall have executed
   and delivered this Amendment.

        2.02.     No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be
   continuing as of the date this Amendment would otherwise take effect.

   3.   REPRESENTATIONS.

        In order to induce the Lenders to execute and deliver this Amendment,
   the Company hereby represents to the Lenders that as of the date
   hereof,the representations and warranties set forth in Section 6 of the
   Credit Agreement are and shall be and remain true and correct (except that
   for purposes of this paragraph, the representations contained in
   Section 6.4 shall be deemed to refer to the most recent financial
   statements of the Company delivered to the Lenders) and the Company is in
   full compliance with all of the terms and conditions of the Credit
   Agreement and no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is
   continuing under the Credit Agreement or shall result after giving effect
   to this Amendment.

   4.   MISCELLANEOUS.

        4.01.     The Company acknowledges and agrees that all of the
   Collateral Documents to which it is a party remain in full force and
   effect for the benefit and security of, among other things, the Revolving
   Credit Loans and Term Loans.  The Company further agrees to execute and
   deliver any and all instruments or documents as may be required by the
   Agent or Required Lenders to confirm any of the foregoing.

        4.02.     Except as specifically amended herein, the Credit Agreement
   shall continue in full force and effect in accordance with its original
   terms.  Reference to this specific Amendment need not be made in the
   Credit Agreement, the Notes, or any other instrument or document executed
   in connection therewith, or in any certificate, letter or communication
   issued or made pursuant to or with respect to the Credit Agreement, any
   reference in any of such items to the Credit Agreement being sufficient to
   refer to the Credit Agreement as amended hereby.

        4.03.     This Amendment may be executed in any number of
   counterparts, and by the different parties on different counterpart
   signature pages, all of which taken together shall constitute one and the
   same agreement.  Any of the parties hereto may execute this Amendment by
   signing any such counterpart and each of such counterparts shall for all
   purposes be deemed to be an original.  This Amendment shall be governed by
   the internal laws of the State of Illinois.

        4.04.     The Company agrees to pay all reasonable out-of-pocket
   costs and expenses incurred by the Lenders in connection with the
   preparation, execution and delivery of this Amendment and the documents
   and transactions contemplated hereby, including the reasonable fees and
   expenses of counsel for the Lenders with respect to the foregoing.

        Dated as of January , 1998.

                                      HK SYSTEMS, INC.



                                      By   /s/                               
                                           Its  ___________________________



        Accepted and agreed to in Chicago, Illinois as of the date and year
   last above written.

                                      HARRIS TRUST AND SAVINGS BANK



                                      By   /s/                               
                                           Its  ___________________________



                                      FIRSTAR BANK MILWAUKEE, N.A.



                                      By   /s/                               
                                           Its  ___________________________



                                      THE NORTHERN TRUST COMPANY



                                      By   /s/                               
                                           Its  ___________________________



                                      BANK ONE, WISCONSIN


                                      By   /s/                               
                                           Its  ___________________________

   <PAGE>

                               GUARANTOR'S CONSENT

        Each of the undersigned has heretofore executed and delivered to the
   Agent a Guaranty dated November 15, 1996 and each hereby consents to the
   Amendment to the Credit Agreement as set forth above and confirms that its
   Guaranty and all of the undersigned's obligations thereunder remain in
   full force and effect and,without limiting the foregoing, acknowledges and
   agrees that all the Loans, made before and after giving effect to this
   Amendment to the Credit Agreement, constitute indebtedness which is
   guaranteed by the undersigned under its Guaranty.  Each of the undersigned
   further agrees that the consent of each of the undersigned to any further
   amendments to the Credit Agreement shall not be required as a result of
   its consent having been obtained.

                                      HEI SERVICES, INC.



                                      By   _________________________________
                                           Its  ___________________________



                                      HISCO SYSTEMS OF CANADA LTD.



                                      By   _________________________________
                                           Its  ___________________________



                                                                  Exhibit 5.1

                           F O L E Y  &  L A R D N E R

                          A T T O R N E Y S  A T  L A W

   CHICAGO                       FIRSTAR CENTER                     SAN DIEGO
   JACKSONVILLE             777 EAST WISCONSIN AVENUE           SAN FRANCISCO
   LOS ANGELES           MILWAUKEE, WISCONSIN 53202-5367          TALLAHASSEE
   MADISON                  TELEPHONE (414) 271-2400                    TAMPA
   ORLANDO                  FACSIMILE (414) 297-4900         WASHINGTON, D.C.
   SACRAMENTO                                                 WEST PALM BEACH
                              WRITER'S DIRECT LINE

                                 (414) 297-5678

                                February 27, 1998



   HK Systems, Inc.
   2855 South James Drive
   New Berlin, Wisconsin 53151

   Gentlemen:

             We have acted as special counsel for HK Systems, Inc., a
   Wisconsin corporation (the "Company"), with respect to the preparation of
   the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (the "Registration
   Statement"), including the prospectus constituting a part thereof (the
   "Prospectus"), to be filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange
   Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities
   Act"), in connection with the proposed sale by the Company and certain
   shareholders of the Company (the "Selling Shareholders") of such number of
   shares (the "Shares") of the Company's Common Stock, $.01 par value (the
   "Common Stock"), having a value upon filing of the Registration Statement
   of up to $115,000,000 in the manner set forth in the Registration
   Statement and Prospectus.  

             In connection with our representation, we have examined (i) the
   Registration Statement, including the Prospectus; (ii) the Company's
   Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation and the Company's By-laws,
   as proposed to be amended upon the consummation of the offering and sale
   of the Shares; (iii) the resolutions of the Board of Directors of the
   Company relating to the offering and sale of the Shares; and (iv) such
   other proceedings, documents and records we deemed necessary to enable us
   to render this opinion.

             Based upon the foregoing, and having regard for such legal
   considerations as we deem relevant, we are of the opinion that:

             1.   The Company is a corporation validly existing under the
   laws of the State of Wisconsin.

             2.   The Shares that are to be offered and sold by the Company,
   when the price thereof has been determined by action of the Company's
   Board of Directors and when issued and paid for in the manner contemplated
   in the Registration Statement and Prospectus, will be validly issued,
   fully paid and nonassessable and no personal liability will attached to
   the ownership thereof, except for debts owing to employees of the Company
   for services performed, but not exceeding six months' service in any one
   case, as provided in Section 180.0622(2)(b) of the Wisconsin Business
   Corporation Law as interpreted in Local 257 of Hotel and Restaurant
   Employees and Bartenders International Union v. Wilson Street East Dinner
   Playhouse, Inc., Case No. 82-CV-0023, Cir. Ct. Branch 1, Dane County,
   Wisconsin, aff'd, 375 N.W. 2d 664 (Wis. 1979).

             3.   The Shares that are to be offered and sold by the Selling
   Shareholders when issued pursuant to the Conversion (as defined in the
   Registration Statement) will be, and when sold in the manner contemplated
   in the Registration Statement and Prospectus will continue to be, validly
   issued, fully paid and nonassessable except with respect to wage claims of
   employees of the Company for services performed, as described above and as
   provided in Section 180.0622(2)(b) of the Wisconsin Business Corporation
   Law.

             We consent to the use of this opinion as an exhibit to the
   Registration Statement and to the references to our firm therein.  In
   giving our consent, we do not admit that we are "experts" within the
   meaning of Section 11 of the Securities Act or within the category of
   persons whose consent is required by Section 7 of the Securities Act.

                                      Very truly yours,

                                      /s/ FOLEY & LARDNER

                                      FOLEY & LARDNER




                                                                 EXHIBIT 10.1


                               SECOND AMENDMENT TO
                     EMPLOYMENT AND NONCOMPETITION AGREEMENT

             THIS SECOND AMENDMENT, dated as of February 19, 1998 (the
   "Second Amendment"), TO THE EMPLOYMENT AND NONCOMPETITION AGREEMENT dated
   as of October 28, 1993 and as amended on October 31, 1996 (the "Original
   Agreement"), by and among HK SYSTEMS, INC. (formerly known as
   Harnischfeger Engineers, Inc.) (the "Company") and JOHN W. SPLUDE (the
   "Employee").

             WHEREAS, the Company and the Employee are parties to the
   Original Agreement; and

             WHEREAS, the parties wish to set forth in this Second Amendment
   certain agreements they have reached.

             IN CONSIDERATION of the mutual promises and covenants set forth
   herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and
   sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, it is hereby agreed as
   follows:

                                    ARTICLE I

                                   AMENDMENTS

             1.1  Amendments.  The parties hereby agree that the Original
   Agreement be and it hereby is amended as follows:

             (a)  Section 5 of the Original Agreement is deleted in its
   entirety and replaced with the following new Section 5:

             5.   Compensation.  The Company shall pay to the Employee a base
   annual salary of $364,000, which salary shall be reviewed annually by
   the Board of Directors of the Company for possible adjustment and shall be
   paid in approximately equal installments at the usual and customary times
   established by the Company.  The annual base salary may not be reduced
   unless the reduction is:  (a) part of a general reduction for all
   employees of the Company who own Stock of the Company or have been granted
   options to purchase Stock of the Company; and (b) proportionately
   consistent with such other reductions.  The Company shall deduct from all
   payments made to the Employee under any federal, state or local
   withholding or other taxes or charges which the Company is required to
   deduct under applicable law.  The Company shall have the right to rely
   upon a written opinion of counsel if any questions arise as to any
   deductions.

             (b)  Upon the effectiveness of an initial public offering of
   common stock of the Company, Section 14 of the Original Agreement is
   deleted in its entirety; provided that, the Company and the Employee shall
   amend the Original Agreement to reinstate Section 14 if such initial
   public offering is not consummated within ten (10) days after it is
   effective.

                                   ARTICLE II

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

             2.1  Continuance of Agreement.  Except as specifically amended
   by this Second Amendment, the Original Agreement remains in full force and
   effect.

             2.2  Governing Law.  This Second Amendment shall be governed by
   the internal laws of the State of Wisconsin.

             2.3  Counterparts; Headings.  This Second Amendment may be
   executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an
   original, but such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the
   same agreement.  The article and section headings in this Second Amendment
   are inserted for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a
   part hereof.

             IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Second
   Amendment as of the day and year first above written.

                                      HK SYSTEMS, INC.



                                      By:  /s/__________________________
                                           Its: ________________________



                                      EMPLOYEE


                                      /s/ John W. Splude
                                      JOHN W. SPLUDE

<PAGE>

                               FIRST AMENDMENT TO
                     EMPLOYMENT AND NONCOMPETITION AGREEMENT


         THIS FIRST AMENDMENT, dated as of October 31, 1996 (the "First
   Amendment"), TO THE EMPLOYMENT AND NONCOMPETITION AGREEMENT dated as of
   October 28, 1993 (the "Original Agreement"), by and among HK SYSTEMS, INC.
   (formerly known as HARNISCHFEGER ENGINEERS, INC.) (the "Company"), HEI
   SYSTEMS, INC. ("Systems") and JOHN W. SPLUDE (the "Employee").

         WHEREAS, the Company, Systems and the Employee are parties to the
   Original Agreement; and

         WHEREAS, the parties wish to set forth in this First Amendment
   certain agreements that they have reached.

         IN CONSIDERATION herein and for other good and valuable
   consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby
   acknowledged, it is hereby agreed that:

                                    ARTICLE I

                                   AMENDMENTS

         1.1 Amendments.  The parties hereby agree that the Original
   Agreement be and it hereby is amended as follows:

         (a) Section 14 of the Original Agreement is deleted in its entirety
   and replaced with the following new Section 14:

         14. Puts of and Calls on Stock.

             a. Puts.

                (1)   Purchase of Stock at EmploYee's Death.  Upon the death
                      of the Employee, the Representative may require Systems
                      to purchase all but not less than all of the Stock
                      owned by the Employee at the time of the Employee's
                      death, and any Transferee may require Systems to
                      purchase all but not less than all of the Stock owned
                      by it at the time of the Employee's death, in
                      accordance with the provisions of this Section 14 of
                      this Agreement.  This option may be exercised by notice
                      to Systems given within six (6) months after the date
                      of death of the Employee.  Upon the giving of such
                      notice, the Person who gave such notice shall be
                      obligated to sell and Systems shall be obligated to
                      purchase the Stock at Fair Market Value per share. 
                      Systems shall pay to such Person by cash an amount
                      equal to the lesser of the Purchase Price or One
                      Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($1,500,000) of
                      Life Insurance Proceeds at the closing of any such
                      purchase.  Any remaining balance shall be payable by
                      Systems giving such Person a promissory note payable in
                      equal monthly installments over the course of 36 months
                      at an interest rate equal to the publicly announced
                      prime rate of interest of M&l Marshall & Ilsley Bank,
                      changing on each day such prime rate changes.  In the
                      event that more than one Person gives Systems such a
                      notice, the cash paid to each Person at the closing of
                      any such purchase shall be an amount equal to the
                      lesser of (i) the Purchase Price or (ii) One Million
                      Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($1,500,000) of Life
                      Insurance Proceeds multiplied by a fraction, the
                      numerator of which is the number of shares of Stock
                      owned by such Person and the denominator of which is
                      the number of shares of Stock owned by all Persons who
                      have given notice to Systems under this Section
                      14(a)(1) of this Agreement.

                (2)   Purchase of Stock Upon Termination of Employment
                      Without Cause or for Disability.  Upon the termination
                      of the employment of the Employee by the Company
                      without Cause or for Disability, the Employee may
                      require Systems to purchase all but not less than all
                      of the Stock owned by the Employee at the time of such
                      termination, and any Transferee may require Systems to
                      purchase all but not less than all of the Stock owned
                      by it at the time of such termination, in accordance
                      with the provisions of this Section 14 of this
                      Agreement.  This option may be exercised by notice to
                      Systems given within six (6) months after the
                      termination.  Upon the giving of such notice, Systems
                      shall be obligated to purchase and the Person who gave
                      such notice shall be obligated to sell the Stock at
                      Fair Market Value per share.  Systems shall pay the
                      amount due by giving such Person a promissory note
                      payable in equal monthly installments over the course
                      of 36 months at an interest rate equal to the publicly
                      announced prime rate of interest of M&I Marshall &
                      Ilsley Bank, changing on each day such prime rate
                      changes.

             b. Systems' Calls.

                (1)   Purchase of Stock Upon Employee's Death Upon
                      Termination Without Cause or for Disability.  Upon the
                      Employee's death, or termination of the Employee's
                      employment by the Company without Cause, or for
                      Disability, Systems may require the Employee and any
                      Transferees to sell all but not less than all of the
                      Stock owned by the Employee and any such Transferees in
                      accordance with the provisions of this Section 14 of
                      this Agreement.  Systems may exercise such option by
                      notice to the Employee and any such Transferees given
                      within six (6) months after the Employee's death or
                      termination.  Upon the giving of such notice, Systems
                      shall be obligated to purchase and the Employee and any
                      such Transferees shall be obligated to sell the Stock
                      at Fair Market Value per share.

                (2)   Purchase of Stock Upon Employee's Resignation or
                      Termination with Cause.  Upon Employee's resignation of
                      his employment with the Company for any reason,
                      including Good Reason, or upon termination by the
                      Company of the Employee's employment for Cause, Systems
                      may require the Employee and any Transferees to sell
                      all but not less than all of the Stock owned by the
                      Employee and any such Transferees in accordance with
                      the provisions of this Section 14 of this Agreement. 
                      Systems may exercise such option by notice to the
                      Employee and any such Transferees given within six (6)
                      months after the termination or resignation.  Upon the
                      giving of such notice, Systems shall be obligated to
                      purchase and the Employee and any such Transferees
                      shall be obligated to sell the Stock at the greater of
                      its Book Value or the actual purchase price paid by the
                      Employee for such Stock.

             c. Determination of Fair Market Value.  In the event that a
                notice which requires Systems to purchase the Stock is given
                pursuant to Section 14(a)(1), Section 14(a)(2), Section
                14(b)(1) or Section 14(b)(2) of this Agreement, Systems and
                the Employee (or the Representative, if applicable) shall
                attempt to reach agreement on the Fair Market Value.  If
                Systems and the Employee (or the Representative, if
                applicable) cannot agree on the Fair Market Value within
                sixty (60) calendar days after the date the relevant notice
                was given, then Systems or the Employee (or the
                Representative, if applicable) may notify the other that an
                Appraiser shall be selected and the Fair Market Value shall
                be determined by the Appraiser.  If Systems and the Employee
                (or the Representative, if applicable) agree on the Fair
                Market Value, each Transferee may either (i) sell its Stock
                at the Fair Market Value agreed upon by Systems and the
                Employee (or the Representative, if applicable) or (ii)
                within sixty (60) calendar days after the date the relevant
                notice was given notify Systems that an Appraiser shall be
                selected and the Fair Market Value shall be determined by the
                Appraiser.

             d. Closing of Sale.

                (1)   The Employee or the Representative, if applicable,
                      and/or any Transferee shall sell the relevant Stock at
                      a closing to be held at the principal place of business
                      of Systems on a date which is ninety (90) calendar days
                      after the date any notice exercising an option
                      described in this Section 14 is given; provided,
                      however, that a closing pursuant to a sale under
                      Section 14(a)(1) of this Agreement need not be held
                      prior to the time that all Persons who may give notice
                      to Systems pursuant to such subsection have given such
                      notice and/or have given notice to Systems that they do
                      not intend to exercise the option described in such
                      subsection.  At such Closing:  (A) Systems shall
                      deliver to the Employee (or the Representative or
                      Transferee, if applicable) a bank cashier's or
                      certified check, or Systems' promissory note (or both,
                      if applicable), in the full amount of the purchase
                      price; and (B) the Employee (or the Representative or
                      Transferee, if applicable) shall deliver to Systems
                      certificates representing the relevant Stock duly
                      endorsed in blank.

                (2)   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this
                      Section 14 of this Agreement, Systems shall not be
                      required to purchase Stock while, and to the extent,
                      such purchase would result in a violation of applicable
                      law or of any contract to which Systems or the Company
                      is a party (including, without limitation, a violation
                      of any covenant with may be contained in any loan
                      agreement in effect from time to time); provided,
                      however, that Systems and the Company will use
                      reasonable efforts to cure or avoid such violation in
                      order to permit such repurchase.

             (b)   The following new Section 1(v) is added to the Original
                   Agreement:

                v. Transferee.  "Transferee" shall mean a person to whom a
                   "Permitted Transfer" of Stock has been made pursuant to
                   the First Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement
                   dated as of October 28, 1993 as amended and restated on
                   February 13, 1995, and amended as of the date hereof,
                   among the Employee, Systems and certain others.

                                   ARTICLE II

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

         2.1 Continuance of Agreement.  Except as specifically amended by
   this First Amendment, the Original Agreement shall remain in full force
   and effect.

         2.2 Governing Law.  This First Amendment shall be governed by the
   internal laws of the State of Wisconsin.

         2.3 Counterparts; Headings.  This First Amendment may be executed in
   several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but such
   counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same agreement. 
   The article and section headings in this First Amendment are inserted for
   convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part hereof.

         IN WITNESS THEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this First
   Amendment as of the day and year first above written.

                      HK SYSTEMS, INC.



                      By: /s/ John C. Hines
                         John C. Hines, Vice President


                      Attest:


                      /s/ John R. Kuhnmuench, Jr. 
                      John R. Kuhnmuench, Jr. Secretary



                      HEI SYSTEMS, INC.



                      By: /s/ John C. Hines
                         John C. Hines, Vice President


                      Attest:


                       /s/ John R. Kuhnmuench, Jr.
                      John R. Kuhnmuench, Jr. Secretary



                       /s/ John W. Splude       (SEAL)
                      John W. Splude



   <PAGE>
                          HARNISCHFEGER ENGINEERS, INC.

                     EMPLOYMENT AND NONCOMPETITION AGREEMENT


         This Employment and Noncompetition Agreement is entered into as of
   this 28th day of October, 1993, by and among HARNISCHFEGER ENGINEERS,
   INC., HEI SYSTEMS, INC. and JOHN W. SPLUDE.


                                    RECITALS:

         WHEREAS, the Company desires to continue to employ the Employee and
   to set forth the terms and conditions of the Employee's employment and the
   Employee desires to continue to be employed by the Company on the terms
   and conditions set forth in this Agreement; and

         WHEREAS, during the course of employment, the Employee has learned
   and will learn the identities of the Company's customers, their purchasing
   needs and habits and the names of the personnel charged with purchasing
   responsibilities and the Company's methods of doing business; and

         WHEREAS, the Company's list of customers has been compiled by the
   Company and the Company's methods of doing business have been developed by
   the Company at considerable expense over a number of years; and

         WHEREAS, but for his employment at the Company, Employee would not
   be able to easily duplicate the Company's customer list or be thoroughly
   familiar with its methods of doing business; and

         WHEREAS, the Company's customer list and methods of doing business
   are of considerable economic value to the Company; and

         WHEREAS, Systems owns all of the issued and outstanding shares of
   capital stock of the Company and the Employee owns certain shares of the
   issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of Systems;

         WHEREAS, THE EMPLOYEES HAS REVIEWED THE MATTERS RECITED IN THE SIX
   PARAGRAPHS ABOVE AND CONFIRMS THAT HE AGREES WITH THOSE RECITALS.

                                 NOW, THEREFORE

         In consideration of the Recitals and of the mutual promises and
   covenants set forth herein and for other good and valuable consideration,
   the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, it is hereby
   agreed as follows:

         1.  Definitions.  When used in this Agreement, the following terms
   shall have the meanings specified:

         a.  Agreement.  "Agreement" shall mean this Employment and
             Noncompetition Agreement, as the same shall be amended from time
             to time in accordance with the terms hereof.

         b.  Appraiser.  "Appraiser" shall mean a Person of recognized
             standing whose usual and regular business is the determination
             of the fair market value of businesses which shall be:  (1)
             jointly selected by Systems and the Employee (or the
             Representative, if applicable); or (2) if Systems and the
             Employee (or the Representative, if applicable) cannot agree on
             the identity of the Appraiser within ten (10) calendar days
             after the giving of a notice from any Person requiring the
             selection of an Appraiser under this Agreement, then the
             identity of the Appraiser shall be selected by the Chief Judge
             of the United States District Court for the Eastern District of
             Wisconsin.

         c.  Average Compensation.  "Average Compensation" shall mean an
             amount equal to the sum of:  (1) the then current base salary of
             the Employee; plus (2) the aggregate amount of bonuses paid to
             the Employee by the Company during the three full fiscal years
             of the Company immediately prior to the date of termination
             divided by three.

         d.  Book Value.  "Book Value" shall mean an amount equal to:  (1)
             all consolidated assets of Systems and the Company (including
             goodwill, patents, trademarks, trade names, copyrights and other
             intangible assets) determined in accordance with generally
             accepted accounting principles; minus (2) all consolidated
             liabilities of Systems and the Company determined in accordance
             with generally accepted accounting principles; minus, without
             duplication (3) the amount of the liquidation value plus all
             cumulative and unpaid dividends payable by Systems for all
             shares of Preferred Stock of Systems issued and outstanding on
             the date of such calculation; minus, without duplication (4) the
             amount of the liquidation value plus all cumulative and unpaid
             dividends payable by the Company for all shares of Preferred
             Stock of the Company issued and outstanding on the date of
             calculation.

         e.  Cause.  The following actions on the part of the Employee shall
             be considered as "Cause":

             (1)   Personal dishonesty, willful misconduct, breach of
                   fiduciary duty involving personal profit, willful
                   violation of any law, rule, or regulation (other than
                   traffic violations or similar offenses), or habitual use
                   of alcohol or drugs:  (A) which materially impairs the
                   Employee's ability to carry out his duties; and (B) as to
                   which the Board of Directors of the Company makes a good
                   faith determination that such conduct has occurred and
                   that such conduct meets the standard set forth in Section
                   1(e)(1)(A) of this Agreement;

             (2)   Rendering any assistance to any Person in that Person's
                   competitive efforts with the Company;

             (3)   Use of the Company's proprietary information or customer
                   lists for the Employee's own benefit or in a way adverse
                   to the Company's interests; or

             (4)   A good faith determination by the Company, after a notice
                   to the Employee and an opportunity to meet with the Board
                   of Directors of the Company concerning such matter, that
                   the Employee has breached any material provision of this
                   Agreement.

         f.  Company.  "Company" shall mean Harnischfeger Engineers, Inc., a
             Delaware corporation.

         g.  Competitive Product.  "Competitive Product" shall mean a product
             or service, made or provided by a Competitor, which is the same
             as or is directly competitive with one with respect to which the
             Employee acquired confidential information relating to the
             Company, or its business, products or services by reason of the
             Employee's work with the Company.

         h.  Competitor.  "Competitor" shall mean any Person engaged in, or
             about to become engaged in, the production or sale, or both, of
             any product or service in any part of the United States of
             America which is directly competitive with one with respect to
             which the Employee acquired confidential information relating to
             the Company, or its business, products or services by reason of
             the Employee's work with the Company.

         i.  Creations.  "Creations", shall mean all manuscripts, programs,
             writings, pictorial materials, and other creations created by
             the Employee, either individually or jointly, during the
             Employee's employment by the Company, and which relate to the
             business of the Company.

         j.  Disability.  "Disability" shall mean that the Employee has been
             declared mentally incompetent by a Wisconsin court or shall have
             been disabled for a consecutive period of 120 days so that the
             Employee is unable to perform the Employee's duties as an
             employee of the Company under this Agreement.  Any dispute as to
             the existence of a Disability or its duration shall be submitted
             to a licensed physician agreed upon by the Employee and the
             Company or, failing such agreement, to one appointed by the
             President of the Medical Society of Wisconsin at the request of
             either the Employee or the Company.  The Employee shall
             cooperate in such determination and the determination of such
             physician shall be binding and conclusive upon the parties.

         k.  Employee.  "Employee" shall mean John W. Splude.

         l.  Fair Market Value.  "Fair Market Value" shall mean the aggregate
             fair market value of the Stock at the date of appraisal
             calculated:  (1) without any discount of any kind, whether for
             lack of marketability, minority holdings, the size of Systems or
             any other factor; and (2) as if such value were calculated for
             sale of Systems as a whole to a Person who is not an affiliate
             of Systems or the Company.

         m.  Good Reason.  "Good Reason" shall mean that the Company has
             breached any provision of this Agreement.

         n.  Inventions.  "Inventions" shall mean all inventions,
             discoveries, developments, improvements, works, ideas, and other
             contributions, whether or not patented or patentable or
             otherwise protectable in law, which are conceived, made,
             developed or acquired by the Employee, either individually or
             jointly, during the employment of the Employee by the Company
             and which relate in any manner to the Employee's work, the
             research or business of the Company, or fields to which the
             business of the Company may reasonably extend.

         o.  Investors.  "Investors" shall mean the owners of shares of the
             Class B Cumulative Preferred Stock of Systems.

         p.  Life Insurance Proceeds.  "Life Insurance Proceeds" shall mean
             the net amount of cash proceeds actually received by Systems or
             the Company as a result of the Employee's death, which are:  (1)
             not pledged by Systems or the Company to secure any indebtedness
             of Systems or the Company; and (2) not required to be paid by
             Systems or the Company to other Persons by any contract entered
             into by Systems or the Company prior to the Employee's death.

         q.  Person.  "Person" shall mean and include an individual,
             partnership, corporation, trust, incorporated organization and a
             government or any department or agency thereof.

         r.  Representative.  "Representative" shall mean, after the
             Employee's death, the duly appointed and qualified executor or
             personal representative of the estate of the Employee.

         s.  Restricted Area.  "Restricted Area" shall mean anywhere within a
             twenty-five (25) mile radius of any location in any U.S. city in
             which the Company had, at any time while the Employee was
             employed by the Company, a place of business or customers.

         t.  Stock.  "Stock" shall mean all shares of Common Stock of Systems
             owned by the Employee at the execution of this Agreement or
             acquired hereafter.

         u.  Systems.  "Systems" shall mean HEI Systems, Inc., a Wisconsin
             corporation and owner of all of the outstanding shares of Common
             Stock of the Company.

         2.  Employment.  The Company hereby agrees to continue the
   employment of the Employee and the Employee hereby accepts continued
   employment with the Company in accordance with the terms and conditions
   set forth in this Agreement.  Except for illness, vacation periods and
   reasonable leaves of absence approved by the Board of Directors of the
   Company, the Employee agrees to devote the Employee's full time, skill,
   knowledge, and attention to the business of the Company and the
   performance of the Employee duties under this Agreement.  During the term
   of employment, it shall not be a violation of this Agreement for the
   Employee to do one or more of the following, so long as such activities do
   not interfere with the performance of the Employee's responsibilities as
   an employee of the Company in accordance with this Agreement:  (a) serve
   on corporate, civic, trade or charitable boards or committees; (b) deliver
   lectures or fulfill speaking engagements; and (c) manage personal
   investments.

         3.  Term.  This Agreement shall commence on the date first above
   written and continue indefinitely until effective notice of termination is
   given by the Employee or the Company to the other.  THE EMPLOYEE'S
   EMPLOYMENT WITH THE COMPANY IS ON AN AT-WILL BASIS.  Either the Employee
   or the Company may terminate the Employee's employment with the Company at
   any time and for any reason or no reason at all, subject only to the
   parties' obligations as described in Section 8 of this Agreement.

         4.  Duties.  The Employee shall be employed as President and Chief
   Executive Officer of the Company or in such other executive position with
   the Company as may be mutually agreed to between the Company and the
   Employee.  The Employee shall perform such services and duties as are
   usually and customarily required of a Person holding such position with a
   business corporation.  The services to be performed by the Employee shall
   be principally rendered in or about Milwaukee, Wisconsin or such other
   place at which the Company makes its corporate headquarters, together with
   such business travel as may be necessary for the Employee to
   satisfactorily perform the duties required under this Agreement.

         5.  Compensation.  The Company shall pay to the Employee a base
   annual salary of $225,000, which salary shall be reviewed annually by the
   Board of Directors of the Company for possible adjustment and shall be
   paid in approximately equal installments at the usual and customary times
   established by the Company.  The annual base salary may not be reduced
   unless the reduction is:  (a) part of a general reduction for all
   employees of the Company who own Stock of Systems or the Company or have
   been granted options to purchase Stock of Systems or the Company; and (b)
   proportionately consistent with such other reductions.  The Company shall
   deduct from all payments made to the Employee under any federal, state or
   local withholding or other taxes or charges which the Company is required
   to deduct under applicable law.  The Company shall have the right to rely
   upon a written opinion of counsel if any questions arise as to any
   deductions.

         6.  Additional Benefits.  The Employee shall be entitled to the
   following additional benefits:

         a.  Vacation/Holidays.  The Employee shall be entitled to paid
             vacations and holidays as provided to other senior executive
             employees of the Company.

         b.  Expense Reimbursement.  The Company shall pay, upon submission
             of appropriate vouchers and supporting documentation, all
             expenses of the Employee incurred in connection with the
             rendering of services to the Company as an employee pursuant to
             this Agreement in accordance with the Company's usual and
             ordinary practices, provided that such expenses are reasonable
             and necessary business expenses of the Company.

         c.  Automobile.  The Company shall provide the Employee with the use
             of a Company-provided vehicle in accordance with Company policy.

         d.  Bonus Program.  The Employee will be eligible to participate in
             an executive bonus program to be established by the Board of
             Directors of the Company, with the input of the Employee,
             pursuant to which the Employee may earn up to 50% of the
             Employee's base salary in any year.  The bonus program will
             include a combination of annual performance benchmarks and long-
             term benchmarks for both the Employee and the Company.

         e.  Country Club Membership.  The Company will provide the Employee
             with one membership in a country club at the Company's expense.

         f.  Miscellaneous.  The Employee shall be entitled to other fringe
             benefits generally provided to senior management of the Company,
             including health insurance, disability insurance, term life
             insurance, pension and profit sharing and other programs
             established by the Board of Directors of the Company.

         7.  Life Insurance.  The Company will purchase life insurance on the
   Employee's life, payable to the Company or Systems in an amount equal to
   at least Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000) in excess of the amount
   required by the Company's or Systems' lenders.

         8.  Termination.

         a.  Termination Without Cause or for Good Reason.  As stated in
             Section 3 of this Agreement, the Employee's employment may be
             terminated by the Company or by the Employee at any time and for
             any reason or for no reason at all.  However, if the Employee's
             employment with the Company is terminated by the Company without
             Cause, or by the Employee for Good Reason, or as the result of
             the Employee's Disability, the Employee shall receive the
             Average Compensation for the two year period after such
             termination, plus continuation in the health, disability and
             term life insurance programs of the Company during such two year
             period at the Company's expense.  The severance pay shall be
             paid to the Employee at the same times as the Company generally
             pays management employees.  If the Employee's employment is
             terminated as the result of Disability, any severance payments
             shall be reduced by any gross insurance proceeds actually
             received by the Employee from the Company sponsored disability
             insurance.  The severance payments shall not be reduced by any
             other compensation received by the Employee during the severance
             period unless such compensation is received from Competitors. 
             The Employee shall have no obligation to seek other employment
             or otherwise mitigate damages hereunder.

         b.  Termination for Cause or Without Good Reason.  In the event that
             the Employee's employment with the Company is terminated by the
             Company for Cause or by the Employee without Good Reason, the
             Employee shall be paid compensation only through the date of
             such termination and all other financial obligations of the
             Company to the Employee under this Agreement and all benefits
             under this Agreement shall cease as of the date of such
             termination.

         c.  Return of the Company's Materials.  Upon termination for any
             reason, the Employee shall immediately return to the Company all
             files, credit cards, keys, computers, instruments, equipment,
             vehicles, and other materials owned or provided by the Company.

         9.  Confidential Information.  The Employee acknowledges that
   through the services to be performed for the Company, the Employee will
   obtain confidential information regarding the Company's business affairs,
   including such matters as computer programs, research, customer lists,
   customer development, planning, purchasing, finance, marketing, customer
   relations, and other information of a similar nature not available to the
   public.  This information may be oral or written and may be that which the
   Employee originates as well as that which otherwise comes into the
   possession or knowledge of the Employee.  The Employee agrees to treat all
   matters relating to the business activities of the Company as confidential
   and not to divulge or disclose any information gained in connection with
   the employment of the Employee by the Company to any other Person except
   upon the written request or instruction of the Company or in the normal
   course of the duties as an employee of the Company.  The Employee agrees
   not to use or disclose, for purposes of marketing or otherwise, any of the
   customer information the Employee receives while working at the Company
   (including, but not limited to, customers' identity, financial status and
   holdings), either on behalf of the Employee or as a representative, agent,
   employee, officer, director, trustee, stockholder, or creditor of, or
   partner, joint venturer, or investor with or in any Competitor, except for
   any information which is or becomes generally available to the public, or
   otherwise comes into possession of the Competitor, other than as a result
   of disclosure by the Employee.  This Section 9 is intended to protect
   confidential information and customer relationships, both during and after
   the period of the Employee's employment with the Company, and not to limit
   the Employee's right to seek and obtain employment in competition with the
   Company after termination of the Employee's employment with the Company,
   which is covered by Section 13 of this Agreement.

         10. Relationship with Others.  The parties agree that the
   profitability and goodwill of the Company depend on continued amicable
   relations with its suppliers and customers, and the Employee:  (a) except
   on behalf of the Company, will not approach for any reason, nor solicit
   any business of any kind from, any former, present or future customer of
   the Company; or (b) cause, request or advise any suppliers or customers of
   the Company to curtail or cancel their business with the Company.  Nothing
   in Section 10(a) shall, after termination of the Employee's employment
   with the Company for any reason, prevent the employment of the Employee by
   a customer or supplier of the Company unless such employment violates
   Section 13(a) of this Agreement.  This provision shall apply to any
   customers or suppliers of the Company during the three (3) year period
   prior to the termination of the Employee's employment or to Persons with
   an active proposal from the Company on the date of the termination of the
   Employee's employment.  This provision shall apply for five (5) years
   after termination of the Employee's employment with the Company if the
   termination is for Cause and for one (1) year if the termination is for
   any other reason.

         11. Inventions and Creations.

         a.  Inventions.  The Employee agrees that all Inventions shall
             belong to the Company.  The Employee agrees to and does hereby
             assign and transfer to the Company the entire right, title, and
             interest of the Employee in and to all Inventions.  The Employee
             further agrees to promptly and fully disclose all Inventions to
             the Company, in writing if requested by the Company, and to
             execute and deliver any and all lawful applications,
             assignments, and other documents which the Company requests for
             protecting the Inventions in the United States or in any other
             country.  The Company shall have the full and sole power to
             prosecute such applications and to take all other actions
             concerning the Inventions, and the Employee agrees to cooperate
             fully, at the expense of the Company, in the preparation and
             prosecution of all such applications and in any legal actions
             and proceedings concerning the Inventions.

         b.  Creations.  The Employee agrees to and does hereby assign,
             convey, and transfer to the Company all Creations.  The Company
             shall have the full right to seek and procure copyrights on the
             Creations, and the Employee shall cooperate fully, at the
             expense of the Company, in securing copyrights and in any legal
             actions and proceedings concerning the Creations.

         c.  Presumption of Company Ownership.  Without diminishing any
             rights granted to the Company in Sections 11(a) and 11(b), if an
             Invention is described in a patent application or is disclosed
             to third parties by the Employee within two (2) years after
             leaving the employ of the Company, or if a Creation is published
             or is disclosed to third parties by the Employee within two (2)
             years after leaving the employ of the Company, the Employee
             agrees that it is to be rebuttably presumed that the Invention
             or the Creation was conceived, made, developed, acquired, or
             created by the Employee during the period of employment of the
             Employee by the Company, and the Invention or Creation will
             belong the Company.

         12. Noncompetition While Employed By The Company.  The Employee
   agrees not to compete with the Company in any territory in which the
   Company sells its products or provides its services, either on behalf of
   the Employee, or as a representative, agent, employee, officer, director,
   trustee, stockholder, or creditor of, or partner, joint venturer, or
   investor with or in, any other Person, during his employment with the
   Company.

         13. Noncompetition After Termination of Employment.

         a.  Scope of Noncompetition.  The Employee agrees that for two (2)
             years after the termination of the Employee's employment with
             the Company, regardless of the reason for such termination, the
             Employee will not:

             (1)   Render services, either directly or indirectly, to any
                   Competitor in connection with the development,
                   manufacture, sale, merchandising or promotion of any
                   Competitive Product; or

             (2)   Engage, either directly or indirectly, within the
                   Restricted Area, for the Employee or as an investor, in
                   the development, manufacture, purchase or sale of any
                   Competitive Product.

         b.  Exceptions to Scope of Noncompetition.

             (1)   Nothing in Section 13(a) of this Agreement shall prohibit
                   the Employee from owning or acquiring securities of
                   Systems, the Company or of any corporation or other
                   business enterprise that may be engaged in activities
                   described in Section 13(a), provided that:  (A) the
                   Employee is not an officer, director or employee of, or
                   consultant to, such corporation or business enterprise;
                   (B) such securities are held by the Employee for
                   investment purposes and represent less than five percent
                   (5%) of the total equity interests of such corporation or
                   business enterprise; and (C) such securities are listed on
                   a national securities exchange or are regularly quoted in
                   the over the counter market by one or more members of the
                   National Association of Securities Dealers.

             (2)   It shall not be deemed a violation of Section 13(a) if the
                   Employee accepts employment with a business entity which
                   is diversified and made up of separate divisions and
                   which, as to parts of its business, is not a Competitor,
                   provided the Company shall be furnished prior to such
                   employment definite written assurances satisfactory to it,
                   separately from the Employee and such business entity,
                   that the Employee will not be expected, required or
                   permitted to and in fact does not render services directly
                   or indirectly to a division or a part of such business
                   entity which division or part is a Competitor.

         c.  Notification to the Company.  During the period of time that the
             Employee is subject to the provisions of Section 13(a) of this
             Agreement, the Employee shall notify the Board of Directors of
             the Company of any occupation or employment which the Employee
             proposes to take up after termination of employment with the
             Company and shall furnish to the Company such written or oral
             information as it may reasonably request concerning such
             proposed occupation or employment.  Upon request of the
             Employee, the Company agrees to notify the Employee promptly,
             and in any event within thirty (30) days after receipt of the
             requested information, whether or not the Company considers such
             occupation, based on the information so furnished or derived
             from its independent investigation, to come within the
             provisions of Section 13(a) and, if the Company considers such
             occupation to come within the provisions of Section 13(a),
             whether the Company will waive any of the provisions thereof.

         14. Puts of and Calls on Employee's Stock.

         a.  Employee's Puts.

             (1)   Purchase of Employee's Stock at Death.  Upon the death of
                   the Employee, the Representative may require Systems to
                   purchase the Stock owned by the Employee at the time of
                   death in accordance with the provisions of this Section 14
                   of this Agreement.  The Representative may exercise such
                   option by notice to Systems given within six (6) months
                   after the date of death of the Employee.  Upon the giving
                   of such notice, the Representative shall be obligated to
                   sell and Systems shall be obligated to purchase the Stock
                   at Fair Market Value per share.  Systems shall pay to the
                   Representative by cash an amount equal to the lesser of
                   the Purchase Price or One Million Five Hundred Thousand
                   Dollars ($1,500,000) of Life Insurance Proceeds at the
                   closing of any such purchase.  Any remaining balance shall
                   be payable by Systems giving the Representative a
                   promissory note payable in equal monthly installments over
                   the course of 36 months at an interest rate equal to the
                   publicly announced prime rate of interest of M&I Marshall
                   & Ilsley Bank, changing on each day such prime rate
                   changes.

             (2)   Purchase of Employee's Stock Upon Termination Without
                   Cause or for Disability.  Upon the termination of the
                   employment of the Employee by the Company without Cause or
                   for Disability, the Employee may require Systems to
                   purchase all but not less than all of the Stock owned by
                   the Employee in accordance with the provisions of this
                   Section 14 of this Agreement.  The Employee may exercise
                   such option by notice to Systems given within six (6)
                   months after the termination.  Upon the giving of such
                   notice, Systems shall be obligated to purchase and the
                   Employee shall be obligated to sell the Stock at Fair
                   Market Value per share.  Systems shall pay the amount due
                   by giving the Employee a promissory note payable in equal
                   monthly installments over the course of 36 months at an
                   interest rate equal to the publicly announced prime rate
                   of interest of M&I Marshall & Ilsley Bank, changing on
                   each day such prime rate changes.

         b.  Systems' Calls.

             (1)   Purchase of Employee's Stock Upon Death.  Upon Termination
                   Without Cause or for Disability.   Upon the Employee's
                   death, or termination of the Employee's employment by the
                   Company without Cause, or for Disability, Systems may
                   require the Employee to sell all but not less than all of
                   the Stock owned by the Employee in accordance with the
                   provisions of this Section 14 of this Agreement.  Systems
                   may exercise such option by notice to the Employee given
                   within six (6) months after the termination.  Upon the
                   giving of such notice, Systems shall be obligated to
                   purchase and the Employee shall be obligated to sell the
                   Stock at Fair Market Value per share.

             (2)   Purchase of Employee's Stock Upon Resignation or
                   Termination with Cause.  Upon Employee's resignation of
                   his employment with the Company for any reason, including
                   Good Reason, or upon termination by the Company of the
                   Employee's employment for Cause, Systems may require the
                   Employee to sell all but not less than all of the Stock
                   owned by the Employee in accordance with the provisions of
                   this Section 14 of this Agreement.  Systems may exercise
                   such option by notice to the Employee given within six (6)
                   months after the termination or resignation.  Upon the
                   giving of such notice, Systems shall be obligated to
                   purchase and the Employee shall be obligated to sell the
                   Stock at the greater of its Book Value or the actual
                   purchase price paid by the Employee for such Stock.

         c.  Determination of Fair Market Value.  In the event that a notice
             which requires Systems to purchase the Stock is given pursuant
             to Section 14(a)(1), Section 14(a)(2), Section 14(b)(1) or
             Section 14(b)(2) of this Agreement, Systems and the Employee (or
             the Representative, if applicable) shall attempt to reach
             agreement on the Fair Market Value.  If Systems and the Employee
             (or the Representative, if applicable) cannot agree on the Fair
             Market Value within sixty (60) calendar days after the date the
             relevant notice was given, then Systems or the Employee (or the
             Representative, if applicable) may notify the other that an
             Appraiser shall be selected and the Fair Market Value shall be
             determined by the Appraiser.

         d.  Closing of Sale.

             (1)   The Employee or the Representative, if applicable, shall
                   sell the relevant Stock at a closing to be held at the
                   principal place of business of Systems on a date which is
                   ninety (90) calendar days after the date any notice
                   exercising an option described in this Section 14 is
                   given.  At such Closing:  (A) Systems shall deliver to the
                   Employee (or the Representative, if applicable) a bank
                   cashier's or certified check, or Systems' promissory note
                   (or both, if applicable) in the full amount of the
                   purchase price; and (B) the Employee or the
                   Representative, if applicable, shall deliver to Systems
                   certificates representing the relevant Stock duly endorsed
                   in blank.

             (2)   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section
                   14 of this Agreement, Systems shall not be required to
                   purchase Stock while, and to the extent, such purchase
                   would result in a violation of applicable law or of any
                   contract to which Systems or the Company is a party
                   (including, without limitation, a violation of any
                   covenant which may be contained in any loan agreement in
                   effect from time to time); provided, however, that Systems
                   and the Company will use reasonable efforts to cure or
                   avoid such violation in order to permit such repurchase.

         15. Remedies.  In addition to other remedies provided by law or
   equity, upon a breach by the Employee of any of the covenants contained
   herein, Systems and the Company shall be entitled to have a court of
   competent jurisdiction enter an injunction against the Employee
   prohibiting any further breach of the covenants contained herein.  The
   parties further agree that the services to be performed by the Employee
   hereunder are of a unique, special, and extraordinary character. 
   Therefore, in the event of any controversy concerning rights or
   obligations under this Agreement, such rights or obligations shall be
   enforceable in a court of competent jurisdiction at law or equity by a
   decree of specific performance or, if Systems or the Company elects, by
   obtaining damages or such other relief as Systems or the Company may elect
   to pursue.  Such remedies, however, shall be cumulative and nonexclusive
   and shall be in addition to any other remedies which Systems or the
   Company may have.

         16. Assignment.  This Agreement and the respective rights, duties,
   and obligations of the Employee hereunder may not be assigned or delegated
   by the Employee.

         17. Notice.  Any notice (including notice of change of address)
   permitted or required to be given pursuant to the provisions of this
   Agreement shall be in writing and sent by registered or certified mail,
   return receipt requested, or by hand delivery to the parties at the
   following addresses:

         If to Systems or       Harnischfeger Engineers, Inc.
         the Company:           Attention:  President
                                13400 Bishops Lane
                                Brookfield, WI  53005

         with a copy to:        Quarles & Brady
                                Attention:  Patrick M. Ryan
                                411 East Wisconsin Avenue
                                Milwaukee, WI 53202

         If to the Employee:    John W. Splude
                                Personal & Confidential
                                c/o Harnischfeger Engineers, Inc.
                                13400 Bishops Lane
                                Brookfield, WI  53005

   Notice properly given by mail shall be deemed effective one (1)business
   day after mailing.

         18. Entire Agreement.  This Agreement constitutes the entire
   agreement and understanding between Systems, the Company and the Employee
   concerning the Employee's employment by the Company, and supersedes the
   letter agreement dated August 31, 1993 between Systems and the Employee
   and any and all other previous agreements or understandings, whether
   written or oral, among Systems, the Employee and the Company concerning
   such employment.  This Agreement may not be modified orally.

         19. Waiver.  The waiver by any party of the breach of any covenant
   or provision in this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a
   waiver of any subsequent breach by any party.

         20. Invalidity of any Provision.  The provisions of this Agreement
   are severable, it being the intention of the parties that should any
   provision hereof be invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or
   unenforceability of any provision shall not affect the remaining
   provisions hereof, but the same shall remain in full force and effect as
   if such invalid or unenforceable provision were omitted.

         21. Applicable Law.  This Agreement shall be governed by and
   construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Wisconsin.

         22. Headings.  Headings in this Agreement are for informational
   purposes only and shall not be used to construe the intent of this
   Agreement.

         23. Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in
   any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but
   all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

         24. Expenses.  If any legal proceeding is necessary by the Employee,
   Systems or the Company to enforce or interpret the terms of this Agreement
   or to recover damages for the breach of this Agreement, the prevailing
   party shall be entitled to recover reasonable attorneys fees and necessary
   costs and expenses incurred in such litigation from the losing party in
   addition to any other relief to which the prevailing party may otherwise
   be entitled.

         25. Reasonableness of Restrictions.  THE EMPLOYEE HAS READ THIS
   AGREEMENT AND AGREES THAT THE CONSIDERATION PROVIDED BY THE COMPANY IS
   FAIR AND REASONABLE AND FURTHER AGREES THAT GIVEN THE IMPORTANCE TO THE
   COMPANY OF THE CUSTOMER LIST AND THE COMPANY'S PARTICULAR METHODS OF DOING
   BUSINESS, THE POST-EMPLOYMENT RESTRICTIONS ON THE EMPLOYEE'S ACTIVITIES
   ARE LIKEWISE FAIR AND REASONABLE.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Employment
   and Noncompetition Agreement as of the date first above written.

                                HARNISCHFEGER ENGINEERS, INC.


                                By:   /s/ Gordon W. Jones
                                     Gordon W. Jones, Vice President



                                HEI SYSTEMS, INC.


                                By:   /s/ John T. Byrnes
                                     John T. Byrnes, Vice President



                                    /s/ John W. Splude           (SEAL)
                                    John W. Splude



                                                                 EXHIBIT 10.2



                               SECOND AMENDMENT TO
                     EMPLOYMENT AND NONCOMPETITION AGREEMENT

             THIS SECOND AMENDMENT, dated as of February 19, 1998 (the
   "Second Amendment"), TO THE EMPLOYMENT AND NONCOMPETITION AGREEMENT dated
   as of October 28, 1993 and as amended on October 31, 1996 (the "Original
   Agreement"), by and among HK SYSTEMS, INC. (formerly known as
   Harnischfeger Engineers, Inc.) (the "Company") and GLENN P. DAVIS (the
   "Employee").

             WHEREAS, the Company and the Employee are parties to the
   Original Agreement; and

             WHEREAS, the parties wish to set forth in this Second Amendment
   certain agreements they have reached.

             IN CONSIDERATION of the mutual promises and covenants set forth
   herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and
   sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, it is hereby agreed as
   follows:

                                    ARTICLE I

                                   AMENDMENTS

             1.1  Amendments.  The parties hereby agree that the Original
   Agreement be and it hereby is amended as follows:

             (a)  Section 5 of the Original Agreement is deleted in its
   entirety and replaced with the following new Section 5:

             5.   Compensation.  The Company shall pay to the Employee a base
   annual salary of $260,000, which salary shall be reviewed annually by
   the Board of Directors of the Company for possible adjustment and shall be
   paid in approximately equal installments at the usual and customary times
   established by the Company.  The annual base salary may not be reduced
   unless the reduction is:  (a) part of a general reduction for all
   employees of the Company who own Stock of the Company or have been granted
   options to purchase Stock of the Company; and (b) proportionately
   consistent with such other reductions.  The Company shall deduct from all
   payments made to the Employee under any federal, state or local
   withholding or other taxes or charges which the Company is required to
   deduct under applicable law.  The Company shall have the right to rely
   upon a written opinion of counsel if any questions arise as to any
   deductions.

             (b)  Upon the effectiveness of an initial public offering of
   common stock of the Company, Section 14 of the Original Agreement is
   deleted in its entirety; provided that, the Company and the Employee shall
   amend the Original Agreement to reinstate Section 14 if such initial
   public offering is not consummated within ten (10) days after it is
   effective.

                                   ARTICLE II

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

             2.1  Continuance of Agreement.  Except as specifically amended
   by this Second Amendment, the Original Agreement remains in full force and
   effect.

             2.2  Governing Law.  This Second Amendment shall be governed by
   the internal laws of the State of Wisconsin.

             2.3  Counterparts; Headings.  This Second Amendment may be
   executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an
   original, but such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the
   same agreement.  The article and section headings in this Second Amendment
   are inserted for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a
   part hereof.

             IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Second
   Amendment as of the day and year first above written.

                                      HK SYSTEMS, INC.



                                      By:  /s/ 
                                           Its:



                                      EMPLOYEE


                                      /s/ Glenn P. Davis
                                      GLENN P. DAVIS

<PAGE>

                               FIRST AMENDMENT TO
                     EMPLOYMENT AND NONCOMPETITION AGREEMENT


         THIS FIRST AMENDMENT, dated as of October 31, 1996 (the "First
   Amendment"), TO THE EMPLOYMENT AND NONCOMPETITION AGREEMENT dated as of
   October 28, 1993 (the "Original Agreement"), by and among HK SYSTEMS, INC.
   (formerly known as HARNISCHFEGER ENGINEERS, INC.) (the "Company"), HEI
   SYSTEMS, INC. ("Systems") and GLEN P. DAVIS (the "Employee").

         WHEREAS, the Company, Systems and the Employee are parties to the
   Original Agreement; and

         WHEREAS, the parties wish to set forth in this First Amendment
   certain agreements that they have reached.

         IN CONSIDERATION herein and for other good and valuable
   consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby
   acknowledged, it is hereby agreed that:

                                    ARTICLE I

                                   AMENDMENTS

         1.1 Amendments.  The parties hereby agree that the Original
   Agreement be and it hereby is amended as follows:

         (a) Section 14 of the Original Agreement is deleted in its entirety
   and replaced with the following new Section 14:

         14. Puts of and Calls on Stock.

             a. Puts.

                (1)   Purchase of Stock at EmploYee's Death.  Upon the death
                      of the Employee, the Representative may require Systems
                      to purchase all but not less than all of the Stock
                      owned by the Employee at the time of the Employee's
                      death, and any Transferee may require Systems to
                      purchase all but not less than all of the Stock owned
                      by it at the time of the Employee's death, in
                      accordance with the provisions of this Section 14 of
                      this Agreement.  This option may be exercised by notice
                      to Systems given within six (6) months after the date
                      of death of the Employee.  Upon the giving of such
                      notice, the Person who gave such notice shall be
                      obligated to sell and Systems shall be obligated to
                      purchase the Stock at Fair Market Value per share. 
                      Systems shall pay to such Person by cash an amount
                      equal to the lesser of the Purchase Price or the  Life
                      Insurance Proceeds at the closing of any such purchase. 
                      Any remaining balance shall be payable by Systems
                      giving such Person a promissory note payable in equal
                      monthly installments over the course of 36 months at an
                      interest rate equal to the publicly announced prime
                      rate of interest of M&l Marshall & Ilsley Bank,
                      changing on each day such prime rate changes.  In the
                      event that more than one Person gives Systems such a
                      notice, the cash paid to each Person at the closing of
                      any such purchase shall be an amount equal to the
                      lesser of (i) the Purchase Price or (ii) the Life
                      Insurance Proceeds multiplied by a fraction, the
                      numerator of which is the number of shares of Stock
                      owned by such Person and the denominator of which is
                      the number of shares of Stock owned by all Persons who
                      have given notice to Systems under this Section
                      14(a)(1) of this Agreement.

                (2)   Purchase of Stock Upon Termination of Employment
                      Without Cause or for Disability.  Upon the termination
                      of the employment of the Employee by the Company
                      without Cause or for Disability, the Employee may
                      require Systems to purchase all but not less than all
                      of the Stock owned by the Employee at the time of such
                      termination, and any Transferee may require Systems to
                      purchase all but not less than all of the Stock owned
                      by it at the time of such termination, in accordance
                      with the provisions of this Section 14 of this
                      Agreement.  This option may be exercised by notice to
                      Systems given within six (6) months after the
                      termination.  Upon the giving of such notice, Systems
                      shall be obligated to purchase and the Person who gave
                      such notice shall be obligated to sell the Stock at
                      Fair Market Value per share.  Systems shall pay the
                      amount due by giving such Person a promissory note
                      payable in equal monthly installments over the course
                      of 36 months at an interest rate equal to the publicly
                      announced prime rate of interest of M&I Marshall &
                      Ilsley Bank, changing on each day such prime rate
                      changes.

             b. Systems' Calls.

                (1)   Purchase of Stock Upon Employee's Death Upon
                      Termination Without Cause or for Disability.  Upon the
                      Employee's death, or termination of the Employee's
                      employment by the Company without Cause, or for
                      Disability, Systems may require the Employee and any
                      Transferees to sell all but not less than all of the
                      Stock owned by the Employee and any such Transferees in
                      accordance with the provisions of this Section 14 of
                      this Agreement.  Systems may exercise such option by
                      notice to the Employee and any such Transferees given
                      within six (6) months after the Employee's death or
                      termination.  Upon the giving of such notice, Systems
                      shall be obligated to purchase and the Employee and any
                      such Transferees shall be obligated to sell the Stock
                      at Fair Market Value per share.

                (2)   Purchase of Stock Upon Employee's Resignation or
                      Termination with Cause.  Upon Employee's resignation of
                      his employment with the Company for any reason,
                      including Good Reason, or upon termination by the
                      Company of the Employee's employment for Cause, Systems
                      may require the Employee and any Transferees to sell
                      all but not less than all of the Stock owned by the
                      Employee and any such Transferees in accordance with
                      the provisions of this Section 14 of this Agreement. 
                      Systems may exercise such option by notice to the
                      Employee and any such Transferees given within six (6)
                      months after the termination or resignation.  Upon the
                      giving of such notice, Systems shall be obligated to
                      purchase and the Employee and any such Transferees
                      shall be obligated to sell the Stock at the greater of
                      its Book Value or the actual purchase price paid by the
                      Employee for such Stock.

             c. Purchase of Employee's and Transferee's Stock.  The Employee
                or any Transferee may, if the Employee terminates his
                employment with the Company for reason on or after November
                1, 1998, request the Board of Directors of Systems to
                consider a purchase of the Stock owned by the Employee or
                such Transferee at Fair Market Value per share.  The Board of
                Directors of Systems shall reasonably consider such request
                taking into account the reasons for the request, the personal
                health and financial situation of the Employee at that time
                and the financial condition of Systems at that time.  If the
                Board of Directors of Systems agrees to such request by the
                Employee or any Transferee, the noncompetition provisions
                contained in Section 13(a) of this Agreement shall be
                extended to five (5) years from and after the date of
                termination of employment.  The Board of Directors of Systems
                can only grant such request upon an 80% vote of the entire
                Board of Directors of Systems.

             d. Determination of Fair Market Value.  In the event that a
                notice which requires Systems to purchase the Stock is given
                pursuant to Section 14(a)(1), Section 14(a)(2), Section
                14(b)(1) or Section 14(b)(2) of this Agreement, Systems and
                the Employee (or the Representative, if applicable) shall
                attempt to reach agreement on the Fair Market Value.  If
                Systems and the Employee (or the Representative, if
                applicable) cannot agree on the Fair Market Value within
                sixty (60) calendar days after the date the relevant notice
                was given, then Systems or the Employee (or the
                Representative, if applicable) may notify the other that an
                Appraiser shall be selected and the Fair Market Value shall
                be determined by the Appraiser.  If Systems and the Employee
                (or the Representative, if applicable) agree on the Fair
                Market Value, each Transferee may either (i) sell its Stock
                at the Fair Market Value agreed upon by Systems and the
                Employee (or the Representative, if applicable) or (ii)
                within sixty (60) calendar days after the date the relevant
                notice was given notify Systems that an Appraiser shall be
                selected and the Fair Market Value shall be determined by the
                Appraiser.

             e. Closing of Sale.

                (1)   The Employee or the Representative, if applicable,
                      and/or any Transferee shall sell the relevant Stock at
                      a closing to be held at the principal place of business
                      of Systems on a date which is ninety (90) calendar days
                      after the date any notice exercising an option
                      described in this Section 14 is given; provided,
                      however, that a closing pursuant to a sale under
                      Section 14(a)(1) of this Agreement need not be held
                      prior to the time that all Persons who may give notice
                      to Systems pursuant to such subsection have given such
                      notice and/or have given notice to Systems that they do
                      not intend to exercise the option described in such
                      subsection.  At such Closing:  (A) Systems shall
                      deliver to the Employee (or the Representative or
                      Transferee, if applicable) a bank cashier's or
                      certified check, or Systems' promissory note (or both,
                      if applicable), in the full amount of the purchase
                      price; and (B) the Employee (or the Representative or
                      Transferee, if applicable) shall deliver to Systems
                      certificates representing the relevant Stock duly
                      endorsed in blank.

                (2)   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this
                      Section 14 of this Agreement, Systems shall not be
                      required to purchase Stock while, and to the extent,
                      such purchase would result in a violation of applicable
                      law or of any contract to which Systems or the Company
                      is a party (including, without limitation, a violation
                      of any covenant with may be contained in any loan
                      agreement in effect from time to time); provided,
                      however, that Systems and the Company will use
                      reasonable efforts to cure or avoid such violation in
                      order to permit such repurchase.

             (b)   The following new Section 1(u) is added to the Original
                   Agreement:

                u. Transferee.  "Transferee" shall mean a person to whom a
                   "Permitted Transfer" of Stock has been made pursuant to
                   the First Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement
                   dated as of October 28, 1993 as amended and restated on
                   February 13, 1995, and amended as of the date hereof,
                   among the Employee, Systems and certain others.

                                   ARTICLE II

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

         2.1 Continuance of Agreement.  Except as specifically amended by
   this First Amendment, the Original Agreement shall remain in full force
   and effect.

         2.2 Governing Law.  This First Amendment shall be governed by the
   internal laws of the State of Wisconsin.

         2.3 Counterparts; Headings.  This First Amendment may be executed in
   several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but such
   counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same agreement. 
   The article and section headings in this First Amendment are inserted for
   convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part hereof.

         IN WITNESS THEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this First
   Amendment as of the day and year first above written.

                                 HK SYSTEMS, INC.



                                 By:  /s/ John W. Splude
                                      John W. Splude, President


                                 Attest:


                                 /s/ John R. Kuhnmuench, Jr. 
                                 John R. Kuhnmuench, Jr., Secretary



                                 HEI SYSTEMS, INC.



                                 By:  /s/ John W. Splude
                                      John W. Splude, President


                                 Attest:


                                 /s/ John R. Kuhnmuench, Jr.
                                 John R. Kuhnmuench, Jr., Secretary



                                 /s/ Glen P. Davis         (SEAL)
                                 Glen P. Davis

   <PAGE>

                          HARNISCHFEGER ENGINEERS, INC.

                     EMPLOYMENT AND NONCOMPETITION AGREEMENT


        This Employment and Noncompetition Agreement is entered into as of
   this 28th day of October, 1993, by and among HARNISCHFEGER ENGINEERS,
   INC., HEI SYSTEMS, INC. and GLENN P. DAVIS.


                                    RECITALS:

        WHEREAS, the Company desires to continue to employ the Employee and
   to set forth the terms and conditions of the Employee's employment and the
   Employee desires to continue to be employed by the Company on the terms
   and conditions set forth in this Agreement; and

        WHEREAS, during the course of employment, the Employee has learned
   and will learn the identities of the Company's customers, their purchasing
   needs and habits and the names of the personnel charged with purchasing
   responsibilities and the Company's methods of doing business; and

        WHEREAS, the Company's list of customers has been compiled by the
   Company and the Company's methods of doing business have been developed by
   the Company at considerable expense over a number of years; and

        WHEREAS, but for his employment at the Company, Employee would not be
   able to easily duplicate the Company's customer list or be thoroughly
   familiar with its methods of doing business; and

        WHEREAS, the Company's customer list and methods of doing business
   are of considerable economic value to the Company; and

        WHEREAS, Systems owns all of the issued and outstanding shares of
   capital stock of the Company and the Employee owns certain shares of the
   issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of Systems;

        WHEREAS, THE EMPLOYEE HAS REVIEWED THE MATTERS RECITED IN THE SIX
   PARAGRAPHS ABOVE AND CONFIRMS THAT HE AGREES WITH THOSE RECITALS.

                                 NOW, THEREFORE

        In consideration of the Recitals and of the mutual promises and
   covenants set forth herein and for other good and valuable consideration,
   the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, it is hereby
   agreed as follows:

   1.   Definitions.  When used in this Agreement, the following terms shall
        have the meanings specified:

        a.   Agreement.  "Agreement" shall mean this Employment and
             Noncompetition Agreement, as the same shall be amended from time
             to time in accordance with the terms hereof.

        b.   Appraiser.  "Appraiser" shall mean a Person of recognized
             standing whose usual and regular business is the determination
             of the fair market value of businesses which shall be:  (1)
             jointly selected by Systems and the Employee (or the
             Representative, if applicable); or (2) if Systems and the
             Employee (or the Representative, if applicable) cannot agree on
             the identity of the Appraiser within ten (10) calendar days
             after the giving of a notice from any Person requiring the
             selection of an Appraiser under this Agreement, then the
             identity of the Appraiser shall be selected by the Chief Judge
             of the United States District Court for the Eastern District of
             Wisconsin.

        c.   Book Value.  "Book Value" shall mean an amount equal to:  (1)
             all consolidated assets of Systems and the Company (including
             goodwill, patents, trademarks, trade names, copyrights and other
             intangible assets) determined in accordance with generally
             accepted accounting principles; minus (2) all consolidated
             liabilities of Systems and the Company determined in accordance
             with generally accepted accounting principles; minus, without
             duplication (3) the amount of the liquidation value plus all
             cumulative and unpaid dividends payable by Systems for all
             shares of Preferred Stock of Systems issued and outstanding on
             the date of such calculation; minus, without duplication (4) the
             amount of the liquidation value plus all cumulative and unpaid
             dividends payable by the Company for all shares of Preferred
             Stock of the Company issued and outstanding on the date of
             calculation.

        d.   Cause.  The following actions on the part of the Employee shall
             be considered as "Cause":

             (1)  Personal dishonesty, willful misconduct, breach of
                  fiduciary duty involving personal profit, willful violation
                  of any law, rule, or regulation (other than traffic
                  violations or similar offenses), or habitual use of alcohol
                  or drugs:  (A) which materially impairs the Employee's
                  ability to carry out his duties; and (B) as to which the
                  Board of Directors of the Company makes a good faith
                  determination that such conduct has occurred and that such
                  conduct meets the standard set forth in Section 1(d)(1)(A)
                  of this Agreement;

             (2)  Rendering any assistance to any Person in that Person's
                  competitive efforts with the Company;

             (3)  Use of the Company's proprietary information or customer
                  lists for the Employee's own benefit or in a way adverse to
                  the Company's interests; or

             (4)  A good faith determination by the Company, after a notice
                  to the Employee and an opportunity to meet with the Board
                  of Directors of the Company concerning such matter, that
                  the Employee has breached any material provision of this
                  Agreement.

        e.   Company.  "Company" shall mean Harnischfeger Engineers, Inc., a
             Delaware corporation.

        f.   Competitive Product.  "Competitive Product" shall mean a product
             or service, made or provided by a Competitor, which is the same
             as or is directly competitive with one with respect to which the
             Employee acquired confidential information relating to the
             Company, or its business, products or services by reason of the
             Employee's work with the Company.

        g.   Competitor.  "Competitor" shall mean any Person engaged in, or
             about to become engaged in, the production or sale, or both, of
             any product or service in any part of the United States of
             America which is directly competitive with one with respect to
             which the Employee acquired confidential information relating to
             the Company, or its business, products or services by reason of
             the Employee's work with the Company.

        h.   Creations.  "Creations" shall mean all manuscripts, programs,
             writings, pictorial materials, and other creations created by
             the Employee, either individually or jointly, during the
             Employee's employment by the Company, and which relate to the
             business of the Company.

        i.   Disability.  "Disability" shall mean that the Employee has been
             declared mentally incompetent by a Wisconsin court or shall have
             been disabled for a consecutive period of 120 days so that the
             Employee is unable to perform the Employee's duties as an
             employee of the Company under this Agreement.  Any dispute as to
             the existence of a Disability or its duration shall be submitted
             to a licensed physician agreed upon by the Employee and the
             Company or, failing such agreement, to one appointed by the
             President of the Medical Society of Wisconsin at the request of
             either the Employee or the Company.  The Employee shall
             cooperate in such determination and the determination of such
             physician shall be binding and conclusive upon the parties.

        j.   Employee.  "Employee" shall mean Glenn P. Davis.

        k.   Fair Market Value.  "Fair Market Value" shall mean the aggregate
             fair market value of the Stock at the date of appraisal
             calculated:  (1) without any discount of any kind, whether for
             lack of marketability, minority holdings, the size of Systems or
             any other factor; and (2) as if such value were calculated for
             sale of Systems as a whole to a Person who is not an affiliate
             of Systems or the Company.

        l.   Good Reason.  "Good Reason" shall mean that the Company has
             breached any provision of this Agreement.

        m.   Inventions.  "Inventions" shall mean all inventions,
             discoveries, developments, improvements, works, ideas, and other
             contributions, whether or not patented or patentable or
             otherwise protectable in law, which are conceived, made,
             developed or acquired by the Employee, either individually or
             jointly, during the employment of the Employee by the Company
             and which relate in any manner to the Employee's work, the
             research or business of the Company, or fields to which the
             business of the Company may reasonably extend.

        n.   Investors.  "Investors" shall mean the owners of shares of the
             Class B Cumulative Preferred Stock of Systems.

        o.   Life Insurance Proceeds.  "Life Insurance Proceeds" shall mean
             the net amount of cash proceeds actually received by Systems or
             the Company as a result of the Employee's death, which are:  (1)
             not pledged by Systems or the Company to secure any indebtedness
             of Systems or the Company; and (2) not required to be paid by
             Systems or the Company to other Persons by any contract entered
             into by Systems or the Company prior to the Employee's death.

        p.   Person.  "Person" shall mean and include an individual,
             partnership, corporation, trust, incorporated organization and a
             government or any department or agency thereof.

        q.   Representative.  "Representative" shall mean, after the
             Employee's death, the duly appointed and qualified executor or
             personal representative of the estate of the Employee.

        r.   Restricted Area.  "Restricted Area" shall mean anywhere within a
             twenty-five (25) mile radius of any location in any U.S. city in
             which the Company had, at any time while the Employee was
             employed by the Company, a place of business or customers.

        s.   Stock.  "Stock" shall mean all shares of Common Stock of Systems
             owned by the Employee at the execution of this Agreement or
             acquired hereafter.

        t.   Systems.  "Systems" shall mean HEI Systems, Inc., a Wisconsin
             corporation.

   2.   Employment.  The Company hereby agrees to continue the employment of
        the Employee and the Employee hereby accepts continued employment
        with the Company in accordance with the terms and conditions set
        forth in this Agreement.  Except for illness, vacation periods and
        reasonable leaves of absence approved by the Board of Directors of
        the Company, the Employee agrees to devote the Employee's full time,
        skill, knowledge, and attention to the business of the Company and
        the performance of the duties of the Employee under this Agreement. 
        During the term of employment, it shall not be a violation of this
        Agreement for the Employee to do one or more of the following, so
        long as such activities do not interfere with the performance of the
        Employee's responsibilities as an employee of the Company in
        accordance with this Agreement:  (a) serve on corporate, civic, trade
        or charitable boards or committees; (b) deliver lectures or fulfill
        speaking engagements; and (c) manage personal investments.

   3.   Term.  This Agreement shall commence on the date first above written
        and continue indefinitely until effective notice of termination is
        given by the Employee or the Company to the other.  THE EMPLOYEE'S
        EMPLOYMENT WITH THE COMPANY IS ON AN AT-WILL BASIS.  Either the
        Employee or the Company may terminate the Employee's employment with
        the Company at any time and for any reason or no reason at all,
        subject only to the parties' obligations as described in Section 8 of
        this Agreement.

   4.   Duties.  The Employee shall be employed as a Senior Vice President of
        the Company or in such other executive position with the Company as
        may be mutually agreed to between the Company and the Employee.  The
        Employee shall perform such services and duties as are usually and
        customarily required of a Person holding such position with a
        business corporation.  The services to be performed by the Employee
        shall be principally rendered in or about Milwaukee, Wisconsin or
        such other place at which the Company makes its corporate
        headquarters, together with such business travel as may be necessary
        for the Employee to satisfactorily perform the duties required under
        this Agreement.

   5.   Compensation.  The Company shall pay to the Employee a base annual
        salary of $140,000, which salary shall be reviewed annually by the
        Board of Directors of the Company for possible adjustment and shall
        be paid in approximately equal installments at the usual and
        customary times established by the Company.  The Company shall deduct
        from all payments made to the Employee under this Agreement any
        federal, state or local withholding or other taxes or charges which
        the Company is required to deduct under applicable law.  The Company
        shall have the right to rely upon a written opinion of counsel if any
        questions arise as to any deductions.

   6.   Additional Benefits.  The Employee shall be entitled to the following
        additional benefits:

        a.   Vacation/Holidays.  The Employee shall be entitled to paid
             vacations and holidays as provided to other senior executive
             employees of the Company.

        b.   Expense Reimbursement.  The Company shall pay, upon submission
             of appropriate vouchers and supporting documentation, all
             expenses of the Employee incurred in connection with the
             rendering of services to the Company as an employee pursuant to
             this Agreement in accordance with the Company's usual and
             ordinary practices, provided that such expenses are reasonable
             and necessary business expenses of the Company.

        c.   Automobile.  The Company shall provide the Employee with the use
             of a Company-provided vehicle in accordance with Company policy.

        d.   Bonus Program.  The Employee will be eligible to participate in
             an executive bonus program to be established by the Board of
             Directors of the Company, pursuant to which the Employee may
             earn up to 40% of the Employee's base salary in any year.  The
             bonus program will include a combination of annual performance
             benchmarks and long-term benchmarks for both the Employee and
             the Company.

        e.   Miscellaneous.  The Employee shall be entitled to other fringe
             benefits generally provided to senior management of the Company,
             including health insurance, disability insurance, term life
             insurance, pension and profit-sharing and other programs
             established by the Board of Directors of the Company.

   7.   Life Insurance.  The Company will purchase life insurance on the
        Employee's life, payable to the Company or Systems in an amount equal
        to at least Four Hundred Thousand Dollars ($400,000) in excess of the
        amount required by the Company's or Systems' lenders.

   8.   Termination.

        a.   Termination Without Cause or for Good Reason.  As stated in
             Section 3 of this Agreement, the Employee's employment may be
             terminated by the Company or by the Employee at any time and for
             any reason or for no reason at all.  However, if the Employee's
             employment with the Company is terminated by the Company without
             Cause, or by the Employee for Good Reason, or as the result of
             the Employee's Disability, the Employee shall receive the
             Employee's then current base salary for a one (1) year period
             after such termination, plus the continuation in the health,
             disability and term life insurance programs of the Company
             during such one year period at the Company's expense.  The
             severance pay shall be paid to the Employee at the same times as
             the Company generally pays management employees.  If the
             Employee's employment is terminated as the result of Disability,
             any severance payments shall be reduced by any gross insurance
             proceeds actually received by the Employee from the Company
             sponsored disability insurance.  The severance payments shall
             not be reduced by any other compensation received by the
             Employee during the severance period unless such compensation is
             received from Competitors.  The Employee shall have no
             obligation to seek other employment or otherwise mitigate
             damages hereunder.

        b.   Termination for Cause or Without Good Reason.  In the event that
             the Employee's employment with the Company is terminated by the
             Company for Cause or by the Employee without Good Reason, the
             Employee shall be paid compensation only through the date of
             such termination and all other financial obligations of the
             Company to the Employee under this Agreement and all benefits
             under this Agreement shall cease as of the date of such
             termination.

        c.   Return of the Company's Materials.  Upon termination for any
             reason, the Employee shall immediately return to the Company all
             files, credit cards, keys, computers, instruments, equipment,
             vehicles, and other materials owned or provided by the Company.

   9.   Confidential Information.  The Employee acknowledges that through the
        services to be performed for the Company, the Employee will obtain
        confidential information regarding the Company's business affairs,
        including such matters as computer programs, research, customer
        lists, customer development, planning, purchasing, finance,
        marketing, customer relations, and other information of a similar
        nature not available to the public.  This information may be oral or
        written and may be that which the Employee originates as well as that
        which otherwise comes into the possession or knowledge of the
        Employee.  The Employee agrees to treat all matters relating to the
        business activities of the Company as confidential and not to divulge
        or disclose any information gained in connection with the employment
        of the Employee by the Company to any other Person except upon the
        written request or instruction of the Company or in the normal course
        of the duties of the Employee as an employee of the Company.  The
        Employee agrees not to use or disclose, for purposes of marketing or
        otherwise, any of the customer information the Employee receives
        while working at the Company (including, but not limited to,
        customers' identity, financial status and holdings), either on behalf
        of the Employee or as a representative, agent, employee, officer,
        director, trustee, stockholder, or creditor of, or partner, joint
        venturer, or investor with or in any Competitor, except for any
        information which is or becomes generally available to the public, or
        otherwise comes into possession of the Competitor, other than as a
        result of disclosure by the Employee.  This Section 9 is intended to
        protect confidential information and customer relationships, both
        during and after the period of the Employee's employment with the
        Company, and not to limit the Employee's right to seek and obtain
        employment in competition with the Company after termination of the
        Employee's employment with the Company, which is covered by Section
        13 of this Agreement.

   10.  Relationship with Others.  The parties agree that the profitability
        and goodwill of the Company depend on continued amicable relations
        with its suppliers and customers, and the Employee:  (a) except on
        behalf of the Company, will not approach for any reason, nor solicit
        any business of any kind from, any former, present or future customer
        of the Company; or (b) cause, request or advise any suppliers or
        customers of the Company to curtail or cancel their business with the
        Company.  Nothing in Section 10(a) shall, after termination of the
        Employee's employment with the Company for any reason, prevent the
        employment of the Employee by a customer or supplier of the Company
        unless such employment violates Section 13(a) of this Agreement. 
        This provision shall apply to any customers or suppliers of the
        Company during the three (3) year period prior to the termination of
        the Employee's employment or to Persons with an active proposal from
        the Company on the date of the termination of the Employee's
        employment.  This provision shall apply for three (3) years after
        termination of the Employee's employment with the Company if the
        termination is for Cause and for one (1) year if the termination is
        for any other reason.

   11.  Inventions and Creations.

        a.   Inventions.  The Employee agrees that all Inventions shall
             belong to the Company.  The Employee agrees to and does hereby
             assign and transfer to the Company the entire right, title, and
             interest of the Employee in and to all Inventions.  The Employee
             further agrees to promptly and fully disclose all Inventions to
             the Company, in writing if requested by the Company, and to
             execute and deliver any and all lawful applications,
             assignments, and other documents which the Company requests for
             protecting the Inventions in the United States or in any other
             country.  The Company shall have the full and sole power to
             prosecute such applications and to take all other actions
             concerning the Inventions, and the Employee agrees to cooperate
             fully, at the expense of the Company, in the preparation and
             prosecution of all such applications and in any legal actions
             and proceedings concerning the Inventions.

        b.   Creations.  The Employee agrees to and does hereby assign,
             convey, and transfer to the Company all Creations.  The Company
             shall have the full right to seek and procure copyrights on the
             Creations, and the Employee shall cooperate fully, at the
             expense of the Company, in securing copyrights and in any legal
             actions and proceedings concerning the Creations.

        c.   Presumption of Company Ownership.  Without diminishing any
             rights granted to the Company in Sections 11(a) and 11(b), if an
             Invention is described in a patent application or is disclosed
             to third parties by the Employee within two (2) years after
             leaving the employ of the Company, or if a Creation is published
             or is disclosed to third parties by the Employee within two (2)
             years after leaving the employ of the Company, the Employee
             agrees that it is to be rebuttably presumed that the Invention
             or the Creation was conceived, made, developed, acquired, or
             created by the Employee during the period of employment of the
             Employee by the Company, and the Invention or Creation will
             belong the Company.

   12.  Noncompetition While Employed By The Company.  The Employee agrees
        not to compete with the Company in any territory in which the Company
        sells its products or provides its services, either on behalf of the
        Employee, or as a representative, agent, employee, officer, director,
        trustee, stockholder, or creditor of, or partner, joint venturer, or
        investor with or in, any other Person, during his employment with the
        Company.

   13.  Noncompetition After Termination of Employment.

        a.   Scope of Noncompetition.  The Employee agrees that for one (1)
             year after the termination of the Employee's employment with the
             Company, regardless of the reason for such termination, the
             Employee will not:

             (1)  Render services, either directly or indirectly, to any
                  Competitor in connection with the development, manufacture,
                  sale, merchandising or promotion of any Competitive
                  Product; or

             (2)  Engage, either directly or indirectly, within the
                  Restricted Area, for the Employee or as an investor, in the
                  development, manufacture, purchase or sale of any
                  Competitive Product.

        b.   Exceptions to Scope of Noncompetition.

             (1)  Nothing in Section 13(a) of this Agreement shall prohibit
                  the Employee from owning or acquiring securities of
                  Systems, the Company or of any corporation or other
                  business enterprise that may be engaged in activities
                  described in Section 13(a), provided that:  (A) the
                  Employee is not an officer, director or employee of, or
                  consultant to, such corporation or business enterprise; (B)
                  such securities are held by the Employee for investment
                  purposes and represent less than five percent (5%) of the
                  total equity interests of such corporation or business
                  enterprise; and (C) such securities are listed on a
                  national securities exchange or are regularly quoted in the
                  over the counter market by one or more members of the
                  National Association of Securities Dealers.

             (2)  It shall not be deemed a violation of Section 13(a) if the
                  Employee accepts employment with a business entity which is
                  diversified and made up of separate divisions and which, as
                  to parts of its business, is not a Competitor, provided the
                  Company shall be furnished prior to such employment
                  definite written assurances satisfactory to it, separately
                  from the Employee and such business entity, that the
                  Employee will not be expected, required or permitted to and
                  in fact does not render services directly or indirectly to
                  a division or a part of such business entity which division
                  or part is a Competitor.

        c.   Notification to the Company.  During the period of time that the
             Employee is subject to the provisions of Section 13(a) of this
             Agreement, the Employee shall notify the Board of Directors of
             the Company of any occupation or employment which the Employee
             proposes to take up after termination of employment with the
             Company and shall furnish to the Company such written or oral
             information as it may reasonably request concerning such
             proposed occupation or employment.  Upon request of the
             Employee, the Company agrees to notify the Employee promptly,
             and in any event within thirty (30) days after receipt of the
             requested information, whether or not the Company considers such
             occupation, based on the information so furnished or derived
             from its independent investigation, to come within the
             provisions of Section 13(a) and, if the Company considers such
             occupation to come within the provisions of Section 13(a),
             whether the Company will waive any of the provisions thereof.

   14.  Puts of and Calls on Employee's Stock.

        a.   Employee's Puts.

             (1)  Purchase of Employee's Stock at Death.  Upon the death of
                  the Employee, the Representative may require Systems to
                  purchase the Stock owned by the Employee at the time of
                  death in accordance with the provisions of this Section 14
                  of this Agreement.  The Representative may exercise such
                  option by notice to Systems given within six (6) months
                  after the date of death of the Employee.  Upon the giving
                  of such notice, the Representative shall be obligated to
                  sell and Systems shall be obligated to purchase the Stock
                  at Fair Market Value per share.  Systems shall pay to the
                  Representative by cash an amount equal to the lesser of the
                  Purchase Price or the Life Insurance Proceeds at the
                  closing of any such purchase.  Any remaining balance shall
                  be payable by Systems giving the Representative a
                  promissory note payable in equal monthly installments over
                  the course of 36 months at an interest rate equal to the
                  publicly announced prime rate of interest of M&I Marshall &
                  Ilsley Bank, changing on each day such prime rate changes.

             (2)  Purchase of Employee's Stock Upon Termination Without Cause
                  or for Disability.  Upon the termination of the employment
                  of the Employee by the Company without Cause or for
                  Disability, the Employee may require Systems to purchase
                  all but not less than all of the Stock owned by the
                  Employee in accordance with the provisions of this Section
                  14 of this Agreement.  The Employee may exercise such
                  option by notice to Systems given within six (6) months
                  after the termination.  Upon the giving of such notice,
                  Systems shall be obligated to purchase and the Employee
                  shall be obligated to sell the Stock at Fair Market Value
                  per share.  Systems shall pay the amount due by giving the
                  Employee a promissory note payable in equal monthly
                  installments over the course of 36 months at an interest
                  rate equal to the publicly announced prime rate of interest
                  of M&I Marshall & Ilsley Bank, changing on each day such
                  prime rate changes.

        b.   Systems' Calls.

             (1)  Purchase of Employee's Stock Upon Death, Upon Termination
                  Without Cause or for Disability.  Upon the Employee's
                  death, or termination of the Employee's employment by the
                  Company without Cause, or for Disability, Systems may
                  require the Employee to sell all but not less than all of
                  the Stock owned by the Employee in accordance with the
                  provisions of this Section 14 of this Agreement.  Systems
                  may exercise such option by notice to the Employee given
                  within six (6) months after the termination.  Upon the
                  giving of such notice, Systems shall be obligated to
                  purchase and the Employee shall be obligated to sell the
                  Stock at Fair Market Value per share.

             (2)  Purchase of Employee's Stock Upon Resignation or
                  Termination with Cause.  Upon Employee's resignation of his
                  employment with the Company for any reason, including Good
                  Reason, or upon termination by the Company of the
                  Employee's employment for Cause, Systems may require the
                  Employee to sell all but not less than all of the Stock
                  owned by the Employee in accordance with the provisions of
                  this Section 14 of this Agreement.  Systems may exercise
                  such option by notice to the Employee given within six (6)
                  months after the termination or resignation.  Upon the
                  giving of such notice, Systems shall be obligated to
                  purchase and the Employee shall be obligated to sell the
                  Stock at the greater of its Book Value or the actual
                  purchase price paid by the Employee for such Stock.

        c.   Purchase of Employee's Stock.  The Employee may, if the Employee
             terminates his employment with the Company for any reason on or
             after November 1, 1998, request the Board of Directors of
             Systems to consider a purchase of the Stock owned by the
             Employee at Fair Market Value per share.  The Board of Directors
             of Systems shall reasonably consider such request, taking into
             account the Employee's reasons for the request, the personal
             health and financial situation of the Employee at that time and
             the financial condition of Systems at that time.  If the Board
             of Directors of Systems agrees to such request, the
             noncompetition provisions contained in Section 13(a) of this
             Agreement shall be extended to five (5) years from and after the
             date of termination of employment.  The Board of Directors of
             Systems can only grant such request upon an 80% vote of the
             entire Board of Directors of Systems.

        d.   Determination of Fair Market Value.  In the event that a notice
             which requires Systems to purchase the Stock is given pursuant
             to Section 14(a)(1), Section 14(a)(2), Section 14(b)(1), Section
             14(b)(2) or Section 14(c) of this Agreement, Systems and the
             Employee (or the Representative, if applicable) shall attempt to
             reach agreement on the Fair Market Value.  If Systems and the
             Employee (or the Representative, if applicable) cannot agree on
             the Fair Market Value within sixty (60) calendar days after the
             date the relevant notice was given, then Systems or the Employee
             (or the Representative, if applicable) may notify the other that
             an Appraiser shall be selected and the Fair Market Value shall
             be determined by the Appraiser.

        e.   Closing of Sale.

             (1)  The Employee or the Representative, if applicable, shall
                  sell the relevant Stock at a closing to be held at the
                  principal place of business of Systems on a date which is
                  ninety (90) calendar days after the date any notice
                  exercising an option described in this Section 14 is given. 
                  At such Closing:  (A) Systems shall deliver to the Employee
                  (or the Representative, if applicable) a bank cashier's or
                  certified check, and Systems' promissory note, in the full
                  amount of the purchase price; and (ii) the Employee or the
                  Representative, if applicable, shall deliver to Systems
                  certificates representing the relevant Stock duly endorsed
                  in blank.

             (2)  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 14
                  of this Agreement, Systems shall not be required to
                  purchase Stock while, and to the extent, such purchase
                  would result in a violation of applicable law or of any
                  contract to which Systems or the Company is a party
                  (including, without limitation, a violation of any covenant
                  which may be contained in any loan agreement in effect from
                  time to time); provided, however, that Systems or the
                  Company will use reasonable efforts to cure or avoid such
                  violation in order to permit such repurchase.

   15.  Remedies.  In addition to other remedies provided by law or equity,
        upon a breach by the Employee of any of the covenants contained
        herein, Systems and the Company shall be entitled to have a court of
        competent jurisdiction enter an injunction against the Employee
        prohibiting any further breach of the covenants contained herein. 
        The parties further agree that the services to be performed by the
        Employee hereunder are of a unique, special, and extraordinary
        character.  Therefore, in the event of any controversy concerning
        rights or obligations under this Agreement, such rights or
        obligations shall be enforceable in a court of competent jurisdiction
        at law or equity by a decree of specific performance or, if Systems
        or the Company elects, by obtaining damages or such other relief as
        Systems or the Company may elect to pursue.  Such remedies, however,
        shall be cumulative and nonexclusive and shall be in addition to any
        other remedies which Systems or the Company may have.

   16.  Assignment.  This Agreement and the respective rights, duties, and
        obligations of the Employee hereunder may not be assigned or
        delegated by the Employee.

   17.  Notice.  Any notice (including notice of change of address) permitted
        or required to be given pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement
        shall be in writing and sent by registered or certified mail, return
        receipt requested, or by hand delivery to the parties at the
        following addresses:

             If to Systems or         Harnischfeger Engineers, Inc.
             the Company:             Attention:  President
                                      13400 Bishops Lane
                                      Brookfield  WI  53005

                                      with a copy to:

                                      Quarles & Brady
                                      Attention:  Patrick M. Ryan
                                      411 East Wisconsin Avenue
                                      Milwaukee, WI 53202

             If to the Employee:      Glenn P. Davis
                                      Personal & Confidential
                                      c/o HK Systems, Inc.
                                      2855 South James Drive
                                      New Berlin, WI 53151

        Notice properly given by mail shall be deemed effective one (1)
        business day after mailing.

   18.  Entire Agreement.  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement
        and understanding between Systems, the Company and the Employee
        concerning the Employee's employment by the Company, and supersedes
        the letter agreement dated August 31, 1993 between Systems and the
        Employee and any and all other previous agreements or understandings,
        whether written or oral, among Systems, the Employee and the Company
        concerning such employment.  This Agreement may not be modified
        orally.

   19.  Waiver.  The waiver by any party of the breach of any covenant or
        provision in this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a
        waiver of any subsequent breach by any party.

   20.  Invalidity of any Provision.  The provisions of this Agreement are
        severable, it being the intention of the parties that should any
        provision hereof be invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or
        unenforceability of any provision shall not affect the remaining
        provisions hereof, but the same shall remain in full force and effect
        as if such invalid or unenforceable provision were omitted.

   21.  Applicable Law.  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in
        accordance with the internal laws of the State of Wisconsin.

   22.  Headings.  Headings in this Agreement are for informational purposes
        only and shall not be used to construe the intent of this Agreement.

   23.  Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in any
        number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but
        all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

   24.  Expenses.  If any legal proceeding is necessary by the Employee,
        Systems or the Company to enforce or interpret the terms of this
        Agreement or to recover damages for the breach of this Agreement, the
        prevailing party shall be entitled to recover reasonable attorneys
        fees and necessary costs and expenses incurred in such litigation
        from the losing party in addition to any other relief to which the
        prevailing party may otherwise be entitled.

   25.  Reasonableness of Restrictions.  THE EMPLOYEE HAS READ THIS AGREEMENT
        AND AGREES THAT THE CONSIDERATION PROVIDED BY THE COMPANY IS FAIR AND
        REASONABLE AND FURTHER AGREES THAT GIVEN THE IMPORTANCE TO THE
        COMPANY OF THE CUSTOMER LIST AND THE COMPANY'S PARTICULAR METHODS OF
        DOING BUSINESS, THE POST-EMPLOYMENT RESTRICTIONS ON THE EMPLOYEE'S
        ACTIVITIES ARE LIKEWISE FAIR AND REASONABLE.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Employment
   and Noncompetition Agreement as of the date first above written.

                                 HARNISCHFEGER ENGINEERS, INC.


                                 By: /s/ John W. Splude
                                    John W. Splude, President


                                 HEI SYSTEMS, INC.


                                 By: /s/ John W. Splude
                                    John W. Splude, President


                                 /s/ Glenn P. Davis              (SEAL)
                                 Glenn P. Davis




                                                                 EXHIBIT 10.3

                                HK SYSTEMS, INC.

                     EMPLOYMENT AND NONCOMPETITION AGREEMENT

        This Employment and Noncompetition Agreement is entered into as of
   this 1st day of July, 1997, by and among HK SYSTEMS, INC. (the
   "Company") and David W. Bartley.

                                R E C I T A L S:

        WHEREAS, the Company desires to continue to employ the Employee and
   to set forth the terms and conditions of the Employee's employment and the
   Employee desires to continue to be employed by the Company on the terms
   and conditions set forth in this Agreement; and

        WHEREAS, during the course of employment, the Employee has learned
   and will learn the identities of the Company's customers, their purchasing
   needs and habits and the names of the personnel charged with purchasing
   responsibilities and the Company's methods of doing business; and

        WHEREAS, the Company's list of customers has been compiled by the
   Company and the Company's methods of doing business have been developed by
   the Company at considerable expense over a number of years; and

        WHEREAS, but for his employment at the Company, Employee would not be
   able to easily duplicate the Company's customer list or be thoroughly
   familiar with its methods of doing business; and

        WHEREAS, the Company's customer list and methods of doing business
   are of considerable economic value to the Company; and

        WHEREAS, THE EMPLOYEE HAS REVIEWED THE MATTERS RECITED IN THE FIVE
   PARAGRAPHS ABOVE AND CONFIRMS THAT HE AGREES WITH THOSE RECITALS.

   NOW, THEREFORE,

        In consideration of the Recitals and of the mutual promises and
   covenants set forth herein and for other good and valuable consideration,
   the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, it is hereby
   agreed as follows:

   1.   Definitions.  When used in this Agreement, the following terms shall
        have the meanings specified:

        a.   Agreement.  "Agreement" shall mean this Employment and
             Noncompetition Agreement, as the same shall be amended from time
             to time in accordance with the terms hereof.

        b.   Cause.  The following actions on the part of the Employee shall
             be considered as "Cause":

             (1)  Personal dishonesty, willful misconduct, breach of
                  fiduciary duty involving personal profit, willful violation
                  of any law, rule, or regulation (other than traffic
                  violations or similar offenses), or habitual use of alcohol
                  or drugs:  (A) which materially impairs the Employee's
                  ability to carry out his duties; and (B) as to which the
                  Company makes a good faith determination that such conduct
                  has occurred and that such conduct meets the standard set
                  forth in Section 1(d)(1)(A) of this Agreement;

             (2)  Rendering any assistance to any Person in that Person's
                  competitive efforts with the Company;

             (3)  Use of the Company's proprietary information or customer
                  lists for the Employee's own benefit or in a way adverse to
                  the Company's interests; or

             (4)  A good faith determination by the Company, after a notice
                  to the Employee and an opportunity to meet with the Company
                  concerning such matter, that the Employee has breached any
                  material provision of this Agreement.

        c.   Company.  "Company" shall mean HK Systems, Inc., a Wisconsin
             corporation.

        d.   Competitive Product.  "Competitive Product" shall mean a product
             or service, made or provided by a Competitor, which is the same
             as or is directly competitive with one with respect to which the
             Employee acquired confidential information relating to the
             Company, or its business, products or services by reason of the
             Employee's work with the Company.

        e.   Competitor.  "Competitor" shall mean any Person engaged in, or
             about to become engaged in, the production or sale, or both, of
             any product or service in any part of the United States of
             America which is directly competitive with one with respect to
             which the Employee acquired confidential information relating to
             the Company, or its business, products or services by reason of
             the Employee's work with the Company.

        f.   Creations.  "Creations" shall mean all manuscripts, programs,
             writings, pictorial materials, and other creations created by
             the Employee, either individually or jointly, during the
             Employee's employment by the Company, and which relate to the
             business of the Company.

        g.   Disability.  "Disability" shall mean that the Employee has been
             declared mentally incompetent by a Wisconsin court or shall have
             been disabled for a consecutive period of 120 days so that the
             Employee is unable to perform the Employee's duties as an
             employee of the Company under this Agreement.  Any dispute as to
             the existence of a Disability or its duration shall be submitted
             to a licensed physician agreed upon by the Employee and the
             Company or, failing such agreement, to one appointed by the
             President of the Medical Society of Wisconsin at the request of
             either the Employee or the Company.  The Employee shall
             cooperate in such determination and the determination of such
             physician shall be binding and conclusive upon the parties.

        h.   Employee.  "Employee" shall mean David W. Bartley.

        i.   Good Reason.  "Good Reason" shall mean that the Company has
             breached any provision of this Agreement.

        j.   Inventions.  "Inventions" shall mean all inventions,
             discoveries, developments, improvements, works, ideas, and other
             contributions, whether or not patented or patentable or
             otherwise protectable in law, which are conceived, made,
             developed or acquired by the Employee, either individually or
             jointly, during the employment of the Employee by the Company
             and which relate in any manner to the Employee's work, the
             research or business of the Company, or fields to which the
             business of the Company may reasonably extend.

        k.   Person.  "Person" shall mean and include an individual,
             partnership, corporation, trust, incorporated organization and a
             government or any department or agency thereof.

        l.   Representative.  "Representative" shall mean, after the
             Employee's death, the duly appointed and qualified executor or
             personal representative of the estate of the Employee.

        m.   Restricted Area.  "Restricted Area" shall mean anywhere within a
             twenty-five (25) miles radius of any location in any U.S. city
             in which the Company had, at any time while the Employee was
             employed by the Company, a place of business or customers.

   2.   Employment.  The Company hereby agrees to continue the employment of
        the Employee and the Employee hereby accepts continued employment
        with the Company in accordance with the terms and conditions set
        forth in this Agreement.  Except for illness, vacation periods and
        reasonable leaves of absence approved by the Board of Directors of
        the Company, the Employee agrees to devote the Employee's full-time,
        skill, knowledge, and attention to the business of the Company and
        the performance of the duties of the Employee under this Agreement. 
        During the term of employment, it shall not be a violation of this
        Agreement for the Employee to do one or more of the following, so
        long as such activities do not interfere with the performance of the
        Employee's responsibilities as an employee of the Company in
        accordance with this Agreement:  (a) serve on corporate, civic, trade
        or charitable boards or committees; (b) deliver lectures or fulfill
        speaking engagements; and (c) manage personal investments.

   3.   Term.  This Agreement shall commence on the date first above written
        and continue indefinitely until effective notice of termination is
        given by the Employee or the Company to the other.  THE EMPLOYEE'S
        EMPLOYMENT WITH THE COMPANY IS ON AN AT-WILL BASIS.  Either the
        Employee or the Company may terminate the Employee's employment with
        the Company at any time and for any reason or no reason at all,
        subject only to the parties' obligations as described in Section 8 of
        this Agreement.

   4.   Duties.  The Employee shall be employed as the Senior Vice President-
        Integrated Systems of the Company or in such other executive position 
        with the Company as may be mutually agreed to between the Company and
        the Employee.  The Employee shall perform such services and duties as 
        are usually and customarily required of a Person holding such position
        with a business corporation.  The services to be performed by the 
        Employee shall be principally rendered in or about New Berlin, 
        Wisconsin, or such other place at which the Company makes its corporate
        headquarters, together with such business travel as may be necessary
        for the Employee to satisfactorily perform the duties required under
        this Agreement.

   5.   Compensation.  The Company shall pay to the Employee, a base annual
        salary of $140,000, which salary shall be reviewed annually by
        the Board of Directors of the Company for possible adjustment and
        shall be paid in approximately equal installments at the usual and
        customary times established by the Company.  The Company shall deduct
        from all payments made to the Employee under this Agreement any
        federal, state or local withholding or other taxes or charges which
        the Company is required to deduct under applicable law.  The Company
        shall have the right to rely upon a written opinion of counsel if any
        questions arise as to any deductions.

   6.   Additional Benefits.  The Employee shall be entitled to the following
        additional benefits:

        a.   Vacations/Holidays.  The Employee shall be entitled to paid
             vacations and holidays as provided to other senior executive
             employees of the Company.

        b.   Expense Reimbursement.  The Company shall pay, upon submission
             of appropriate vouchers and supporting documentation, all
             expenses of the Employee incurred in connection with the
             rendering of services to the Company.

        c.   Bonus Program.  The Employee will be eligible to participate in
             an executive bonus program to be established by the Board of
             Directors of the Company, pursuant to which the Employee may
             earn up to 40% of the Employee's base salary in any year.  The
             bonus program will include a combination of annual performance
             benchmarks and long-term benchmarks for both the Employee and
             the Company.

        d.   Company Automobile

        e.   Miscellaneous.  The Employee shall be entitled to other fringe
             benefits generally provided to senior management of the Company,
             including health insurance, disability insurance, term life
             insurance, pension and profit sharing and other programs
             established by the the Company.

   7.   Termination.

        a.   Termination Without Cause or for Good Reason.  As stated in
             Section 3 of this Agreement, the Employee's employment may be
             terminated by the Company or by the Employee at any time and for
             any reason or for no reason at all.  However, if the Employee's
             employment with the Company is terminated by the Company without
             Cause, or by the Employee for Good Reason, or as the result of
             the Employee's Disability, the Employee shall receive the
             Employee's then current base salary for a one (1) year period
             after such termination, plus the continuation in the health,
             disability and term life insurance programs of the Company
             during such one year period at the Company's expense.  The
             severance pay shall be paid to the Employee at the same times as
             the Company generally pays management employees.  If the
             Employee's employment is terminated as the result of Disability,
             any severance payments shall be reduced by any gross insurance
             proceeds actually received by the Employee from the Company
             sponsored disability insurance.  The severance payments shall
             not be reduced by any other compensation received by the
             Employee during the severance period unless such compensation is
             received from Competitors.  The Employee shall have no
             obligation to seek other employment or otherwise mitigate
             damages hereunder.

        b.   Termination for Cause or Without Good Reason.  In the event that
             the Employee's employment with the Company is terminated by the
             Company for Cause or by the Employee without Good Reason, the
             Employee shall be paid compensation only through the date of
             such termination and all other financial obligations of the
             Company to the Employee under this Agreement and all benefits
             under this Agreement shall cease as of the date of such
             termination.

        c.   Return of the Company's Materials.  Upon termination for any
             reason, the Employee shall immediately return to the Company all
             files, credit cards, keys, computers, instruments, equipment,
             vehicles, and other materials owned or provided by the Company.

   8.   Confidential Information.  The Employee acknowledges that through the
        services to be performed for the Company, the Employee will obtain
        confidential information regarding the Company's business affairs,
        including such matters as computer programs, research, customer
        lists, customer development, planning, purchasing, finance,
        marketing, customer relations, and other information of a similar
        nature not available to the public.  This information may be oral or
        written and may be that which the Employee originates as well as that
        which otherwise comes into the possession or knowledge of the
        Employee.  The Employee agrees to treat all matters relating to the
        business activities of the Company as confidential and not to divulge
        or disclose any information gained in connection with the employment
        of the Employee by the Company to any other Person except upon the
        written request or instruction of the Company or in the normal course
        of the duties of the Employee as an employee of the Company.  The
        Employee agrees not to use or disclose, for purposes of marketing or
        otherwise, any of the customer information the Employee receives
        while working at the Company (including, but not limited to,
        customers' identity, financial status and holdings), either on behalf
        of the Employee or as a representative, agent, employee, officer,
        director, trustee, stockholder, or creditor of, or partner, joint
        venturer, or investor with or in any Competitor, except for any
        information which is or becomes generally available to the public, or
        otherwise comes into possession of the Competitor, other than as a
        result of disclosure by the Employee.  This Section 8 is intended to
        protect confidential information and customer relationships, both
        during and after the period of the Employee's employment with the
        Company, and not to limit the Employee's right to seek and obtain
        employment in competition with the Company after termination of the
        Employee's employment with the Company, which is covered by Section
        12 of this Agreement.

   9.   Relationship with Others.  The parties agree that the profitability
        and goodwill of the Company depend on continued amicable relations
        with its suppliers and customers, and the Employee:  (a) except on
        behalf of the Company, will not approach for any reason, nor solicit
        any business of any kind from, any former, present or future customer
        of the Company; or (b) cause, request or advise any suppliers or
        customers of the Company to curtail or cancel their business with the
        Company.  Nothing in Section 9(a) shall, after termination of the
        Employee's employment with the Company for any reason, prevent the
        employment of the Employee by a customer or supplier of the Company
        unless such employment violates Section 12(a) of this Agreement. 
        This provision shall apply to any customers or suppliers of the
        Company during the three (3) year period prior to the termination of
        the Employee's employment or to Persons with an active proposal from
        the Company on the date of the termination of the Employee's
        employment.  This provision shall apply for five (5) years after
        termination of the Employee's employment with the company if the
        termination is for Cause and for one (1) year if the termination is
        for any other reason.

   10.  Inventions and Creations.

        a.   Inventions.  The Employee agrees that all Inventions shall
             belong to the Company.  The Employee agrees to and does hereby
             assign and transfer to the Company the entire right, title, and
             interest of the Employee in and to all Inventions.  The Employee
             further agrees to promptly and fully disclose all Inventions to
             the Company, in writing if requested by the Company, and to
             execute and deliver any and all lawful applications,
             assignments, and other documents which the Company requests for
             protecting the Inventions in the United States or in any other
             country.  The Company shall have the full and sole power to
             prosecute such applications and to take all other actions
             concerning the Inventions, and the Employee agrees to cooperate
             fully, at the expense of the Company, in the preparation and
             prosecution of all such applications and in any legal actions
             and proceedings concerning the Inventions.

        b    Creations.  The Employee agrees to and does hereby assign,
             convey, and transfer to the Company all Creations.  The Company
             shall have the full right to seek and procure copyrights on the
             Creations, and the Employee shall cooperate fully, at the
             expense of the Company, in securing copyrights and in any legal
             actions and proceedings concerning the Creations.

        c.   Presumptions of Company Ownership.  Without diminishing any
             rights granted to the Company in Sections 10(a) and 10(b), if
             any Invention is described in a patent application or is
             disclosed to third parties by the Employee within two (2) years
             after leaving the employ of the Company, or if a Creation is
             published or is disclosed to third parties by the Employee
             within two (2) years after leaving the employ of the Company,
             the Employee agrees that it is to be rebuttably presumed that
             the Invention or the Creation was conceived, made, developed,
             acquired, or created by the Employee during the period of
             employment of the Employee by the Company, and the Invention or
             Creation will belong to the Company.

   11.  Noncompetition While Employed by the Company.  The Employee agrees
        not to compete with the Company in any territory in which the Company
        sells its products or provides its services, either on behalf of the
        Employee, or as a representative, agent, employee, officer, director,
        trustee, stockholder, or creditor of, or partner, joint venturer, or
        investor with or in, any other Person, during his employment with the
        Company.

   12.  Noncompetition After Termination of Employment.

        a.   Scope of Noncompetition.  The Employee agrees that for one (1)
             year after the termination of the Employee's employment with the
             Company, regardless of the reason for such termination, the
             Employee will not:

             (1)  Render services, either directly or indirectly, to any
                  Competitor in connection with the development, manufacture,
                  sale, merchandising or promotion of any Competitive
                  Product; or

             (2)  Engage, either directly or indirectly, within the
                  Restricted Area, for the Employee or as an investor, in the
                  development, manufacture, purchase or sale of any
                  Competitive Product.

        b.   Exceptions to Scope of Noncompetition.

             (1)  Nothing in Section 12(a) of this Agreement shall prohibit
                  the Employee from owning or acquiring securities of the
                  Company or of any corporation or other business enterprise
                  that may be engaged in activities described in Section
                  12(a), provided that:  (A) the Employee is not an officer,
                  director or employee of, or consultant to, such corporation
                  or business enterprise; (B) such securities are held by the
                  Employee for investment purposes and represent less than
                  five percent (5%) of the total equity interests of such
                  corporation or business enterprise; and (C) such securities
                  are listed on a national securities exchange or are
                  regularly quoted in the over-the-counter market by one or
                  more members of the National Association of Securities
                  Dealers.

             (2)  It shall not be deemed a violation of Section 12(a) if the
                  Employee accepts employment with a business entity which is
                  diversified and made up of separate divisions and which, as
                  to parts of its business, is not a Competitor, provided the
                  Company shall be furnished prior to such employment
                  definite written assurances satisfactory to it, separately
                  from the Employee and such business entity, that the
                  Employee will not be expected, required or permitted to and
                  in fact does not render services directly or indirectly to
                  a division or a part of such business entity which division
                  or part is a Competitor.

        c.   Notification to the Company.  During the period of time that the
             Employee is subject to the provisions of Section 12(a) of this
             Agreement, the Employee shall notify the Company of any
             occupation or employment which the Employee proposes to take up
             after termination of employment with the Company and shall
             furnish to the Company such written or oral information as it
             may reasonably request concerning such proposed occupation or
             employment.  Upon request of the Employee, the Company agrees to
             notify the Employee promptly, and in any event within thirty
             (30) days after receipt of the requested information, whether or
             not the Company considers such occupation, based on the
             information so furnished or derived from its independent
             investigation, to come within the provisions of Section 12(a)
             and, if the Company considers such occupation to come within the
             provisions of Section 12(a), whether the Company will waive any
             of the provisions thereof.

   13.  Remedies.  In addition to other remedies provided by law or equity,
        upon a breach by the Employee of any of the covenants contained
        herein, the Company shall be entitled to have a court of competent
        jurisdiction enter an injunction against the Employee prohibiting any
        further breach of the covenants contained herein.  The parties
        further agree that the services to be performed by the Employee
        hereunder are of a unique, special, and extraordinary character. 
        Therefore, in the event of any controversy concerning rights or
        obligations under this Agreement, such rights or obligations shall be
        enforceable in a court of competent jurisdiction at law or equity by
        a decree of specific performance or the Company elects, by obtaining
        damages or such other relief as the Company may elect to pursue. 
        Such remedies, however, shall be cumulative and nonexclusive and
        shall be in addition to any other remedies which the Company may
        have.

   14.  Assignment.  This Agreement and the respective rights, duties, and
        obligations of the Employee hereunder may not be assigned or
        delegated by the Employee.

   15.  Notice.  Any notice (including notice of change of address) permitted
        or required to be given pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement
        shall be in writing and sent by registered mail or certified mail,
        return receipt requested, or by hand delivery to the parties at the
        following address:

        If to the Company:  HK Systems, Inc.
                            Attention:  John W. Splude
                            2855 S. James Drive
                            New Berlin, WI  53151

                            with a copy to:

                            John R. Kuhnmuench, Jr.
                            Vice President and General Counsel
                            2855 S. James Drive
                            New Berlin, WI  53151

        If to the Employee: David W. Bartley
                            Personal & Confidential
                            c/o HK Systems, Inc.
                            2855 South James Drive
                            New Berlin, WI  53151

        Notice properly given by mail shall be deemed effective one (1)
        business day after mailing.

   16.  Entire Agreement.  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement
        and understanding between the Company and the Employee concerning the
        Employee's employment by the Company, and supersedes any and all
        other previous agreements or understandings, whether written or oral,
        among the Employee and the Company concerning such employment.  This
        Agreement may not be modified orally.

   17.  Waiver.  The waiver by any party of the breach of any covenant or
        provision in this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a
        waiver of any subsequent breach by any party.

   18.  Invalidity of any Provision.  The provisions of this Agreement are
        severable, it being the intention of the parties that should any
        provision hereof be invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or
        unenforceability of any provision shall not affect the remaining
        provisions hereof, but the same shall remain in full force and effect
        as if such invalid or unenforceable provision were omitted.

   19.  Applicable Law.  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in
        accordance with the internal laws of the State of Wisconsin.

   20.  Headings.  Headings in this Agreement are for informational purposes
        only and shall not be used to construe the intent of this Agreement.

   21.  Counterparts.  This Agreement shall be executed simultaneously in any
        number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but
        all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

   22.  Expenses.  If any legal proceeding is necessary by the Employee or
        the Company to enforce or interpret the terms of this Agreement or to
        recover damages for the breach of this Agreement, the prevailing
        party shall be entitled to recover reasonable attorneys fees and
        necessary costs and expenses incurred in such litigation from the
        losing party in addition to any other relief to which the prevailing
        party may otherwise be entitled.

   23.  Reasonableness of Restrictions.  THE EMPLOYEE HAS READ THIS AGREEMENT
        AND AGREES THAT THE CONSIDERATION PROVIDED BY THE COMPANY IS FAIR AND
        REASONABLE AND FURTHER AGREES THAT GIVEN THE IMPORTANCE TO THE
        COMPANY OF THE CUSTOMER LIST AND THE COMPANY'S PARTICULAR METHODS OF
        DOING BUSINESS, THE POST-EMPLOYMENT RESTRICTIONS ON THE EMPLOYEE'S
        ACTIVITIES ARE LIKEWISE FAIR AND REASONABLE.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Employment
   and Noncompetition Agreement as of the date first above written.

                                 HK SYSTEMS, INC.


                                 By:  /s/ John W. Splude
                                      John W. Splude, President


                                 /s/ David W. Bartley
                                 David W. Bartley, Employee





                                                          EXHIBIT 10.4


                                HK SYSTEMS, INC.
                                 1997 STOCK PLAN
                              FOR OUTSIDE DIRECTORS


   1.   Establishment.  HK Systems, Inc. (the "Company") hereby establishes a
        plan for the members of its Board of Directors who are not officers
        or employees of (i) the Company, (ii) any of its subsidiaries,
        (iii) any 5% or greater shareholder of the Company, (iv) either of
        the State of Wisconsin Investment Board or M&I Ventures Corporation
        or (v) subject to paragraph 5, any shareholder of the Company on
        December 12, 1997 ("Outside Directors"), as described herein, which
        shall be known as the HK Systems 1997 STOCK PLAN FOR OUTSIDE
        DIRECTORS (the "Plan").

   2.   Purpose.  The purpose of the Plan is to advance the Company's growth
        and success, and to advance its interests, by attracting and
        retaining well-qualified Outside Directors upon whose judgment the
        Company is largely dependent for the successful conduct of its
        operations and by providing such individuals with incentives to put
        forth maximum efforts for the long-term success of the Company's
        business. 

   3.   Effective Date of the Plan.  The effective date of the Plan (the
        "Effective Date") is the later of the date of its approval by the
        shareholders of the Company and the date of the consummation of the
        Company's initial public offering. 

   4.   Stock Subject to the Plan.  Subject to adjustment in accordance with
        the provisions of paragraph 9, the total number of shares of common
        stock of the Company ("Common Stock") available for awards during the
        term of this Plan shall be 25,000 shares.  Shares of Common Stock to
        be delivered under the Plan shall be made available from presently
        authorized but unissued Common Stock or authorized and issued shares
        of Common Stock reacquired and held as treasury shares, or a
        combination thereof.  In no event shall the Company be required to
        issue fractional shares of Common Stock under the Plan.  Whenever
        under the terms of the Plan a fractional share of Common Stock would
        otherwise be required to be issued, there shall be paid in lieu
        thereof one full share of Common Stock.

   5.   Administration.

        (a)  The Plan shall be administered by the Compensation Committee
             (the "Committee") of the Board of Directors consisting of not
             less than two members of the Board of Directors appointed from
             time to time by the Board of Directors. 

        (b)  Subject to the express provisions of the Plan, the Committee
             shall have authority to interpret the Plan, to the extent
             provided by law. 

        (c)  Neither the Committee nor any member thereof shall be liable for
             any act, omission, interpretation, construction or determination
             made in connection with the Plan in good faith, and the members
             of the Committee shall be entitled to indemnification and
             reimbursement by the Company in respect of any claim, loss,
             damage or expense (including attorneys' fees) arising therefrom
             to the full extent permitted by law and under any directors' and
             officers' liability insurance that may be in effect from time to
             time.

        (d)  A majority of the Committee shall constitute a quorum, and the
             acts of a majority of the members present at any meeting at
             which a quorum is present, or acts approved in writing by the
             Committee without a meeting, shall be the acts of the Committee.


        (e)  The Committee shall have the authority to determine that an
             officer or employee of any shareholder of the Company on
             December 12, 1997 may be considered an Outside Director.

   6.   Automatic Grants of Common Stock.  Each Outside Director shall be
        granted Common Stock as follows: 

        (a)  Annual Meeting.  On the date of the Company's first annual
             meeting of shareholders after the effective date of the Plan,
             and thereafter on the date of each succeeding annual meeting of
             the shareholders of the Company ("Grant Date"), an Outside
             Director, if re-elected or retained as an Outside Director at
             such meeting, shall be granted shares of Common Stock with an
             aggregate fair market value equal to the initial annual retainer
             fee for Outside Directors of $10,000 or such other amount of the
             annual retainer fee for Outside Directors as may be approved
             from time to time by the Board of Directors (an "Annual Grant"). 
             For purposes of this Plan, "fair market value" is defined as the
             closing sale price of a share of Common Stock on the New York
             Stock Exchange on the date for determining fair market value (or
             if no sale took place on such exchange on such date, then on the
             most recent preceding date on which a sale took place).

        (b)  Interim Election.  Outside Directors elected between Grant Dates
             shall be granted a proportionate share of the Annual Grant at
             the time of their election.

   7.   Elective Grant.  

        (a)  Share Election.  Each Outside Director may elect (a "Share
             Election") to receive all or any portion of his committee and
             meeting fees earned in each calendar year for services on the
             Board of Directors, exclusive of the annual retainer fee (the
             "Other Fees"), in the form of Common Stock.  A Share Election,
             or a modification or revocation of a Share Election by a
             subsequent Share Election, (i) must be in writing and delivered
             to the Secretary of the Company, (ii) shall be effective with
             respect to Other Fees earned commencing on the date the
             Secretary of the Company receives the Share Election and (iii)
             shall remain in effect unless modified or revoked by a
             subsequent Share Election in accordance with the provisions
             hereof.

        (b)  Transfer of Shares.  Shares of Common Stock issuable to an
             Outside Director with respect to a Share Election shall be
             transferred to such Outside Director effective as of the last
             business day of the month in which the Other Fees are earned. 
             The total number of shares of Common Stock to be so transferred
             shall be determined by dividing the amount of Other Fees for the
             applicable month by the fair market value of a share of Common
             Stock on the last business day of such month.  

   8.   Termination of Service as Outside Director.  In the event an Outside
        Director ceases to serve on the Board of Directors, all rights to
        receive Common Stock pursuant to paragraph 6 shall terminate
        immediately.

   9.   Adjustment Provisions.  In the event of any change in the shares of
        the Common Stock by reason of a declaration of a stock dividend
        (other than a stock dividend declared in lieu of an ordinary cash
        dividend), spin-off, merger, consolidation, recapitalization, or
        split-up, combination or exchange of shares, or otherwise, the
        aggregate number of shares available under this Plan and the amount
        of the Annual Grant shall be appropriately adjusted by the Committee,
        using the same standards and/or formulas as it uses in making
        adjustments under the HK Systems, Inc. 1993 Executive Stock Option
        Plan, but any such adjustment to the amount of the Annual Grant
        and/or the number of Share Units shall be only such as is necessary
        to maintain the proportionate interest of the Outside Director and
        preserve, without exceeding, the value reflected by the Annual Grant.

   10.  Termination and Amendment of Plan.  The Board of Directors may at any
        time terminate the Plan.  The Board of Directors may amend the Plan
        as it shall deem advisable including (without limiting the generality
        of the foregoing) any amendments deemed by the Board of Directors to
        be necessary or advisable to assure conformity of the Plan with any
        requirements of state and federal laws or regulations now or
        hereafter in effect; provided, however, that (a) the Board of
        Directors may amend the provisions of paragraph 6 not more often than
        once in any six month period, (b) the Board of Directors may not,
        without further approval by the shareholders of the Company, make any
        modifications which, under Rule 16b-3 under the Securities Exchange
        Act of 1934, as amended, require such approval and (c) no amendment
        shall affect adversely any of the rights of any Outside Director,
        without such Outside Director's consent, under any election
        theretofore in effect under the Plan.

   11.  Rights as a Shareholder.  An Outside Director shall have no rights as
        a shareholder with respect to Common Stock granted under this Plan
        until the date of issuance of the stock certificate to him.  Except
        as provided in paragraph 9, no adjustment will be made for dividends
        or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such
        Common Stock is issued.

   12.  Governing Law.  The Plan, all awards hereunder, and all
        determinations made and actions taken pursuant to the Plan shall be
        governed by the internal laws of the state of Wisconsin, to the
        extent not otherwise governed by the Internal Revenue Code or the
        laws of the United States. 

   13.  Unfunded Plan.  This Plan shall be unfunded.  No person shall have
        any rights greater than those of a general creditor of the Company.

   14.  Withholding.  The Company shall have the right to deduct from all
        payments made under the Plan any federal, state, or local income
        taxes or FICA required to be withheld with respect to such
        compensation.  Each Outside Director shall be entitled to irrevocably
        elect to have the Company withhold shares of Common Stock having an
        aggregate fair market value, as of the last trading business day
        immediately preceding the date such shares would otherwise be
        transferred hereunder, equal to the amount required to be withheld.

   15.  Change of Control.  Anything in this Plan to the contrary
        notwithstanding, upon the occurrence of a Change of Control (as such
        term is defined below), any Annual Grant and/or Other Fees earned in
        respect of the calendar quarter in which the Change of Control occurs
        shall be paid in cash as soon as practicable.  A "Change in Control"
        shall be deemed to have occurred if the event set forth in any one of
        the following paragraphs shall have occurred:

        (a)  any "Person" (as such term is defined in section 3(a)(9) of the
             Exchange Act, as modified and used in sections 13(d) and 14(d)
             thereof), other than (A) the Corporation or any of its
             subsidiaries, (B) a trustee or other fiduciary holding
             securities under any employee benefit plan of the Corporation or
             any of its subsidiaries, (C) an underwriter temporarily holding
             securities pursuant to an offering of such securities or (D) a
             corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the shareholders
             of the Corporation in substantially the same proportions as
             their ownership of stock in the Corporation ("Excluded
             Persons"), is or becomes the "Beneficial Owner" (as defined in
             rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of
             securities of the Corporation (not including in the securities
             beneficially owned by such Person any securities acquired
             directly from the Corporation or its Affiliates after
             November 1, 1997 pursuant to express authorization by the Board
             that refers to this exception) representing 25% or more of
             either the then outstanding shares of Common Stock or the
             combined voting power of the Corporation's then outstanding
             voting securities; or

        (b)  the following individuals cease for any reason to constitute a
             majority of the number of directors then serving: individuals
             who, on November 1, 1997, constituted the Board and any new
             director (other than a director whose initial assumption of
             office is in connection with an actual or threatened election
             contest, including but not limited to a consent solicitation,
             relating to the election of directors of the Corporation, as
             such terms are used in Rule 14a-11 of Regulation 14A under the
             Exchange Act) whose appointment or election by the Board or
             nomination for election by the Corporation's shareholders was
             approved by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors
             then still in office who either were directors on November 1,
             1997 or whose appointment, election or nomination for election
             was previously so approved; or

        (c)  the shareholders of the Corporation approve a merger or
             consolidation of the Corporation with any other corporation or
             approve the issuance of voting securities of the Corporation in
             connection with a merger or consolidation of the Corporation (or
             any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Corporation) pursuant
             to applicable stock exchange requirements, other than (i) a
             merger or consolidation that would result in the voting
             securities of the Corporation outstanding immediately prior to
             such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (either by
             remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting
             securities of the surviving entity or any parent thereof) at
             least 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities
             of the Corporation or such surviving entity or any parent
             thereof outstanding immediately after such merger or
             consolidation, or (ii) a merger or consolidation effected to
             implement a recapitalization of the Corporation (or similar
             transaction) in which no Person (other than an Excluded Person)
             is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of
             securities of the Corporation (not including in the securities
             beneficially owned by such Person any securities acquired
             directly from the Corporation or its Affiliates after
             November 1, 1997 pursuant to express authorization by the Board
             that refers to this exception) representing 25% or more of
             either the then outstanding shares of Common Stock or the
             combined voting power of the Corporation's then outstanding
             voting securities; or

        (d)  the shareholders of the Corporation approve a plan of complete
             liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation or an agreement
             for the sale or disposition by the Corporation of all or
             substantially all of the Corporation's assets (in one
             transaction or a series of related transactions within any
             period of 24 consecutive months), other than a sale or
             disposition by the Corporation of all or substantially all of
             the Corporation's assets to an entity at least 75% of the
             combined voting power of the voting securities of which are
             owned by Persons in substantially the same proportions as their
             ownership of the Corporation immediately prior to such sale.

        Notwithstanding the foregoing, no "Change in Control" shall be deemed
        to have occurred if there is consummated any transaction or series of
        integrated transactions immediately following which the record
        holders of the Common Stock immediately prior to such transaction or
        series of transactions continue to have substantially the same
        proportionate ownership in an entity that owns all or substantially
        all of the assets of the Corporation immediately following such
        transaction or series of transactions.

   


                                                                 EXHIBIT 10.6


                          REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

             This REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (the "Agreement"), is made as
   of ____________ __, 1998, by and among HK Systems, Inc., a Wisconsin
   corporation (the "Company"), M&I Ventures Corporation, a Wisconsin
   corporation ("MIVC"), State of Wisconsin Investment Board ("SWIB," and,
   together with MIVC, the "Investors"), John W. Splude, Glen P. Davis and
   John C. Hines (individually a "Senior Executive" and collectively, the
   "Senior Executives").  MIVC, SWIB and the Senior Executives are sometimes
   hereinafter referred to individually as a "Shareholder" and collectively
   as the "Shareholders."

             The Company and the Shareholders wish to revise and restate the
   provisions relating to the registration rights of the Investors contained
   in the Second Amended and Restated Investment Agreement, dated as of
   January 15, 1998, by and among the Company and the Investors to, among
   other things, reflect the effects of the Company's initial public offering
   of Company common stock, $.01 par value ("Common Shares") consummated on
   the date hereof (the "IPO").

             IN CONSIDERATION of the mutual covenants, conditions and
   agreements set forth herein and for other good and valuable consideration,
   the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, it is hereby
   agreed that:

             1.   Demand Registration Rights.

                  (a)  Requests for Registration.  Subject to the limitations
   described herein, at any time the Investors may request registration under
   the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act"), of all or part of
   their Common Shares that they held on the date of this Agreement on Form
   S-1 or any similar long-form registration or on Form S-2, Form S-3 or any
   similar short-form registration ("Short-Form Registrations") if available.
   Each such request shall specify the approximate number of Common Shares
   requested to be registered.  Within ten (10) days after receipt of any
   such request, the Company will give written notice of such requested
   registration to all other Shareholders and subject to Section 1(c) of this
   Agreement will include in such registration all Common Shares held by
   Investors with respect to which the Company has received written requests
   for inclusion therein within fifteen (15) days after receipt of the
   Company's notice.  All registrations requested pursuant to this Section
   1(a) are referred to herein as "Demand Registrations."

                  (b)  Demand Registrations.  The Investors will be entitled
   to request two (2) Demand Registrations in the aggregate pursuant to
   Section 1(a).  The Company will pay all Registration Expenses (as such
   term is defined herein) in connection with Demand Registrations.  The
   Company will use reasonable efforts to make Short-Form Registrations
   available for the sale of Common Shares but shall not be obligated to do
   so.

                  (c)  Priority on Demand Registrations.  

                       (i)    If a Demand Registration is either the first
   underwritten offering of Common Shares after the IPO (the "First
   Subsequent Underwriting") or any other underwritten offering in which
   Western Atlas, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Western Atlas") does not
   participate and the managing underwriters advise the Company in writing
   that in their opinion the number of Common Shares requested to be included
   in such registration exceeds the number that can be sold in an orderly
   manner in such offering, then the Company will include in such Demand
   Registration the number of Common Shares that, in the opinion of the
   underwriters, can be sold in an orderly manner in such offering within the
   price range of such offering, to include in order of priority (A) first,
   the number of Common Shares requested to be included in such offering for
   sale by the Shareholders (the "Shareholder Common Shares"), pro rata among
   each Shareholder in proportion to the number of Common Shares then held by
   each Shareholder (excluding Common Shares acquired by an Investor
   subsequent to the date hereof); provided, however, that Senior Executives
   shall have the right to include in any such Demand Registration, pro rata
   among the participating Senior Executives on the basis of the number of
   Common Shares held by each such participating Senior Executive, a number
   of Common Shares not less than twenty-five percent (25%) of the total
   number of Shareholder Common Shares to be included in such Demand
   Registration; and (B) second, Common Shares requested to be included in
   the Demand Registration by Western Atlas ("Western Atlas Common Shares"),
   if any.  

                       (ii) If a Demand Registration is any underwritten
   offering of Common Shares that is not the First Subsequent Underwriting
   and in which Western Atlas participates and the managing underwriters
   advise the Company in writing that in their opinion the number of Common
   Shares requested to be included in such registration exceeds the number
   that can be sold in an orderly manner in such offering, then the Company
   will include in such Demand Registration the number of Common Shares that,
   in the opinion of the underwriters, can be sold in an orderly manner in
   such offering, to be comprised of the Shareholder Common Shares and the
   Western Atlas Common Shares in proportion to the number of Common Shares
   proposed to be sold by each holder of such Common Shares; provided,
   however, that Senior Executives shall have the right to include in any
   such Demand Registration, pro rata among the participating Senior
   Executives on the basis of the number of Common Shares held by each such
   participating Senior Executive, a number of Common Shares not less than
   twenty-five percent (25%) of the total number of Shareholder Common Shares
   to be included in such Demand Registration.  

                       (iv) Notwithstanding the above or Section 2 hereof,
   the Chief Executive Officer of the Company shall have the right to
   designate employees of the Company who may participate in any Demand
   Registration or any Piggyback Registration (as such term is defined
   herein) on the same terms that are applicable to the Senior Executives.

                       (v)  In the context of any underwritten offering, the
   provisions of this Section 1(d) concerning the allocation of Common Shares
   among Shareholders or Shareholders and Western Atlas shall apply equally
   with respect to both (A) the number of Common Shares the underwriters are
   committed to purchase and (B) the number of Common Shares the underwriters
   have the option to purchase pursuant to the exercise of any over-allotment
   options granted to the underwriters.

                  (e)  Limitations on Demand Registrations.

                       (i)  The Company shall not be required to register in
   any one Demand Registration an amount of Registration Shares (as such term
   is defined herein) that is less than five percent (5%) of the issued and
   outstanding Common Shares.

                       (ii) A Demand Registration will not count as such
   until it has become effective (a Demand Registration will, however, count
   as such if, after the filing of a registration statement, the failure of
   such registration statement to become effective is due to the actions of
   the Investors or if, once effective, the effectiveness of a registration
   statement is withdrawn because of an Investor's actions); provided, that
   in any event, the Company will pay all Registration Expenses in connection
   with any registration initiated as a Demand Registration whether or not it
   has become effective.

                       (iii)   The right of SWIB to request any Demand
   Registration provided in Section 1(b) shall terminate at such time as
   SWIB's beneficial ownership of Common Shares (taking into account only the
   Common Shares that SWIB beneficially owns as of the date hereof and
   continues to own at such time) constitutes less than five percent (5%) of
   the then issued and outstanding Common Shares.  The right of MIVC to
   participate in any Demand Registration provided in Section 1(b) shall
   terminate at such time as MIVC's beneficial ownership of Common Shares
   (taking into account only the Common Shares that MIVC beneficially owns as
   of the date hereof and continues to own at such time) constitutes less
   than five percent (5%) of the then issued and outstanding Common Shares.

                       (iv) A Demand Registration that is an underwritten
   offering, even if it has become effective, will not count as such if the
   principal closing of such offering does not occur due to factors beyond
   the control of the Investors.  A Demand Registration that is not an
   underwritten offering, even if it has become effective, will not count as
   such if the Investors are unable to sell at least eighty percent (80%) of
   the Common Shares included as the Investor's portion of the Shareholder
   Common Shares registered in such Demand Registration due to factors beyond
   the control of the Investors.

                       (v)  The Investors shall not request a Demand
   Registration until a period of six (6) months has elapsed following the
   sale of any Common Shares by an Investor pursuant to the IPO or a prior
   Demand Registration or Piggyback Registration. 

                  (f)  If a Demand Registration was initiated by an Investor
   and the Company then wishes to offer shares of stock in connection with
   such registration, then such registration will be considered a Piggyback
   Registration, and the provisions of Section 2 of this Agreement (and not
   this Section 1 of this Agreement) shall apply.  Upon receipt of such
   written demand, the Company shall expeditiously effect the registration
   under the Act of the Registration Shares and use all reasonable efforts to
   have such registration declared effective as soon as practicable after the
   filing thereof.

                  (g)  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall be
   entitled to postpone, for up to one hundred twenty (120) days, (i) the
   filing of any registration statement otherwise required prepared and filed
   by it pursuant to this Section 1 of this Agreement, (ii) the effectiveness
   of a registration statement theretofore filed by it or (iii) sales
   pursuant to an effective registration statement if, at the time it
   receives a request for the exercise of demand rights pursuant to this
   Section 1, the Company would be required to prepare any financial
   statements other than those it customarily prepares or if, at any time,
   the Company determines in its reasonable business judgment that such
   registration or offering would interfere with any then pending material
   financing, acquisition, corporate reorganization or other material
   corporate transaction or development involving the Company and promptly
   gives the Investors written notice of such determination.  In any such
   event, the Company shall use all reasonable efforts to minimize the length
   of the postponement.  If the Company shall so postpone the filing of any
   registration statement, then the Investor exercising its Demand
   Registration shall have the right to withdraw such Demand Registration
   request by giving written notice to the Company within thirty (30) days
   after the receipt of the notice of postponement and, in the event of such
   a withdrawal, the demand request that was withdrawn shall not be deemed to
   have been made.

                  (h)  Subject to the consent of the Investor(s) making the
   request for a Demand Registration (which consent shall not be unreasonably
   withheld) and except as provided in the Warrant by and between the Company
   and Western Atlas, Senior Executives shall have the right to select the
   underwriters, investment bankers and managers to administer any offering
   under this Section 1.  Without limitation, Investor(s) shall be deemed to
   have unreasonably withheld such consent if it or they refuse to consent to
   the selection of any of the underwriters who participated in the IPO or
   underwriters of comparable stature.

                  (i)  The term "Registration Shares" shall mean all Common
   Shares held by Shareholders that are to be registered in a Demand
   Registration pursuant to this Section 1 or a Piggyback Registration
   pursuant to Section 2 of this Agreement.

             2.   Piggyback Registration Rights.

                  (a)  If at any time the Company proposes to register any
   Common Shares under the Act (otherwise than in connection with the
   registration of securities issuable pursuant to an employee stock option,
   stock purchase or similar plan or pursuant to a merger, exchange offer or
   similar transaction), the Company shall give the Investors notice of such
   proposed registration at least thirty (30) days prior to the filing of a
   registration statement.  At the written request of any Investor delivered
   to the Company within fifteen (15) days after the receipt of the notice
   from the Company, which request shall state the number of Common Shares
   which that Investor wishes to sell or distribute publicly under the
   registration statement proposed to be filed by the Company, the Company
   shall use all reasonable efforts to register under the Act such Common
   Shares and to cause such registration (the "Piggyback Registration") to
   become and remain effective as provided in this Agreement.

                  (b)  If a Piggyback Registration is either the First
   Subsequent Underwriting or any other underwritten offering in which
   Western Atlas does not participate and the managing underwriters advise
   the Company in writing that in its opinion the number of Common Shares
   requested to be included in such registration exceeds the number that can
   be sold in an orderly manner in such offering, then the Company will
   include in such Piggyback Registration the number of Common Shares that,
   in the opinion of the underwriters, can be sold in an orderly manner in
   such offering, to include in order of priority (A) first, the Common
   Shares the Company proposes to sell, if any ("Company Common Shares"); (B)
   second, the Shareholder Common Shares, pro rata among each Shareholder in
   proportion to the number of Common Shares then held by each Shareholder
   (excluding Common Shares acquired by an Investor subsequent to the date
   hereof); provided, however, that Senior Executives shall have the right to
   include in any such Piggyback Registration, pro rata among the
   participating Senior Executives on the basis of the number of Common
   Shares held by each such participating Senior Executive, a number of
   Common Shares not less than twenty-five percent (25%) of the sum of the
   number of Shareholder Common Shares to be included in such Piggback
   Registration plus the number of Company Common Shares, if any, to be
   included in such Piggyback Registration; and (C) third, Western Atlas
   Common Shares, if any.  

                  (c) If a Piggyback Registration is an underwritten offering
   of Common Shares that is not the First Subsequent Underwriting and in
   which Western Atlas participates and the managing underwriters advise the
   Company in writing that in its opinion the number of Common Shares
   requested to be included in such registration exceeds the number that can
   be sold in an orderly manner in such offering, then the Company will
   include in such Piggyback Registration the number of Common Shares that,
   in the opinion of the underwriters, can be sold in an orderly manner in
   such offering, to include in order of priority (A) first, the Company
   Common Shares, if any; and (B) second, the Shareholder Common Shares and
   Western Atlas Common Shares in proportion to the number of Common Shares
   proposed to be sold by each holder of such Common Shares; provided,
   however, that Senior Executives shall have the right to include in the
   number of Common Shares to be included in such Piggyback Registration,
   pro rata among the participating Senior Executives on the basis of the
   number of Common Shares held by each such participating Senior Executive,
   a number of Common Shares not less than twenty-five percent (25%) of the
   sum of the number of Shareholder Common Shares to be included in such
   Piggyback Registration plus the number of Company Common Shares, if any,
   to be included in such Piggyback Registration.

                  (d) The right of SWIB to participate in any Piggyback
   Registration provided in this Section 2 shall terminate at such time as
   SWIB's beneficial ownership of Common Shares (taking into account only the
   Common Shares that SWIB beneficially owns as of the date hereof and
   continues to own at such time) constitutes less than five percent (5%) of
   the then issued and outstanding Common Shares.  The right of MIVC to
   participate in any Piggyback Registration provided in this Section 2 shall
   terminate at such time as MIVC's beneficial ownership of Common Shares
   (taking into account only the Common Shares that MIVC beneficially owns as
   of the date hereof and continues to own at such time) constitutes less
   than five percent (5%) of the then issued and outstanding Common Shares. 

                  (e)  In the context of any underwritten offering, the
   provisions of this Section 2 concerning the allocation of Common Shares
   among (i) Shareholders, (ii) Shareholders and the Company or (iii)
   Shareholders and Western Atlas shall apply equally with respect to both
   (A) the number of Common Shares the underwriters are committed to purchase
   and (B) the number of Common Shares the underwriters have the option to
   purchase pursuant to the exercise of any over-allotment options granted to
   the underwriters.

             3.   Indemnity.

                  (a)  The Company will indemnify and hold harmless (i) the
   Investors, (ii) the officers, directors and employees of the Investors,
   (iii) the Senior Executives, (iv) any employee of the Company who sells
   Common Shares and (v) each underwriter of Common Shares sold pursuant to
   the IPO or Section 1 or Section 2 of this Agreement (and any Person who
   controls an Investor, a Senior Executive or underwriter within the meaning
   of Section 15 of the Act) against all claims, losses, damages,
   liabilities, actions and expenses resulting from any untrue statement or
   alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in a prospectus or
   in any related registration statement, notification or the like of the
   Company relating to the IPO or to this Agreement or from any omission or
   alleged omission of the Company to state therein a material fact required
   to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not
   misleading, except insofar as the same may have been based on information
   furnished in writing to the Company by an Investor, Senior Executive,
   employee or such underwriter expressly for use therein and use in
   accordance with such writing.  The Company agrees to reimburse each
   indemnified person for any legal or any other expenses reasonably incurred
   in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim,
   damage, liability, action or expense.

                  (b)  Each Shareholder, by acceptance of the registration
   provisions provided herein agrees to:  (i) furnish to the Company such
   information concerning that Shareholder and the proposed sale or
   distribution as shall, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, be
   necessary in connection with any such registration or qualification of any
   Common Shares proposed to be made pursuant to the IPO, Section 1 or
   Section 2 of this Agreement; and (ii) indemnify and hold harmless the
   Company, its officers and directors and each of its underwriters (within
   the meaning of Section 15 of the Act) against all claims, losses, damages,
   liabilities and expenses resulting from any untrue statement or alleged
   untrue statement of a material fact furnished in writing to the Company by
   that Shareholder pursuant to the IPO, Section 1 or Section 2 of this
   Agreement expressly for use in connection with such registration or
   qualification and used in accordance with such writing and from any
   omission therefrom or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact needed
   to be furnished or necessary to make the information furnished not
   misleading.

             4.   Registration Covenants of the Company.  In the event that
   any Common Shares are to be registered pursuant to Section 1 or Section 2
   of this Agreement, the Company covenants and agrees that the Company will
   use all reasonable efforts to effect the registration and cooperate in the
   sale of the Registration Shares to be registered and will:

                  (a)  promptly (within sixty (60) calendar days) prepare and
   file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") a
   registration statement with respect to the Registration Shares (and
   promptly file any necessary amendments or supplements thereto) (a
   "Registration Statement") which Registration Statement will state that the
   holders of Registration Shares covered thereby may sell such Registration
   Shares either under such Registration Statement or pursuant to Rule 144
   (or any similar rule then in effect), and use all reasonable efforts to
   cause such Registration Statement to become effective as soon as is
   reasonably practicable;

                  (b)  furnish to the Shareholders copies of such
   Registration Statement and any amendments or supplements thereto and any
   prospectus forming a part thereof prior to filing, which documents will be
   subject to the review of counsel for the Shareholders;

                  (c)  notify the Shareholders, promptly after the Company
   shall receive notice thereof, of the time when said Registration Statement
   becomes effective or when any amendment or supplement to any prospectus
   forming a part of said Registration Statement has been filed;

                  (d)  notify the Shareholders, promptly of any request by
   the Commission for the amending or supplementing of such Registration
   Statement or prospectus or for additional information;

                  (e)  advise the Shareholders after the Company shall
   receive notice or obtain knowledge thereof of the issuance of any order by
   the Commission suspending the effectiveness of any such Registration
   Statement or amendment thereto or of the initiation or threatening of any
   proceeding for that purpose, and promptly use all reasonable efforts to
   prevent the issuance of any stop order or to obtain its withdrawal
   promptly if such stop order should be issued;

                  (f)  prepare and file with the Commission such amendments
   and supplements to such Registration Statement and the prospectus forming
   a part thereof as may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement
   effective for the lesser of:  (i) a period of time necessary to complete
   the public distribution of such Registration Shares; (ii) six (6) months;
   or (iii) the maximum period of time permitted by law to keep effective a
   registration statement, and comply with the provisions of the Act with
   respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such Registration
   Statement during such period in accordance with the intended methods of
   disposition by the Shareholders set forth in such Registration Statement;

                  (g)  furnish to the Shareholders such number of copies of
   such Registration Statement, each amendment and supplement thereto, the
   prospectus included in such Registration Statement (including each
   preliminary prospectus) and such other documents as the Shareholders may
   reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the
   Registration Shares owned by the Shareholders;

                  (h)  use all reasonable efforts to register or qualify such
   Registration Shares under such securities or "blue sky" laws of such
   jurisdictions as determined by the underwriter after consultation with the
   Company and the Shareholders and do any and all other acts and things
   which may be necessary or advisable to enable the Shareholders to
   consummate the disposition in such jurisdictions of the Registration
   Shares;

                  (i)  notify the Shareholders at any time when a prospectus
   relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Act of the
   happening of any event as a result of which such Registration Statement
   contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any
   material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the
   statements therein not misleading, and, at the request of the
   Shareholders, prepare a supplement or amendment to such Registration
   Statement so that such Registration Statement will not contain an untrue
   statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required
   to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not
   misleading;

                  (j)  cause all Registration Shares to be listed on each
   securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are
   then listed;

                  (k)  provide a transfer agent and registrar for all such
   Registration Shares not later than the effective date of such Registration
   Statement;

                  (l)  enter into such customary agreements (including an
   underwriting agreement in customary form) and take all such other actions
   as the Shareholders or the underwriters, if any, reasonably request in
   order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of the Registration
   Shares;

                  (m)  make available for inspection by the Shareholders, any
   underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such Registration
   Statement, and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by the
   Shareholders or such underwriter, all financial and other records,
   pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company, and cause the
   Company's officers, directors and employees to supply all information
   reasonably requested by the Shareholders, underwriter, attorney,
   accountant or agent in connection with such Registration Statement;

                  (n)  use all reasonable efforts to cause Registration
   Shares covered by such Registration Statement to be registered with or
   approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be
   necessary to enable the Shareholders to consummate the disposition of such
   Registration Shares; and

                  (o)  obtain a cold comfort letter from the Company's
   independent public accountants and an opinion of counsel in customary form
   and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by such
   documents as the Shareholders may reasonably request.

             5.   Expenses.

                  (a)  All expenses incident to the Company's performance of
   or compliance with this Agreement, including, without limitation, all
   registration and filing fees, fees and expenses of compliance with
   securities or "blue sky" laws, printing expenses, messenger and delivery
   expenses, and fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and the
   Senior Executives and all independent certified public accountants,
   underwriters (excluding discounts and commissions) and other persons
   retained by the Company (all such expenses being herein called
   "Registration Expenses"), will be borne by the Company.  In addition, the
   Company will pay its internal expenses (including, without limitation, all
   salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or
   accounting duties), the expense of any annual audit or quarterly review,
   the expense of any liability insurance and the expenses and fees for
   listing the securities to be registered on each securities exchange on
   which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed or on the
   NASD automated quotation system.

                  (b)  To the extent Registration Expenses are not required
   to be paid by the Company, each holder of securities included in any
   registration hereunder will pay those Registration Expenses allocable to
   the registration of such holder's securities so included, and any
   Registration Expenses not so allocable will be borne by all sellers of
   securities included in such registration in proportion to the aggregate
   selling price of the securities to be so registered.

             6.   Registration Covenants of Investors.  For a period of two
   (2) years following the date hereof, (i) no Investor shall sell Common
   Shares constituting five percent (5%) or more of the then issued and
   outstanding Common Shares to a single buyer (other than to underwriters
   pursuant to an underwritten offering) without the prior written consent of
   the Company (which consent shall not be requested by either Investor more
   than once during any 180-day period and which consent shall not be
   unreasonably withheld by the Company), and (ii) no Investor shall sell
   Common Shares constituting less than five percent (5%) of the then issued
   and outstanding Common Shares to a single buyer without providing written
   notice of such sale to the Company at least three (3) days prior to
   entering into a commitment relating to such sale.

             7.   Miscellaneous.

                  (a)  Assignability; Successors.  The rights and liabilities
   of the parties under this Agreement are not assignable or delegable, in
   whole or in part, without the prior written consent of the Company.  The
   provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding
   upon the permitted successors and assigns of the parties.

                  (b)  Survival.  All agreements, representations and
   warranties made in this Agreement or in any document delivered pursuant to
   this Agreement shall survive the execution of this Agreement and the
   delivery of any such document.

                  (c)  Governing Law.  This Agreement shall be governed by
   the laws of the State of Wisconsin.

                  (d)  Counterparts: Headings.  This Agreement may be
   executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an
   original, but such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the
   same agreement.  The Section headings in this Agreement are inserted for
   convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part hereof.

                  (e)  Entire Agreement.  This Agreement contains the entire
   understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. 
   There are no restrictions, promises, warranties, covenants or undertakings
   concerning the subject matter hereof other than those expressly set forth
   in this Agreement.  This Agreement supersedes all prior negotiations,
   agreements and undertakings between the parties with respect to such
   subject matter.

                  (f)  Notices.  All communications or notices required or
   permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to
   have been given at the earlier of the date when actually delivered to an
   officer of a party by personal delivery or telephonic facsimile
   transmission or two (2) calender days after the same is deposited in the
   United States mail, certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, and
   addressed as follows, unless and until any of such parties notifies the
   others in accordance with this Section of a change of address:


    If to the Company or the         HK Systems, Inc.
    Senior Executives:               Attention:  John W. Splude
                                     2855 S. James Drive
                                     New Berlin, WI 53151
                                     Fax No.:  414-860-7011

                                     with a copy to:

                                     HK Systems, Inc.
                                     Attention:  John R. Kuhnmuench
                                     2855 S. James Drive
                                     New Berlin, WI 53151
                                     Fax No.:  414-860-7011

    If to MIVC:                      M&I Ventures Corporation
                                     Attention:  John T. Byrnes
                                     770 North Water Street
                                     Milwaukee, WI 53202
                                     Fax No.:  414-765-7850

                                     with a copy to:

                                     Quarles & Brady
                                     Attention:  Patrick M. Ryan
                                     411 East Wisconsin Avenue
                                     Milwaukee, WI 53202
                                     Fax No.:  414-271-3552

    If to SWIB:                      State of Wisconsin Investment Board
                                     Attention:  Director of Private 
                                          Placements
                                     121 East Wilson Street
                                     P.O. Box 7842
                                     Madison, WI 53707
                                     Fax No.:  608-266-2436

             (g)  Amendments.  Any provision of this Agreement may be amended
   if such amendment is in writing and is signed by the Company and all of
   the Shareholders.

             (h)  Severability.  Any provision of this Agreement which is
   prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such
   jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or
   unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions of this
   Agreement or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in
   any other jurisdiction.

             (i)  No Reliance.   No third party is entitled to rely on any of
   the agreements of the parties contained in this Agreement and the parties
   assume no liability to any third party because of any reliance on the
   agreements of the parties contained in this Agreement.

             (j)  Confidentiality.  The Shareholders agree that they shall
   use reasonable steps to keep confidential any information or documents
   which they or their representatives receive from the Company in connection
   with this Agreement and which is confidential or proprietary in nature,
   except:  (i) if disclosure is required by Law; (ii) to the extent that any
   such information or document was or is in the public domain; (iii) for use
   by the Shareholders and their agents and representatives in connection
   with this Agreement and (d) for information or documents which were in
   fact known or delivered to a Shareholder prior to disclosure or delivery
   by the Company.

             IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this
   Registration Rights Agreement on the day and year first above written.

   SENIOR EXECUTIVES                  HK SYSTEMS, INC.


   _________________________          By: ____________________________
   John W. Splude
                                      Attest:


   _________________________          By: ____________________________
   Glen P. Davis                                     Secretary


                                      M&I VENTURES CORPORATION
   _________________________
   John C. Hines                      By: ____________________________


                                      Attest:

                                      STATE OF WISCONSIN INVESTMENT BOARD

                                      By: ____________________________
                                      Title: _________________________



                                                                EXHIBIT 10.10




                               SECOND AMENDMENT TO
                     EMPLOYMENT AND NONCOMPETITION AGREEMENT

             THIS SECOND AMENDMENT, dated as of February 19, 1998 (the
   "Second Amendment"), TO THE EMPLOYMENT AND NONCOMPETITION AGREEMENT dated
   as of October 28, 1993 and as amended on October 31, 1996 (the "Original
   Agreement"), by and among HK SYSTEMS, INC. (formerly known as
   Harnischfeger Engineers, Inc.) (the "Company") and JOHN C. HINES (the
   "Employee").

             WHEREAS, the Company and the Employee are parties to the
   Original Agreement; and

             WHEREAS, the parties wish to set forth in this Second Amendment
   certain agreements they have reached.

             IN CONSIDERATION of the mutual promises and covenants set forth
   herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and
   sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, it is hereby agreed as
   follows:

                                    ARTICLE I

                                   AMENDMENTS

             1.1  Amendments.  The parties hereby agree that the Original
   Agreement be and it hereby is amended as follows:

             (a)  Section 5 of the Original Agreement is deleted in its
   entirety and replaced with the following new Section 5:

             5.   Compensation.  The Company shall pay to the Employee a base
   annual salary of $200,000, which salary shall be reviewed annually by
   the Board of Directors of the Company for possible adjustment and shall be
   paid in approximately equal installments at the usual and customary times
   established by the Company.  The annual base salary may not be reduced
   unless the reduction is:  (a) part of a general reduction for all
   employees of the Company who own Stock of the Company or have been granted
   options to purchase Stock of the Company; and (b) proportionately
   consistent with such other reductions.  The Company shall deduct from all
   payments made to the Employee under any federal, state or local
   withholding or other taxes or charges which the Company is required to
   deduct under applicable law.  The Company shall have the right to rely
   upon a written opinion of counsel if any questions arise as to any
   deductions.

             (b)  Upon the effectiveness of an initial public offering of
   common stock of the Company, Section 14 of the Original Agreement is
   deleted in its entirety; provided that, the Company and the Employee shall
   amend the Original Agreement to reinstate Section 14 if such initial
   public offering is not consummated within ten (10) days after it is
   effective.

                                   ARTICLE II

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

             2.1  Continuance of Agreement.  Except as specifically amended
   by this Second Amendment, the Original Agreement remains in full force and
   effect.

             2.2  Governing Law.  This Second Amendment shall be governed by
   the internal laws of the State of Wisconsin.

             2.3  Counterparts; Headings.  This Second Amendment may be
   executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an
   original, but such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the
   same agreement.  The article and section headings in this Second Amendment
   are inserted for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a
   part hereof.

             IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Second
   Amendment as of the day and year first above written.

                                      HK SYSTEMS, INC.



                                      By:  /s/
                                           Its: _____________________________


                                      EMPLOYEE



                                      /s/ John C. Hines
                                      JOHN C. HINES

<PAGE>

                               FIRST AMENDMENT TO
                     EMPLOYMENT AND NONCOMPETITION AGREEMENT


         THIS FIRST AMENDMENT, dated as of October 31, 1996 (the "First
   Amendment"), TO THE EMPLOYMENT AND NONCOMPETITION AGREEMENT dated as of
   October 28, 1993 (the "Original Agreement"), by and among HK SYSTEMS, INC.
   (formerly known as HARNISCHFEGER ENGINEERS, INC.) (the "Company"), HEI
   SYSTEMS, INC. ("Systems") and JOHN C. HINES (the "Employee").

         WHEREAS, the Company, Systems and the Employee are parties to the
   Original Agreement; and

         WHEREAS, the parties wish to set forth in this First Amendment
   certain agreements that they have reached.

         IN CONSIDERATION herein and for other good and valuable
   consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby
   acknowledged, it is hereby agreed that:

                                    ARTICLE I

                                   AMENDMENTS

         1.1 Amendments.  The parties hereby agree that the Original
   Agreement be and it hereby is amended as follows:

         (a) Section 14 of the Original Agreement is deleted in its entirety
   and replaced with the following new Section 14:

         14. Puts of and Calls on Stock.

             a. Puts.

                (1)   Purchase of Stock at EmploYee's Death.  Upon the death
                      of the Employee, the Representative may require Systems
                      to purchase all but not less than all of the Stock
                      owned by the Employee at the time of the Employee's
                      death, and any Transferee may require Systems to
                      purchase all but not less than all of the Stock owned
                      by it at the time of the Employee's death, in
                      accordance with the provisions of this Section 14 of
                      this Agreement.  This option may be exercised by notice
                      to Systems given within six (6) months after the date
                      of death of the Employee.  Upon the giving of such
                      notice, the Person who gave such notice shall be
                      obligated to sell and Systems shall be obligated to
                      purchase the Stock at Fair Market Value per share. 
                      Systems shall pay to such Person by cash an amount
                      equal to the lesser of the Purchase Price or the  Life
                      Insurance Proceeds at the closing of any such purchase. 
                      Any remaining balance shall be payable by Systems
                      giving such Person a promissory note payable in equal
                      monthly installments over the course of 36 months at an
                      interest rate equal to the publicly announced prime
                      rate of interest of M&l Marshall & Ilsley Bank,
                      changing on each day such prime rate changes.  In the
                      event that more than one Person gives Systems such a
                      notice, the cash paid to each Person at the closing of
                      any such purchase shall be an amount equal to the
                      lesser of (i) the Purchase Price or (ii) the Life
                      Insurance Proceeds multiplied by a fraction, the
                      numerator of which is the number of shares of Stock
                      owned by such Person and the denominator of which is
                      the number of shares of Stock owned by all Persons who
                      have given notice to Systems under this Section
                      14(a)(1) of this Agreement.

                (2)   Purchase of Stock Upon Termination of Employment
                      Without Cause or for Disability.  Upon the termination
                      of the employment of the Employee by the Company
                      without Cause or for Disability, the Employee may
                      require Systems to purchase all but not less than all
                      of the Stock owned by the Employee at the time of such
                      termination, and any Transferee may require Systems to
                      purchase all but not less than all of the Stock owned
                      by it at the time of such termination, in accordance
                      with the provisions of this Section 14 of this
                      Agreement.  This option may be exercised by notice to
                      Systems given within six (6) months after the
                      termination.  Upon the giving of such notice, Systems
                      shall be obligated to purchase and the Person who gave
                      such notice shall be obligated to sell the Stock at
                      Fair Market Value per share.  Systems shall pay the
                      amount due by giving such Person a promissory note
                      payable in equal monthly installments over the course
                      of 36 months at an interest rate equal to the publicly
                      announced prime rate of interest of M&I Marshall &
                      Ilsley Bank, changing on each day such prime rate
                      changes.

             b. Systems' Calls.

                (1)   Purchase of Stock Upon Employee's Death Upon
                      Termination Without Cause or for Disability.  Upon the
                      Employee's death, or termination of the Employee's
                      employment by the Company without Cause, or for
                      Disability, Systems may require the Employee and any
                      Transferees to sell all but not less than all of the
                      Stock owned by the Employee and any such Transferees in
                      accordance with the provisions of this Section 14 of
                      this Agreement.  Systems may exercise such option by
                      notice to the Employee and any such Transferees given
                      within six (6) months after the Employee's death or
                      termination.  Upon the giving of such notice, Systems
                      shall be obligated to purchase and the Employee and any
                      such Transferees shall be obligated to sell the Stock
                      at Fair Market Value per share.

                (2)   Purchase of Stock Upon Employee's Resignation or
                      Termination with Cause.  Upon Employee's resignation of
                      his employment with the Company for any reason,
                      including Good Reason, or upon termination by the
                      Company of the Employee's employment for Cause, Systems
                      may require the Employee and any Transferees to sell
                      all but not less than all of the Stock owned by the
                      Employee and any such Transferees in accordance with
                      the provisions of this Section 14 of this Agreement. 
                      Systems may exercise such option by notice to the
                      Employee and any such Transferees given within six (6)
                      months after the termination or resignation.  Upon the
                      giving of such notice, Systems shall be obligated to
                      purchase and the Employee and any such Transferees
                      shall be obligated to sell the Stock at the greater of
                      its Book Value or the actual purchase price paid by the
                      Employee for such Stock.

             c. Purchase of Employee's and Transferee's Stock.  The Employee
                or any Transferee may, if the Employee terminates his
                employment with the Company for reason on or after November
                1, 1998, request the Board of Directors of Systems to
                consider a purchase of the Stock owned by the Employee or
                such Transferee at Fair Market Value per share.  The Board of
                Directors of Systems shall reasonably consider such request
                taking into account the reasons for the request, the personal
                health and financial situation of the Employee at that time
                and the financial condition of Systems at that time.  If the
                Board of Directors of Systems agrees to such request by the
                Employee or any Transferee, the noncompetition provisions
                contained in Section 13(a) of this Agreement shall be
                extended to five (5) years from and after the date of
                termination of employment.  The Board of Directors of Systems
                can only grant such request upon an 80% vote of the entire
                Board of Directors of Systems.

             d. Determination of Fair Market Value.  In the event that a
                notice which requires Systems to purchase the Stock is given
                pursuant to Section 14(a)(1), Section 14(a)(2), Section
                14(b)(1) or Section 14(b)(2) of this Agreement, Systems and
                the Employee (or the Representative, if applicable) shall
                attempt to reach agreement on the Fair Market Value.  If
                Systems and the Employee (or the Representative, if
                applicable) cannot agree on the Fair Market Value within
                sixty (60) calendar days after the date the relevant notice
                was given, then Systems or the Employee (or the
                Representative, if applicable) may notify the other that an
                Appraiser shall be selected and the Fair Market Value shall
                be determined by the Appraiser.  If Systems and the Employee
                (or the Representative, if applicable) agree on the Fair
                Market Value, each Transferee may either (i) sell its Stock
                at the Fair Market Value agreed upon by Systems and the
                Employee (or the Representative, if applicable) or (ii)
                within sixty (60) calendar days after the date the relevant
                notice was given notify Systems that an Appraiser shall be
                selected and the Fair Market Value shall be determined by the
                Appraiser.

             e. Closing of Sale.

                (1)   The Employee or the Representative, if applicable,
                      and/or any Transferee shall sell the relevant Stock at
                      a closing to be held at the principal place of business
                      of Systems on a date which is ninety (90) calendar days
                      after the date any notice exercising an option
                      described in this Section 14 is given; provided,
                      however, that a closing pursuant to a sale under
                      Section 14(a)(1) of this Agreement need not be held
                      prior to the time that all Persons who may give notice
                      to Systems pursuant to such subsection have given such
                      notice and/or have given notice to Systems that they do
                      not intend to exercise the option described in such
                      subsection.  At such Closing:  (A) Systems shall
                      deliver to the Employee (or the Representative or
                      Transferee, if applicable) a bank cashier's or
                      certified check, or Systems' promissory note (or both,
                      if applicable), in the full amount of the purchase
                      price; and (B) the Employee (or the Representative or
                      Transferee, if applicable) shall deliver to Systems
                      certificates representing the relevant Stock duly
                      endorsed in blank.

                (2)   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this
                      Section 14 of this Agreement, Systems shall not be
                      required to purchase Stock while, and to the extent,
                      such purchase would result in a violation of applicable
                      law or of any contract to which Systems or the Company
                      is a party (including, without limitation, a violation
                      of any covenant with may be contained in any loan
                      agreement in effect from time to time); provided,
                      however, that Systems and the Company will use
                      reasonable efforts to cure or avoid such violation in
                      order to permit such repurchase.

             (b)   The following new Section 1(u) is added to the Original
                   Agreement:

                u. Transferee.  "Transferee" shall mean a person to whom a
                   "Permitted Transfer" of Stock has been made pursuant to
                   the First Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement
                   dated as of October 28, 1993 as amended and restated on
                   February 13, 1995, and amended as of the date hereof,
                   among the Employee, Systems and certain others.

                                   ARTICLE II

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

         2.1 Continuance of Agreement.  Except as specifically amended by
   this First Amendment, the Original Agreement shall remain in full force
   and effect.

         2.2 Governing Law.  This First Amendment shall be governed by the
   internal laws of the State of Wisconsin.

         2.3 Counterparts; Headings.  This First Amendment may be executed in
   several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but such
   counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same agreement. 
   The article and section headings in this First Amendment are inserted for
   convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part hereof.

         IN WITNESS THEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this First
   Amendment as of the day and year first above written.

                                 HK SYSTEMS, INC.



                                 By:  /s/ John W. Splude
                                      John W. Splude, President


                                 Attest:


                                 /s/ John R. Kuhnmuench, Jr. 
                                 John R. Kuhnmuench, Jr., Secretary



                                 HEI SYSTEMS, INC.



                                 By:  /s/ John W. Splude
                                      John W. Splude, President


                                 Attest:


                                 /s/ John R. Kuhnmuench, Jr.
                                 John R. Kuhnmuench, Jr., Secretary



                                 /s/ John C. Hines         (SEAL)
                                 John C. Hines

   <PAGE>
                          HARNISCHFEGER ENGINEERS, INC.

                     EMPLOYMENT AND NONCOMPETITION AGREEMENT


        This Employment and Noncompetition Agreement is entered into as of
   this 28th day of October, 1993, by and among HARNISCHFEGER ENGINEERS,
   INC., HEI SYSTEMS, INC. and JOHN C. HINES.


                                    RECITALS:

        WHEREAS, the Company desires to continue to employ the Employee and
   to set forth the terms and conditions of the Employee's employment and the
   Employee desires to continue to be employed by the Company on the terms
   and conditions set forth in this Agreement; and

        WHEREAS, during the course of employment, the Employee has learned
   and will learn the identities of the Company's customers, their purchasing
   needs and habits and the names of the personnel charged with purchasing
   responsibilities and the Company's methods of doing business; and

        WHEREAS, the Company's list of customers has been compiled by the
   Company and the Company's methods of doing business have been developed by
   the Company at considerable expense over a number of years; and

        WHEREAS, but for his employment at the Company, Employee would not be
   able to easily duplicate the Company's customer list or be thoroughly
   familiar with its methods of doing business; and

        WHEREAS, the Company's customer list and methods of doing business
   are of considerable economic value to the Company; and

        WHEREAS, Systems owns all of the issued and outstanding shares of
   capital stock of the Company and the Employee owns certain shares of the
   issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of Systems;

        WHEREAS, THE EMPLOYEE HAS REVIEWED THE MATTERS RECITED IN THE SIX
   PARAGRAPHS ABOVE AND CONFIRMS THAT HE AGREES WITH THOSE RECITALS.

                                 NOW, THEREFORE

        In consideration of the Recitals and of the mutual promises and
   covenants set forth herein and for other good and valuable consideration,
   the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, it is hereby
   agreed as follows:

   1.   Definitions.  When used in this Agreement, the following terms shall
        have the meanings specified:

        a.   Agreement.  "Agreement" shall mean this Employment and
             Noncompetition Agreement, as the same shall be amended from time
             to time in accordance with the terms hereof.

        b.   Appraiser.  "Appraiser" shall mean a Person of recognized
             standing whose usual and regular business is the determination
             of the fair market value of businesses which shall be:  (1)
             jointly selected by Systems and the Employee (or the
             Representative, if applicable); or (2) if Systems and the
             Employee (or the Representative, if applicable) cannot agree on
             the identity of the Appraiser within ten (10) calendar days
             after the giving of a notice from any Person requiring the
             selection of an Appraiser under this Agreement, then the
             identity of the Appraiser shall be selected by the Chief Judge
             of the United States District Court for the Eastern District of
             Wisconsin.

        c.   Book Value.  "Book Value" shall mean an amount equal to:  (1)
             all consolidated assets of Systems and the Company (including
             goodwill, patents, trademarks, trade names, copyrights and other
             intangible assets) determined in accordance with generally
             accepted accounting principles; minus (2) all consolidated
             liabilities of Systems and the Company determined in accordance
             with generally accepted accounting principles; minus, without
             duplication (3) the amount of the liquidation value plus all
             cumulative and unpaid dividends payable by Systems for all
             shares of Preferred Stock of Systems issued and outstanding on
             the date of such calculation; minus, without duplication (4) the
             amount of the liquidation value plus all cumulative and unpaid
             dividends payable by the Company for all shares of Preferred
             Stock of the Company issued and outstanding on the date of
             calculation.

        d.   Cause.  The following actions on the part of the Employee shall
             be considered as "Cause":

             (1)  Personal dishonesty, willful misconduct, breach of
                  fiduciary duty involving personal profit, willful violation
                  of any law, rule, or regulation (other than traffic
                  violations or similar offenses), or habitual use of alcohol
                  or drugs:  (A) which materially impairs the Employee's
                  ability to carry out his duties; and (B) as to which the
                  Board of Directors of the Company makes a good faith
                  determination that such conduct has occurred and that such
                  conduct meets the standard set forth in Section 1(d)(1)(A)
                  of this Agreement;

             (2)  Rendering any assistance to any Person in that Person's
                  competitive efforts with the Company;

             (3)  Use of the Company's proprietary information or customer
                  lists for the Employee's own benefit or in a way adverse to
                  the Company's interests; or

             (4)  A good faith determination by the Company, after a notice
                  to the Employee and an opportunity to meet with the Board
                  of Directors of the Company concerning such matter, that
                  the Employee has breached any material provision of this
                  Agreement.

        e.   Company.  "Company" shall mean Harnischfeger Engineers, Inc., a
             Delaware corporation.

        f.   Competitive Product.  "Competitive Product" shall mean a product
             or service, made or provided by a Competitor, which is the same
             as or is directly competitive with one with respect to which the
             Employee acquired confidential information relating to the
             Company, or its business, products or services by reason of the
             Employee's work with the Company.

        g.   Competitor.  "Competitor" shall mean any Person engaged in, or
             about to become engaged in, the production or sale, or both, of
             any product or service in any part of the United States of
             America which is directly competitive with one with respect to
             which the Employee acquired confidential information relating to
             the Company, or its business, products or services by reason of
             the Employee's work with the Company.

        h.   Creations.  "Creations" shall mean all manuscripts, programs,
             writings, pictorial materials, and other creations created by
             the Employee, either individually or jointly, during the
             Employee's employment by the Company, and which relate to the
             business of the Company.

        i.   Disability.  "Disability" shall mean that the Employee has been
             declared mentally incompetent by a Wisconsin court or shall have
             been disabled for a consecutive period of 120 days so that the
             Employee is unable to perform the Employee's duties as an
             employee of the Company under this Agreement.  Any dispute as to
             the existence of a Disability or its duration shall be submitted
             to a licensed physician agreed upon by the Employee and the
             Company or, failing such agreement, to one appointed by the
             President of the Medical Society of Wisconsin at the request of
             either the Employee or the Company.  The Employee shall
             cooperate in such determination and the determination of such
             physician shall be binding and conclusive upon the parties.

        j.   Employee.  "Employee" shall mean John C. Hines.

        k.   Fair Market Value.  "Fair Market Value" shall mean the aggregate
             fair market value of the Stock at the date of appraisal
             calculated:  (1) without any discount of any kind, whether for
             lack of marketability, minority holdings, the size of Systems or
             any other factor; and (2) as if such value were calculated for
             sale of Systems as a whole to a Person who is not an affiliate
             of Systems or the Company.

        l.   Good Reason.  "Good Reason" shall mean that the Company has
             breached any provision of this Agreement.

        m.   Inventions.  "Inventions" shall mean all inventions,
             discoveries, developments, improvements, works, ideas, and other
             contributions, whether or not patented or patentable or
             otherwise protectable in law, which are conceived, made,
             developed or acquired by the Employee, either individually or
             jointly, during the employment of the Employee by the Company
             and which relate in any manner to the Employee's work, the
             research or business of the Company, or fields to which the
             business of the Company may reasonably extend.

        n.   Investors.  "Investors" shall mean the owners of shares of the
             Class B Cumulative Preferred Stock of Systems.

        o.   Life Insurance Proceeds.  "Life Insurance Proceeds" shall mean
             the net amount of cash proceeds actually received by Systems or
             the Company as a result of the Employee's death, which are:  (1)
             not pledged by Systems or the Company to secure any indebtedness
             of Systems or the Company; and (2) not required to be paid by
             Systems or the Company to other Persons by any contract entered
             into by Systems or the Company prior to the Employee's death.

        p.   Person.  "Person" shall mean and include an individual,
             partnership, corporation, trust, incorporated organization and a
             government or any department or agency thereof.

        q.   Representative.  "Representative" shall mean, after the
             Employee's death, the duly appointed and qualified executor or
             personal representative of the estate of the Employee.

        r.   Restricted Area.  "Restricted Area" shall mean anywhere within a
             twenty-five (25) mile radius of any location in any U.S. city in
             which the Company had, at any time while the Employee was
             employed by the Company, a place of business or customers.

        s.   Stock.  "Stock" shall mean all shares of Common Stock of Systems
             owned by the Employee at the execution of this Agreement or
             acquired hereafter.

        t.   Systems.  "Systems" shall mean HEI Systems, Inc., a Wisconsin
             corporation.

   2.   Employment.  The Company hereby agrees to continue the employment of
        the Employee and the Employee hereby accepts continued employment
        with the Company in accordance with the terms and conditions set
        forth in this Agreement.  Except for illness, vacation periods and
        reasonable leaves of absence approved by the Board of Directors of
        the Company, the Employee agrees to devote the Employee's full time,
        skill, knowledge, and attention to the business of the Company and
        the performance of the duties of the Employee under this Agreement. 
        During the term of employment, it shall not be a violation of this
        Agreement for the Employee to do one or more of the following, so
        long as such activities do not interfere with the performance of the
        Employee's responsibilities as an employee of the Company in
        accordance with this Agreement:  (a) serve on corporate, civic, trade
        or charitable boards or committees; (b) deliver lectures or fulfill
        speaking engagements; and (c) manage personal investments.

   3.   Term.  This Agreement shall commence on the date first above written
        and continue indefinitely until effective notice of termination is
        given by the Employee or the Company to the other.  THE EMPLOYEE'S
        EMPLOYMENT WITH THE COMPANY IS ON AN AT-WILL BASIS.  Either the
        Employee or the Company may terminate the Employee's employment with
        the Company at any time and for any reason or no reason at all,
        subject only to the parties' obligations as described in Section 8 of
        this Agreement.

   4.   Duties.  The Employee shall be employed as a Senior Vice President of
        the Company or in such other executive position with the Company as
        may be mutually agreed to between the Company and the Employee.  The
        Employee shall perform such services and duties as are usually and
        customarily required of a Person holding such position with a
        business corporation.  The services to be performed by the Employee
        shall be principally rendered in or about Milwaukee, Wisconsin or
        such other place at which the Company makes its corporate
        headquarters, together with such business travel as may be necessary
        for the Employee to satisfactorily perform the duties required under
        this Agreement.

   5.   Compensation.  The Company shall pay to the Employee a base annual
        salary of $140,000, which salary shall be reviewed annually by the
        Board of Directors of the Company for possible adjustment and shall
        be paid in approximately equal installments at the usual and
        customary times established by the Company.  The Company shall deduct
        from all payments made to the Employee under this Agreement any
        federal, state or local withholding or other taxes or charges which
        the Company is required to deduct under applicable law.  The Company
        shall have the right to rely upon a written opinion of counsel if any
        questions arise as to any deductions.

   6.   Additional Benefits.  The Employee shall be entitled to the following
        additional benefits:

        a.   Vacation/Holidays.  The Employee shall be entitled to paid
             vacations and holidays as provided to other senior executive
             employees of the Company.

        b.   Expense Reimbursement.  The Company shall pay, upon submission
             of appropriate vouchers and supporting documentation, all
             expenses of the Employee incurred in connection with the
             rendering of services to the Company as an employee pursuant to
             this Agreement in accordance with the Company's usual and
             ordinary practices, provided that such expenses are reasonable
             and necessary business expenses of the Company.

        c.   Automobile.  The Company shall provide the Employee with the use
             of a Company-provided vehicle in accordance with Company policy.

        d.   Bonus Program.  The Employee will be eligible to participate in
             an executive bonus program to be established by the Board of
             Directors of the Company, pursuant to which the Employee may
             earn up to 40% of the Employee's base salary in any year.  The
             bonus program will include a combination of annual performance
             benchmarks and long-term benchmarks for both the Employee and
             the Company.

        e.   Miscellaneous.  The Employee shall be entitled to other fringe
             benefits generally provided to senior management of the Company,
             including health insurance, disability insurance, term life
             insurance, pension and profit-sharing and other programs
             established by the Board of Directors of the Company.

   7.   Life Insurance.  The Company will purchase life insurance on the
        Employee's life, payable to the Company or Systems in an amount equal
        to at least Four Hundred Thousand Dollars ($400,000) in excess of the
        amount required by the Company's or Systems' lenders.

   8.   Termination.

        a.   Termination Without Cause or for Good Reason.  As stated in
             Section 3 of this Agreement, the Employee's employment may be
             terminated by the Company or by the Employee at any time and for
             any reason or for no reason at all.  However, if the Employee's
             employment with the Company is terminated by the Company without
             Cause, or by the Employee for Good Reason, or as the result of
             the Employee's Disability, the Employee shall receive the
             Employee's then current base salary for a one (1) year period
             after such termination, plus the continuation in the health,
             disability and term life insurance programs of the Company
             during such one year period at the Company's expense.  The
             severance pay shall be paid to the Employee at the same times as
             the Company generally pays management employees.  If the
             Employee's employment is terminated as the result of Disability,
             any severance payments shall be reduced by any gross insurance
             proceeds actually received by the Employee from the Company
             sponsored disability insurance.  The severance payments shall
             not be reduced by any other compensation received by the
             Employee during the severance period unless such compensation is
             received from Competitors.  The Employee shall have no
             obligation to seek other employment or otherwise mitigate
             damages hereunder.

        b.   Termination for Cause or Without Good Reason.  In the event that
             the Employee's employment with the Company is terminated by the
             Company for Cause or by the Employee without Good Reason, the
             Employee shall be paid compensation only through the date of
             such termination and all other financial obligations of the
             Company to the Employee under this Agreement and all benefits
             under this Agreement shall cease as of the date of such
             termination.

        c.   Return of the Company's Materials.  Upon termination for any
             reason, the Employee shall immediately return to the Company all
             files, credit cards, keys, computers, instruments, equipment,
             vehicles, and other materials owned or provided by the Company.

   9.   Confidential Information.  The Employee acknowledges that through the
        services to be performed for the Company, the Employee will obtain
        confidential information regarding the Company's business affairs,
        including such matters as computer programs, research, customer
        lists, customer development, planning, purchasing, finance,
        marketing, customer relations, and other information of a similar
        nature not available to the public.  This information may be oral or
        written and may be that which the Employee originates as well as that
        which otherwise comes into the possession or knowledge of the
        Employee.  The Employee agrees to treat all matters relating to the
        business activities of the Company as confidential and not to divulge
        or disclose any information gained in connection with the employment
        of the Employee by the Company to any other Person except upon the
        written request or instruction of the Company or in the normal course
        of the duties of the Employee as an employee of the Company.  The
        Employee agrees not to use or disclose, for purposes of marketing or
        otherwise, any of the customer information the Employee receives
        while working at the Company (including, but not limited to,
        customers' identity, financial status and holdings), either on behalf
        of the Employee or as a representative, agent, employee, officer,
        director, trustee, stockholder, or creditor of, or partner, joint
        venturer, or investor with or in any Competitor, except for any
        information which is or becomes generally available to the public, or
        otherwise comes into possession of the Competitor, other than as a
        result of disclosure by the Employee.  This Section 9 is intended to
        protect confidential information and customer relationships, both
        during and after the period of the Employee's employment with the
        Company, and not to limit the Employee's right to seek and obtain
        employment in competition with the Company after termination of the
        Employee's employment with the Company, which is covered by Section
        13 of this Agreement.

   10.  Relationship with Others.  The parties agree that the profitability
        and goodwill of the Company depend on continued amicable relations
        with its suppliers and customers, and the Employee:  (a) except on
        behalf of the Company, will not approach for any reason, nor solicit
        any business of any kind from, any former, present or future customer
        of the Company; or (b) cause, request or advise any suppliers or
        customers of the Company to curtail or cancel their business with the
        Company.  Nothing in Section 10(a) shall, after termination of the
        Employee's employment with the Company for any reason, prevent the
        employment of the Employee by a customer or supplier of the Company
        unless such employment violates Section 13(a) of this Agreement. 
        This provision shall apply to any customers or suppliers of the
        Company during the three (3) year period prior to the termination of
        the Employee's employment or to Persons with an active proposal from
        the Company on the date of the termination of the Employee's
        employment.  This provision shall apply for three (3) years after
        termination of the Employee's employment with the Company if the
        termination is for Cause and for one (1) year if the termination is
        for any other reason.

   11.  Inventions and Creations.

        a.   Inventions.  The Employee agrees that all Inventions shall
             belong to the Company.  The Employee agrees to and does hereby
             assign and transfer to the Company the entire right, title, and
             interest of the Employee in and to all Inventions.  The Employee
             further agrees to promptly and fully disclose all Inventions to
             the Company, in writing if requested by the Company, and to
             execute and deliver any and all lawful applications,
             assignments, and other documents which the Company requests for
             protecting the Inventions in the United States or in any other
             country.  The Company shall have the full and sole power to
             prosecute such applications and to take all other actions
             concerning the Inventions, and the Employee agrees to cooperate
             fully, at the expense of the Company, in the preparation and
             prosecution of all such applications and in any legal actions
             and proceedings concerning the Inventions.

        b.   Creations.  The Employee agrees to and does hereby assign,
             convey, and transfer to the Company all Creations.  The Company
             shall have the full right to seek and procure copyrights on the
             Creations, and the Employee shall cooperate fully, at the
             expense of the Company, in securing copyrights and in any legal
             actions and proceedings concerning the Creations.

        c.   Presumption of Company Ownership.  Without diminishing any
             rights granted to the Company in Sections 11(a) and 11(b), if an
             Invention is described in a patent application or is disclosed
             to third parties by the Employee within two (2) years after
             leaving the employ of the Company, or if a Creation is published
             or is disclosed to third parties by the Employee within two (2)
             years after leaving the employ of the Company, the Employee
             agrees that it is to be rebuttably presumed that the Invention
             or the Creation was conceived, made, developed, acquired, or
             created by the Employee during the period of employment of the
             Employee by the Company, and the Invention or Creation will
             belong the Company.

   12.  Noncompetition While Employed By The Company.  The Employee agrees
        not to compete with the Company in any territory in which the Company
        sells its products or provides its services, either on behalf of the
        Employee, or as a representative, agent, employee, officer, director,
        trustee, stockholder, or creditor of, or partner, joint venturer, or
        investor with or in, any other Person, during his employment with the
        Company.

   13.  Noncompetition After Termination of Employment.

        a.   Scope of Noncompetition.  The Employee agrees that for one (1)
             year after the termination of the Employee's employment with the
             Company, regardless of the reason for such termination, the
             Employee will not:

             (1)  Render services, either directly or indirectly, to any
                  Competitor in connection with the development, manufacture,
                  sale, merchandising or promotion of any Competitive
                  Product; or

             (2)  Engage, either directly or indirectly, within the
                  Restricted Area, for the Employee or as an investor, in the
                  development, manufacture, purchase or sale of any
                  Competitive Product.

        b.   Exceptions to Scope of Noncompetition.

             (1)  Nothing in Section 13(a) of this Agreement shall prohibit
                  the Employee from owning or acquiring securities of
                  Systems, the Company or of any corporation or other
                  business enterprise that may be engaged in activities
                  described in Section 13(a), provided that:  (A) the
                  Employee is not an officer, director or employee of, or
                  consultant to, such corporation or business enterprise; (B)
                  such securities are held by the Employee for investment
                  purposes and represent less than five percent (5%) of the
                  total equity interests of such corporation or business
                  enterprise; and (C) such securities are listed on a
                  national securities exchange or are regularly quoted in the
                  over the counter market by one or more members of the
                  National Association of Securities Dealers.

             (2)  It shall not be deemed a violation of Section 13(a) if the
                  Employee accepts employment with a business entity which is
                  diversified and made up of separate divisions and which, as
                  to parts of its business, is not a Competitor, provided the
                  Company shall be furnished prior to such employment
                  definite written assurances satisfactory to it, separately
                  from the Employee and such business entity, that the
                  Employee will not be expected, required or permitted to and
                  in fact does not render services directly or indirectly to
                  a division or a part of such business entity which division
                  or part is a Competitor.

        c.   Notification to the Company.  During the period of time that the
             Employee is subject to the provisions of Section 13(a) of this
             Agreement, the Employee shall notify the Board of Directors of
             the Company of any occupation or employment which the Employee
             proposes to take up after termination of employment with the
             Company and shall furnish to the Company such written or oral
             information as it may reasonably request concerning such
             proposed occupation or employment.  Upon request of the
             Employee, the Company agrees to notify the Employee promptly,
             and in any event within thirty (30) days after receipt of the
             requested information, whether or not the Company considers such
             occupation, based on the information so furnished or derived
             from its independent investigation, to come within the
             provisions of Section 13(a) and, if the Company considers such
             occupation to come within the provisions of Section 13(a),
             whether the Company will waive any of the provisions thereof.

   14.  Puts of and Calls on Employee's Stock.

        a.   Employee's Puts.

             (1)  Purchase of Employee's Stock at Death.  Upon the death of
                  the Employee, the Representative may require Systems to
                  purchase the Stock owned by the Employee at the time of
                  death in accordance with the provisions of this Section 14
                  of this Agreement.  The Representative may exercise such
                  option by notice to Systems given within six (6) months
                  after the date of death of the Employee.  Upon the giving
                  of such notice, the Representative shall be obligated to
                  sell and Systems shall be obligated to purchase the Stock
                  at Fair Market Value per share.  Systems shall pay to the
                  Representative by cash an amount equal to the lesser of the
                  Purchase Price or the Life Insurance Proceeds at the
                  closing of any such purchase.  Any remaining balance shall
                  be payable by Systems giving the Representative a
                  promissory note payable in equal monthly installments over
                  the course of 36 months at an interest rate equal to the
                  publicly announced prime rate of interest of M&I Marshall &
                  Ilsley Bank, changing on each day such prime rate changes.

             (2)  Purchase of Employee's Stock Upon Termination Without Cause
                  or for Disability.  Upon the termination of the employment
                  of the Employee by the Company without Cause or for
                  Disability, the Employee may require Systems to purchase
                  all but not less than all of the Stock owned by the
                  Employee in accordance with the provisions of this Section
                  14 of this Agreement.  The Employee may exercise such
                  option by notice to Systems given within six (6) months
                  after the termination.  Upon the giving of such notice,
                  Systems shall be obligated to purchase and the Employee
                  shall be obligated to sell the Stock at Fair Market Value
                  per share.  Systems shall pay the amount due by giving the
                  Employee a promissory note payable in equal monthly
                  installments over the course of 36 months at an interest
                  rate equal to the publicly announced prime rate of interest
                  of M&I Marshall & Ilsley Bank, changing on each day such
                  prime rate changes.

        b.   Systems' Calls.

             (1)  Purchase of Employee's Stock Upon Death, Upon Termination
                  Without Cause or for Disability.  Upon the Employee's
                  death, or termination of the Employee's employment by the
                  Company without Cause, or for Disability, Systems may
                  require the Employee to sell all but not less than all of
                  the Stock owned by the Employee in accordance with the
                  provisions of this Section 14 of this Agreement.  Systems
                  may exercise such option by notice to the Employee given
                  within six (6) months after the termination.  Upon the
                  giving of such notice, Systems shall be obligated to
                  purchase and the Employee shall be obligated to sell the
                  Stock at Fair Market Value per share.

             (2)  Purchase of Employee's Stock Upon Resignation or
                  Termination with Cause.  Upon Employee's resignation of his
                  employment with the Company for any reason, including Good
                  Reason, or upon termination by the Company of the
                  Employee's employment for Cause, Systems may require the
                  Employee to sell all but not less than all of the Stock
                  owned by the Employee in accordance with the provisions of
                  this Section 14 of this Agreement.  Systems may exercise
                  such option by notice to the Employee given within six (6)
                  months after the termination or resignation.  Upon the
                  giving of such notice, Systems shall be obligated to
                  purchase and the Employee shall be obligated to sell the
                  Stock at the greater of its Book Value or the actual
                  purchase price paid by the Employee for such Stock.

        c.   Purchase of Employee's Stock.  The Employee may, if the Employee
             terminates his employment with the Company for any reason on or
             after November 1, 1998, request the Board of Directors of
             Systems to consider a purchase of the Stock owned by the
             Employee at Fair Market Value per share.  The Board of Directors
             of Systems shall reasonably consider such request, taking into
             account the Employee's reasons for the request, the personal
             health and financial situation of the Employee at that time and
             the financial condition of Systems at that time.  If the Board
             of Directors of Systems agrees to such request, the
             noncompetition provisions contained in Section 13(a) of this
             Agreement shall be extended to five (5) years from and after the
             date of termination of employment.  The Board of Directors of
             Systems can only grant such request upon an 80% vote of the
             entire Board of Directors of Systems.

        d.   Determination of Fair Market Value.  In the event that a notice
             which requires Systems to purchase the Stock is given pursuant
             to Section 14(a)(1), Section 14(a)(2), Section 14(b)(1), Section
             14(b)(2) or Section 14(c) of this Agreement, Systems and the
             Employee (or the Representative, if applicable) shall attempt to
             reach agreement on the Fair Market Value.  If Systems and the
             Employee (or the Representative, if applicable) cannot agree on
             the Fair Market Value within sixty (60) calendar days after the
             date the relevant notice was given, then Systems or the Employee
             (or the Representative, if applicable) may notify the other that
             an Appraiser shall be selected and the Fair Market Value shall
             be determined by the Appraiser.

        e.   Closing of Sale.

             (1)  The Employee or the Representative, if applicable, shall
                  sell the relevant Stock at a closing to be held at the
                  principal place of business of Systems on a date which is
                  ninety (90) calendar days after the date any notice
                  exercising an option described in this Section 14 is given. 
                  At such Closing:  (A) Systems shall deliver to the Employee
                  (or the Representative, if applicable) a bank cashier's or
                  certified check, and Systems' promissory note, in the full
                  amount of the purchase price; and (ii) the Employee or the
                  Representative, if applicable, shall deliver to Systems
                  certificates representing the relevant Stock duly endorsed
                  in blank.

             (2)  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 14
                  of this Agreement, Systems shall not be required to
                  purchase Stock while, and to the extent, such purchase
                  would result in a violation of applicable law or of any
                  contract to which Systems or the Company is a party
                  (including, without limitation, a violation of any covenant
                  which may be contained in any loan agreement in effect from
                  time to time); provided, however, that Systems or the
                  Company will use reasonable efforts to cure or avoid such
                  violation in order to permit such repurchase.

   15.  Remedies.  In addition to other remedies provided by law or equity,
        upon a breach by the Employee of any of the covenants contained
        herein, Systems and the Company shall be entitled to have a court of
        competent jurisdiction enter an injunction against the Employee
        prohibiting any further breach of the covenants contained herein. 
        The parties further agree that the services to be performed by the
        Employee hereunder are of a unique, special, and extraordinary
        character.  Therefore, in the event of any controversy concerning
        rights or obligations under this Agreement, such rights or
        obligations shall be enforceable in a court of competent jurisdiction
        at law or equity by a decree of specific performance or, if Systems
        or the Company elects, by obtaining damages or such other relief as
        Systems or the Company may elect to pursue.  Such remedies, however,
        shall be cumulative and nonexclusive and shall be in addition to any
        other remedies which Systems or the Company may have.

   16.  Assignment.  This Agreement and the respective rights, duties, and
        obligations of the Employee hereunder may not be assigned or
        delegated by the Employee.

   17.  Notice.  Any notice (including notice of change of address) permitted
        or required to be given pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement
        shall be in writing and sent by registered or certified mail, return
        receipt requested, or by hand delivery to the parties at the
        following addresses:

             If to Systems or         Harnischfeger Engineers, Inc.
             the Company:             Attention:  President
                                      13400 Bishops Lane
                                      Brookfield  WI  53005

                                      with a copy to:

                                      Quarles & Brady
                                      Attention:  Patrick M. Ryan
                                      411 East Wisconsin Avenue
                                      Milwaukee, WI 53202

             If to the Employee:      John C. Hines
                                      Personal & Confidential
                                      c/o HK Systems, Inc.
                                      2855 South James Drive
                                      New Berlin, WI 53151

        Notice properly given by mail shall be deemed effective one (1)
        business day after mailing.

   18.  Entire Agreement.  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement
        and understanding between Systems, the Company and the Employee
        concerning the Employee's employment by the Company, and supersedes
        the letter agreement dated August 31, 1993 between Systems and the
        Employee and any and all other previous agreements or understandings,
        whether written or oral, among Systems, the Employee and the Company
        concerning such employment.  This Agreement may not be modified
        orally.

   19.  Waiver.  The waiver by any party of the breach of any covenant or
        provision in this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a
        waiver of any subsequent breach by any party.

   20.  Invalidity of any Provision.  The provisions of this Agreement are
        severable, it being the intention of the parties that should any
        provision hereof be invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or
        unenforceability of any provision shall not affect the remaining
        provisions hereof, but the same shall remain in full force and effect
        as if such invalid or unenforceable provision were omitted.

   21.  Applicable Law.  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in
        accordance with the internal laws of the State of Wisconsin.

   22.  Headings.  Headings in this Agreement are for informational purposes
        only and shall not be used to construe the intent of this Agreement.

   23.  Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in any
        number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but
        all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

   24.  Expenses.  If any legal proceeding is necessary by the Employee,
        Systems or the Company to enforce or interpret the terms of this
        Agreement or to recover damages for the breach of this Agreement, the
        prevailing party shall be entitled to recover reasonable attorneys
        fees and necessary costs and expenses incurred in such litigation
        from the losing party in addition to any other relief to which the
        prevailing party may otherwise be entitled.

   25.  Reasonableness of Restrictions.  THE EMPLOYEE HAS READ THIS AGREEMENT
        AND AGREES THAT THE CONSIDERATION PROVIDED BY THE COMPANY IS FAIR AND
        REASONABLE AND FURTHER AGREES THAT GIVEN THE IMPORTANCE TO THE
        COMPANY OF THE CUSTOMER LIST AND THE COMPANY'S PARTICULAR METHODS OF
        DOING BUSINESS, THE POST-EMPLOYMENT RESTRICTIONS ON THE EMPLOYEE'S
        ACTIVITIES ARE LIKEWISE FAIR AND REASONABLE.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Employment
   and Noncompetition Agreement as of the date first above written.

                                 HARNISCHFEGER ENGINEERS, INC.


                                 By: /s/ John W. Splude
                                    John W. Splude, President


                                 HEI SYSTEMS, INC.


                                 By: /s/ John W. Splude
                                    John W. Splude, President


                                 /s/ John C. Hines               (SEAL)
                                 John C. Hines



                                                               EXHIBIT 10.11


                                HK SYSTEMS, INC.

                     EMPLOYMENT AND NONCOMPETITION AGREEMENT

        This Employment and Noncompetition Agreement is entered into as of
   this 1st day of July, 1997, by and among HK SYSTEMS, INC. (the
   "Company") and Stephen S. Sadowski.

                                R E C I T A L S:

        WHEREAS, the Company desires to continue to employ the Employee and
   to set forth the terms and conditions of the Employee's employment and the
   Employee desires to continue to be employed by the Company on the terms
   and conditions set forth in this Agreement; and

        WHEREAS, during the course of employment, the Employee has learned
   and will learn the identities of the Company's customers, their purchasing
   needs and habits and the names of the personnel charged with purchasing
   responsibilities and the Company's methods of doing business; and

        WHEREAS, the Company's list of customers has been compiled by the
   Company and the Company's methods of doing business have been developed by
   the Company at considerable expense over a number of years; and

        WHEREAS, but for his employment at the Company, Employee would not be
   able to easily duplicate the Company's customer list or be thoroughly
   familiar with its methods of doing business; and

        WHEREAS, the Company's customer list and methods of doing business
   are of considerable economic value to the Company; and

        WHEREAS, THE EMPLOYEE HAS REVIEWED THE MATTERS RECITED IN THE FIVE
   PARAGRAPHS ABOVE AND CONFIRMS THAT HE AGREES WITH THOSE RECITALS.

   NOW, THEREFORE,

        In consideration of the Recitals and of the mutual promises and
   covenants set forth herein and for other good and valuable consideration,
   the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, it is hereby
   agreed as follows:

   1.   Definitions.  When used in this Agreement, the following terms shall
        have the meanings specified:

        a.   Agreement.  "Agreement" shall mean this Employment and
             Noncompetition Agreement, as the same shall be amended from time
             to time in accordance with the terms hereof.

        b.   Cause.  The following actions on the part of the Employee shall
             be considered as "Cause":

             (1)  Personal dishonesty, willful misconduct, breach of
                  fiduciary duty involving personal profit, willful violation
                  of any law, rule, or regulation (other than traffic
                  violations or similar offenses), or habitual use of alcohol
                  or drugs:  (A) which materially impairs the Employee's
                  ability to carry out his duties; and (B) as to which the
                  Company makes a good faith determination that such conduct
                  has occurred and that such conduct meets the standard set
                  forth in Section 1(d)(1)(A) of this Agreement;

             (2)  Rendering any assistance to any Person in that Person's
                  competitive efforts with the Company;

             (3)  Use of the Company's proprietary information or customer
                  lists for the Employee's own benefit or in a way adverse to
                  the Company's interests; or

             (4)  A good faith determination by the Company, after a notice
                  to the Employee and an opportunity to meet with the Company
                  concerning such matter, that the Employee has breached any
                  material provision of this Agreement.

        c.   Company.  "Company" shall mean HK Systems, Inc., a Wisconsin
             corporation.

        d.   Competitive Product.  "Competitive Product" shall mean a product
             or service, made or provided by a Competitor, which is the same
             as or is directly competitive with one with respect to which the
             Employee acquired confidential information relating to the
             Company, or its business, products or services by reason of the
             Employee's work with the Company.

        e.   Competitor.  "Competitor" shall mean any Person engaged in, or
             about to become engaged in, the production or sale, or both, of
             any product or service in any part of the United States of
             America which is directly competitive with one with respect to
             which the Employee acquired confidential information relating to
             the Company, or its business, products or services by reason of
             the Employee's work with the Company.

        f.   Creations.  "Creations" shall mean all manuscripts, programs,
             writings, pictorial materials, and other creations created by
             the Employee, either individually or jointly, during the
             Employee's employment by the Company, and which relate to the
             business of the Company.

        g.   Disability.  "Disability" shall mean that the Employee has been
             declared mentally incompetent by a Wisconsin court or shall have
             been disabled for a consecutive period of 120 days so that the
             Employee is unable to perform the Employee's duties as an
             employee of the Company under this Agreement.  Any dispute as to
             the existence of a Disability or its duration shall be submitted
             to a licensed physician agreed upon by the Employee and the
             Company or, failing such agreement, to one appointed by the
             President of the Medical Society of Wisconsin at the request of
             either the Employee or the Company.  The Employee shall
             cooperate in such determination and the determination of such
             physician shall be binding and conclusive upon the parties.

        h.   Employee.  "Employee" shall mean Stephen S. Sadowski.

        i.   Good Reason.  "Good Reason" shall mean that the Company has
             breached any provision of this Agreement.

        j.   Inventions.  "Inventions" shall mean all inventions,
             discoveries, developments, improvements, works, ideas, and other
             contributions, whether or not patented or patentable or
             otherwise protectable in law, which are conceived, made,
             developed or acquired by the Employee, either individually or
             jointly, during the employment of the Employee by the Company
             and which relate in any manner to the Employee's work, the
             research or business of the Company, or fields to which the
             business of the Company may reasonably extend.

        k.   Person.  "Person" shall mean and include an individual,
             partnership, corporation, trust, incorporated organization and a
             government or any department or agency thereof.

        l.   Representative.  "Representative" shall mean, after the
             Employee's death, the duly appointed and qualified executor or
             personal representative of the estate of the Employee.

        m.   Restricted Area.  "Restricted Area" shall mean anywhere within a
             twenty-five (25) miles radius of any location in any U.S. city
             in which the Company had, at any time while the Employee was
             employed by the Company, a place of business or customers.

   2.   Employment.  The Company hereby agrees to continue the employment of
        the Employee and the Employee hereby accepts continued employment
        with the Company in accordance with the terms and conditions set
        forth in this Agreement.  Except for illness, vacation periods and
        reasonable leaves of absence approved by the Board of Directors of
        the Company, the Employee agrees to devote the Employee's full-time,
        skill, knowledge, and attention to the business of the Company and
        the performance of the duties of the Employee under this Agreement. 
        During the term of employment, it shall not be a violation of this
        Agreement for the Employee to do one or more of the following, so
        long as such activities do not interfere with the performance of the
        Employee's responsibilities as an employee of the Company in
        accordance with this Agreement:  (a) serve on corporate, civic, trade
        or charitable boards or committees; (b) deliver lectures or fulfill
        speaking engagements; and (c) manage personal investments.

   3.   Term.  This Agreement shall commence on the date first above written
        and continue indefinitely until effective notice of termination is
        given by the Employee or the Company to the other.  THE EMPLOYEE'S
        EMPLOYMENT WITH THE COMPANY IS ON AN AT-WILL BASIS.  Either the
        Employee or the Company may terminate the Employee's employment with
        the Company at any time and for any reason or no reason at all,
        subject only to the parties' obligations as described in Section 8 of
        this Agreement.

   4.   Duties.  The Employee shall be employed as the Senior Vice President-
        Customer Service and Outsourcing, of the Company or in such other 
        executive position with the Company as may be mutually agreed to 
        between the Company and the Employee.  The Employee shall perform 
        such services and duties as are usually and customarily required of a
        Person holding such position with a business corporation.  The services
        to be performed by the Employee shall be principally rendered in or 
        about New Berlin, Wisconsin, or such other place at which the Company
        makes its corporate headquarters, together with such business travel 
        as may be necessary for the Employee to satisfactorily perform the 
        duties required under this Agreement.

   5.   Compensation.  The Company shall pay to the Employee, a base annual
        salary of $150,000, which salary shall be reviewed annually by
        the Board of Directors of the Company for possible adjustment and
        shall be paid in approximately equal installments at the usual and
        customary times established by the Company.  The Company shall deduct
        from all payments made to the Employee under this Agreement any
        federal, state or local withholding or other taxes or charges which
        the Company is required to deduct under applicable law.  The Company
        shall have the right to rely upon a written opinion of counsel if any
        questions arise as to any deductions.

   6.   Additional Benefits.  The Employee shall be entitled to the following
        additional benefits:

        a.   Vacations/Holidays.  The Employee shall be entitled to paid
             vacations and holidays as provided to other senior executive
             employees of the Company.

        b.   Expense Reimbursement.  The Company shall pay, upon submission
             of appropriate vouchers and supporting documentation, all
             expenses of the Employee incurred in connection with the
             rendering of services to the Company.

        c.   Bonus Program.  The Employee will be eligible to participate in
             an executive bonus program to be established by the Board of
             Directors of the Company, pursuant to which the Employee may
             earn up to 40% of the Employee's base salary in any year.  The
             bonus program will include a combination of annual performance
             benchmarks and long-term benchmarks for both the Employee and
             the Company.

        d.   Company Automobile

        e.   Miscellaneous.  The Employee shall be entitled to other fringe
             benefits generally provided to senior management of the Company,
             including health insurance, disability insurance, term life
             insurance, pension and profit sharing and other programs
             established by the the Company.

   7.   Termination.

        a.   Termination Without Cause or for Good Reason.  As stated in
             Section 3 of this Agreement, the Employee's employment may be
             terminated by the Company or by the Employee at any time and for
             any reason or for no reason at all.  However, if the Employee's
             employment with the Company is terminated by the Company without
             Cause, or by the Employee for Good Reason, or as the result of
             the Employee's Disability, the Employee shall receive the
             Employee's then current base salary for a one (1) year period
             after such termination, plus the continuation in the health,
             disability and term life insurance programs of the Company
             during such one year period at the Company's expense.  The
             severance pay shall be paid to the Employee at the same times as
             the Company generally pays management employees.  If the
             Employee's employment is terminated as the result of Disability,
             any severance payments shall be reduced by any gross insurance
             proceeds actually received by the Employee from the Company
             sponsored disability insurance.  The severance payments shall
             not be reduced by any other compensation received by the
             Employee during the severance period unless such compensation is
             received from Competitors.  The Employee shall have no
             obligation to seek other employment or otherwise mitigate
             damages hereunder.

        b.   Termination for Cause or Without Good Reason.  In the event that
             the Employee's employment with the Company is terminated by the
             Company for Cause or by the Employee without Good Reason, the
             Employee shall be paid compensation only through the date of
             such termination and all other financial obligations of the
             Company to the Employee under this Agreement and all benefits
             under this Agreement shall cease as of the date of such
             termination.

        c.   Return of the Company's Materials.  Upon termination for any
             reason, the Employee shall immediately return to the Company all
             files, credit cards, keys, computers, instruments, equipment,
             vehicles, and other materials owned or provided by the Company.

   8.   Confidential Information.  The Employee acknowledges that through the
        services to be performed for the Company, the Employee will obtain
        confidential information regarding the Company's business affairs,
        including such matters as computer programs, research, customer
        lists, customer development, planning, purchasing, finance,
        marketing, customer relations, and other information of a similar
        nature not available to the public.  This information may be oral or
        written and may be that which the Employee originates as well as that
        which otherwise comes into the possession or knowledge of the
        Employee.  The Employee agrees to treat all matters relating to the
        business activities of the Company as confidential and not to divulge
        or disclose any information gained in connection with the employment
        of the Employee by the Company to any other Person except upon the
        written request or instruction of the Company or in the normal course
        of the duties of the Employee as an employee of the Company.  The
        Employee agrees not to use or disclose, for purposes of marketing or
        otherwise, any of the customer information the Employee receives
        while working at the Company (including, but not limited to,
        customers' identity, financial status and holdings), either on behalf
        of the Employee or as a representative, agent, employee, officer,
        director, trustee, stockholder, or creditor of, or partner, joint
        venturer, or investor with or in any Competitor, except for any
        information which is or becomes generally available to the public, or
        otherwise comes into possession of the Competitor, other than as a
        result of disclosure by the Employee.  This Section 8 is intended to
        protect confidential information and customer relationships, both
        during and after the period of the Employee's employment with the
        Company, and not to limit the Employee's right to seek and obtain
        employment in competition with the Company after termination of the
        Employee's employment with the Company, which is covered by Section
        12 of this Agreement.

   9.   Relationship with Others.  The parties agree that the profitability
        and goodwill of the Company depend on continued amicable relations
        with its suppliers and customers, and the Employee:  (a) except on
        behalf of the Company, will not approach for any reason, nor solicit
        any business of any kind from, any former, present or future customer
        of the Company; or (b) cause, request or advise any suppliers or
        customers of the Company to curtail or cancel their business with the
        Company.  Nothing in Section 9(a) shall, after termination of the
        Employee's employment with the Company for any reason, prevent the
        employment of the Employee by a customer or supplier of the Company
        unless such employment violates Section 12(a) of this Agreement. 
        This provision shall apply to any customers or suppliers of the
        Company during the three (3) year period prior to the termination of
        the Employee's employment or to Persons with an active proposal from
        the Company on the date of the termination of the Employee's
        employment.  This provision shall apply for five (5) years after
        termination of the Employee's employment with the company if the
        termination is for Cause and for one (1) year if the termination is
        for any other reason.

   10.  Inventions and Creations.

        a.   Inventions.  The Employee agrees that all Inventions shall
             belong to the Company.  The Employee agrees to and does hereby
             assign and transfer to the Company the entire right, title, and
             interest of the Employee in and to all Inventions.  The Employee
             further agrees to promptly and fully disclose all Inventions to
             the Company, in writing if requested by the Company, and to
             execute and deliver any and all lawful applications,
             assignments, and other documents which the Company requests for
             protecting the Inventions in the United States or in any other
             country.  The Company shall have the full and sole power to
             prosecute such applications and to take all other actions
             concerning the Inventions, and the Employee agrees to cooperate
             fully, at the expense of the Company, in the preparation and
             prosecution of all such applications and in any legal actions
             and proceedings concerning the Inventions.

        b    Creations.  The Employee agrees to and does hereby assign,
             convey, and transfer to the Company all Creations.  The Company
             shall have the full right to seek and procure copyrights on the
             Creations, and the Employee shall cooperate fully, at the
             expense of the Company, in securing copyrights and in any legal
             actions and proceedings concerning the Creations.

        c.   Presumptions of Company Ownership.  Without diminishing any
             rights granted to the Company in Sections 10(a) and 10(b), if
             any Invention is described in a patent application or is
             disclosed to third parties by the Employee within two (2) years
             after leaving the employ of the Company, or if a Creation is
             published or is disclosed to third parties by the Employee
             within two (2) years after leaving the employ of the Company,
             the Employee agrees that it is to be rebuttably presumed that
             the Invention or the Creation was conceived, made, developed,
             acquired, or created by the Employee during the period of
             employment of the Employee by the Company, and the Invention or
             Creation will belong to the Company.

   11.  Noncompetition While Employed by the Company.  The Employee agrees
        not to compete with the Company in any territory in which the Company
        sells its products or provides its services, either on behalf of the
        Employee, or as a representative, agent, employee, officer, director,
        trustee, stockholder, or creditor of, or partner, joint venturer, or
        investor with or in, any other Person, during his employment with the
        Company.

   12.  Noncompetition After Termination of Employment.

        a.   Scope of Noncompetition.  The Employee agrees that for one (1)
             year after the termination of the Employee's employment with the
             Company, regardless of the reason for such termination, the
             Employee will not:

             (1)  Render services, either directly or indirectly, to any
                  Competitor in connection with the development, manufacture,
                  sale, merchandising or promotion of any Competitive
                  Product; or

             (2)  Engage, either directly or indirectly, within the
                  Restricted Area, for the Employee or as an investor, in the
                  development, manufacture, purchase or sale of any
                  Competitive Product.

        b.   Exceptions to Scope of Noncompetition.

             (1)  Nothing in Section 12(a) of this Agreement shall prohibit
                  the Employee from owning or acquiring securities of the
                  Company or of any corporation or other business enterprise
                  that may be engaged in activities described in Section
                  12(a), provided that:  (A) the Employee is not an officer,
                  director or employee of, or consultant to, such corporation
                  or business enterprise; (B) such securities are held by the
                  Employee for investment purposes and represent less than
                  five percent (5%) of the total equity interests of such
                  corporation or business enterprise; and (C) such securities
                  are listed on a national securities exchange or are
                  regularly quoted in the over-the-counter market by one or
                  more members of the National Association of Securities
                  Dealers.

             (2)  It shall not be deemed a violation of Section 12(a) if the
                  Employee accepts employment with a business entity which is
                  diversified and made up of separate divisions and which, as
                  to parts of its business, is not a Competitor, provided the
                  Company shall be furnished prior to such employment
                  definite written assurances satisfactory to it, separately
                  from the Employee and such business entity, that the
                  Employee will not be expected, required or permitted to and
                  in fact does not render services directly or indirectly to
                  a division or a part of such business entity which division
                  or part is a Competitor.

        c.   Notification to the Company.  During the period of time that the
             Employee is subject to the provisions of Section 12(a) of this
             Agreement, the Employee shall notify the Company of any
             occupation or employment which the Employee proposes to take up
             after termination of employment with the Company and shall
             furnish to the Company such written or oral information as it
             may reasonably request concerning such proposed occupation or
             employment.  Upon request of the Employee, the Company agrees to
             notify the Employee promptly, and in any event within thirty
             (30) days after receipt of the requested information, whether or
             not the Company considers such occupation, based on the
             information so furnished or derived from its independent
             investigation, to come within the provisions of Section 12(a)
             and, if the Company considers such occupation to come within the
             provisions of Section 12(a), whether the Company will waive any
             of the provisions thereof.

   13.  Remedies.  In addition to other remedies provided by law or equity,
        upon a breach by the Employee of any of the covenants contained
        herein, the Company shall be entitled to have a court of competent
        jurisdiction enter an injunction against the Employee prohibiting any
        further breach of the covenants contained herein.  The parties
        further agree that the services to be performed by the Employee
        hereunder are of a unique, special, and extraordinary character. 
        Therefore, in the event of any controversy concerning rights or
        obligations under this Agreement, such rights or obligations shall be
        enforceable in a court of competent jurisdiction at law or equity by
        a decree of specific performance or the Company elects, by obtaining
        damages or such other relief as the Company may elect to pursue. 
        Such remedies, however, shall be cumulative and nonexclusive and
        shall be in addition to any other remedies which the Company may
        have.

   14.  Assignment.  This Agreement and the respective rights, duties, and
        obligations of the Employee hereunder may not be assigned or
        delegated by the Employee.

   15.  Notice.  Any notice (including notice of change of address) permitted
        or required to be given pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement
        shall be in writing and sent by registered mail or certified mail,
        return receipt requested, or by hand delivery to the parties at the
        following address:

        If to the Company:  HK Systems, Inc.
                            Attention:  John W. Splude
                            2855 S. James Drive
                            New Berlin, WI  53151

                            with a copy to:

                            John R. Kuhnmuench, Jr.
                            Vice President and General Counsel
                            2855 S. James Drive
                            New Berlin, WI  53151

        If to the Employee: Stephen S. Sadowski
                            Personal & Confidential
                            c/o HK Systems, Inc.
                            2855 South James Drive
                            New Berlin, WI  53151

        Notice properly given by mail shall be deemed effective one (1)
        business day after mailing.

   16.  Entire Agreement.  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement
        and understanding between the Company and the Employee concerning the
        Employee's employment by the Company, and supersedes any and all
        other previous agreements or understandings, whether written or oral,
        among the Employee and the Company concerning such employment.  This
        Agreement may not be modified orally.

   17.  Waiver.  The waiver by any party of the breach of any covenant or
        provision in this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a
        waiver of any subsequent breach by any party.

   18.  Invalidity of any Provision.  The provisions of this Agreement are
        severable, it being the intention of the parties that should any
        provision hereof be invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or
        unenforceability of any provision shall not affect the remaining
        provisions hereof, but the same shall remain in full force and effect
        as if such invalid or unenforceable provision were omitted.

   19.  Applicable Law.  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in
        accordance with the internal laws of the State of Wisconsin.

   20.  Headings.  Headings in this Agreement are for informational purposes
        only and shall not be used to construe the intent of this Agreement.

   21.  Counterparts.  This Agreement shall be executed simultaneously in any
        number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but
        all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

   22.  Expenses.  If any legal proceeding is necessary by the Employee or
        the Company to enforce or interpret the terms of this Agreement or to
        recover damages for the breach of this Agreement, the prevailing
        party shall be entitled to recover reasonable attorneys fees and
        necessary costs and expenses incurred in such litigation from the
        losing party in addition to any other relief to which the prevailing
        party may otherwise be entitled.

   23.  Reasonableness of Restrictions.  THE EMPLOYEE HAS READ THIS AGREEMENT
        AND AGREES THAT THE CONSIDERATION PROVIDED BY THE COMPANY IS FAIR AND
        REASONABLE AND FURTHER AGREES THAT GIVEN THE IMPORTANCE TO THE
        COMPANY OF THE CUSTOMER LIST AND THE COMPANY'S PARTICULAR METHODS OF
        DOING BUSINESS, THE POST-EMPLOYMENT RESTRICTIONS ON THE EMPLOYEE'S
        ACTIVITIES ARE LIKEWISE FAIR AND REASONABLE.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Employment
   and Noncompetition Agreement as of the date first above written.

                                 HK SYSTEMS, INC.


                                 By:  /s/ John W. Splude
                                      John W. Splude, President


                                 /s/ Stephen S. Sadowski
                                 Stephen S. Sadowski, Employee



                                                               EXHIBIT 10.12

                                HK SYSTEMS, INC.

                     EMPLOYMENT AND NONCOMPETITION AGREEMENT

        This Employment and Noncompetition Agreement is entered into as of
   this 1st day of July, 1997, by and among HK SYSTEMS, INC. (the
   "Company") and Larry S. Cinpinski.

                                R E C I T A L S:

        WHEREAS, the Company desires to continue to employ the Employee and
   to set forth the terms and conditions of the Employee's employment and the
   Employee desires to continue to be employed by the Company on the terms
   and conditions set forth in this Agreement; and

        WHEREAS, during the course of employment, the Employee has learned
   and will learn the identities of the Company's customers, their purchasing
   needs and habits and the names of the personnel charged with purchasing
   responsibilities and the Company's methods of doing business; and

        WHEREAS, the Company's list of customers has been compiled by the
   Company and the Company's methods of doing business have been developed by
   the Company at considerable expense over a number of years; and

        WHEREAS, but for his employment at the Company, Employee would not be
   able to easily duplicate the Company's customer list or be thoroughly
   familiar with its methods of doing business; and

        WHEREAS, the Company's customer list and methods of doing business
   are of considerable economic value to the Company; and

        WHEREAS, THE EMPLOYEE HAS REVIEWED THE MATTERS RECITED IN THE FIVE
   PARAGRAPHS ABOVE AND CONFIRMS THAT HE AGREES WITH THOSE RECITALS.

   NOW, THEREFORE,

        In consideration of the Recitals and of the mutual promises and
   covenants set forth herein and for other good and valuable consideration,
   the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, it is hereby
   agreed as follows:

   1.   Definitions.  When used in this Agreement, the following terms shall
        have the meanings specified:

        a.   Agreement.  "Agreement" shall mean this Employment and
             Noncompetition Agreement, as the same shall be amended from time
             to time in accordance with the terms hereof.

        b.   Cause.  The following actions on the part of the Employee shall
             be considered as "Cause":

             (1)  Personal dishonesty, willful misconduct, breach of
                  fiduciary duty involving personal profit, willful violation
                  of any law, rule, or regulation (other than traffic
                  violations or similar offenses), or habitual use of alcohol
                  or drugs:  (A) which materially impairs the Employee's
                  ability to carry out his duties; and (B) as to which the
                  Company makes a good faith determination that such conduct
                  has occurred and that such conduct meets the standard set
                  forth in Section 1(d)(1)(A) of this Agreement;

             (2)  Rendering any assistance to any Person in that Person's
                  competitive efforts with the Company;

             (3)  Use of the Company's proprietary information or customer
                  lists for the Employee's own benefit or in a way adverse to
                  the Company's interests; or

             (4)  A good faith determination by the Company, after a notice
                  to the Employee and an opportunity to meet with the Company
                  concerning such matter, that the Employee has breached any
                  material provision of this Agreement.

        c.   Company.  "Company" shall mean HK Systems, Inc., a Wisconsin
             corporation.

        d.   Competitive Product.  "Competitive Product" shall mean a product
             or service, made or provided by a Competitor, which is the same
             as or is directly competitive with one with respect to which the
             Employee acquired confidential information relating to the
             Company, or its business, products or services by reason of the
             Employee's work with the Company.

        e.   Competitor.  "Competitor" shall mean any Person engaged in, or
             about to become engaged in, the production or sale, or both, of
             any product or service in any part of the United States of
             America which is directly competitive with one with respect to
             which the Employee acquired confidential information relating to
             the Company, or its business, products or services by reason of
             the Employee's work with the Company.

        f.   Creations.  "Creations" shall mean all manuscripts, programs,
             writings, pictorial materials, and other creations created by
             the Employee, either individually or jointly, during the
             Employee's employment by the Company, and which relate to the
             business of the Company.

        g.   Disability.  "Disability" shall mean that the Employee has been
             declared mentally incompetent by a Wisconsin court or shall have
             been disabled for a consecutive period of 120 days so that the
             Employee is unable to perform the Employee's duties as an
             employee of the Company under this Agreement.  Any dispute as to
             the existence of a Disability or its duration shall be submitted
             to a licensed physician agreed upon by the Employee and the
             Company or, failing such agreement, to one appointed by the
             President of the Medical Society of Wisconsin at the request of
             either the Employee or the Company.  The Employee shall
             cooperate in such determination and the determination of such
             physician shall be binding and conclusive upon the parties.

        h.   Employee.  "Employee" shall mean Larry S. Cinpinski.

        i.   Good Reason.  "Good Reason" shall mean that the Company has
             breached any provision of this Agreement.

        j.   Inventions.  "Inventions" shall mean all inventions,
             discoveries, developments, improvements, works, ideas, and other
             contributions, whether or not patented or patentable or
             otherwise protectable in law, which are conceived, made,
             developed or acquired by the Employee, either individually or
             jointly, during the employment of the Employee by the Company
             and which relate in any manner to the Employee's work, the
             research or business of the Company, or fields to which the
             business of the Company may reasonably extend.

        k.   Person.  "Person" shall mean and include an individual,
             partnership, corporation, trust, incorporated organization and a
             government or any department or agency thereof.

        l.   Representative.  "Representative" shall mean, after the
             Employee's death, the duly appointed and qualified executor or
             personal representative of the estate of the Employee.

        m.   Restricted Area.  "Restricted Area" shall mean anywhere within a
             twenty-five (25) miles radius of any location in any U.S. city
             in which the Company had, at any time while the Employee was
             employed by the Company, a place of business or customers.

   2.   Employment.  The Company hereby agrees to continue the employment of
        the Employee and the Employee hereby accepts continued employment
        with the Company in accordance with the terms and conditions set
        forth in this Agreement.  Except for illness, vacation periods and
        reasonable leaves of absence approved by the Board of Directors of
        the Company, the Employee agrees to devote the Employee's full-time,
        skill, knowledge, and attention to the business of the Company and
        the performance of the duties of the Employee under this Agreement. 
        During the term of employment, it shall not be a violation of this
        Agreement for the Employee to do one or more of the following, so
        long as such activities do not interfere with the performance of the
        Employee's responsibilities as an employee of the Company in
        accordance with this Agreement:  (a) serve on corporate, civic, trade
        or charitable boards or committees; (b) deliver lectures or fulfill
        speaking engagements; and (c) manage personal investments.

   3.   Term.  This Agreement shall commence on the date first above written
        and continue indefinitely until effective notice of termination is
        given by the Employee or the Company to the other.  THE EMPLOYEE'S
        EMPLOYMENT WITH THE COMPANY IS ON AN AT-WILL BASIS.  Either the
        Employee or the Company may terminate the Employee's employment with
        the Company at any time and for any reason or no reason at all,
        subject only to the parties' obligations as described in Section 8 of
        this Agreement.

   4.   Duties.  The Employee shall be employed as the Senior Vice President-
        Logistics and Software Systems, of the Company or in such other 
        executive position with the Company as may be mutually agreed to 
        between the Company and the Employee.  The Employee shall perform 
        such services and duties as are usually and customarily required of a 
        Person holding such position with a business corporation.  The 
        services to be performed by the Employee shall be principally rendered
        in or about New Berlin, Wisconsin, or such other place at which the 
        Company makes its corporate headquarters, together with such business 
        travel as may be necessary for the Employee to satisfactorily perform 
        the duties required under this Agreement.

   5.   Compensation.  The Company shall pay to the Employee, a base annual
        salary of $150,000, which salary shall be reviewed annually by
        the Board of Directors of the Company for possible adjustment and
        shall be paid in approximately equal installments at the usual and
        customary times established by the Company.  The Company shall deduct
        from all payments made to the Employee under this Agreement any
        federal, state or local withholding or other taxes or charges which
        the Company is required to deduct under applicable law.  The Company
        shall have the right to rely upon a written opinion of counsel if any
        questions arise as to any deductions.

   6.   Additional Benefits.  The Employee shall be entitled to the following
        additional benefits:

        a.   Vacations/Holidays.  The Employee shall be entitled to paid
             vacations and holidays as provided to other senior executive
             employees of the Company.

        b.   Expense Reimbursement.  The Company shall pay, upon submission
             of appropriate vouchers and supporting documentation, all
             expenses of the Employee incurred in connection with the
             rendering of services to the Company.

        c.   Bonus Program.  The Employee will be eligible to participate in
             an executive bonus program to be established by the Board of
             Directors of the Company, pursuant to which the Employee may
             earn up to 40% of the Employee's base salary in any year.  The
             bonus program will include a combination of annual performance
             benchmarks and long-term benchmarks for both the Employee and
             the Company.

        d.   Company Automobile

        e.   Miscellaneous.  The Employee shall be entitled to other fringe
             benefits generally provided to senior management of the Company,
             including health insurance, disability insurance, term life
             insurance, pension and profit sharing and other programs
             established by the the Company.

   7.   Termination.

        a.   Termination Without Cause or for Good Reason.  As stated in
             Section 3 of this Agreement, the Employee's employment may be
             terminated by the Company or by the Employee at any time and for
             any reason or for no reason at all.  However, if the Employee's
             employment with the Company is terminated by the Company without
             Cause, or by the Employee for Good Reason, or as the result of
             the Employee's Disability, the Employee shall receive the
             Employee's then current base salary for a one (1) year period
             after such termination, plus the continuation in the health,
             disability and term life insurance programs of the Company
             during such one year period at the Company's expense.  The
             severance pay shall be paid to the Employee at the same times as
             the Company generally pays management employees.  If the
             Employee's employment is terminated as the result of Disability,
             any severance payments shall be reduced by any gross insurance
             proceeds actually received by the Employee from the Company
             sponsored disability insurance.  The severance payments shall
             not be reduced by any other compensation received by the
             Employee during the severance period unless such compensation is
             received from Competitors.  The Employee shall have no
             obligation to seek other employment or otherwise mitigate
             damages hereunder.

        b.   Termination for Cause or Without Good Reason.  In the event that
             the Employee's employment with the Company is terminated by the
             Company for Cause or by the Employee without Good Reason, the
             Employee shall be paid compensation only through the date of
             such termination and all other financial obligations of the
             Company to the Employee under this Agreement and all benefits
             under this Agreement shall cease as of the date of such
             termination.

        c.   Return of the Company's Materials.  Upon termination for any
             reason, the Employee shall immediately return to the Company all
             files, credit cards, keys, computers, instruments, equipment,
             vehicles, and other materials owned or provided by the Company.

   8.   Confidential Information.  The Employee acknowledges that through the
        services to be performed for the Company, the Employee will obtain
        confidential information regarding the Company's business affairs,
        including such matters as computer programs, research, customer
        lists, customer development, planning, purchasing, finance,
        marketing, customer relations, and other information of a similar
        nature not available to the public.  This information may be oral or
        written and may be that which the Employee originates as well as that
        which otherwise comes into the possession or knowledge of the
        Employee.  The Employee agrees to treat all matters relating to the
        business activities of the Company as confidential and not to divulge
        or disclose any information gained in connection with the employment
        of the Employee by the Company to any other Person except upon the
        written request or instruction of the Company or in the normal course
        of the duties of the Employee as an employee of the Company.  The
        Employee agrees not to use or disclose, for purposes of marketing or
        otherwise, any of the customer information the Employee receives
        while working at the Company (including, but not limited to,
        customers' identity, financial status and holdings), either on behalf
        of the Employee or as a representative, agent, employee, officer,
        director, trustee, stockholder, or creditor of, or partner, joint
        venturer, or investor with or in any Competitor, except for any
        information which is or becomes generally available to the public, or
        otherwise comes into possession of the Competitor, other than as a
        result of disclosure by the Employee.  This Section 8 is intended to
        protect confidential information and customer relationships, both
        during and after the period of the Employee's employment with the
        Company, and not to limit the Employee's right to seek and obtain
        employment in competition with the Company after termination of the
        Employee's employment with the Company, which is covered by Section
        12 of this Agreement.

   9.   Relationship with Others.  The parties agree that the profitability
        and goodwill of the Company depend on continued amicable relations
        with its suppliers and customers, and the Employee:  (a) except on
        behalf of the Company, will not approach for any reason, nor solicit
        any business of any kind from, any former, present or future customer
        of the Company; or (b) cause, request or advise any suppliers or
        customers of the Company to curtail or cancel their business with the
        Company.  Nothing in Section 9(a) shall, after termination of the
        Employee's employment with the Company for any reason, prevent the
        employment of the Employee by a customer or supplier of the Company
        unless such employment violates Section 12(a) of this Agreement. 
        This provision shall apply to any customers or suppliers of the
        Company during the three (3) year period prior to the termination of
        the Employee's employment or to Persons with an active proposal from
        the Company on the date of the termination of the Employee's
        employment.  This provision shall apply for five (5) years after
        termination of the Employee's employment with the company if the
        termination is for Cause and for one (1) year if the termination is
        for any other reason.

   10.  Inventions and Creations.

        a.   Inventions.  The Employee agrees that all Inventions shall
             belong to the Company.  The Employee agrees to and does hereby
             assign and transfer to the Company the entire right, title, and
             interest of the Employee in and to all Inventions.  The Employee
             further agrees to promptly and fully disclose all Inventions to
             the Company, in writing if requested by the Company, and to
             execute and deliver any and all lawful applications,
             assignments, and other documents which the Company requests for
             protecting the Inventions in the United States or in any other
             country.  The Company shall have the full and sole power to
             prosecute such applications and to take all other actions
             concerning the Inventions, and the Employee agrees to cooperate
             fully, at the expense of the Company, in the preparation and
             prosecution of all such applications and in any legal actions
             and proceedings concerning the Inventions.

        b    Creations.  The Employee agrees to and does hereby assign,
             convey, and transfer to the Company all Creations.  The Company
             shall have the full right to seek and procure copyrights on the
             Creations, and the Employee shall cooperate fully, at the
             expense of the Company, in securing copyrights and in any legal
             actions and proceedings concerning the Creations.

        c.   Presumptions of Company Ownership.  Without diminishing any
             rights granted to the Company in Sections 10(a) and 10(b), if
             any Invention is described in a patent application or is
             disclosed to third parties by the Employee within two (2) years
             after leaving the employ of the Company, or if a Creation is
             published or is disclosed to third parties by the Employee
             within two (2) years after leaving the employ of the Company,
             the Employee agrees that it is to be rebuttably presumed that
             the Invention or the Creation was conceived, made, developed,
             acquired, or created by the Employee during the period of
             employment of the Employee by the Company, and the Invention or
             Creation will belong to the Company.

   11.  Noncompetition While Employed by the Company.  The Employee agrees
        not to compete with the Company in any territory in which the Company
        sells its products or provides its services, either on behalf of the
        Employee, or as a representative, agent, employee, officer, director,
        trustee, stockholder, or creditor of, or partner, joint venturer, or
        investor with or in, any other Person, during his employment with the
        Company.

   12.  Noncompetition After Termination of Employment.

        a.   Scope of Noncompetition.  The Employee agrees that for one (1)
             year after the termination of the Employee's employment with the
             Company, regardless of the reason for such termination, the
             Employee will not:

             (1)  Render services, either directly or indirectly, to any
                  Competitor in connection with the development, manufacture,
                  sale, merchandising or promotion of any Competitive
                  Product; or

             (2)  Engage, either directly or indirectly, within the
                  Restricted Area, for the Employee or as an investor, in the
                  development, manufacture, purchase or sale of any
                  Competitive Product.

        b.   Exceptions to Scope of Noncompetition.

             (1)  Nothing in Section 12(a) of this Agreement shall prohibit
                  the Employee from owning or acquiring securities of the
                  Company or of any corporation or other business enterprise
                  that may be engaged in activities described in Section
                  12(a), provided that:  (A) the Employee is not an officer,
                  director or employee of, or consultant to, such corporation
                  or business enterprise; (B) such securities are held by the
                  Employee for investment purposes and represent less than
                  five percent (5%) of the total equity interests of such
                  corporation or business enterprise; and (C) such securities
                  are listed on a national securities exchange or are
                  regularly quoted in the over-the-counter market by one or
                  more members of the National Association of Securities
                  Dealers.

             (2)  It shall not be deemed a violation of Section 12(a) if the
                  Employee accepts employment with a business entity which is
                  diversified and made up of separate divisions and which, as
                  to parts of its business, is not a Competitor, provided the
                  Company shall be furnished prior to such employment
                  definite written assurances satisfactory to it, separately
                  from the Employee and such business entity, that the
                  Employee will not be expected, required or permitted to and
                  in fact does not render services directly or indirectly to
                  a division or a part of such business entity which division
                  or part is a Competitor.

        c.   Notification to the Company.  During the period of time that the
             Employee is subject to the provisions of Section 12(a) of this
             Agreement, the Employee shall notify the Company of any
             occupation or employment which the Employee proposes to take up
             after termination of employment with the Company and shall
             furnish to the Company such written or oral information as it
             may reasonably request concerning such proposed occupation or
             employment.  Upon request of the Employee, the Company agrees to
             notify the Employee promptly, and in any event within thirty
             (30) days after receipt of the requested information, whether or
             not the Company considers such occupation, based on the
             information so furnished or derived from its independent
             investigation, to come within the provisions of Section 12(a)
             and, if the Company considers such occupation to come within the
             provisions of Section 12(a), whether the Company will waive any
             of the provisions thereof.

   13.  Remedies.  In addition to other remedies provided by law or equity,
        upon a breach by the Employee of any of the covenants contained
        herein, the Company shall be entitled to have a court of competent
        jurisdiction enter an injunction against the Employee prohibiting any
        further breach of the covenants contained herein.  The parties
        further agree that the services to be performed by the Employee
        hereunder are of a unique, special, and extraordinary character. 
        Therefore, in the event of any controversy concerning rights or
        obligations under this Agreement, such rights or obligations shall be
        enforceable in a court of competent jurisdiction at law or equity by
        a decree of specific performance or the Company elects, by obtaining
        damages or such other relief as the Company may elect to pursue. 
        Such remedies, however, shall be cumulative and nonexclusive and
        shall be in addition to any other remedies which the Company may
        have.

   14.  Assignment.  This Agreement and the respective rights, duties, and
        obligations of the Employee hereunder may not be assigned or
        delegated by the Employee.

   15.  Notice.  Any notice (including notice of change of address) permitted
        or required to be given pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement
        shall be in writing and sent by registered mail or certified mail,
        return receipt requested, or by hand delivery to the parties at the
        following address:

        If to the Company:  HK Systems, Inc.
                            Attention:  John W. Splude
                            2855 S. James Drive
                            New Berlin, WI  53151

                            with a copy to:

                            John R. Kuhnmuench, Jr.
                            Vice President and General Counsel
                            2855 S. James Drive
                            New Berlin, WI  53151

        If to the Employee: Larry S. Cinpinski
                            Personal & Confidential
                            c/o HK Systems, Inc.
                            2855 South James Drive
                            New Berlin, WI  53151

        Notice properly given by mail shall be deemed effective one (1)
        business day after mailing.

   16.  Entire Agreement.  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement
        and understanding between the Company and the Employee concerning the
        Employee's employment by the Company, and supersedes any and all
        other previous agreements or understandings, whether written or oral,
        among the Employee and the Company concerning such employment.  This
        Agreement may not be modified orally.

   17.  Waiver.  The waiver by any party of the breach of any covenant or
        provision in this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a
        waiver of any subsequent breach by any party.

   18.  Invalidity of any Provision.  The provisions of this Agreement are
        severable, it being the intention of the parties that should any
        provision hereof be invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or
        unenforceability of any provision shall not affect the remaining
        provisions hereof, but the same shall remain in full force and effect
        as if such invalid or unenforceable provision were omitted.

   19.  Applicable Law.  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in
        accordance with the internal laws of the State of Wisconsin.

   20.  Headings.  Headings in this Agreement are for informational purposes
        only and shall not be used to construe the intent of this Agreement.

   21.  Counterparts.  This Agreement shall be executed simultaneously in any
        number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but
        all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

   22.  Expenses.  If any legal proceeding is necessary by the Employee or
        the Company to enforce or interpret the terms of this Agreement or to
        recover damages for the breach of this Agreement, the prevailing
        party shall be entitled to recover reasonable attorneys fees and
        necessary costs and expenses incurred in such litigation from the
        losing party in addition to any other relief to which the prevailing
        party may otherwise be entitled.

   23.  Reasonableness of Restrictions.  THE EMPLOYEE HAS READ THIS AGREEMENT
        AND AGREES THAT THE CONSIDERATION PROVIDED BY THE COMPANY IS FAIR AND
        REASONABLE AND FURTHER AGREES THAT GIVEN THE IMPORTANCE TO THE
        COMPANY OF THE CUSTOMER LIST AND THE COMPANY'S PARTICULAR METHODS OF
        DOING BUSINESS, THE POST-EMPLOYMENT RESTRICTIONS ON THE EMPLOYEE'S
        ACTIVITIES ARE LIKEWISE FAIR AND REASONABLE.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Employment
   and Noncompetition Agreement as of the date first above written.

                                 HK SYSTEMS, INC.


                                 By:  /s/ John W. Splude
                                      John W. Splude, President


                                 /s/ Larry S. Cinpinski
                                 Larry S. Cinpinski, Employee




                                                                EXHIBIT 10.13


                                   RESOLUTIONS
                                     OF THE
                               BOARD OF DIRECTORS
                                       OF
                                HK SYSTEMS, INC.

                                December 12, 1997

   Amendment of the 1993 Stock Option Plan.

        WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of HK Systems, Inc. (the "Company")
   has previously adopted the HK Systems, Inc. 1993 Executive Stock Option
   Plan (the "1993 Plan") for its key employees; and

        WHEREAS, in anticipation of the initial public offering of the
   Company, the Board of Directors has determined that it is in the best
   interest of the Company to amend the 1993 Plan to allow the Compensation
   Committee to administer the 1993 Plan.

        NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED, that the 1993 Plan be and it hereby
   is amended to the extent necessary to provide that the Compensation
   Committee of the Board of Directors shall be designated as the body
   responsible for administering the 1993 Plan.



                                                                 EXHIBIT 23.1



                    CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS


   As independent public accountants, we hereby consent to the use of our
   report and to all references to our Firm included in this Registration
   Statement.


                                                          ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

   Milwaukee, Wisconsin,
   February 27, 1998.


<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND>
THIS SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION FROM THE COMPANY'S
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE
TO SUCH CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   3-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          JAN-31-1998
<PERIOD-START>                             NOV-01-1997
<PERIOD-END>                               OCT-31-1997
<CASH>                                              90
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                   56,387
<ALLOWANCES>                                       517
<INVENTORY>                                     10,658
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                75,023
<PP&E>                                         320,797
<DEPRECIATION>                                  12,316
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 139,546
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                           56,389
<BONDS>                                         68,170
                           18,348
                                          0
<COMMON>                                           633
<OTHER-SE>                                     (7,493)
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   139,546
<SALES>                                         48,490
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                                48,490
<CGS>                                           37,125
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                   37,125
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                 8,072
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                    40
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                               1,315
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                  1,938
<INCOME-TAX>                                       698
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                                  0
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                       876
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                     0.32
<EPS-DILUTED>                                     0.13
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission